Skip to main content

Full text of "CSUF Course Catalogs 1959-2007"

See other formats




1995 — 1997 University Catalog 

Available from: Titan Shops Bookstore on the University campus 
or by mail order to: 

Titan Shops 
CSU Fullerton 
2876 Orange/Olive Road 
Orange, CA 92665 

Price: $10.00 plus sales tax and shipping. 

University Address 

When corresponding with the university, write to the specific 
office, school or department — 

California State University, Fullerton 
P.O. Box 34080 
Fullerton, CA 92634-9480 
Telephone information (714) 773-201 1 

Changes in Rules and Policies 

Although every effort has been made to assure the accuracy 
of the Information In this catalog, students and others who use 
this catalog should note that laws, rules and policies change 
from time to time and that these changes may alter the 
Information contained In this publication. Changes may come 
In the form of statutes enacted by the Legislature, rules and 
policies adopted by the Board of Trustees of The California 
State University, by the chancellor or designee of The California 
State University, or by the president or designee of the Ir^- 
tution. Further, it is not possible In a publication of this size to 
include all of the rules. p)Ollcies and other information which 
pertain to the student, the Institution, and The California State 
University. More current or complete Information may be 
obtained from the appropriate department, school, or adminis- 
trative office. 

Nothing In this catalog shall be construed as. operate os. or 
have the effect or an abridgment or a limitation or any rights, 
powers, or privileges of the Board of Trustees of The California 
State University, the chancellor of the California State Uriiversity 
or the president of the campus. The Trustees, the chancellor, 
and the president are authorized by law to adopt, amend, or 
repeal rules and policies which apfDly to students. This catalog 
does not coristitute a contract or the terms and condltior^ of 
a contract between the student and the institutions or The 
California State University. The relationship of the student to 
the Institution Is one governed by statute, rules, and policy 
adopted by the Legislature, the Board of Trustees, the 
chancellor, the president and their duly authorized designees 


Effective date. August 28. 1995 


California State 
University, Fulierton 



Accreditations and Associations 

Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology 
Accrediting Council on Education in Journalism 
and Mass Communications 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business 
American Chemical Society 
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association 
Commission on Teacher Credentialing 
Computer Sciences Accreditation Commission 
NAFSA: Association of International Educators 
National Association of Schools of Art and Design 
National Association of Schools of Dance 
National Association of Schools of Music 
National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and 
Administration 

National Association of Schools of Theatre 
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher 
Education 

National League for Nursing 
Southern California Consortium on International 
Studies 

Universities Field Staff International 
Western Association of Graduate Schools 
Western Association of Schools and Colleges 


1 



California State University, Fullerton 


Nondiscrimination Policy 

The California State University does not discriminate on the basis 
of race, color, national origin, sex, religion, sexual preference, 
marital status, pregnancy, age or disability in the educational 
programs or activities it conducts. Such programs and activi- 
ties include but are not limited to admission of students, em- 
ployment and Intercollegiate athletics. Discrimination is pro- 
hibited by Title VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. as 
amended. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, and 
Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. and 
the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, including all subse- 
quent amendments and the administrative regulations 
adopted thereunder by the Department of Education. 

Inquiries concerning compliance with these Acts and Imple- 
menting regulations should be addressed to: 

Rosamaria Gomez-Amaro 
Director. Affirmative Action. CSUF 
Langsdorf Hall 101 A 
(714) 773-3951 

Paul K. Miller 

Director. Disabled Student Services, CSUF 
University Hall 101 
(714) 773-3117 

Office of Civil Rights 

Regional Director. Region IX 

Old Federal Building 

50 United Nations Roza. Room 239 

San Francisco. CA 94102 

(415) 556-7000 


This Catalog 

Within this catalog may be found general academic and 
administrative Information as well as specific descriptions of 
the departments, their majors and the courses offered in each. 
The first major part contains orienting information such as the 
calendar, materials on the California State University, an over- 
view of California State University, Fullerton and facts about 
student services and activities on the campus . 

The subsequent sections of the catalog are concerned with: 
admission, registration, records and regulations; academic 
advisement; and university courses. The next sections describe 
the departments and the programs of study and courses they 
offer. The final part of the catalog contains a listing of the fac- 
ulty and administration. An Index may be found at the end to 
help the reader locate specific items. 

Because this catalog must be prepared well ahead of the 
academic years it covers, changes In some programs and rules 
occur. The class schedule and subsequent errata sheets are 
the final authority in regard to classes offered. Instructors and 
revisions of regulations. This publication may be bought from 
Titan Shops, the campus bookstore. 


Credits 

The California State University, Fullerton, catalog is prepared 
by the Office of Academic. Graduate, and International Pro- 
grams. William W. Haddad, Associate Vice President for Aca- 
demic Programs. 

Editor/Project Coordinator Gladys M. Fleckles 
Catalog Design Thomas Joseph Tyler 

Photographs Kimberly Grisco 

Michael Riley 
Patrick O'Donnell 


Additional photographs appear through the courtesy of the 
Office of Public Affairs, the Daily Titan, and select depxartment 
faculty. 


Editorial Assistants 


Curriculum Editing 


Layout 

Printing 


Donna Gwaltney Ridge 
Marina Singh 
Lisa Eberhart 
William W. Haddad 
School Deans 
Department Chairs 
Program Coordinators 

Office of Public Affairs 
Marilyn Medlln 

Sinclair Printing. Los Angeles 


2 


California State University, Fullerton 


President’s Message 

Welcome to California State University, Fullerton. The univer- 
sity is here to prepare students to meet the challenges of their 
future chosen careers. Our undergraduate and postbacca- 
laureate programs are designed to help students reach their 
optimum personal and professional development. We are a 
caring campus that provides an environment whereby our stu- 
dents have opportunities for learning, growth, service to soci- 
ety. and involvement In the university community. Through our 
programs, students will learn to be concerned with the pursuit 
of excellence and the importance of quality of life issues. 

California State University. Fullerton has awarded more than 
100 .OCX) degrees since classes began in 1969. and we have 
played an integral role in the lives of students, alumni and the 
community at large. Our university provides the Orange County 
community. Its surrounding regions, the state and the nation 
with the trained professionals in business, computer science, 
engineering, health, science and teaching, the arts and other 
service sectors with growing numbers of well-educated 
personnel. By providing access to professional careers for the 
broadest cross-section of Americans. Including women and 
members of minority and immigrant groups, our university 
represents a pathway into the American mainstream for 
individuals and families who otherwise would not have the 
opportunity to make this step, thus helping to ensure the stability 
of our free economy and our democratic government. 

As Orange County has grown and matured, so has the 
university. Enrollment now stands at approximately 22.000 
students, and the faculty is made up of nearly 650 distinguished 
professionals, who are dedicated to excellence in teaching, 
scholarly and creative activity, and service to the university 
and the community. Our faculty members are actively Involved 
in giving each student the finest academic experience 
possible. 



development throughout their lives; they will be ambassadors 
of goodwill for the university and our surrounding communities 
will benefit from their contributions to society. 


We are proud that in the university's relatively short history our 
curriculum has grown to Include 50 undergraduate majors and 
44 graduate degrees, plus a variety of credential and certifi- 
cate programs. 

The university tradition extends from our quality academic 
offerings, our cultural diversity, our extensive outreach 
programs to the personal, first-hand interaction with professors 
whose diversity and backgrounds provide unsurpassed 
enrichment for a total university education. We support and 
encourage risk-taking, striving for excellence and the full 
development of human potential. Our students can 
participate in or be spectators of intellectual, cultural and 
athletics programs and events. By the time students graduate, 
they will have received one of the finest educations possible. 
They will be prepared for continued personal and professional 


California State University. Fullerton fosters a stimulating and 
challenging environment where learning is preeminent. The 
campus community is dedicated to the development of hu- 
mane leaders prepared to meet the opportunities and chal- 
lenges of a changing, diverse world. As you become familiar 
with and involved In the campus and Its activities, you will dis- 
cover exciting opportunities to grow and contribute. I invite 
you to participate fully. 


a 

Milton A. Gordon 
President 
California State University, Fullerton 




3 


California State University, Fullerton 


Table of Contents 


President's Message 3 

Academic Calendars 8 

The California State University 11 

California State University, Fullerton 16 

University Advisory Board 16 

Mission Viejo Campus 18 

Community Minority Affairs Advisory Council 19 

University Administration 20 

CSUF Alumni 24 

Community Support Groups 24 

ACADEMIC SERVICES 

Academic Affairs 28 

Vice President for Academic Affairs 28 

Academic, Graduate and International Programs 29 

Academic Senate 29 

Admissions and Records 29 

Analytical Studies 30 

Computer Center 30 

Extended Education 30 

Graduate Studies 30 

Faculty Affairs and Records 30 

Faculty Research 30 

International Programs 30 

Television & Media Support Services 31 

Library 31 

Student Academic Affairs 33 

Student Academic Services and University Outreach 33 

Educational Opportunity Program 33 

Student Affirmative Action 33 

Student Academic Services - Retention/Counseling 34 

TRIO Programs 34 

University Outreach/Relations with Schools 34 

Academic Advisement Center 36 

Athletic Academic Services 36 

Center for Internships and Cooperative Education 36 

Educational Equity Mentor Program 36 

Campus Tours 36 

Writing Center 36 

Honors Programs 36 

Dean's Honor List 36 

General Education Honors 36 

Honors at Entrance 36 

Honors at Graduation 37 

Honor Societies 37 

President's Scholars Program 37 

Institutes and Centers 39 

California Desert Studies Consortium 39 

Center for Economic Education 39 

Center for Excellence In Science and Mathematics 

Education 40 

Center for Governmental Studies 40 


Center for International Business 

Center for Organization and Economic Studies 

Developmental Research Center 

Family Business Council 

Foreign Language Laboratory 

Institute for Economic and Environmental Studies 

Institute for Molecular Biology and Nutrition 

Institute for the Advancement of Teaching & Learning 

Laboratory of Phonetic Research 

Ocean Studies Consortium 

Ruby Gerontology Center 

Social Science Research Center 

Sport and Movement Institute 

Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 

Twin Studies Center 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Student Affairs 

Vice President for Student Affairs 

Academic Appeals 

Career Development and Counseling 

Financial Aid 

Disabled Student Services 

Health Service 

Housing and Residential Life 

International Education and Exchange 

School Based Student Affairs 

Testing Center 

Women's/ Adult Reentry Center 

Student Life 

Office of Student Life 

Associated Students 

Child Care Center 

University Center 

Human Corps Community Service Program 

Office of University Recreation Services 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

Coaches 

Conference Memberships 

Men's Intercollegiate Athletics 

Women's Intercollegiate Athletics 

Resources 

/Knthropx)logy Museum 

Art Gallery 

Dally Titan 

Dining & Vending Services 

Fullerton Arboretum 

Herbarium 

Oral History Program 

Reading Clinic 


4 




California State University, Fullerton 


Speech and Hearing Clinic 60 

Theatre and Dance Department Productions 60 

Titan Shops Bookstore 60 

Undergraduate Reading Lab 60 

University Channel 60 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

School Advisement Offices 62 

Academic Advisement Center 63 

Departmental Academic Advisement 63 

Preprofessional Programs 64 

Health Professions 64 

Answers to Your Questions 65 

ADMISSIONS 

Undergraduate Students 68 

Freshmen Requirements 68 

English Racement Test (EPT) 70 

Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) Test 71 

Residency Requirements 72 

Application Procedures 74 

Admission Requirements 77 

First-Time Freshmen 77 

Undergraduate Transfer Students 78 

International Students 79 

Summer Session 80 

Transfer Credits 81 

REGISTRATION 

Registration Information 86 

Schedule of Fees 88 

Financial Aid 91 

UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS 

Enrollment Regulations 99 

Grading Policies 100 

Administrative Grading Symbols 101 

Student Records 103 

Grade Changes 104 

Continuous Residency Regulations 106 

Stop-Out Policy 106 

Leave of Absence 107 

Withdrawal from the University 107 

Retention. Probation and Disqualification 107 

Student Conduct 107 

Parking 109 

Student Rights 109 

GRADUATE REGULATIONS 

Graduate Application Rocedures 114 

Graduate Admissions 1 16 

Requirements for the Master's Degree 117 

Graduate Enrollment Policies 120 


Graduate Academic Standards 123 

Theses and Projects 124 

Steps In the Master's Degree 127 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Degree Programs 130 

Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor's Degree 131 

General Education 135 

California Articulation Number (CAN) 136 

Teaching Credential Programs 145 

Extended Education 150 

International Programs 152 

Special Major Program 155 

Interdisciplinary Studies Program 155 

Course Numbering Code 156 

Cross-Disciplinary University Programs 158 

Library Courses 158 

CURRICULA 

SCHOOL OF THE ARTS 159 

Art 161 

Music 173 

Theatre and Dance 187 

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND 
ECONOMICS 197 

Accounting 201 

Business Administration Degrees 207 

Economics 214 

Finance 221 

International Business Program 224 

Management 227 

Management Science/Information Systems 231 

Marketing 237 

SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATIONS 241 

Communications 243 

Speech Communication 251 

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 261 

Computer Science 264 

Engineering 271 

Civil Engineering 274 

Electrical Engineering 282 

Mechanical Engineering 289 

SCHOOL OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND 
COMMUNITY SERVICE 295 

Child Development 297 

Counseling 300 

Educational Administration 305 

Elementary and Bilingual Education 309 


i 


5 


California State University. Fullerton 


Human Services 318 

Kinesiology and Health Promotion 322 

Military Science Program 332 

Nursing 334 

Reading 338 

Secondary Education 341 

Special Education 344 

SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL 
SCIENCES 349 

Afro-Ethnic Studies 361 

American Studies 364 

Anthropology 368 

Aslan Studies 366 

Chicano Studies 367 

Criminal Justice 370 

Engllsh/Comp>aratlve Literature 373 

Environmental Studies 382 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 386 

Geography 404 

Gerontology 410 

History 413 

Latin American Studies Program 421 

Liberal Studies Program 424 


Linguistics 427 

Philosophy 432 

Political Science 436 

Psychology 446 

Religious Studies 463 

Russian and East European Area Studies Program 469 

Social Sciences Program 461 

Sociology 463 

Women's Studies 469 

SCHOOL OF NATURAL SCIENCE AND 
MATHEMATICS 471 

Biological Science 473 

Chemistry & Biochemistry 481 

Geological Sciences 489 

Mathematics 494 

Physics 602 

Science Education Program 606 

FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATION 511 

EMERITI 540 

INDEX 551 


6 






California State University, Fullerton 


1995-96 Academic Calendar 

Please note: This academic calendar is not intended to be construed as an employee work calendar. 


SUMMER SESSION 1995 


May 30 

Tuesday Instruction begins; registration and 

classes. 

July 4 

Tuesday Independence Day observed - 

Campus closed. 

August 1 

Tuesday Initial period for filing applications for 

admission to the following spring 
semester begins. 

August 18 

Friday Instruction ends. 


FALL SEMESTER 1995 


August 28 

Monday Academic year begins; advisement 

and orientation begins. 

August 31 

Thursday Instruction begins. 


September 4 

Monday Labor Day - Campus closed. 


September 1 1 
Monday 

October 9 
Monday 


Admission Day Observed - Campus 
open. 

Columbus Day - Campus open. 


November 1 

Wednesday Initial period for filing applications 

for admission to the following fall 
semester begins. 

November 13 

Monday Veterans Day Observed - Campus 

open. 

November 23-24 

Thursday-Friday Thanksgiving recess - Campus 

closed. 

December 13 

Wednesday Last day of classes. 


December 14 

Thursday Examination preparation day. 


December 16-21 

Friday-Thursday Semester examinations. 


December 22 

Friday Winter recess begins. 

December 25-29 

Monday-Friday Holiday break - Campus closed. 


1996 


January 1 

Monday New Year's Day - Campus closed. 

January 2 

Tuesday Winter recess ends. Semester ends; 

grade reports due. 


INTERSESSION - 1996 


January 2 

Tuesday Intersession begins. 

January 15 

Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - Campus 

closed. 

January 26 

Friday Intersession ends. 


SPRING SEMESTER 1996 


January 25 

Thursday Semester begins; advisement and 

orientation begins. 

January 29 

Monday Instruction begins. 

February 12 

Monday Lincoln's Birthday - Campus open. 

February 19 

Monday Washington's Birthday - Campus 

closed. 

April 1-5 

Monday-Friday Spring recess - Campus open but 

no classes. 

April 8 

Monday Instruction resumes. 

May 17 

Friday Last day of classes. 

May 20 

Monday Examination preparation day. 

May 21-26 

Tuesday-Saturday Semester examinations. 

May 24-26 

Friday-Sunday Commencement exercises. 

May 27 

Monday Memorial Day - Campus closed. 

May 28-29 
Tuesday- 

Wednesday Evaluation days. 

May 31 

Friday Semester ends; grade reports due. 


8 


California State University, Fullerton 


1996-97 Academic Caiendar 


SUMMER SESSION 1996 


1997 


May 28 

Tuesday Instruction begins. 

July 4 

Thursday Independence Day - Campus 

closed. 

August 1 

Thursday Initial period for filing applications 

for admission to the following spring 
semester begins. 

August 16 

Friday Instruction ends. 


FALL SEMESTER 1996 


August 26 

Monday Academic year begins; advisement 

and orientation begins. 

August 29 

Thursday Instruction begins. 

September 2 

Monday Labor Day - Campus closed. 

September 9 

Monday Admission Day - Campus open. 

October 14 

Monday Columbus Day - Campus open. 

November 1 

Friday Initial period for filing applications 

for admission to the following Fall 
Semester begins. 

November 1 1 

Monday Veterans Day - Campus open. 

November 28-29 

Thursday-Friday Thanksgiving recess - Campus 

closed. 

December 13 

Friday Last day of classes. 

December 16 

Monday Examination preparation day. 

» December 17-21 

Tuesday-Saturday Semester examinations. 

December 23 

Monday Winter recess begins. 


January 1 

Wednesday New Year's Day - Campus closed. 

January 2 

Thursday Winter recess ends. Semester ends; 

grade reports due. 


INTERSESSION - 1997 


January 2 

Thursday Intersession begins. 

January 20 

Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - Campus 

closed. 

January 31 

Friday Intersession ends. 


SPRING SEMESTER 1997 


January 27 

Monday Semester begins; advisement and 

orientation begins. 

February 3 

Monday Instruction begins. 

February 10 

Monday Lincoln's Birthday - Campus open. 

February 1 7 

Monday Washington's Birthday - Campus 

closed. 

March 24-28 

Monday-Friday Spring recess - Campus open but 

no classes. March 31 

Monday Instruction resumes. 

May 22 

Thursday Last day of classes. 

May 23 

Friday Examination preparation day. 

May 26 

Monday Memorial Day - Campus closed. 

May 27-31 

Tuesday-Saturday Semester examinations. 

May 30-June 1 

Friday-Sunday Commencement exercises. 

June 2-3 

Monday-Tuesday Evaluation days. 


June 6 
Friday 


December 25-31 
Wednesday- 
Tuesday 


Holiday break - Campus closed. 


Semester ends; grade reports due. 








.VVf 


>i'0jD ;^Uq/»fL'' ^ yiyj ' 

^ iu '.'V>J. 

Vch2»An‘;^y ' 


'k.. :'*■■ . ■.''■:.t;.':’'v,![ . 



• <A ..■,v;^i„, ., • 

' ■' ' ’ ' ' ' 

i :.. . 

.. 'abH-K'i:. 

bC-- . .,?- . . 

/bv CA' 

'y v!':^Ar'iC;i 

. . ■ ,, >.v .. . . /.X 



... : ji: iY 

. '. y'.ivw-'ri’vu 

:)0 ,•:.] .’!o::- y Abbnlfi ^Vr.'; v 

■' ' L ^ ■ 

Syj.)xy.r-^ 

' ' Cf v'JOjj- 

q/nb. ' ' vf?briN?j ; ’;tc}>: iiioc. v 

b -’ , ■ '' . ..-b'.v _ . 

.. t>-:i»<^ 'A'; 

V* ’ y 

■V ■.‘./!.r.> 

- ■ 'b iCAi 

,nV'JO'.r ?q;-yO ■' .nv • ' 

' •' " .‘^v’ ., .V.:- -^fi, 


V. r 

... vbb/.O'^’ 



- Oi rC.iOirK.vM'.- ,' ■ K-;;jn --f 

-XA’li-l 

A ,.„. c:^;qrncC7 r.i^ 

' .r.. vl-M 

■ :ir:.:. a:'V'A ■ 

voi.: v.fr:«e-viXAeoi 

iO?Y.y'-Y '. '■A...J '-''aO ' 

' ar.i.ibOiv vf 
^ . yob 

. '■" ' . ■'■ . . V .>i ' ■ V . ■/. 

.’.\ryWlO<^I : / 

- ■ 

v’ ' r: : i 

'?*fO •■" ■ a;:''Q .A: YYY-'K^ ., 

A efMj’. 


^'9«f i^OI3-'3a 9it\fi'A^j-. 


yvn ■ ■ -V • o jtt^ni 


.. V''Uo’..'i 


v'OO ':v>i.- i- .,, 


.r- ' - " -.^ V'- 


■' r’'0 




VCb:>n. n’ 


■.' ., >•■ - ' Y ,'. ' ‘ M'iJtjQUA 

^ \ ^ r.-,.;.^i,^ voilif.; vnb;’ rJf 

, Vr^U-r pf ; V^'-n <ri1'; Ot “ ’!0^ ' 

: ■ • C. :.>(C-UA 


m.i SiT£3M3e jJiM 


cS: t?i QUA' 

•- :>n -V'- :5A vcbo:M 


-JilO:/ 






' lio^ C‘?ifWo:;^1 e. .i o> 


y v.,-clnr>etqvS 

,..,,.vpbn^ 

a’ ..Kio •:>>:■ 

f idrnsvo^l 

;r ' 


„_, ,,„ , . ,'^;> .xfcin ,. O - vc-U 5^' -O’.'jtsv , . 


I i JGcr u^vo^ 
vooncw 




r^<";r Avoi/| 
. vcu> ’1 yr'.>:s^"i. ^1" 


H .:>^o 

- ;’ . ■.: r^v. 


^^r)b;'i 


.yrib f'Oi''C:OQ&).j /'0;b-.»r.;rio>:A 

. v-< . '4"A/'- . . ' *. . 


•A 100 v J 


^ V - .' ie oC 

. . yObllJ s C 


i. c^ joei letruw 


C , IQrJr 9.:-;;0 
•'Q^'rKN/5 


* ^btboi:. 


' •^• •C'" ';' A.jvi f£-6^ nor-AQ 

-Y••■b^e^^7^:/y 

vOO'ioH .. 

" ' ■'■ ' ' ■ '^ 


.x:;;: '' It?; 


The California 
State University 



The Individual California State Colleges were brought together 
as a system by the Donahoe Higher Education Act of 1960. In 
1972 the system became The California State University and 
Colleges and In 1982 the system became The California State 
University. 

The oldest campus - San Jose State University was founded as a 
Normal School In 1857 and became the first institution of public 
higher education In California. California State University, 
Monterey Bay, became the CSU's 21st campus in September 
1994. The California Maritime Academy In Vallejo, founded in 
1929, joins the CSU as Its 22nd campus in July 1996. 

Responsibility for The California State University is vested in the 
Board of Trustees, consisting of ex officio members, alumni and 
faculty representatives, and members appointed by the gov- 
ernor. The trustees appoint the chancellor, who Is the chief 
executive officer of the system, and the presidents, who are 
the chief executive officers of the respective campuses. 

The trustees, the chancellor and the presidents develop 
systemwide policy, with actual implementation at the cam- 
pus level taking place through broadly based consultative 
procedures. The Academic Senate of The California State 
University, made up of elected representatives of the faculty 
from each campus, recommends academic policy to the 
Board of Trustees through the chancellor. 

Academic excellence has been achieved by The California 
State University through a distinguished faculty, whose primary 
responsibility is superior teaching. While each campus in the 
system has its own unique geographic and curricular charac- 
ter. all campuses, as multipurpose Institutions, offer undergradu- 
ate and graduate Instruction for professional and occuiDOtional 
goals as well as broad liberal education. All of the campuses 
require for graduation a basic program of general education 
requirements regardless of the type of bachelor's degree or 
major field selected by the student. 

The CSU offers more than 1 .500 bachelor's and master's de- 
gree programs in some 200 subject areas. Many of these pro- 
grams are offered so that students can complete all upper- 
division and graduate requirements by part-time, late afternoon 
and evening study. In addition, a variety of teaching and school 
service credential programs are available. A limited number of 
doctoral degrees are offered jointly with the University of Cali- 
fornia and with private institutions In California. 


In fall 1993. the system enrolled approximately 326.000 students, 
taught by more than 16.000 faculty. Last year the system 
awarded over 50 percent of the bachelor's degrees and 30 
percent of the master's degrees granted In California. More 
than 1 .2 million persons have graduated from the 20 campuses 
since 1960. 


•The California Maritime Academy becomes the 22nd campus 
of the CSU System in July 1995. 

11 

The CSU 






Humboldt Sute University 
California State University, Chico 
Sonoma State University 
California Maridme Academy 
— California State University, Sacramento 
San Francisco State University 
California State University, Hayward 
San Jose State University 
California State University, Stanislaus 
California State University, Monterey Bay 
California State University, Fresno 
California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo 
California State University, Bakersfield 
California State University, Northridge 
California State University, Los Angeles 
California State University, Dominguez Hills 
California State Polytechnic University, Pomona 
California State University, San Bernardino 
California State University, Fullerton 
California State University, Long Beach 
Office of the Chancellor, Long Beach 
California State University, San Marcos 
San Diego State University 


THE CALIFORNIA 

STATE UNIVERSITY 




California State University, Fullerton 


Campuses of The California State University 


California State University. Bakersfield 
9001 Stockdale Highway 
Bakersfield. C A 9331 1-1099 
Dr. Thomas A. Arciniega. President 
(805) 644-201 1 

California State University. Chico 
1st and Normal Streets 
Chico. CA 95929 
Dr. Manuel A. Esteban. President 
(916) 898-6116 

California State University. Dominguez Hills 

1000 East Victoria Street 

Carson. C A 90747 

Dr. Robert C. Detweiler. President 

(310)516-3300 

California State University. Fresno 
5241 North Maple Avenue 
Fresno. CA 93740 
Dr. John D. Welty. President 
(209) 278-4240 


California State University. Northrldge 
18111 Nordhoff Street 
Northrldge. CA 91330 
Dr. Blenda J. Wilson. President 
(818) 885-1200 

California State Polytechnic University. Pomona 

3801 West Temple Avenue 

Pomona. CA91768 

Dr. Bob Suzuki. President 

(909) 869-7659 

California State University. Sacramento 

6000 J Street 

Sacramento. CA 95819 

Dr. Donald R. Gerth. President 

(916) 278-6011 

California State College. San Bernardino 
5500 University Parkway 
San Bernardino. CA 92407 
Dr. Anthony H. Evans. President 
(909) 880-5000 


California State University. Fullerton 
Fullerton. CA 92634-9480 
Dr. Milton A. Gordon. President 
(714) 773-2011 

California State University. Hayward 
Hayward. CA 94542 
Dr. Norma S. Rees. President 
(510) 881-3000 

Humboldt State University 
Areata. C A 95521 
Dr. Alistar W. McCrone. President 
(707) 826-301 1 

California State University. Long Beach 
1250 Bellflower Boulevard 
Long Beach. CA 90840 
Dr. Robert C. Maxson. President 
(310) 985-41 1 1 

California State University. Los Angeles 
5151 State University Drive 
Los Angeles. CA 90032 
Dr. James M. Rosser. President 
(213) 343-3000 

California Maritime Academy 
200 Maritime Academy Drive 
Vallejo. California 94590 
Dr. Mary E. Lyons. President 
(707) 648-4200 


San Diego State University 
5300 Campanile Drive 
San Diego. CA 92182 
Dr. Thomas B. Day. President 
(619) 594-5000 

Imperial Valley Campus 
720 Heber Avenue 
Calexico. C A 92231 
(619)357-3721 

San Francisco State University 
1600 Holloway Avenue 
San Francisco. CA 94132 
Dr. Robert A. Corrigan. President 
(415) 338-1111 

San Jose State University 
One Washington Square 
San Jose. C A 95192 
Dr. Robert L. Caret. President 
(408) 924-1000 

California Polytechnic State University. San Luis Obispo 
San Luis Obispo. CA 93407 
Dr. Warren J. Baker. President 
(805) 756-1111 

California State University. San Marcos 
San Marcos. California 92096-0001 
Dr. Bill W. Stacy. President 
(619) 752-4000 


California State University. Monterey Bay 
100 Campus Center 
Seaside. California 93955-8001 
Dr. Peter P. Smith. President 
(408) 393-3338 


Sonoma State University 
1801 East Cotati Avenue 
Rohnert Park. CA 94928 
Dr. Ruben Armihana. President 
(707) 664-2880 


13 

The esu 


California State University. Fullerton 


California State University. Stanislaus 
801 West Monte Vista Avenue 
Turlock, CA 96380 
Dr. Marvalene Hughes, President 
(209) 667-3122 

Trustees and Officers of 
The California State University 

Ex Officio Trustees 

The Honorable Pete Wilson 

Governor of California 

State Capitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

The Honorable Gray Davis 
Lieutenant Governor of California 
State Capitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

The Honorable Willie L. Brown, Jr. 

Speaker of the Assembly 

State Capitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

Delaine Eastin 

State Superintendent of Public Instruction 
721 Capitol Mall, Sacramento. CA 96814 

Dr. Barry Munitz 

Chancellor of the California State University 
400 Golden Shore Long Beach. CA 90802-4275 

Appoinfed Trustees 

Appointments are for a term of eight years, except for a stu- 
dent Trustee, an alumni Trustee, and a faculty Trustee, whose 
terms are for two years. Terms expire in the year In parenthe- 
ses. Names are listed In order of appointment to the Board. 

Mr. Roland E. Arnall (1998) 

Ms. Marian Bagdasarian (1996) 

Mr. Jim Considine (1994) 

Ms. Martha C. Fallgatter (1995) 

Dr. Bernard Goldstein (1995) 

Mr. James H. Gray (1998) 

Mr. William D. Campbell (1995) 

Mr. Ralph P. Pesqueira (1996) 

Mr. Ted J. Saenger (1997) 

Mr. J. Gary Shansby (1999) 

Mr. Anthony M. VittI (1997) 

Mr. Ronald L. Cedillos (1999) 

Mr. William Hauck (2001) 

Dr. Joan Otomo-Corgel (2(X)1) 

Mr. Christopher A. Lowe (1995) 

Mr. Michael D. Stennis (2000) 

Mr. Stanley T. Wang (2002) 

Correspondence with Trustees should be sent: 

c/o Trustees Secretariat 
The California State University 
400 Golden Shore. Suite 134 
Long Beach. California 90802-4275 


Officers of the Trustees 

Governor Pete Wilson 
President 

Mr. Jim Considine 
Chairman 

Ms. Martha C. Fallgatter 
Vice Chairman 

Chancellor Barry Munitz 
Secretary-Treasurer 

Office of the Chancellor 

The California State University 
4CXD Golden Shore 
Long Beach. CA 90802-4275 
(310) 985-2500 

Dr. Barry Munitz 
Chancellor - CSU System 

Ms. Molly Corbett Broad 
Executive Vice Chancellor, 

Dr. Peter S. Hoff 
Senior Vice Chancellor. 

Academic Affairs 

Dr. June M. Cooper 
Vice Chancellor, 

Human Resources and Operations 

Mr. Richard P. West 
Vice Chancellor. 

Business and Finance 

Dr. Douglas X. Patlho 
Vice Chancellor, 

University Advancement 

Ms. Christine Helwick (Interim) 
General Counsel 


14 

The CSU 


California State 
University, Fullerton 



Governance 

Governance on the campus at California State University, Ful- 
lerton Is the responsibility of the president and his administra- 
tive staff. Working closely with the president are a number of 
faculty and student groups \vhich initiate, review, and/or rec- 
ommend for approval, various university programs, policies and 
procedures. Although the president is vested with the final 
authority for all university activities, maximum faculty and staff 
participation In campus decision-making and governance has 
become traditional. Students also are actively involved, with 
student representatives being Included on almost all univer- 
sity, school, and departmental committees and policy-mak- 
ing bodies. 

Advisory Board 

The California State University, Fullerton Advisory Board con- 
sists of community leaders interested in the development and 
welfare of the university. The board advises the president on a 
number of matters, particularly those affecting university and 
community relations. Members are appointed by the presi- 


dent for terms of four years. 

Dr. Arnold Miller, Chair 
President, 

Technology Strategy Group Fullerton 

Richard Ackerman 
Attorney at Law 

Ackerman, Mordock & Bowen Fullerton 

Robert F. Beaver Fullerton 

Peggy Hammer Placentia 

Frederick T. Mason 

Attorney at Law Santa Ana 


15 

CSUF 


California State University, Fullerton 


William J. McGarvey, Jr. 

Community Relations Director 

Anderson, Lynn & Cottrell, CPAs Inc Fullerton 

Loren C. Pannier 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 

Carl Karcher Enterprises, Inc Anaheim 

John Rau 

President, David Industries Orange 

Ruth Schermitzle Brea 

Richard J. Stegemeler 
Chairman of the Board 

Unocal Los Angeles 

Irene E. Ziebarth 
Attorney at Law 

Sedgwick, Detert, Moran & Arnold Irvine 


Mission and Goals 

Mission Statement 

Learning is preeminent at California State University, Fuller- 
ton. We aspire to combine the best qualities of teaching 
and research universities where actively engaged students, 
faculty, and staff work in close collaboration to expand 
knowledge. 

Our affordable undergraduate and graduate programs 
provide students the best of current practice, theory, and 
research and Integrate professional studies with prepara- 
tion in the arts and sciences. Through experiences in and 
out of the classroom, students develop the habit of Intel- 
lectual Inquiry, prepare for challenging professions, 
strengthen relationships to their communities and contrib- 
ute productively to society. 

We are a comprehensive, regional university with a global 
outlook, located In Orange County, a technologically rich 
and culturally vibrant area of metropolitan Los Angeles. Our 
expertise and diversity serve as a distinctive resource and 
catalyst for partnerships with public and private organiza- 
tions. We strive to be a center of activity essential to the 
Intellectual, cultural, and economic development of our 
region. 

Goals 

• To ensure the preeminence of learning. 

• To provide high quality programs that meet the evolving 
needs of our students, community, and region. 

• To enhance scholarly and creative activity. 

• To make collaboration Integral to our activities. 

• To create an environment where all students have the 
opportunity to succeed. 


• To Increase external support for university programs and 
priorities. 

• To expand connections and partnerships with our region. 

• To strengthen Institutional effectiveness, collegial gover- 
nance and our sense of community. 

Academic Freedom and 
Responsibility 

The Academic Senate of California State University, Fullerton, 
endorses the 1987 Statement of Professional Ethics (University 
Policy Statement 230.0CX)) and the 1940 Statement of Principles 
and Interpretive Comments of the American Association of 
University Professors contained in the 1984 Edition of Policy 
Documents and Reports. 

Retrospect and Prospect 

In 1967 Cal State Fullerton became the 12th State College In 
California to be authorized by the Legislature. The following 
year a site was designated in northeast Fullerton. It was 
purchased in 1959, when Dr. William B. Langsdorf was 
appointed as founding president, the first staff was selected 
and plans for opening the new college were made. Orange 
County State College started classes for 452 full- and/or part- 
time students in September, 1959, using leased quarters for its 
administrative offices on the Fullerton Union High School 
campus and for Its classrooms at Fullerton's Sunny Hills High 
School. In the fall of 1960, the college opened classes on its 
own campus, where it occupied 12 temporary buildings. The 
name changed to Orange State College in July, 1962, to 
California State College at Fullerton in July, 1964, to California 
State College, Fullerton In July, 1968 and to California State 
University, Fullerton in June, 1972. The first permanent building, 
the six-story Letters and Science Building (now known as 
McCarthy Hall), was occupied in 1963. 

Today, there is much dramatic evidence of additional, rapid 
growth. Several new buildings have been completed, and 
enrollment has climbed to 26,0CX). Since 1963 the curriculum 
has expanded to include lower division work and many gradu- 
ate programs. 

The Donahoe Higher Education Act of 1960 established the 
California State Colleges as a system under an Independent 
Board of Trustees, redefined the functions of the State Col- 
leges, and related them to both the community colleges and 
the University of California system. 

In May, 1971 , Dr. L. Donald Shields, who had served as acting 
president for seven months, was appointed the second presi- 
dent of Cal State Fullerton. Dr. Miles D. McCarthy became 
acting president In January, 1981; Dr. Jewel Rummer Cobb 
took office as the third president in October, 1981; and Dr. Milton 
A. Gordon was appointed the fourth president in August, 1990. 

Environment of the University 

Fullerton, a city of more than 1 1 7,000 inhabitants, is located in 
northern Orange County, about 30 miles southeast of central 


16 

CSUF 


California State University, Fullerton 


Los Angeles. It is part of a new Southern California population 
center and within easy freeway access of all the diverse natu- 
ral and cultural attractions of this region. 

Orange County, with an area of 782 square miles, is the 48th in 
size of California's 58 counties, but It Is the third largest county 
In population (2.4 million). Orange County has experienced 
during the last four decades almost unprecedented growth 
as communities continue to occupy the diminishing expanses 
of open land. 

Today, there co-exists an interesting mixture of the old and 
new economic and life styles in Orange County. Underneath 
the soil, archeologists and bulldozers uncover traces of the 
hunting and gathering Indian bands which flourished at least 
as early as 4, OCX) years ago in what was a benign and bounti- 
ful region. More visible traces remain of the Spanish and Mexi- 
can periods and cultures: Mission San Juan Capistrano, which 
began the agricultural tradition in Orange County, and sub- 
sequent adobes from the great land grants and ranches that 
followed. Additionally, both customs and many names persist 
from this period, and so does some ranching. The architec- 
tural and other evidences of the subsequent pioneer period 
are still quite visible: farmsteads, old buildings from the new 
towns that then were established in the late 1800's, mining 
operations, and traces of early resort and other types of pro- 
motional activities. For about 100 years, farming was the main 
economic activity with products such as grapes, walnuts, veg- 
etables and oranges, replacing the older wheat and cattle 
ranches. Today, agriculture still Is very Important. Orange 
County ranks high among California's counties In mineral pro- 
duction with Its oil, natural gas, sand and gravel, and clay min- 
ing and processing activities. 

The extensive development of the 42 miles of beaches In 
Orange County and the development of such attractions as 
Disneyland, Knott's Berry Farm, the Laguna Festival of Arts and 
Pageant of the Masters, the Anaheim Stadium and Convention 
Center and the Orange County Performing Arts Center 
continue to make tourism an increasingly important activity. 
So does the Mediterranean-type climate, with rainfall 
averaging 14 Inches per year, and generally mild days (either 
freezing or 100-degree temperatures uncommon) with 
frequent morning fogs during the summer. Both downtown Los 
Angeles and the Pacific Ocean can be reached by car In 
half an hour, and mountain and desert recreation areas are 
as close as an hour's drive from the campus. 

The Campus and Its Buildings 

Once part of a vast orange grove. Cal State Fullerton's attrac- 
tively landscaped main campus now consists of 226 acres 
bounded on the south by Nutwood Avenue, on the west by 
State College Boulevard, on the north by Yorba Undo Boule- 
vard and on the east by the Orange Freeway. 

The portion of Orange County immediately surrounding the 
campus Is predominantly suburban; it includes housing tracts, 
apartment complexes, shopping centers, industrial parks, and 
undeveloped hills and fields. 

Other educational institutions also are part of the Immediate 
environment. The Southern California College of Optometry, 
with its four contemporary buildings, opened In the spring of 


1973. It is just north of Cal State Fullerton. To Cal State's imme- 
diate south is Pacific Christian College, a liberal arts school 
with a Bible emphasis, where students started classes in the 
fall of 1973. The Western State University College of Law, 
California's largest law school, occupied its new campus to 
the immediate west of Cal State in January, 1975. 

The Cal State Fullerton campus Itself has a high density urban 
layout of facilities developed to serve a predominantly com- 
muting public. The university's modern buildings were planned 
so that no student should need more than 10 minutes to go 
from one class to another. The campus Is surrounded with land- 
scaped parking areas. 

The first permanent building, the Letters and Science Building, 
was occupied in 1963. This imposing structure, master planned 
to serve ultimately as a facility for undergraduate and gradu- 
ate science Instruction and research, has been used to house 
other programs until they could warrant new facilities of their 
own. This building is now called Miles D. McCarthy Hall. 

Since 1963, growth has been rapid. The Performing Arts Cen- 
ter was completed in 1964, the Physical Education Building 
In 1965, the Library Building in 1966, the Commons in 1967, the 
Humanities-Social Sciences Building and Visual Arts Center In 
1969, William B. Langsdorf Hall (Administration-Business Admin- 
istration) and the Engineering Building in 1971, the Student 
Health Center in 1974, the Education-Classroom Building and 
University Center in 1976, an addition to the Visual Arts Center 
in 1979, the Jewel Plummer Cobb Residence Halls and the 
Charles L. and Rachael E. Ruby Gerontology Center In 1988, 
and the Fullerton Marriott and the Computer Science Building 
in 1989. The Ruby Gerontology Center was the first building on 
campus financed solely by contributed funds; the Fullerton 
Marriott, a full-service hotel, resulted from a joint venture in- 
volving the Marriott Corp., the university and the city of Fuller- 
ton. 

An expansion of the University Center and a sports complex 
featuring a multipurpose stadium, baseball pavilion, track and 
tennis courts were completed In 1992. The five-story University 
Hall, with classrooms, faculty offices, and student and aca- 
demic support services, was occupied in 1993 followed by the 
two-story Science Laboratory Center In 1994. A four-story ad- 
dition to the University Ubrary is scheduled for completion In 
1996. A major addition to the Physical Education Building is 
being planned as Is an auditorium/fine arts instruction facility, 
which Includes a 1 ,200-seat auditorium. 

In the northeast corner of the campus is the Fullerton Arbore- 
tum, which was dedicated In the fall of 1979 in a joint venture 
with the city of Fullerton. It includes a 15-acre contoured bo- 
tanical garden, a three-acre organic garden and a two-acre 
experimental plot. The ecologically arranged flora depicts 
habitats from the desert to the tropics. The Fullerton Arbore- 
tum also includes Heritage House, a restored 19th-century 
dwelling. Heritage House serves as a cultural museum for North 
Orange County as well as an Arboretum office. 

The ample freeway and surface street accommodations that 
approach the main entrance to the university's campus also 
provide comparatively easy access to the great and diverse 
learning resources available In Southern California: many other 
colleges and universities; museums, libraries, art galleries; zoos; 


17 

CSUf 


California State University, Fullerton 


and the wide variety of economic, governmental, social, and 
cultural activities and experiments that may be found in this 
dynamic and complex region of California and the United 
States. 

Information concerning the Instructional, laboratory and other 
physical facilities which relate to the academic program may 
be obtained from the Office of Facility Planning and Construc- 
tion. 

CSUF Mission Viejo Campus 

The California State University, Fullerton-Mission Viejo Campus 
is located on the lower campus of Saddleback College In 
Mission Viejo. As a satellite campus of Cal State Fullerton, it 
serves the higher education needs of southern Orange County. 
The Mission Viejo Campus offers coursework at both the upper- 
division (junior/senior) and postbaccalaureate levels. Lower- 
dlvlslon (freshman/sophomore) coursework, including the 
lower-division General Education requirements must be taken 
at either the main campus In Fullerton or at a community 
college. 

Students who plan to attend the Mission Viejo Campus (MVC) 
must be admitted to California State University, Fullerton 
through the regular admissions process. Applications for ad- 
mission to the university are available at both the main cam- 
pus and the Mission Viejo Campus. Registration for MVC classes 
takes place through the regular university processes (touch 
tone registration) and can be accomplished at the MVC site. 

Information regarding the university or MVC is available to 
students and prospective students In the MVC administrative 
offices located in Building H. This facility also houses offices for 
the faculty, staff and the MVC director. 

Students enrolled at the Mission Viejo Campus receive all of 
the student services available at the main campus in Fuller- 
ton. MVC students are also eligible to use Saddleback 
College's Library and recreational facilities. The Assistant Dean 
for Student Affairs at MVC provides Information on all student 
services and serves as ombudsman for all student concerns. 

The University Library at MVC offers access to all materials con- 
tained in the main library at Fullerton. Students can access 
periodical articles through means of an extensive system of 
CD-Rom computer work station. The MVC library also has a 
collection of more than 600 periodicals on microfilm. Through 
Interlibrary Loan and other library services, students at MVC 
can access most academic libraries In the United States. 

In one computer laboratory, 18 computers are available for 
student and class use. In a second computer laboratory, 20 
Macintosh computers are available for class use. The MVC 
computer center is on-line with the mainframe located at the 
Fullerton campus, so that students can access all university 
computer services from the satellite campus. 

For information, contact the CSUF-MIssion Viejo Campus, 28000 
Marguerite Parkway, Mission Viejo, California 92692 or tele- 
phone (714) 582-4990. Office hours are 8:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. 
Monday through Thursday, and 9:(X) a m. to 1:00 p.m. on Fri- 
day. 


Students of the University 

Much of the distinctive character and learning atmosphere 
of any campus comes from the nature and vitality of Its 
students. Diversity, the synthesis of academic with work and 
family interests, strong achievement records, and relative 
maturity are some of the predominant characteristics of the 
student body at Cal State Fullerton. 

The university is primarily a commuter institution, with one on- 
campus residence facility which opened in the spring of 1988. 
Nearly 75 percent of the students work 20 or more hours per 
week, and yet 59 percent of all students take 1 2 or more hours 
of course work each semester. The majority of students live In 
Orange County. Of the fall 1994 new undergraduate students, 
34 percent came from California high schools, 5 percent from 
California private high schools, 49 percent came from 
California community colleges, 6 percent from other Cal State 
campuses, 2 percent from other California colleges and 
universities, and 4 percent from other states or other countries. 
The fall 1994 new graduate students came from other Cal 
State campuses (53 percent), other California colleges and 
universities (24 percent), and other states or other countries 
(23 percent). 

The student body Is 9 percent first-time freshmen, 15 percent 
other lower division, 59 percent upper division, and 17 per- 
cent graduate levels. Fifty-seven percent of all students are 
women. The median age of all students is 23; undergraduates 
have a median age of 22, while graduate students have a 
median age of 29. Many students take advantage of course 
offerings during the day and at night, in order to create a 
workable schedule for their multiple responsibilities. 

Many students already have clearly defined Interests in a major 
field of study. Only 7 percent of all students have not yet de- 
clared a major, and are in the process of exploring different 
fields of knowledge. During 1993-94, 4,193 undergraduates 
received their baccalaureate degrees, and 770 graduates 
received their master's degrees. 

The Faculty 

Central to the effectiveness of any institution of higher learn- 
ing Is the quality and dedication of Its individual faculty mem- 
bers to teaching and scholarship. 

In the fall of 1993 there were 623 full-time faculty and adminis- 
trators and 477 part-time faculty members teaching on the 
campus. Almost all the full-time faculty had some previous 
college or university teaching experience before coming to 
Fullerton. Faculty members also have a wide variety of experi- 
ences and creative activities. Over 90 percent of the tenured 
and tenure track faculty have earned their doctoral degrees. 

Criteria for selection to the faculty include mastery of knowl- 
edge In an academic SjDecialty, demonstrated skill and expe- 
rience in teaching, and continuing interest in scholarly study 
and research. Retention and promotion criteria also include 
service to the university and community. 

Information concerning the faculty and other personnel may 
be obtained from the Office of Faculty Affairs and Records. 


18 

CSUF 


California State University, Fullerton 


Outstanding Professor Award 

Each year the university selects a faculty member to receive 
the CSUF Outstanding Professor Award. This Individual becomes 
the campus nominee for the statewide Outstanding Professor 
Award, an honor conferred annually on two system faculty by 
the Trustees of the California State University. 

Below are the names of all professors who have received the 
CSUF Outstanding Professor Award. Those with an asterisk were 
also honored with the statewide award. 


Year 

Name 

Subject 

1963-64 

Donald Stanley Tull 

Marketing 

1964-65 

Miles Duffield McCarthy* 

Biology 

1965-66 

Giles Tyler Brown 

History 

1966-67 

Gustave Bording Mathieu 

Foreign Languages 
8( Literatures 

1967-68 

Norman Townsend-Zellner 

Economics 

1968-69 

John Brown Mason 

Political Science 

1969-70 

No award given 


1970-71 

Loh Seng Tsai 

Psychology 

1971-72 

Richard C. Gilbert 

Mathematics 

1972-73 

Herbert C. Rutemiller 

Quantitative Methods 

1973-74 

Fred M. Johnson 

Physics 

1974-75 

Willis E. McNelly* 

English 

1975-76 

Donald E. Lagerberg 

Art 

1976-77 

Sydney Klein 

Economics 

1977-78 

Charles G. Bell 

Political Science 

1978-79 

Bruce H. Weber 

Chemistry 

1979-80 

Michael H. Horn 

Biology 

1980-81 

Donald A. Sears 

Linguistics 

1981-82 

Joyce E. Pickersglll 

Economics 

1982-83 

Carl C. Wamser 

Chemistry 

1983-84 

Corinne S. Wood 

Anthropology 

1984-85 

Maria Linder 

Chemistry 

1985-86 

Charles C. Lambert 

Zoology 

1986-87 

Glenn M. Nagel 

Chemistry 

1987-88 

Harris S. Shultz* 

Mathematics 

1988-89 

Warren A. Beck 

History 


Year 

Name 

Subject 

1989-90 

Roger Nanes 

Physics 

1990-91 

Gerald F. Corey 

Human Services/ 
Counseling 

1991-92 

Michael H. Birnbaum 

Psychology 

1992-93 

David L. PagnI* 

Mathematics 

1993-94 

Keith O. Boyum 

Political Science 


President’s Community Minority 
Affairs Advisory Council 

The President of California State University, Fullerton has es- 
tablished a council to assist and advise the President on mat- 
ters of importance in meeting the educational needs of the 
constituent minorities represented In the community and on 
the campus. The council is comprised of representatives se- 
lected from the distinguished leadership of the community who 
are from various ethnic groups, public schools, businesses, 
churches, local civic organizations, student organizations, 
parent groups and campus groups. 


Albert Perales, Chair 

Counselor, Kraemer Junior High School Placentia 

John Hobgood, Vice Chair, Programs 

Communications Consultant Laguna Beach 

Herb Smith, Vice Chair, Membership 

Owner, Data Perfect Images Brea 

Ellen Birdon-Shaw 

President, Black Chamber of Commerce 

Administrative Assistant 

Carl Karcher Enterprises Anaheim 

Jo Caines 

Director of Community Relations 

KOCE-TV Huntington Beach 

Maggie Carrillo Mejia 

Principal, Savanna High School Anaheim 

James Carrington 

Minister, Friendship Baptist Church Yorba Linda 

Charles Fantroy, President 

Branches Medical of California Moreno Valley 

Tina Fernandez, Specialist 


Orange County Human Relations Commission .... Santa Ana 


Manual B. Frias 

Director of Human Resources and 
Affirmative Action 

Orange Coast College District Costa Mesa 

Marian Harloe, Commissioner 
Orange County Human Relations 

Commission Santa Ana 

Chieu Minh Pham 

Educator Orange 

Herb Smith 

Owner, Data Perfect Images Brea 

George Williams 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Orange County Urban League Garden Grove 


19 

CSUF 


California State University. Fullerton 


University Administration 

President 

Staff Assistant 

Executive Assistant 

Director of Affirmative Action 

Administrative Assistant 

Director of Athietics 

Associate Director/Senior Woman Administrator 

Director of Compliance 

Assistant Athletic Director for Media Relations 

Director of Budget Pianning and Administration 

Assistant Director 

Administrative Assistant 

Budget Analyst 

Budget Analyst 

Systems Analyst 

Vice President for Academic Affairs 

Associate Vice President Academic Affairs 

Administrative Fellow 

Coordinator, Faculty Affairs and Records 

Associate Vice President Academic Programs 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Coordinator, Undergraduate Studies 

Coordinator, Health Professions 

Director of Athletic Academic Service 

Prelaw Adviser 

Dean, Extended Education 

Director of Extension Administration 

Director of Extended Education Program Services 

Director, ESL. Distance Education Program 

Director of Certificate Programs 

Director of Program Management 

Director of Corporate and Public Education 

Director of Seminars and Teleconferencing 

Director of Marketing and Public Relations 

Associate Vice President information and Telecommunication Services 

Director, Administrative Computing 

Director. Telecommunications 

Coordinator, Instructional Services 

University Librarian 

Associate University Librarian 

Collection Development Officer 

Chair, Public Services 

Chair, Technical Services 

Director of Admissions and Records 

Assistant to the Director of Admissions and Records 

Admissions Officer 

University Articulation /Project Assist. Officer 

Registrar 

Associate Registrar 

Director of Analytical Studies 

Associate Director of Analytical Studies 

Director, Faculty Research and Development 

Coordinator of Regulatory Compliance and Intermural Programs 

Coordinator. Contracts and Grants 

Director, Center for Internships and Cooperative Education 

Director, Mission Viejo Campus 

Radiation Safety Officer 

Director, Student Academic Services and University Outreach 

Associate Director. Student Academic Services and University Outreach 

Coordinator, Student Academic Services /Counseling/Retention 

Coordinator. University Outreach Services and Relations with Schools and Colleges 

20 

CSUF 


Milton A. Gordon 

Norma Morris 

Judith A. Anderson 

Rosamaria Gomez-Amaro 

F. Caroline Cosgrove 

John Easterbrook 

Maryalyce Jeremiah 

. . . June Kearney (Acting) 

Mel Franks 

Sherri Newcomb 

E.SueBoeltl 

Vacant 

Linda Erickson 

Vacant 

Vacant 


Mary Kay Tetreault 

Margaret A . A twell 

Soraya Coley 

Mary Watkins 

William W. Haddad (Acting) 

Gladys Fleckles 

Robert Belloli 

Richard McFarland 

Christine McCarthy 

Harvey Grody 

Harry L Norman 

James T. Mavlty 

Vacant 

Michael Silverman 

Vacant 

Judy Strong 

Vacant 

Le Esta Bentley 

Melody Johnston 

Gene Dippel 

Bobbe Weber 

Dick Bednar 

Michelle Perlman 

Richard C. Pollard 

Patricia L. Bril (Acting) 

Patricia L. Bril 

Linda Herman 

Teresa Malinowski 

James C. Blackburn 

Vacant 

Nancy Dority 

Barbara Hooper 

Carole Jones 

Lynette Housty 

Dolores Hope Vura 

Robert Fecarotta 

Stuart A. Ross 

Holly Carpenter 

Vacant 

Vacant 

George Giacumakis 

JohnElliotf 

Silas H. Abrego 

Jeremiah W. Moore 

Carmela Harvey 

Charles Moore 


California State University. Fullerton 


Director of Television and Media Support Center 
Instructional Television and Media Production.. 
Audio Visual Distribution and Maintenance 


. . . Edgar Trotter (Acting) 
Le Esta Bentley (Acting) 
James T. Mavlty (Acting) 


Vice President for Administration Jay W. Bond (Acting) 

Insurance & Facility Use Officer Martin E. Carbone 

Associate Vice President, Facility Planning & Construction Jay W. Bond 

Facility Planner Robin I. Moore 

Director, Design & Construction Services Michael C. Smith 

Controller Resty P Prospero 

Accounting and Investment Officer Lydia L. Rodriguez 

Manager, Financial Services Anne Brown 

Supervisor, General Accounting Vacant 

Supervisor, Accounts Payable Sandra L. Bracken 

Supervisor, Student Aid Accounting, Receivables and Disbursements Kathy S. Ip 

Manager, Cash Management Carlos Navarrete 

Supervisor, Cashiering Leslie A. Reed 

Supervisor. Student Aid Loan Collection Roberta J. Wallstrom 

Procurement and Logistical Services Officer Holly B. Hall 

Manager, Purchasing Jackie C. Campbell 

Manager, Logistical Services Danny Miranda 

Supervisor, Campus Mail Services Center Edward A. Flynn 

Director, Human Resources David J. Losco 

Assistant Director: Employee Relations, Employment, Discipline, Performance Appraisals, and Recruitment Dorothy Edwards 

Assistant Director: Classificatlon/Reassignments, Training and Development Ann M. Megli 

Employment Sandy N. Thompson 

Workers' Compensation and Retirement/ Employee Benefits and Documents Denise Johnson 

Director, Physical Plant Charles D. Stevens 

Associate Director, Plant Operations & Engineering William H. van der Pol 

Director, Public Safety William D. Huffman 

Environmental Health & Safety Manager Thomas J. Whitfield 

Manager, Transportation/Parking/ 

Visitor Information Robert L. Baker (Acting) 

Director, Sports/ Physical Performance Complex Ronald A. Bond 

Associate Director, Event Management Ronald C. Andris 

Associate Director, Recreation* Erin C. Smith 

Associate Director, Resource Management Michael P. Uraine 

Executive Director, Foundation William M. Dickerson 

Director, Finance & Administration Shou-Yinn (Pearl) Cheng (Acting) 

Business Operations Manager Jean M. Tebbe 

Human Resources Manager Patricia Simms 

Accounting Manager Joan Simmons 

Management Information Systems Manager Reza Bldgoli 

Titan Bookstore and Titan Shops 

Director, Titan Shops Jerry C. Olson 

Assistant Director, Titan Shops Ed Sanders 

Customer Service Manager Robert Taflinger 

Books Manager Rick Dietrick 

General Books Manager Marlene Farber 

General Merchandise Manager Anita Smith 

Computer Retail Manager Angle Dulay 

Technological Resources & Custom Publishing Manager j. J. Cortez 

Director, Food & Vending Services Warren L. Corse 

General Manager & Satellite Operations John Naut 

General Manager, Campus Dining Steve Ball 

Catering Manager Sid Patel 

Director, Sponsored Programs (Grants & Contracts) Kim McLaughlan 


Vice President for Student Affairs 

/Associate Vice President for Student Affairs 
/Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs .. 


Robbie L. Nayman 

Charles W. Buck 

Vacant 


•Associated Students' Position 


21 

CSUF 


California State University, Fullerton 


Administrator for Associated Students William G. Pollock 

Coordinator, Academic Appeals Ralph Bigelow 

Director, Career Development and Counseling Center Roberta F. Browning 

Director, Financial Aid Deborah Gordon 

Director, Disabled Student Services Paul K. Miller 

Director, Housing and Residence Life Darlene Stevenson 

Director, International Education and Exchange Robert Ericksen 

Director, Student Health and Counseling Service Charles B. Darke 

Director, Testing and Research Lee Broadbent (Acting) 

Director, Office of Student Life Loydene Pritchard 

Director, Women's Center Barbara McDowell 


Vice President for University Advancement 

Director of Alumni Relations 

Executive Director of Development 

Director of Development, NSM 

Director of Development, COMM 

Director of Development, HDCS 

Director of Development, HSS 

Director of Development, SBAE 

Director of Development, SOTA 

Director of Development, Annual Giving Programs 

Executive Director, Office of Public Affairs 

Director of University Corporate Relations 

Schools and Academic Departments 

School of the Arts 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

Art Department 

Music Department 

Theatre Department 

School of Business Administration and Economics 

Dean 

Associate Dean, Undergraduate Programs 

Associate Dean, Graduate Studies 

Accounting Department 

Economics Department 

Finance Department 

Management Department 

Management Science/Information Systems 

Marketing Department 


Harry R. Gianneschi 

Mary Jacobson 

Susan B. Smith 

... Jean Childs-Moore 

Barbara Esmark 

Bettle Woods 

Alan E. Freeman 

Mary Gagliardo 

Holly Wisneski 

Regina E. Webster 

Judy M. Mandel 

Larry Zucker 


.. Jerry Samuelson 

Dean W. Hess 

Nancee L. Benson 
... Darryl J. Curran 

Benton Minor 

Same Mitchell 


... Ephraim R Smith 

Dorothy Helde 

Richard Stolz 

Gerald Horn 

Anil Puri 

. Dennis O'Connor 
Frank Abdelwahed 

Zvi Drezner 

Irene Lange 


School of Communications 

Dean Elizabeth W. Mechling 

Associate Dean Rick D. Pullen 

Communications Department Robert Picard (Acting) 

Speech Communication Department Robert Emry 


School of Engineering and Computer Science 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Civil Engineering Depxartment 

Computer Science Department 

Electrical Engineering Department 

Mechanical Engineering Department 


Ancty R. Bazar 

David R. Falconer (Acting) 

Pinaki Chakrabarti 

Edward F. Sowell 

. Karim Hamidian (Acting) 
Hasan Schitoglu 


22 

CSUF 


California State University, Fulierton 


School of Human Development and Community Service 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Associate Dean 

Counseling Department 

Educational Administration Department 

Elementary and Bilingual Education Department 

Kinesiology Department 

Nursing Department 

Reading Department 

Secondary Education Department 

Special Education Department 

Child Development Department 

Human Services Program 

Military Science Program 

School of Humanities and Social Sciences 

Dean (Acting) 

Associate Dean 

Afro-Ethnic Studies Department 

American Studies Department 

Anthropology Department 

Chicano Studies Department 

Criminal Justice Department 

English and Comparative Literature Department 

Foreign Languages and Literatures Department 

Geography Department 

History Department 

Philosophy Department 

Political Science Department 

Psychology Department 

Religious Studies Department 

Sociology Department 

Aslan Studies 

Environmental Studies Program 

Gerontology Program 

Latin American Studies Program 

Liberal Studies Program 

Linguistics Program 

Russian and East European Area Studies Program 

M.A. in Social Sciences Program 

Women's Studies Program 

School of Natural Science and Mathematics 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Biological Science Department 

Chemistry and Biochemistry Department 

Geological Sciences Department 

Mathematics Department 

Physics Department 

Science Education Program 


Michael C. Parker (Acting) 

Roberta RIkli (Acting) 

Helen Taylor (Acting) 

George Williams 

Walter Beckman 

Carol Barnes 

Anne Marie Bird 

Juiia B. George 

Ashley Bishop, Coordinator 

Paul Kane 

Helen Taylor (Acting) 

Judith Ramirez 

J. Michael Russell, Coordinator 

Major John Sarnecky, Coordinator 


Donald S. Castro 

Thomas P Klammer 

J. Owens Smith 

Michael Steiner 

Jacob Pandian 

Isaac Cardenas 

Sandra Sutphen 

Joseph SawIckI 

Curtis W. Swanson 

Robert Young 

Frederic Miller 

Albert Flores 

Sandra Sutphen 

Daniel W. Kee 

Benjamin Hubbard 

Ron Hughes 

Vacant 

Stewart Long, Coordinator 

Jessie Jones. Director 

. . . . Sheldon Maram , Coordinator 
. . . . Ronald Clapper. Coordinator 
Angela Della Voipe, Coordinator 

Frederic Miller, Coordinator 

Donald Castro. Coordinator 

Diane Ross, Coordinator 


Kolf O. Jayaweera 

Marvin J. Rosenberg 

C. Eugene Jones 

Bruce Weber 

Gerald Brem 

James O. Friel 

Mark Shapiro 

Eric Streitberger, Coordinator 


23 

CSUF 


California State University. Fullerton 


California State University, 

Fullerton Foundation 

The California State University, Fullerton Foundation was estab- 
lished and Incorporated as a not-for-profit corporation in Oc- 
tober 1969. The Foundation is an auxiliary organization of the 
university established to provide essential student, faculty and 
staff services which cannot be provided from state appropria- 
tions. It also supplements the program and activities of the 
university In appropriate ways by assisting the university in ful- 
filling its purposes and in serving the people of the State of 
California - especially those In the immediate Fullerton area. 

Some of the activities In which the Foundation assists the uni- 
versity are developing and administering research and edu- 
cational grants and contracts; conducting retail operations 
including bookstore, food service and vending on campus; 
and administering various educationally related functions and 
special programs such as the Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary and 
the university's affordable housing program. 

The Foundation's overall policies are administered by a Board 
of Directors composed of members of the university faculty, 
administration and students as well as prominent community 
leaders. 


Board of Directors 

David L. Palmer, Chair# 

Robert F. Clark, Jr. Vice Chair* 

Gary R. Del Flum, Secretary# 

Pearl Cheng, Treasurer* (ex officio) 

William M. Dickerson, Executive Director* (ex officio) 
Jay W. Bond* 

Ted Bremner# 

Clare G. Carlson# 

Edward J. Carpenter# 

Michael Clapp** 

Jacqueline Cords*** 

Albert Flores** 

Julia George** 

Milton A. Gordon* 

Robert Hall# 

Cameron Hull*** 

Kolf O. Jayaweera* 

Christopher Lowe*** 

Robbie L. Nayman* 

Robert Ostengaard# 

Sandra Sutphen** 

Mary Kay Tetreault* 


*Adminlstrator **Faculty ***Student #Community Member 


Administrative Officers 

William M. Dickerson, Executive Director 
Pearl Cheng, Director of Finance 


CSUF Alumni 

The CSUF Alumni Association provides graduates opportuni- 
ties for continued affiliation with the university community as 
well as numerous benefits and services. 

As members of the Alumni Association, former students of Cal 
State Fullerton are offered a variety of benefits including library 
privileges at CSU campuses, travel, professional development 
programs, financial programs, discounts on athletic and 
theater events on campus and more. The most Important 
benefits, however, are the opportunities to network with fellow 
alumni and maintain ties with Cal State Fullerton. 

The Young Alumni Association has programs to fit the special 
needs of our most recent graduates. Social events, network- 
ing, and professional development programs are planned 
each year as well as opportunities to connect with more 
established alumni. 

The Student Alumni Association is a unique student organization 
that not only offers ways to get involved in campus life, but 
also links students to CSUF alumni. In addition to social events 
and service projects, SAA members have career development 
opportunities by networking with alumni through events and 
a job shadowing program. 


Community Support Groups 

California State University, Fullerton welcomes and encourages 
the development and activities of volunteer organizations 
committed to enriching university life. The expertise and efforts 
of its dedicated volunteers are most appreciated for they 
enhance the quality of the educational experience for Cal 
State Fullerton students and help ensure the university's 
academic excellence. In addition to their Involvement in the 
programs of their own organizations, support group members 
are invited to participate In university events. 

Cal State Fullerton's volunteer organizations form the Coordi- 
nating Council of Support Groups, which assists members In 
promoting their individual group's goals and In coordinating 
activities and communication between themselves and the 
university. Further Information about support groups may be 
obtained from the Office of University Advancement located 
in Langsdorf Hall 805 at (714) 773-2108. 


Art Alliance 

The Art Alliance encourages excellence In the arts, particu- 
larly through the educational curriculum of the university's Art 
Department. Organized In 1967, the alliance assists in financ- 
ing gallery exhibitions, administers the Art Gallery Docent Pro- 
gram, participates In the acquisition of campus art works and 
annually awards scholarships and graduate research grants. 
Art Alliance members host special exhibit tours and receptior^s. 
Informal talks by faculty members and trips to museums and 
artists' studios. 


24 

CSUf 


California State University, Fullerton 


Association of the Friends and Docents 
of the Anthropology Museum 

Anthropology majors, alumni and interested members of the 
community make up association membership. The group takes 
an active role in presenting exhibits, providing tours and con- 
ducting the activities of the museum. 

Continuing Learning Experience 

Continuing Learning Experience (CLE) was formed in 1979 by 
retired and semiretired individuals dedicated to the pursuit of 
lifelong learning in a high-level educational environment. 
Entirely self-supporting. CLE offers study groups and discussion 
forums of educational and special interest to the community, 
as well as a lecture series, classes and trips. Members also can 
participate in SeniorNet. a computer networking program, and 
the Wellness Clinic. The CLE office is housed In the Ruby 
Gerontology Center, a research and conference facility built 
with private funds In large part from CLE members. 

Emeriti 

Cal State Fullerton's retired faculty and staff members belong 
to the Emeriti, which is dedicated to keeping its members in- 
volved and knowledgeable about current campus life. While 
providing opportunities to be involved In faculty governance, 
curricular programs and campus activities, the organization 
also offers renewal of friendships between its members. Through 
affiliation with the systemwide CSU emeriti organization. ERFA. 
emeriti concerns are presented to all branches of the govern- 
ment and the Chancellor's Office. 

President’s Executive Forum 

The membership of the President's Executive Forum Is composed 
of chief executive officers and senior executives In California, 
who advise and assist the university president on matters relat- 
ing to Improving education and research at Cal State Fullerton. 
Its members recommend measures and actions to stimulate 
and promote better relationships with the business community, 
as well as Improve California's quality of life. 

Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum 

Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum support a 26-acre ecologi- 
cal preserve located on the northeast corner of campus. The 
friends host demonstrations, lectures and tours of the arbore- 
tum and Heritage House, a turn-of-the-century residence listed 
in the National Register of Historic Places and the Inventory of 
California Historic Sites. Through plant sales, special activities 
and management of the arboretum's gift and garden shop, 
the Friends contribute operating monies for the arboretum and 
fund student scholarships, grants and internships. 

Music Associates 

In support Of the Music Department. Music Associates fund 
student scholarships; an annual award contest recognizing 
excellence in vocal, instrumental and piano performance; and 


purchases of equipment and instruments to enhance Call 
State Fullerton's music program. Associates attend campus 
performances and co-sponsor one of the biggest holiday 
events on campus, the "Christmas Carol Candlelight Dinner 
and Concert' ' featuring the University Singers. The Associates 
also hold an annual spring scholarship luncheon. 

Patrons of the Library 

Community members, alumni and faculty and staff members 
interested In maintaining the quality of the University Library 
belong to the Patrons of the Library. The group sponsors 
exhibits and holds an annual book sale and luncheon. Funds 
raised through book sales, dues and donations support the 
augmentation of library holdings and facilities. 

President’s Associates 

President's Associates Is an organization whose members are 
committed to providing quality higher education at Cal State 
Fullerton. Membership contributions enable the university to 
offer cultural and educational programs, student scholarships, 
faculty research grants and recognition awards to outstand- 
ing students and faculty members. Annual activities include 
an October reception and a May luncheon, when President's 
Scholars are named. The scholars program, funded by the 
Associates, recognizes a select group of students for aca- 
demic and extracurricular performance. 

Reading Educators Guild 

Graduates who earn a master of science in education with 
a concentration in reading and other interested individuals 
are eligible for membership in the Reading Educators Guild. 
Working in close relationship with the Reading Program, the 
guild promotes research In the reading field. Throughout the 
school year, the Guild holds various activities, lectures and 
conferences. 

School Advisory Councils 

Advisory councils are composed of community and campus 
leaders who are committed to sharing their expertise and 
providing support to Individual schools within the university. 
Groups include the School of Business Administration and 
Economics Executive Council. School of Communications 
Executive Advisory Board. School of Engineering and Com- 
puter Science Industrial Advisory Board. School of Human 
Development and Community Service Community Advisory 
Council, and School of Natural Science and Mathematics 
Advisory Board. 

Titan Athletic Club 

The Titan Athletic Club exists solely to aid the athletic pro- 
gram at Cal State Fullerton. The club is composed of Indi- 
viduals who have a genuine interest in athletics, the univer- 
sity. and the community, and support athletics by providing 
funds for scholarships and other sport-related needs. 


25 

CSUF 


California State University. Fullerton 


Tucker Wildlife Society 

The Tucker Wildlife Society supports the Tucker Wildlife Sanc- 
tuary In the Modjeska Canyon In the Santa Ana Mountains. 
Its members assist the sanctuary In offering programs that 
support the environment, save wildlife and provide outdoor 
education for thousands of children. A research center for 
biological field studies, the facility also offers continuing 
educational service to the community, teacher education 
In nature Interpretation and conservation education, and 
training of students planning to enter the public service field. 


26 

CSUF 



Academic 

Affairs 



California State University, Fullerton provides a diversity of edu- 
cational opportunities to satisfy the broad range of back- 
grounds and interests of its students and to meet the continu- 
ally changing and ever growing demands of not only our lo- 
cal community and the state, but to accommodate the in- 
creasingly significant national and global expectations as well. 
The academic programs available Include 60 bachelor's de- 
grees, 44 master's degrees, 47 minors, 3 resident certificates, 
and 1 1 teaching credential programs. 

The university Is currently engaged in redefining Its mission. An 
idea with much currency Is that learning is preeminent at Cali- 
fornia State University, Fullerton. We aspire to the vision by 
combining the best qualities of teaching and research univer- 
sities where actively engaged students, faculty, and staff work 
in close collaboration to expand knowledge. Central to our 
emerging mission is affordable undergraduate and graduate 
programs that reflect the best of current practice, theory, and 
research, and integrate professional studies with preparation 
In the arts and sciences. The mark of a Fullerton graduate will 
be a person who has developed the habit of intellectual in- 
quiry, prepared for a challenging profession, strengthened 
relationships to his or her communities, and contributes pro- 
ductively to society. 

Academic excellence Is provided In the various specializa- 
tions offered by the University by encouraging departments 
and professional schools to develop programs for their majors 
through a formal process that ensures careful and thoughtful 
review by various levels of the university. The General Educa- 
tion Program is designed to assure that graduates have made 
significant progress toward being a well-educated person by 
Integrating Into the major programs a relative balance In 
strength of required courses in the physical sciences, the so- 
cial sciences, the humanities, and the fine arts. These courses 
are planned to complement those offered through the major 
programs and electives. Articulation agreements with the lo- 
cal community colleges clarify the courses that will be ac- 
cepted for credit in both general education and major pro- 
grams. 


Vice President for Academic Affairs 
McCarthy Hall 133 
(714) 773-2614 

The Vice President for Academic Affairs Is responsible for the 
leadership and coordination of all campus academic mat- 
ters. The Vice President is the chief academic officer for the 
campus and is directly Involved In the areas of curriculum 
development, faculty personnel processes, and budget and 
resource allocation as they pertain to instruction and aca- 
demic support. 


28 

Academic Affairs 



California State University. Fullerton 


The academic vice president works closely with the President, 
the academic associate vice presidents, deans, and program 
directors regarding all instructlonally related planning and 
operational matters. Related responsibilities Include: (1) over- 
see the development and review of curriculum and educa- 
tional and professional policy; (2) instructional resource ad- 
ministration relating to staffing, operating expenses and equip- 
ment; (3) assuring that all faculty and academic staff person- 
nel actions reinforce and complement the qualitative objec- 
tives of the university while meeting its strong commitment to 
the principles and spirit of affirmative action; (4) administra- 
tion of academic support services such as the library, admis- 
sions and records, extended education, computer center, and 
student EOP and affirmative action programs. As chief aca- 
demic officer, the Vice President reviews department and fac- 
ulty Personnel Committee recommendations, in order to make 
final recommendations to the President on all faculty and ten- 
ure considerations as well as other academic personnel ac- 
tions as required by university policy. 

Information concerning the academic programs of Cal State 
Fullerton may be obtained from the Office of the Vice Presi- 
dent for Academic Affairs. This Information may Include: 

1 . The current degree programs and other educational and 
training programs; 

2. The instructional, laboratory, and other physical plant fa- 
cilities that relate to the academic program; 

3. The faculty and other instructional personnel; 

4. Data regarding student retention at Cal State Fullerton and. 
If available, the number and percentage of students com- 
pleting the program in which the student is enrolled or has 
expressed Interest; and 

5. The names of associations . agencies or governmental bod- 
ies which accredit, approve, or license the institution and 
its programs, and the procedures under which any current 
or prospective student may obtain or review upon request 
a copy of the documents describing the institution's ac- 
creditation. approval or licensing. 

Academic, Graduate and International 

Programs 

McCarthy Hall 129 

(714) 773-3602 

The Office of Academic. Graduate and International Programs 
C(Dordinates the development of educational programs; pro- 
vides an all-university perspective on educational activities at 
the campus; and stimulates academic innovations. 

The Associate Vice President. Academic Programs is respon- 
sible for administering university policies and regulations 
dealing with undergraduate and graduate curricula; fos- 
tering and administering institutional exchange programs 
with foreign universities; preparing and publishing the uni- 
versity catalog; and serving as liaison to the Western Asso- 
ciation of Schools and Colleges (WASC) and other accred- 
iting agencies. 


The Office of Academic. Graduate and International Programs 
provides leadership for the Curriculum Committee. General 
Education Committee. Graduate Education Committee. In- 
ternational Education Committee and other groups and indi- 
viduals concerned with changing and Improving the educa- 
tional programs of this Institution. Responsibilities relating to the 
Chancellor's Office Include regular review and updating of 
the Academic Master Ran; coordination of program perfor- 
mance review; and staff reports for the Chancellor's Office 
relating to academic planning. 

Academic Senate 
McCarthy Hall 143 
(714) 773-3683 

The Academic Senate Is an Integral part of the University gov- 
ernance processes which encourage participation In colle- 
gial decision making. The Senate develops, formulates and 
reviews educational and professional policy which becomes 
university policy If approved by the President. Educational and 
professional policy includes: curricula; academic standards; 
criteria and standards for the selection, retention, and promo- 
tion of faculty members; academic and administrative poli- 
cies concerning students; and allocation of resources. There 
are 16 standing committees of the Senate and three general 
committees of the faculty. The Senate consists of 44 members 
Including the University President, Vice President for Academic 
Affairs, two Associated Students representatives, three elected 
CSU Academic Senators, the President of the exclusive bar- 
gaining representative for Unit 3. a member of the Emeritus 
Professors of CSUF. the immediate past Chair of the Academic 
Senate (except when the incumbent Chair is re-elected), and 
35 elected members representing various campus constitu- 
encies. 

The 16 standing committees of the Academic Senate are: 
Academic Standards Committee, Budget Advisory Commit- 
tee. Computing Affairs Committee, Curriculum Committee. 
Elections Committee. Extended Education Committee. Fac- 
ulty Affairs Committee. Faculty Development and Educational 
Innovation Committee. General Education Committee. 
Graduate Education Committee. International Education 
Committee. Library Committee. Long Range Planning and 
Rioritles Committee. Student Academic Life Committee, and 
University Advancement Committee. 

Admissions and Records 
Langsdorf Hall Lobby 
(714)773-2300 

The Office of Admissions and Records Is responsible for the 
administration of the admission, registration, records, and other 
academic services to undergraduate and graduate students 
In the regular sessions of California State University. Fullerton. 
These programs and services provide preadmission guidance 
to prospective students and current information about the 
university's curricula and requirements to school and college 
counselors; admit and readmit students within enrollment cat- 
egories and priorities; evaluate the applicability of undergradu- 
ate transfer credit toward all-university requirements of the 
curriculum; provide liaison In the identification and resolution 


29 

Academic Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


of articulation problems of transfer students; register student 
programs of study, including enrollment into classes; maintain 
academic records; administer academic probation and dis- 
qualification policies; provide enrollment certifications on stu- 
dent request, Including transcripts of academic records, to 
the Veterans Administration and for other purposes; certify the 
completion of degree and credential requirements; receive 
petitions for exceptions to academic regulations; and provide 
information about these programs and services. 

Analytical Studies 
McCarthy Hall 136 
(714) 773-2121 

The Office of Analytical Studies Is responsible for the organiza- 
tion. analysis, and presentation of the Information and data 
essential for the support of campus policy formulation, resource 
allocation, and short-and long-range planning. The office 
participates in the development and enhancement of Institu- 
tional information data base systems, and conducts descrip- 
tive and analytic research on campus trends, program and 
policy effectiveness, and a variety of institutional characteris- 
tics. as required by the President and the Vice President for 
Academic Affairs. 

Among the institutional data with which the Office of Analyti- 
cal Studies is concerned are student and faculty demography, 
student progress, enrollment, curriculum and scheduling, 
space and facilities utilization, testing, workload, regional 
demography, affirmative action, budget and program per- 
formance review. 

The Office of Analytical Studies produces and publishes regu- 
lar campus reports such as the Statistical Handbook, as well 
as relevant reports required by the Chancellor's Office and 
other agencies. 

Computer Center 
McCarthy Hall 38 
(714) 773-3921 

The Computer Center Is located in the basement of McCarthy 
Hall. The campus has two separate mainframe computers: a 
DEC VAX 6430 for instructional purposes and an IBM 3090-200E 
for all on-line administrative data processing for the University. 
Instructional users have access to such software applications 
as SPSS-X. SAS, SPICE. BMD. STRUDL, and a variety of other dis- 
cipline-specific programming tools. 

Students have access to these central computing resources 
from over 1000 micro-computers and terminals connected to 
the campus data communications network. Satellite labs are 
located In each building, allowing students convenient com- 
puter-related services. 

University Extended Education 
Extended Education/Human Resources Building 
(714) 773-2611 

University Extended Education offers the resources of the uni- 
versity to degree-seeking students and other lifelong learners 


through programs supported by participant fees, grants, and 
contracts. It Is a self-supporting, not-for-profit division of the 
university which receives no state funding. Programs Include 
summer session, intersession, extension credit and non-credit 
courses, certificate programs, adjunct enrollment, and con- 
tract courses. Many Extended Education programs Incorpo- 
rate computer and television technologies In the delivery of 
instruction and can be made available to off-campus loca- 
tions. Courses are taught by university faculty, visiting faculty, 
and practicing professionals. Most Extended Education pro- 
grams are ofDen to any adult and selected high school stu- 
dents. Additional Information concerning University Extended 
Education programs may be found In the Academic Programs 
section of this catalog. 

Graduate Studies 
McCarthy Hall 129 
(714) 773-2618 

The staff of the Office of Graduate Studies assists students in 
answering questions about admission, academic policies and 
procedures, graduate programs, financial assistance, student 
services, and other matters of concern to applicants or gradu- 
ate students. The office Is also responsible for performing an 
evaluation of student programs at classification and comple- 
tion of requirements for authorizing award of degree. 

The Assistant Vice President for Graduate and International 
Programs is the appropriate university authority for coordinat- 
ing and administering all matters related to graduate degree 
curricula. This position Is guided by the policy recommenda- 
tions of the Graduate Education Committee. 

Faculty Affairs and Records 
McCarthy Hall 142 
(714) 773-2125 

The Office of Faculty Affairs and Records Is the official reposi- 
tory for d<x:uments and correspondence concerning full-time 
teaching and administrative faculty. It has responsibility for 
retaining documentation pertaining to employment, reap- 
pointment. tenure, promotion, leaves of absence, grievances, 
disciplinary actions and separations. 

Faculty Research 
McCarthy Hall 112 
(714) 773-2106 

The Office of Faculty Research and Development provides 
assistance to faculty and staff In their efforts to obtain funding 
for research and other scholarly activities. The office offers pre- 
proposal consultation. Information about funding opportuni- 
ties and assistance with budgets, regulatory compliance, tech- 
nical design, and editing of proposals. It also publicizes and 
administers Intramural research grants. A small library is main- 
tained in McCarthy Hall 1 12 to aid faculty In identifying grant 
resources, and agency /foundation grant profiles. 

International Programs 
McCarthy Hall 129 
(714) 773-2618 

The Office of Academic. Graduate and International Programs 
serves as the focus for all aspects of the University's commit- 


30 

Academic Affairs 


Californio State University, Fullerton 


mer^t to academic internationalization. It Is responsible for 
overseeing and directing the Internationalization of the cur- 
riculum. It also initiates and administers contacts with sister in- 
stitutions throughout the world In order to foster the exchange 
of faculty and students. 

For more information on specific opportunities to study abroad, 
either through the CSU system-wide International Program or 
direct links that CSU Fullerton has with foreign institutions, see 
the section of this catalog titled ’‘International Programs' on 
page 152. 

Television & Media Support Services 
Library 80 
(714) 773-2621 

The Television and Media Support Center (TMSC), located on 
the lower level of the Library building, offers a wide spectrum 
of media services and equipment. 

Audiovisual equipment available to faculty include projectors 
for motion pictures, 36 mm, slides, opaque materials and trans- 
pxarencies; audio and video tape players; and small sound 
systems. A wide range of film and video materials Is also avail- 
able. 

Design and production services are available for a wide 
range of media. Graphics design is supported by computer 
technology and offers top-level design of maps, charts, dia- 
grams, technical drawings, flow charts, etc.. Including cam- 
era ready copy and overhead transparencies. Photography 
offers studio and location photography, copy work, slide 
duplication, film processing, black and white printing, and 
slide tape production. Video services includes VHS record- 
ing of campus events and tape duplication. Audio services 
include audio recording and amplification, and audio dupli- 
cation and editing. Television production includes the design 
and production of Instructional and information modules for 
use in the classroom, on The Titan Cable Channel, and other 
video delivery systems. Pre- and post-production services are 
available. 

Instructional television delivery systems include Interactive Tele- 
vised Instruction (ITI), video teleconferencing, and the Titan 
Cable Channel (TTC). Two classrooms are designed and 
equipped for distance education and currently deliver uni- 
versity classes to the Mission Viejo and other off-campus loca- 
tions, Including workplace classrooms in businesses and indus- 
try. Special telephone connections allow students not located 
in the classroom on the Fullerton campus to Interact with in- 
structors as well as with on- and off-campus classmates In a 
“live' exchange of information and Ideas. 

Satellite teleconferencing Is provided In conjunction with Dis- 
tance Learning in Extended Education. The Titan Cable Chan- 
nel network makes CSUF programming available in cable sys- 
tems throughout Orange County such as Comcast, Muttivision, 
Century Cable, Seal Beach Cable Communications Founda- 
tion, and Paragon Cable. 

For detailed Information, contact the Television and Media 
Support Center. 


The University Library 
Library 229 
(714) 773-2714 

Chief among the learning resources on the campus Is the 
University Library. The six-story building located In the center 
of the campus houses a collection of over 700,000 books and 
bound periodicals, as well as one and half million other items: 
government documents (federal, state, local, and Interna- 
tional); maps; microforms; and non-print materials such as 
computer software, videotapes, phonorecords, compact 
discs, audio tapes, and film strips. Books and other materials 
are selected through the joint efforts of instructional and li- 
brary faculty to support the undergraduate and graduate 
programs of the University. In addition to these general col- 
lections, special and supplemental collections designed to 
support both the curriculum and instructlonally-related re- 
search have been developed. A building addition which 
will double the size of the facility is scheduled for completion 
in 1996. 

The student identification card issued by the University serves 
as a library card for checking out books and other materials. 
Cards must be validated each semester at the library circu- 
lation center. The loss or theft of the student ID, as well as any 
change of address, should be immediately reported at the 
library circulation counter; early reporting of a lost ID will re- 
duce the risk of misuse of the card. Library users are respon- 
sible for the return of all materials charged out on their ID 
cards. Since all library materials are subject to recall after 
two weeks, they should be returned to the University Library if 
there Is need to be absent from campus for more than this 
length of time. 

Primary access to the University Library's holdings Is provided 
by the electronic Online Public Access Catalog (OPAC). The 
OPAC provides access to books, government documents and 
other materials through author, title, subject and other indexes. 
The OPAC also provides a listing of materials required or rec- 
ommended for course-related reading and available for lim- 
ited loan periods through the Reserve Book Room. General 
Information, such as the hours the Library is open, is also avail- 
able on this file. One can search the OPAC not only on termi- 
nals in the Library building, but also through dial-up access 
from remote locations on and off campus. 

Subject access to periodicals and similar types of literature is 
provided through printed indexes and abstracts, and through 
electronic CD-ROM databases housed in the Reference Sec- 
tion. Remote access to a wide range of databases is also pro- 
vided both in-house and through dial-up services. 

As part of the curriculum, the University Ubrary offers courses 
in bibliographic research, including Library 200 (Elements of 
Bibliographic Investigation). Tours and lectures for individual 
classes are given at the request of the faculty. In addition to 
formal instruction in bibliographic research, general and sub- 
ject-specialized reference and research services are provided 
by the library faculty. 

For the convenience of users, photocopiers and microform 
reader-printers are available in locations throughout the Uni- 
versity Library . These are operable with coins or electronically 


31 

Academic Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


encoded copycards that may be purchased in the Library's 
lobby. Other specialized facilities include music listening rooms, 
videotape viewing equipment, group study rooms, and a mi- 
croform reading area. 

In addition to the many resources available on campus, mu- 
tual use agreements make accessible to students and faculty 
the library collections of the nineteen other libraries in the 
California State University system, and neighboring ir>stitutior»s 
such as Fullerton College. Intralibrary services provide easy 
access to library resources both at and from the Mission Viejo 
Campus. Interlibrary borrowing arrangements with major uni- 
versity and research libraries throughout the country further 
expand the resources available to the CSUF community. 

More detailed information about the University Ubrary and its 
services is available at the Information Desk located on the 
first floor. 


32 

Academic Affairs 


student Academic 
Affairs 



student Academic Services and 
University Outreach 
University Hail 226 
(714) 773-2484 

The primary responsibility of Student Academic Services and 
University Outreach is the recruitment and retention of students 
at California State University, Fullerton. Inherent to this mission 
is the attention that must be given to increasing the number 
and graduation rates of underrepresented students. Moreover, 
the unit is assigned much of the responsibility for coordinating 
institutional efforts In providing educational opportunity for all 
students. 

The Student Academic Services and University Outreach Of- 
fice develops and coordinates a comprehensive program of 
outreach services and activities which assist to make the uni- 
versity more visible, attractive, and accessible to all potential 
students. A number of programs have been consolidated un- 
der this office. These are described on the following pages. 

Educational Opportunity Program 
University Hall 231 
(714) 773-2784 

The Educational Opportunity Program (EOP) provides pre-ad- 
mission counseling and university admission to undergraduate 
students who have potential to perform satisfactorily at the 
university level, but who might be prevented from doing so 
because of economic, educational and environmental dis- 
advantages. 

EOP uses knowledge of the students' distinctive patterns of 
social behavior, learning styles, motivations, and aspirations 
to assist students in realizing their full potential. Services pro- 
vided Include academic advising, learning assistance, com- 
puter lab, career counseling, financial advisement, and the 
opportunity to attend the residential Summer Bridge Program. 


student Affirmative Action 
University Haii 215 
(714) 773-2086 

Student Affirmative Action (SAA) is designed to increase the 
number of regularly admissable underrepresented students. 
SAA is part of The California State University's systemwide Stu- 
dent Affirmative Action plan which was mandated by the 
California Legislature in 1984 under Assembly Concurrent Reso- 
lution No. 161 . The Intent of this resolution was to address the 
underrepresentation of minorities, women and economically 
disadvantaged students enrolled In California postsecondary 
institutions. 


33 

Student Academic Affairs 



California State University. Fullerton 


At Fullerton, the SAA program focuses on students from 
underrepresented groups who are academically qualified to 
meet the system's regular admission requirements. The 
program's major activities fall into two components: outreach 
and educational enhancement. 

student Academic Services-Retentlon/ 

Counseling 

University Hail 143 

(714) 773-2288 

Intensive Learning Experience (ILE) 

University Hall 21 OB 
(714) 773-7236 

SAS-Computer Lab 
University Hall 21 1 A 
(714) 773-3488 

Student Academic Services-Retention & Counseling/ILE pro- 
vides academic advisement and counseling to EOP, SAA, and 
ILE students by providing them with the following services: aca- 
demic advising; personal counseling referrals; study and ba- 
sic skills workshops; Computer Assisted Instruction; individual 
and/or small group tutoring; career exploration courses; Uni- 
versity 100 (Orientation) courses; and ILE advising. The CAI 
Lab (Computer Assisted Instruction) is available to help stu- 
dents enhance basic skills in reading, writing, mathematics, 
and critical thinking, as well as content background In gen- 
eral education classes. 

Essential to this mission of retention is the on-going interactive 
and mentoring contacts with students until their educational 
goals are fulfilled and the baccalaureate Is achieved. Profes- 
sional, graduate counselor/advisors and peer mentors provide 
the above services within a case load structure to all first and 
second year EOP, SAA, and ILE students and to other students, 
who are on academic probation and/or disqualification and 
In need of advisement and counseling. 

TRIO Programs 

The primary purpose of the TRIO programs is to prepare disad- 
vantaged students for successful entry into, retention in, and 
completion of post-secondary education. In general, these 
programs identify low-income and first generation college stu- 
dents and provide them with encouragement, support, and 
assistance. TRIO services are designed to Improve academic 
performance, increase student motivation, and facilitate tran- 
sitions from one level of education to the next. 

Student Support Services 
University Hall 126 
(714) 449-5210 

The Student Support Services Program is designed to achieve 
higher college retention and graduation rates for eligible 
underrepresented students by providing academic, career, 
social, and cultural support services throughout their college 
career. The program also promotes planning for post-bacca- 
laureate education. 


Talent Search 
University Hall 125 
(714) 449-5304 

The Talent Search Program identifies young people ( 1 2-27 years 
old) with potential for post-secondary education and encour- 
ages them to continue in and graduate from high school and 
to enroll in college. The program also encourages high school 
dropouts to return to school. 

Upward Bound 
University Hall 125 
(714) 773-3254 

The Upward Bound Program is a comprehensive educational 
program for Santa Ana Unified School District students who 
are low-income and will be first generation college students. 
Juniors and Seniors (1 1th - 12th grades) participate in an aca- 
demic year program for skills strengthening and tutoring, as 
well as a summer residential program on the California State 
University, Fullerton campus. 

University Outreach/Relations with 
Schoois and Coileges 
University Hall 215 
(714) 773-2086 

The office of University Outreach Services/Relations with 
Schools and Colleges develops and coordinates a compre- 
hensive program of outreach services and activities to make 
the university more visible, attractive and accessible to all 
potential students. An overall goal of the office Is to increase 
the enrollment of students at Cal State Fullerton with a spe- 
cial emphasis on students from underrepresented groups. 
Teachers, counselors and parents participate In CSUF pro- 
grams, conferences and workshops to promote academic 
excellence. 

To accomplish this goal, the outreach staff makes presenta- 
tions to high school and community college students, par- 
ents and counselors regarding Cal State Fullerton admissions 
procedures, academic programs and support services. Out- 
reach staff provides advisement and application assistance 
to potential Educational Opportunity Program and Student 
Affirmative Action students. Information and application 
completion assistance for financial aid and scholarships are 
also provided. 

Community outreach programs utilize alumni, faculty and 
current students to Increase university involvement with the 
surrounding communities. The Early Academic Outreach Pro- 
gram (EAOP) is a pre-college motivational, educational and 
academic enrichment program. EAOP is designed for inter- 
mediate school students from underrepresented groups and 
prepares them for university admission. 

In keeping with the university's commitment to increase the 
enrollment of underrepresented students at Cal State Fuller- 
ton, special efforts are made to incorporate the unique needs 
of these students In the development and implementation of 
all outreach efforts. 


34 

Student Academic Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Campus Tours 

Call the New Student Information Center at (714) 773-3120 to 
schedule campus tours. Tours are offered Monday, Wednes- 
day and Friday at 2;CO p.m. and Tuesday and Thursday at 1 2:00 
noon. Group Tours for 15 or more people should be sched- 
uled a minimum of two weeks in advance of desired tour time. 
Tours can last one to one and one-half hours. 

Academic Advisement Center 
University Haii 179 
(714) 773-3606 

The Academic Advisement Center provides infornrKJtion and 
guidance in the choice of an undergraduate major, a school of 
Interest, or selectitxi of elective and general education courses. 
It Is the administrative center for undergraduate students who 
have not declared a major or school of Interest. Refer to the 
Academic Advisement season for additional Information. 

Athletic Academic Services 
Physical Education 130B 
(714) 773-3057 

As an integral part of the CSUF student advising system, the 
Office of Athletic Academic Services provides advisement for 
student-athletes; provides referrals to campus academic sup- 
port units; and conducts programs which are designed to as- 
sist student-athletes In meeting their academic goals. 

Center for Internships and Cooperative 

Education 

Humanities 1 14 

(714) 773-2171 

The Center for lnternships/Coop)erative Education was estab- 
lished to offer students the opportunity to formally integrate 
academic training with practical work experience prior to 
graduation. The InternshIp/Co-op Program offers students an 
opportunity to expand their knowledge and skills in a Veal work' 
situation which better prepares them to select a career and 
successfully enter the job market. Through academic study and 
practical experience, students can enhance their academic 
knowledge, personal development, and professional prepara- 
tion. Other valuable benefits of an internship co-op are to: 

1 . gain work experience; 

2. network and develop industry contacts; 

3. earn academic credit; 

4. solidify academic and career goals; 

5. earn money while learning; 

6. explore various career options within a major. 

The program Involves the cooperative efforts of both faculty 
and employers In the creation of opportunities for students that 
fulfill academic and professional needs. Each internship/co- 
op Is supervised and monitored by the employer, while faculty 
coordinators provide guidance to students to Insure the aca- 
demic Integrity of the work experience. 

There are two internship/co-op program options: parallel and 
alternate. Students can work part-time while attending regu- 
lar classes or full-time for a semester and can continue classes 


the following semester. Most assignments are salaried positions 
and consequently assist the student to finance their educa- 
tional expenses. 

CSUF currently has 45 academic programs that offer intern- 
shlps/co-op in fields from the arts to the sciences. To partici- 
pate In the internship/co-op program a student must: 

1 . be at least In the junior year of study; 

2. be in good academic standing; 

3. receive approval from a faculty coordinator; 

4. enroll In the departmental internship/co-op course. 

The internship/co-op must be consistent with the goals of the 
student's academic discipline. In most departments up to six 
units of internship/co-op credit may be earned. With faculty 
coordinator approval, students may also be able to receive 
credit if currently employed in a job relating to their academic 
major. Students should not wait until their final semester to 
participate! 

For further information, contact the Center for Internships/ 
Cooperative Education. The Center is open 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 
p.m.. Monday through Friday. 

Educational Equity Mentor Program 
Humanities 1 13 
(714) 773-3709 

The Educational Equity Mentor Program seeks to improve the 
retention and graduation of individual students with university 
personnel by matching interested students with a peer, a fac- 
ulty member or staff member in a mentoring relationship. Men- 
tors provide encouragement to the students with whom they 
work In the following ways: (1) serving as role models. (2) help- 
ing to build self-esteem. (3) supporting the student's educa- 
tional and career goals. (4) providing general counsel, ad- 
vice and referral, and (5) providing feedback on the student's 
progress. 

Writing Center 
Humanities 528 
(714) 773-3650 

The Writing Center provides tutorial assistance primarily for stu- 
dents who are enrolled in English Department writing classes. 
However, tutors will also assist students who need help in writing 
papers for other university classes. Tutors offer Individualized in- 
struction. helping students write the kind of clear, concise prose 
necessary for academic and professional writing. While they 
will not proofread or edit papers, tutors do offer constructive 
suggestions designed to help the student master the techniques 
of proofreading and editing. The goal Is to increase the student's 
competence, not to improve any given paper. 

Tutors are also trained to help non-native speakers of English 
Improve not only their writing but their speaking skills, and stu- 
dents may make appointments for conversation. If a student 
needs Intensive work on grammar, one-to-one tutoring in this 
skill Is available and can be supplemented with study materi- 
als and computer programs. Additionally, the Center has 
sample topics for the EWP which students may write on and 
then receive tutorial feedback prior to the exam. 


35 

Student Academic Affairs 


Honors 

Programs 



Dean’s Honor List 

Academic achievement is recognized with the publication 
each semester of a list of undergraduate students whose 
grade-point averages for the previous term are 3.5 or better 
for 12 units of graded course work. Students are notified In 
writing when they have earned this distinction. 

General Education Honors 

The General Education Honors Program offers students many 
of the educational benefits of a small college In the midst of 
the rich resources of a large university. The program's small 
class sizes provide challenging learning experiences, individu- 
alized attention from professors, and closer Interaction with 
other students. 

The program also gives students the opportunity to earn rec- 
ognition for distinguished academic performance in general 
education courses. Students who successfully complete the 
requirements for honors in general education will have a no- 
tation placed on their transcripts and receive special recog- 
nition at graduation. 

In order to graduate with honors in general education, a stu- 
dent must: be accepted Into the General Education Honors 
Program; complete 24 units of general education honors 
courses; maintain a grade-point average of 3.25 in all general 
education honors classes; complete the university's general 
education requirements. 

For additional information, please refer to the General Educa- 
tion section of this catalog. 

Honors at Entrance 

Honors at entrance are awarded to both freshman and trans- 
fer students who have demonstrated outstanding achieve- 
ment in past academic work. For first-time freshmen with no 
previous college units earned, a grade point average of 3.5 
on a four-point scale must be earned in the course work con- 
sidered for admission to the university. Students who have conrv 
pleted fewer than 56 transferable semester units of credit must 
meet the grade-point average criteria for first-time freshmen 
and must also have earned a 3.5 grade-point average on all 
transferable college work attempted. Students who have com- 
pleted 56 or more transferable semester units are eligible if a 
grade-point average of 3.5 is earned in all transferable col- 
lege work completed. 


36 

Honors Programs 


Califomia State University, Fullerton 


Honors at Graduation 

Honors at graduation for baccalaureate recipients are based 
on overall performance and have been defined by the Aca- 
demic Senate in three classifications: 

With honors g.p.a. 3.50-3.74 

With high honors g.p.a. 3.76-3.89 

With highest honors g.p.a. 3.90-4.00 

Honor Societies 

Chapters of sixteen honor societies have been chartered at 
California State University, Fullerton to recognize students who 
demonstrate superior scholarship and leadership in specific 
academic fields. 

Alpha Kappa Delta— Promotes social research for the purpose 
of service and recognizes high scholastic achievement among 
junior, seniors and sociology graduate students. 

Beta Alpha PsI— Encourages and gives recognition to scho- 
lastic and professional excellence In the field of accounting. 

Beta Gamma Sigma— Encourages and rewards scholarship 
and accomplishment among business and administration stu- 
dents. 

Eta Kappa Nu — Recognizes students in electrical engineering- 
distinguished by scholarship, activities, leadership, and exem- 
plary character, and helps these students progress by asso- 
ciation with alumni. 

Kappa Tau Alpha— Recognizes high scholarship and profes- 
sional standards among students of journalism in the better 
schools and departments of journalism and communication 
In American colleges and universities. 

Lambda Alpha Zeta— Encourages and stimulates superior 
scholarship and professionalism among students In anthropol- 
ogy. 

Mu Phi Epsilon— Promotes high standards in education and 
performance in the professional world of music. 

Omega Rho— Serves as a vehicle of recognition for outstand- 
ing students in the field of operations research. 

Omicron Delta Epsilon— Recognizes scholastic achievement 
in economics. 

Phi Alpha Theta— Recognizes and encourages excellence In 
the study of history. 

Pi Sigma Alpha— Recognizes and encourages productive 
scholarship in the subject of government among junior, senior 
and graduate students. 

Psi Chi— Advances and maintains scholarship in the science 
of psychology. 

Sigma Tau Delta-Confers distinction for high achievement in 
undergraduate, graduate, and professional studies In English 
language and literature. The aim of Sigma Tau Delta Is to pro- 


mote a mastery of written expression, to encourage worth- 
while reading, and to foster a spirit of good fellowship among 
students of the English language and literature. 

Sigma XI — Honors scientific accomplishments, encourages and 
enhances the worldwide appreciation and support of origi- 
nal investigation In science and technology, and fosters world- 
wide a creative and dynamic interaction among science, 
technology, and society. 

Tau Beta PI— Promotes and encourages scholastic excellence 
and service among the top eighth of junior and the top fifth of 
senior students in all engineering disciplines. 

The Financial Management Association National Honor 
Society— encourages and rewards scholarship and achieve- 
ment in finance among undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents. Eligible undergraduates must have junior or senior sta- 
tus in the major, with a minimum 3.25 grade point average. 
Eligible graduate students must have completed one half of 
their required coursework, and maintain a minimum 3.60 grade 
point average. 

The following five societies also recognize specialized groups 
of people, but are not limited to a specific academic field: 

Golden Key National Honor Society— Promotes and recognizes 
scholastic excellence and service among juniors and seniors 
at CSUF. 

Omicron Delta Kappa— Recognizes and encourages exem- 
plary character and superior quality in scholarship and lead- 
ership. Open to students with junior standing. 

Phi Beta Delta— Honors excellence among international stu- 
dents, distinguishes faculty who have studied or done research 
abroad, and American students who have studied abroad. 

Phi Delta Gamma— Promotes the highest professional ideals 
among students in graduate school. 

Phi Kappa Phi — Recognizes and encourages superior schol- 
arship in all academic disciplines in institutions of higher learn- 
ing. 

President’s Scholars Program 

California State University, Fullerton established the President's 
Scholars Program as a means of recognizing the academic 
and extracurricular excellence of a select group of students. 
Funded by the President's Associates, the program began In 
1979 with the first 10 President's Scholars. Each year at least 10 
additional President's Scholars are selected with the potential 
eligibility of all chosen individuals extending for a total of four 
years. President's Scholars receive a stipend of at least $1 ,800 
a year for four years while maintaining program eligibility. 

To be eligible for consideration, an applicant must: 

• Be a legal resident of California. 

• Attain a grade-point average of at least 3.75 In all aca- 
demic subjects for the 10th, 1 1th and first half of the 12th 
grades. 


37 

Honors Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 


• Earn a Scholastic Aptitude Test or an American College 
Test composite score that is well above average. A mini- 
mum CSU eligibility index of 3860 is required. 

• Graduate from high school. 

• Verify outstanding Individual achievement. 

• Show evidence of significant contributions to school and 
community activities during high school. 

• File for admission to Cal State Fullerton before applying for 
a President's Scholars award. 

• Submit a completed President's Scholars application form 
and arrange for the Secondary School Report and two 
Description and Evaluation Forms to be completed by of- 
ficials at your high school. 

Application forms for the President's Scholars Program Is avail- 
able by telephoning (714) 773-2086 or by writing the President's 

Scholars Screening Committee, University Hall 215, California 

State University, Fullerton, CA 92634. 


38 

Honors Programs 


Institutes and 
Centers 



California Desert Studies Center 
McCarthy Hall 387 
(714) 773-2428 

The California Desert Studies Center in the Mojave National 
Preserve at Zzyzx, California, 1 1 miles southv/est of Baker, Cali- 
fornia on 1-16, is a moderately equipped field station of the 
California State University system. The Center provides oppor- 
tunities for individuals and groups to conduct research, receive 
instruction, and experience the desert environment. The Cen- 
ter manages 1 ,280 acres under a long-term lease with the 
Department of Interior. As the gateway to the entire Mojave 
National Preserve and Death Valley National Park, there is easy 
access to fossil sites, the remains of Indian villages, historical 
wagon trails, old army forts, mining sites, and the salt flats of 
Silurian and Soda Dry Lakes. Research and educational offer- 
ings Include the Kelso Sand Dunes. Devil's Playground, CIma 
Volcanic Field, Cima Dome, the Providence, Granite, and New 
York mountain ranges and Landfair and Ivanpah Valleys. El- 
evations range from 945 feet at the Center to over 6,000 feet 
at Pinto Mountain, In the New York Range. 

The Desert Studies Center can accommodate 70 individuals 
In dormitory style rooms. There Is also a multi-station kitchen, 
bathhouse, laboratory, computer lab, two classrooms and a 
modest library. 

For more Information about the use of the Center, contact 
the Desert Studies Center, Department of Biological Science, 
California State University. Fullerton. Fullerton, California 92634. 

Center for Economic Education 
Langsdorf Hall 530 
(714) 773-2248 


The Center for Economic Education Is one of many such cen- 
ters at colleges and universities in the United States working 
with the Joint Council on Economics Education at the notional 
level and the California Council on Economic Education to 
expand economic understanding. Center programs include 
services to schools and colleges, individual educators, and 
the community; research and professional training; and op- 
eration of an economic education information center. The 


39 

Institutes and Centers 




California State University, Fullerton 


center is located In the School of Business Administration and 
Economics. 

Center for Excellence In Science and 
Mathematics Education 
McCarthy Hall 434 
(714) 773-2671 

The Center for Excellence in Science and Mathematics Edu- 
cation Is a joint venture of the School of Natural Science and 
Mathematics and the School of Human Development and 
Community Service. The primary functions of the center are: 

1 . Serve as a focal point and clearing house for all activities 
In science In math education on the campus. 

2. Coordinate and provide support for obtaining external 
funds for the improvement of Science and Math Educa- 
tion. 

3. Enhance outreach activities with area schools and edu- 
cators. 

4. Publicize existing science and math education programs 
at CSUF. 

6. Promote increased access to science and mathematics 
to all students, especially underrepresented minorities, 
women, and bilingual speakers. 

6. Foster discussion and develop innovative Ideas regarding 
current Issues and methods In mathematics and science 
education. 

7. Increase communication and cooperation between NSM 
and HDCS faculty in improving science and math educa- 
tion and classroom teaching. 

8. TralnIng/mentoring of graduate teaching assistants as part 
of the functions of CESME. 

A steering committee consisting of faculty from NSM and HDCS 
oversees the center's activities. 

Center for Governmental Studies 
University Hall 51 1 
(714) 773-3521 

The Center for Governmental Studies supports research, train- 
ing and publication which assist governmental, professional 
and civic groups. It Is housed in the Political Science Depart- 
ment and draws upon departmental, community and alumni 
expertise. The Institute publishes monographs and books, spon- 
sors training programs, and supports theoretical and applied 
research which are of interest to public policy makers. Insti- 
tute funds also assist in supporting the teaching mission of the 
department. 

Center for International Business 
University Hall 313 
(714) 773-2223 

The need for an International dimension to business educa- 
tion Is underscored by the imp)ortance of international busi- 
ness operations to domestic firms and the development of 
multinational firms and agencies. Equally important is a grow- 
ing awareness of the diversity among the world's cultures and 
economies, and an understanding of an unavoidable inter- 
dependence among nations. The International Business Cen- 
ter has undertaken to meet these challenges in the Interna- 


tional area by developing international business programs with 
the School of Business Administration and Economics. 

Center for Organization and Economic 
Studies 

Langsdorf Hall 634 
(714) 773-3936 

The Center for Organization and Economic Studies develops 
and conducts training programs for domestic and international 
organizations. It also serves as the focal point for individuals 
seeking faculty members as consultants for such activities as 
organizational development, contract research, and training 
programs. In addition, the Center sponsors faculty research 
that focuses on local and regional issues. 

Developmental Research Center 

Humanities 519 

(714)773-2147 

The Development Research Center In the Department of Psy- 
chology supports the research and instructional activities of 
faculty and students In developmental psychology. Unique 
opportunities are provided to students in both research train- 
ing and applied developmental psychology. Research con- 
ducted at the center includes: (1) longitudinal assessment of 
the relationships between home environment, mental devel- 
opment and school readiness; (2) analysis of perceptual and 
cognitive abilities; (3) life-span changes; (4) learning disabili- 
ties; (5) memory strategy instruction; (6) development of cere- 
bral hemisphere specialization; (7) parent-child relationships; 
and (8) gifted children. 


Family Business Council 
Langsdorf Hall 626 
(714)449-4182 

The Family Business Council's focus is on owners of small to mid- 
sized family businesses. Through meetings and networking op- 
portunities among members, the Council provides Individual 
owners with information on the accounting, legal, and other 
professional issues associated with running a healthy business. 
A major aspect of the Council's activities deals with succession 
piannInQh-one of the most difficult transactions faced by a small 
business owner and one of the most Important. 

Foreign Language Laboratory 
Humanities 325 
(714) 773-2153 

The Department of Foreign Languages has a state-of-the-art 
36-station Tandberg IS-10 audio tape lab. Attached to the au- 
dio tape facility is a 15-station laborattDry for computer-assisted 
language learning. Here, students in selected classes use com- 
puter programs to learn grammar, idioms, and vocabulary as 
well os to write compositions In foreign languages. Foreign Larv 
guage video tapes and loser discs provide students with au- 
thentic and interesting supplements to classr(X>m Instruction. 


40 

Institutes and Centers 


California State University. Fuiierton 


Institute for Economic and Environmental 
Studies 

Langsdorf Hall 702 
(714) 773-2509 

The Institute for Economic and Environmental Studies promotes 
Interdisciplinary research, education and study, and dissemi- 
nation of information concerning the environment. Particular 
emphasis is placed on the examination of environmental prob- 
lems for the purpose of providing information and analyses 
concerning policy alternatives. The Institute seeks funding to 
support research, sponsor conferences and seminars and pre- 
pare environmental studies and reports of interest to the aca- 
demic, governmental, and general communities. Whenever 
possible, the institute's activities are structured to allow the 
participation of graduate and undergraduate students. 

Institute for Molecular Biology and 

Nutrition 

McCarthy Hall 282 

(714) 773-3614 

The Institute for Molecular Biology and Nutrition Is an interdisci- 
plinary organization comprised of faculty members from the 
Departments of Biological Science, and Chemistry and Bio- 
chemistry. The mission of the Institute is the exploration of ideas 
and problems concerning cell and molecular life science by: 
(1) fostering communication of scientific ideas to its member- 
ship, affiliated departments, the university, and to the com- 
munity at large; (2) promoting active research on cellular and 
molecular problems; (3) encouraging student research In af- 
filiation with members of the Institute; (4) development of 
courses related to the Institute's mission which benefit from 
the unique interdisciplinary approach; and (5) fostering re- 
search and education in biotechnology. 

The Institute sponsors a series of special seminars and sympo- 
sia featuring distinguished scientists of national and Interna- 
tional renown. 

Institute for the Advancement of 
Teaching and Learning 
Humanities 113, 11 5- A 
(714) 773-2841 

The Institute for the Advancement of Teaching and Learning 
(I ATL) promotes the preeminence of learning at Calfiornia State 
University, Fullerton. The I ATL conducts activities which are fo- 
cused on learning, this Includes student learning that goes on 
in classr(X)ms, faculty learning about good teaching practices, 
faculty studying issues related to learning In their own disci- 
plines, and conducting research related to teaching and learn- 
ing in general. The I ATL advances pedagogical research 
projects, including those related to the effects on learning by 
various faculty teaching styles and student learning styles In 
the classrom, and the role of outcomes assessment in the learn- 
ing process. The lATL Is the central coordination unit for such 
activities on the CSU Fullerton campus. 

The lATL provides seminars, workshops, colloquia, and 
Chautauqua-like programs for faculty, maintains a faculty li- 


brary and resource center of Information about teaching and 
learning, publishes the series “Creative Teaching' and “Cre- 
ative Teaching Briefs' and assists in the development of inter- 
nal and external faculty enhancement and learning improve- 
ment research proposals. 

Laboratory of Phonetic Research 
University Hall 417 
(714) 773-3722 

The Laboratory of Phonetic Research is a research and train- 
ing facility administered by the Linguistics Program. It is 
equipped with electromechanical facilities for the study of 
human speech, recording equipment, and an extensive col- 
lection of tape recordings of lesser known languages and dia- 
lects. Its objectives are to provide beginning students with 
teaching, training and experience in phonological analysis and 
to provide advanced students and faculty with facilities for 
research In phonetics and phonology. 

The Laboratory also serves as the editorial home of the Coli- 
fomia Linguistic Newsietfer. 

Ocean Studies Institute 
McCarthy Hall 282 
(714) 773-3614 

The Ocean Studies Institute, which consists of eight State Uni- 
versity campuses (Dominguez Hills, Fullerton, Long Beach, Los 
Angeles, Northridge, Pomona, San Diego, San Marcos), par- 
ticipates in training scientists and educating the general pub- 
lic by coordinating and facilitating marine educational and 
research activities. It provides facilities for introducing students 
to the marine environment and for Intensive participation by 
students pursuing professional programs. The major facility is 
the R/V Yeliowfin (76-foot vessel) which is used by classes and 
research programs in biology, geology and ocean engineer- 
ing. In addition the Institute serves as an educational and re- 
search liaison. The OSI has recently merged with the University 
of Southern California and Occidental College to form the 
Southern California Marine Institute which is located at 820 
South Seaside Avenue, Terminal Island, CA 90731 (310) 619- 
3172, Fax (310)619-1054. 

Ruby Gerontology Center 
Ruby Gerontology Center 8 
(714) 449-7057 

The Charles L. and Rachael E. Ruby Gerontology Center serves 
as a forum for intellectual activity and creative scholarship in 
the area of gerontology. The Center houses the activities of 
the Continuing Learning Experience, the Gerontology 
Research Institute, and Is a resource center on aging for the 
Orange County region. The Center's goals Include: promoting 
educational programs concerning adult development and 
aging, developing productive intergenerational activities in 
education and research, fostering cross-disciplinary research 
on topics related to aging and later life, providing opportunities 
for lifelong learning, and expanding opportunities for pro- 
fessional growth and development for those Interested In 
gerontology. 


41 

Institutes and Centers 


California State University, Fullerton 


Social Science Research Center (SSRC) 
Humanities 512 
(714) 773-2202 

The Social Science Research Center supports the instructional 
activities an(j research of the faculty and students In the School 
of Humanities & Social Sciences. Students and faculty have 
access to computer workstations in an open computer labo- 
ratory during normal university hours and on weekends. Re- 
search activities of the faculty and students are supported 
through consultation with the professional and graduate as- 
sistant staff of the SSRC. The SSRC also provides community 
service to agencies and organizations within Orange County 
in the areas of survey research, program evaluation and sta- 
tistical analysis. The community service activities provide in- 
structional and research opportunities for the CSUF faculty and 
students. 

Sport and Movement Institute 
Physical Education 134 
(714) 773-3316 

The purpose of the Sport and Movement Institute is to pro- 
mote an atmosphere congenial to research, creative activ- 
ity, and services concerned with human movement and its 
related phenomena. Specifically, the organization endeav- 
ors to: (1) provide services of evaluation, consultation and 
advisement; (2) foster and encourage the generation and 
communication of ideas and information; (3) Interpret and 
facilitate the practical application of research findings; (4) 


provide opportunities for Individuals end community groups 
to participate In activities of the Institute such as clinics, work- 
shops, seminars, etc.; (5) promote and support research and 
other scholarly activities on the part of the membership. 


Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 

McCarthy Hall 207H 

(714) 649-2760 or (714) 773-3451 

The Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary operates as a nonprofit Califor- 
nia State University, Fullerton Foundation agency. Located In 
Modjeska Canyon In the Santa Ana Mountains, the sanctuary 
provides for a program of continuing educational service to 
the community; a research center for biological field studies; 
a facility for teacher education in nature Interpretation and 
conservation education; and a center for training students 
planning to enter Into the public service field of nature inter- 
pretation. 

Twin Studies Center 
Humanities 52 U 
(714) 773-2568 

The Twin Studies Center of the F^ychology Department is designed 
to serve two purposes: (1) conduct research projects on twins 
that will contribute to knowledge concerning the rearing and 
educating of twins, and enhance our understanding of human 
development, and (2) provide information to the public con- 
cerning psychological and biological aspects of twinship. 


42 

institutes and Centers 




student 

Affairs 



Classroom activity is devoted to the academic development 
of the learner. Student Affairs offers programs which support 
the academic program and simultaneously provide students 
with services and opportunities for personal growth. Some Stu- 
dent Affairs programs such as housing and financial aid em- 
phasize their service and educationally supportive roles; oth- 
ers, like counseling, accentuate their developmental aspects. 
The opportunities offered by the university's Student Affairs 
program vary from the traditional social activities to lectures 
and concerts funded through the Associated Students. De- 
velopmental activities include the exploration of personal and 
vocational life styles and leadership and training. 

Student Affairs are comprised of Academic Appeals, Career 
Development and Counseling, Disabled Student Services, Fi- 
nancial Aid, Student Health Center, Housing and Residence 
Life, International Education and Exchange, School Based 
Assistant Deans, Testing and Research, University Activities Cen- 
ter, University Center (Student Union), and Women's/ Adult 
Reentry Center. 

Vice President for Student Affairs 

Langsdorf Hall 810 
(714) 773-3221 

The vice president's office coordinates and supervises all stu- 
dent affairs services and programs. The vice president is re- 
sponsible for the quality of student life on the campus and 
works with faculty, administration and students to Improve the 
campus environment. This office is also charged with adminis- 
tering the university's academic appeals procedure and the 
student disciplinary codes. 

Academic Appeals 

Langsdorf Hall 810 
(714) 773-3836 

Students who have grade disputes are encouraged to make 
every effort to resolve the issue Informally by meeting with the 
instructor, department chair, and dean of the school. Students 
who feel they have been unsuccessful at resolving the issue 
Informally, should contact the C(Dordinator of academic ap- 
peals, who will work to resolve the dispute informally and pro- 
vide information and clarification about university policies. Stu- 
dents are encouraged to contact the coordinator if they have 
questions about the academic appeals process. 


44 

Student Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Career Development & Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 
(714) 773-3121 

Career Development and Counseling provides career coun- 
seling, personal counseling and employment services. The 
center has designed many programs and services to fit ca- 
reer exploration, planning and employment needs. One of the 
most popular services is listings of local, part-time jobs for Cal 
State Fullerton students. 

Whether a student is just beginning to think about a major or a 
career or is ready to look for a job. the CDC has counselors 
and programs that will help define and achieve career goals. 
The CDC draws upon both on and off campus contacts and 
resources by working closely with employers and on task forces 
with faculty to plan career programs. In addition to career 
Issues, personal counseling is provided at the center. An indi- 
vidual. confidential appointment can help clarify concerns 
and contribute to the learning experience. Make the time to 
get acquainted with and use the CDC's services and pro- 
grams. 

Counseling 

CDC professionals can help to identify interests, skills and val- 
ues and their relationship to career opportunities through coun- 
seling and vocational testing. Students who encounter emo- 
tional or personal problems may come to the CDC for profes- 
sional psychological counseling. 

Seminars and Workshops 

Group sessions examine topics such as career planning, re- 
sume writing, job search techniques, interview skills, and other 
career related subjects throughout the semester. Many of these 
seminars are designed for specific academic areas. In addi- 
tion. workshops in personal development and life skills are of- 
fered at the center. See the CDC Calendar published every 
semester for current information. 

Career Resource Library 

The center has an extensive collection of company, career 
search, occupational and labor market information to help 
with career research. The library includes books, pamphlets, 
brochures, as well as audio and video tapes. 

Part-Time Employment 

The center has listings of part-time, summer, and temporary 
employment which are received each day from local em- 
ployers. 

Career Employment 

Employment listings and recorded job information are avail- 
able to students and graduates seeking full-time career op- 
portunities. The jobs are found In government agencies, busi- 
ness. industry, manufacturing, and service industries. 


On Campus Recruitment 

Several hundred employers send recruiters to the CDC each 
fall and spring to recruit graduating seniors, graduate students 
and alumni. 

Educational Placement 

The center provides complete services for candidates seek- 
ing employment in educational institutions including: place- 
ment counseling, placement file service, position listings, and 
a published bulletin of administrative openings. 

Minority Services 

The CDC Is aware of the career needs of minority students; 
counselors work closely with empiloyers, clubs, and professional 
organizations to provide services and opportunities that will 
help meet these needs. 

SIGI PLUS 

SIGI PLUS (pronounced "Slggy") is a computer-based System 
of Interactive Guidance and Information that will help make 
career decisions. The program will help examine values, ex- 
plore career options and master decision-making strategies. 
It also contains Graduate School Selector, a program of infor- 
mation on 8CX) graduate schools in the nation. 

Career Class 

Career Exploration and Life Planning (Counseling 262) is a three 
unit course designed to facilitate career and educational 
decision making. Specific objectives of the class include in- 
creasing awareness of self, the world of work, relationships 
between college majors and occupations, and job search 
skills. See the current Class Schedule for further information. 

Alumni Career Bank 

The Alumni Career Bank is composed of several hundred CSUF 
alumni who have volunteered to share their work experiences 
with students. Over 1(X) career areas and nearly every major 
and program are represented in the bank. 

Walk-In Counselor 

Throughout the day a CDC counselor is available to help de- 
fine career needs and suggest appropriate CDC services. This 
is designed to answer short questions, critique resumes, and 
provide brief information. 

Certain services of Career Development & Counseling are 
available without cost to currently enrolled students. Services 
are also available to alumni without charge for six months fol- 
lowing graduation. After that period, alumni will be charged 
a nominal fee for services. 

The university will furnish, upon request, current information 
concerning the subsequent employment of graduates from 
programs or courses of study which have the purpose of 


45 

student Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


preparing students for a particular career field. This infor- 
mation includes data concerning average starting salary 
and the percentage of previously enrolled students who 
obtained employment. The information provided may in- 
clude data collected from either graduates of the cam- 
pus or graduates of all campuses in The California State 
University system. Copies of the published information are 
available at the center. 

Financial Aid 

University Hail 146 
(714) 773-3125 

The Office of Financial Aid is committed to providing eligible 
students with the necessary financial aid resources to ensure 
their academic success. The office provides financial assis- 
tance to approximately 6,300 students annually and adminis- 
ters over $ 1 7 million each year through the following student 
financial assistance programs: 

Parent Loan (PLUS) Program 
Federal Perkins Loan 
Federal Stafford Loan 
Federal Pell Grant 

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant 

Bureau of Indian Affairs Grant 

State University Grant Program 

Educational Opportunity Program Grant 

Federal Work Study Program 

Cal Grant A 

Cal Grant B 

State Graduate Fellowship 
Private Scholarship 
Emergency Loan Fund 

For further information concerning financial aid programs avail- 
able at the university see the Registration Procedures section 
of this catalog or call the Office of Financial Aid. 

Disabled Student Services 

University Hall 101 

(714) 773-3117 (V) 773-2786 (TDD) 

The Office of Disabled Student Services provides assistance 
and offers support services to students with temporary and 
permanent disabilities. The purpose of this program is to make 
all of the university's educational, cultural, social, and physi- 
cal facilities and programs accessible to students with ortho- 
pedic, functional, perceptual and/or learning disabilities. The 
program serves as a centralized source of information and 
provides students with individual attention. The professional and 
support staff are experienced with the particular needs of 
persons with disabilities. 

The program works in close cooperation with other univer- 
sity departments In order to provide a full range of services. 
These services Include academic accommodations (read- 
ers, note takers, tutors, interpreters for the deaf/hearing 
Impaired, alternative testing) counseling, disabled person 
parking, application assistance and priority registration, 
academic advisement, career counseling and job-place- 
ment. housing and transportation, health services for acute 
Illness, and advocacy. 


The program also provides diagnostic assessment, counseling, 
advisement, advocacy and supportive services for students 
with functional and/or learning disabilities. 

The program encourages Involvement and input from students, 
faculty, and staff in order to maintain a responsive and quality 
program. 

Information regarding programs and services available to stu- 
dents with permanent and temporary disabilities may be ob- 
tained from the Office of Disabled Student Services. 

Health Service 

student Health Center 
(714) 773-2800 

The Health Center Is staffed by physicians, nurse practitioners, 
registered nurses, laboratory and radiology technologists, a 
pharmacist, and a physical therapist. Most of the providers 
are primary care clinicians. The staff also includes specialists in 
the following fields: gynecology, orthopedics, dermatology, 
podiatry, and family planning counseling. The center has its 
own laboratory and pharmacy which fills prescriptions from 
the center's providers staff. If you plan to go overseas, you 
may obtain Inoculations at the Health Center. 

All medical records are confidential; no Information will be 
released without the patient's written permission, except In 
the rare case of a court subpoena. 

The cost of care provided by the Health Center, except for a 
few specific fees, has been paid through student fees and by 
the State of California. Every registered student is eligible for 
care. A voluntary augmented fee program (Titan Health Card) 
has been added to help reduce the cost of student health 
care. The Titan Health Plan covers unlimited use of a wide va- 
riety of augmented services at reduced fees. Examples of 
augmented services that are covered by the THC are physi- 
cal therapy, x-rays, laboratory services, physicals, and pap 
smear exams. The Student Health Center cannot, however, 
meet all medical needs. Students are urged to obtain health 
insurance. If they do not already have adequate private In- 
surance. A policy is offered on campus through the Associ- 
ated Students. Inc. 

You may make an appointment by calling 773-2813. 

Housing and Residence Life 

Cypress House 101 
(714) 773-2168 

Up to 396 students are accommodated In 66 Residence Hall 
suites. Each 3 bedroom. 2 bath suite accommodates 6 resi- 
dents. is air-conditioned, carpeted, and fully furnished. 

The housing complex offers its residents a study lounge, com- 
puter and typing rooms, a weight room, a multi-purpose room, 
and coin-operated washers and dryers. Barbecue grills, a pic- 
nic area, a basketball court, a sand volleyball court, video 
game machines, billiards, ping pong, a large screen television 
set and VCR are also available for residents. 


46 

Student Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


The Housing and Residence Life Office also assists students in 
their search for off-campus housing by providing updated list- 
ings of local apartment complexes. Bulletin boards are avail- 
able for posting cards by students seeking roommates or ac- 
commodations. Other listings highlight rooms for rent in private 
homes and rooms in exchange for work. Additional informa- 
tion Is available on referrals for community housing agencies 
handling landlord/tenant law. 

Residence hall space Is available for summer session students 
and for educationally related groups sponsoring workshops 
and programs on campus. 

Contact the campus Housing and Residence Life Office for 
further Information. 

International Education and 
Exchange 

University Hall 244 
(714) 773-2787 

California State University, Fullerton is a community of people 
from many nations and cultures. The Office of International 
Education and Exchange is dedicated to promoting the ex- 
change of knowledge and experience within the multicultural 
campus community and with the world at large. The office 
provides information and assistance for all International stu- 
dents attending CSUF and for U.S. students planning to study 
abroad. 

International Students 

Over 1000 students from nearly 70 countries study at CSUF 
as international students, and the staff of the Office of In- 
ternational Education and Exchange endeavors to provide 
them with a home away from home. The office provides 
visa eligibility documents, pre-arrival Information, and ori- 
entation to newly admitted students. The door is always 
open for students to meet with an adviser to discuss aca- 
demic concerns, cultural adjustment. Immigration matters 
or just to chat. 

Campus activities such as international dinners and discussions 
occur throughout the year. The office coordinates programs 
in the community, such as the Fullerton International Friend- 
ship Council. 

study, Work and Travel Abroad 

A year or semester overseas can provide an invaluable edu- 
cational experience. Cultural awareness, language skills, and 
an in-depth knowledge of one's field from an international 
perspective are but a few of the many benefits of studying 
abroad. A well planned program offers career advantages 
with the Increasingly multinational and multicultural organiza- 
tions and communities of southern California. 

The California State University International Programs Is an 
academic year program with centers in 15 countries. Interna- 
tional Programs participants remain enrolled at CSUF, earn resi- 
dential credit, and pay only home campus fees. All personal 
expenses are the student's responsibility. 


CSUF has established campus-based direct exchange pro- 
grams with universities in Russia, China, France, Japan, and 
Mexico. Application and admission requirements vary some- 
what by country. No overseas tuition Is charged; students pay 
regular CSUF campus fees, plus international transportation, 
living, and related expenses. Semester programs are available. 
Detailed information may be found In the '‘International Pro- 
grams' section of this catalog. 

Information on the International Programs as well as a gen- 
eral library on study, work, and travel abroad are available In 
the International Education Office. 

Intercultural Development Center 

The Intercultural Development Center offers educational sup- 
port programs and services for foreign-born students, particu- 
larly recent immigrants and refugees. Students will be offered 
programs such as employment skills workshops, peer support 
groups, and traditional cultural celebrations. 

The Intercultural Development Center builds cross-cultural 
awareness In the campus community by serving as a resource 
center with published materials and presentations on diverse 
cultures. The Center Is well-equipped to assist immigrant and 
refugee students with academic and personal problems. 

School Based Student Affairs 

The assistant deans work In collaboration with the Vice Presi- 
dent for Student Affairs and the deans In each school and the 
director of the Mission Viejo Campus, to deliver services which 
support student progress toward degree and professional 
objectives. In addition, the assistant deans design and coordi- 
nate programs with faculty, students, and administration which 
enrich the academic environment and enhance student de- 
velopment within the schools. 

Responsibilities of the assistant deans may include counseling 
students with personal and academic concerns, coordinat- 
ing orientation and retention programs, advising student 
groups, administering scholarship programs, and developing 
alumni and community support for the school. 

Testing Center 

Langsdorf Hall 206 

(714) 773-3838 

The Testing Center provides a variety of testing services to the 
university. 

The center supports the counseling services available through 
Career Development and Counseling by administering a vari- 
ety of vocational tests designed to help students gain a bet- 
ter understanding of themselves and of their goals and Inter- 
ests. These tests are administered on an individual basis in re- 
sponse to counselor referrals. 

National group testing programs related to undergraduate 
and graduate school admissions and teacher certification are 
also coordinated by the center. Information on the following 
tests is available In the center: 

American College Test (ACT) 

Scholastic Assessment Tests (SAT) 


47 

Student Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Graduate Record Examination (GRE) 

Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) 

Law School Admission Test (LSAT) 

Medical College Admission Test (MCAD 

Professional Assessments for Beginning Teachers (PRAXIS) 

California Basic Educational Skills Test (CBEST) 

Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) 

The center also administers other group tests related to CSUF 
degree requirements. Information on these tests is available In 
the center: 

English Placement Test (EPT) 

Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) 

Examination In Writing Proficiency (EWP) 

Accounting Qualifying Examination (AQE) 

Mathematics Qualifying Examination (MQE) 

Women’s/Adult Reentry Center 
University Haii 205 
(714) 773-3928 

The Women's Center's primary objective Is to foster a greater 
awareness of women's issues. Its goal is to promote gender 
equity through improved communication between women 
and men. It is open to o// interested students. The center's hours 
are from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday. Evening 
appointments are always available. 

The WoTTten's Center Is a place for all students - women and men. 
It's a place to get help with any problem you may have; a place 
to study, relax, and make new friends. In short, an excellent cen- 
ter for students to receive support. Information, and resources to 
help them explc^re the many options available to them. 


Programs and services include individual counseling, speak- 
ers, films, skill-building workshops, developmental groups, re- 
source Information, and referrals. Cultural diversity and what 
that means for women of color Is of special concern to the 
Women's Center. African-American women, Asian women, 
and Latinas will find groups and books specific to the con- 
cerns of each of these populations. 

The Women's Center is closely Involved with the minor in 
Women's Studies. The center houses a Women's Studies Library 
of over 800 books and files with excellent research materials. 
A listing of film and tape titles round out the collection. The 
center also gathers and maintains information on local 
women's events, news, and networks. 

The Adult Reentry Center (ARC) serves adults who, after a 
break in their education, are considering beginning or con- 
tinuing their college education. The center provides support 
and guidance for currently enrolled reentry students and oth- 
ers whose needs differ from those of the traditional university 
student. 

ARC offers a variety of programs which include support coun- 
seling, workshops, support groups, and referrals to staff and 
faculty. The center's counselors and programs can help stu- 
dents and prospective students to clarify their goals and de- 
termine if a university education is the appropriate method 
for attaining those goals. The center also provides Informa- 
tion and assistance with university application and registra- 
tion procedures as well as personal, academic, and career 
counseling. Special programs, groups, workshops, films, and 
discussions which focus on the special needs of reentry stu- 
dents are presented each semester. Evening hours are al- 
ways available. 


48 

Student Affairs 


student 

Life 



Student Life Is a division of Student Affairs that provides edu- 
cational opportunities outside of the classroom at California 
State University, Fullerton. Students can take full advantage of 
the many lectures, concerts and seminars offered as part of a 
well-developed co-curriculum on campus. Students not only 
attend events but participate in the planning and implemen- 
tation of a full slate of activities held throughout the year. 

Office of Student Life 

University Center 235 
(714) 773-3211 

The students, staff, and programs which comprise the Office 
of Student Life offer development experiences for students 
desiring to learn and practice leadership skills. Society looks to 
universities to provide the next generation of leaders, but fre- 
quently little Is done to give students preparation for this role. 
Here, In the Office of Student Life, opportunities range from a 
more structured learning environment like the Leadership In- 
stitute, to participation as an officer in a student club, to vol- 
unteering in surrounding communities with the Community 
Action Team. Retreats and workshops are held to help stu- 
dents acquire the expertise they will need now and in the fu- 
ture. 

The Office of Student Life provides Information and assistance 
in registering a club or organization. In addition, one can get 
Information about the 200 student clubs and organizations cur- 
rently registered at CSUF. Student Life is responsible for sched- 
uling club meeting space in all campus buildings (except the 
University Center) as well as for scheduling reservation space 
for outdoor activities. The professional staff is available to help 
plan, implement, and evaluate almost any type of program 
or project. The staff can also assist in budget development, 
publicity, fund-raisers, dances and conferences. The profes- 
sional staff conducts workshops throughout the semester and 
covers such topics as successful event program planning and 
group dynamics. Furthermore, the Office of Student Life staff 
advises all student groups wishing to sponsor campus-wide 
cultural programs. 


New Student Programs 

The Office of Student Life coordinates several programs tar- 
geted at the needs and concerns of students new to CSUF. 
Special emphasis is placed In this area since a new student's 
impressions in the first semester plays a major role in the 
student's long term success. All students are encouraged to 
be involved In these programs whether they are a first-time, 
transfer, or a returning student. 


49 

student Life 


California State University, Fullerton 


New Student Orientation 

New Student Orientation (NSO) offers students the opportu- 
nity to begin establishing a sense of belonging and a way to 
be involved on campus. NSO provides a place to meet people, 
get an overview of the campus, and provide an important 
service to incoming CSUF students. 

Student orientation leaders are provided training, leader- 
ship skills, and knowledge to help them become effective 
NSO leaders and more Informed about the CSUF commu- 
nity. 

Titan Welcome Week 

This Is an opportunity to join with others In the CSUF community 
to welcome new students and kick off the new academic year. 
Titan Welcome Week Is held during the first weeks of the fall 
semester. Events and programs offered during Titan Welcome 
Week range from academic open houses to the ever popular 
Club Fest. 

Connections 
University Haii 178 
(714) 773-2501 

Connections is a place where new students can get ques- 
tions answered, learn about locations on campus, and attend 
programs designed for student success at CSUF. Student staff 
are given special training in the needs and concerns of CSUF 
students. They are also provided with extensive information 
on campus programs and services so if a student needs infor- 
mation, Connections is the place to visit. Stop by UH-1 78 and 
get 'connected' with other students and the campus. 

New Student Information Center 
Langsdorf Hail 112 
(714) 773-3120 

The New Student Information Center (NSIC) is the home of 
campus tours. Tours are given by a select group of trained 
student tour leaders. Tours are currently offered on Monday, 
Wednesday, and Friday at 2:00 p.m. and Tuesday and Thurs- 
day at 12:00 p.m. Other services provided by NSIC include: 
general information, campus event information, and general 
directions. 

Leadership Institute 
University Center 235 
(714) 773-5999 

The Student Leadership Institute is a nationally recognized 
program which offers non-credit workshops for CSUF students 
on leadership development topics. The program is for stu- 
dents who are interested in improving their leadership skills. 
The Leadership Institute offers three certificate programs: 
University Leadership, Peer Education, and E.M.B.R.A.C.E. 
(Educating Myself for Better Racial Awareness and Cultural 
Enrichment). 


Clubs and Organizations 

Students who want to meet and get to know students who 
are interested in similar types of co-curricular activities can join 
one of the 200 active student clubs and organizations on cam- 
pus. The Office of Student Life provides information about club 
meeting times, dates, and locations. Categories of clubs In- 
clude academic, honor, special Interest, professional, religious, 
and recreational. 

Academic and professional organizations are either closely 
affiliated with academic areas at Cal State Fullerton or have 
national professional recognition. These groups offer students 
a chance to identify with faculty and community members 
who have similar career interests. 

Greek letter fraternities and sororities with notional affiliations 
also exist at Cal State Fullerton. With a choice of thirteen fra- 
ternities and eight sororities, students can usually find a group 
to join. Rush information is available at the Office of Student 
Life. 

Community Service Action Team 
Programs 
University Center 235 
(714) 773-3211 

The CSUF Community Service Action Team (CSAT) programs 
connect students with volunteer opportunities. Students who 
participate in the programs will gain paraprofessional work 
experience and the opportunity to make a significant contri- 
bution to their community. Community service programs pro- 
vide a variety of experiences Including: volunteer work, intern- 
ships, academic credit projects, and some compensated ex- 
periences. The program will help place students In both on- 
campus and off-campus agencies. 

AS Productions 
University Center 268 
(714) 773-3501 

Entertainment possibilities are endless with Associated Students 
Productions (ASP) at CSUF. ASP consists of six committees com- 
posed of student volunteers whose common Interest is to keep 
the campus alive with quality entertainment and educational 
presentations. 

ASP program directors or assistant directors are appointed by 
the A.S. Board of Directors. Any student can volunteer to serve 
on a committee. Students Involved with ASP have the oppor- 
tunity to plan and implement programs, manage budgets, and 
improve their leadership skills. Students can join an AS Produc- 
tions committee anytime during the year by contacting the 
ASP office. 

Association for interculturai Awareness 
University Center 254 
(714) 773-2914 

The Association for Interculturai Awareness is composed of the 
student cultural clubs and organizations at CSUF. It provides 


50 

student Life 


California State University. Fullerton 


funds to student groups that represent ethnic programs and 
for educational programs that are culturally based. For more 
information about the AICA contact the Office of Student Life. 

Camp Titan 
University Center 259 
(714) 773-3036 

CSUF students devote one week of their time each June to be 
friends and counselors to over 120 children attending Camp 
Titan, which is accredited by the American Camp Associa- 
tion. The children range in age from 6 to 13 years and are 
selected on a referral basis from community service agencies 
and attend camp at no cost. 

Students who are interested in a week of hiking, crafts, sitting 
around a campfire, swimming, and spending time with chil- 
dren, can obtain further information about Camp Titan from 
the Office of Student Life. 

Departmental Association Council 
University Center 256 
(714) 773-3300 

The Departmental Association Council (DAC) is composed of 
student delegates who represent all of the academic student 
organizations within each department. 

The DAC provides funding for programs originated by mem- 
ber groups. Student departmental organizations can use DAC 
funds to provide speakers, films, and presentations that en- 
hance the classroom experience. 

Individual students can receive funds for use in conducting 
research. All CSUF students are eligible to apply for such funds. 

The DAC provides a forum for discussion of student ideas and 
concerns. All students are welcome to attend council meet- 
ings. 

For more Information on how to get involved In the DAC, con- 
tact the University Activities Center. 

Associated Students 

University Center 207 
(714) 773-3295 

The Associated Students, Inc. is a campus involvement con- 
nection at California State University, Fullerton. ASI offers a 
variety of learning experiences through its government, pro- 
grams, and services. Many campus special events are the 
product of student efforts to bring students new educational 
opportunities, to teach them about the campus, and to pro- 
vide them a friendly, social atmosphere at CSUF. 

ASI is a non-profit corporation supported by the activity fee 
students pay through registration each semester. By paying 
this fee, students are automatically a member of the Associ- 
ated Students, Inc. The purpose of the corporation Is to pro- 
vide academic and co-curricular programs and services for 


students. When students are involved In ASI they are a part of 
an energetic, productive group, learning valuable organiza- 
tion and communication skills that can augment their personal 
and professional growth. 

ASI Government 

The ASI government controls the actions of the corporation; it 
is a powerful, active organization that has use for students with 
all types of talents and skills. To apply for a position or find out 
more about student government, visit the ASI government of- 
fice in the University Center. 

ASI President and Vice President 

The ASI president and vice president are chosen through stu- 
dent elections each spring and manage the corporation, its 
employees, and volunteers. These officers represent students' 
needs and interests to CSUF's faculty and administration, and 
to the surrounding community. They also participate In sev- 
eral committees. Along with the executive staff, the president 
and vice president submit recommendations to the ASI Board 
of Directors on the corporation's annual budget of more than 
$4.1 million. 

ASI Executive Staff 

The executive staff works with the president and vice presi- 
dent to direct the programs and operation of the corpora- 
tion. All executive staff members are appointed by the ASI 
president. Students may apply for these positions in the ASI 
government office. 

The ASI vice president for finance coordinates the budget pro- 
cess. The vice president for administration recruits students for 
presidential appointments and implements special projects. 
The director of legislative affairs is the CSUF representative to 
the California State Student Association. This statewide orga- 
nization influences decisions about education, fee schedules 
and related topics. The public relations director is responsible 
for marketing the corporation and communicating with the 
campus community. Student volunteers are assigned specific 
duties according to the needs of the corporation. 

ASI Board of Directors 

The ASI Board of Directors is composed of three directors from 
each school who are elected to serve one-year terms. The 
ASI president, vice president, vice president for finance and 
administrator, one faculty council representative, and one 
appointee of the university president also sit on the board. Di- 
rectors also sit on various board subcommittees and other 
university committees. 

These directors represent the student body and work with the 
executive staff to implement programs that fulfill students' 
academic and co-curricular needs. They deal with issues re- 
garding the business and affairs of the corporation. Including 
approving budgets and appointments, authorizing business 
contracts, and issuing policy statements for administrative 
purposes. 


51 

student Life 


California State University, Fullerton 


The weekly meetings of the ASI board ore held in the Legisla- 
tive Chambers in the University Center. All students are wel- 
come to attend. Board seats are open to all students. Election 
applications are available at the midpoint of each semester 
in the ASI government office in University Center. 

ASI Judicial Commission 

The ASI judicial commission decides cases for the Associ- 
ated Students. Inc. The five justices, who serve staggered 
two-year terms, make decisions according to the ASI by- 
laws. Any student can bring a case to the ASI judicial com- 
mission. 

Child Care Center 
Buildings 200 and 400 
(714) 773-2961 

The Child Care Center is sponsored and funded by Associ- 
ated Students. Inc. For a nominal fee. children aged 3 months 
through 5 years whose parents are CSUF students, staff or fac- 
ulty can benefit from the services of the center. Trained pre- 
school teachers offer a comprehensive curriculum which cov- 
ers learning skills in several areas of education. 

Legal Information and Referral 
Annex Office on Campus, University Center 255 
(714) 773-5757 or (714) 870-5757 

The Associated Students contracts with the College Legal 
Clinic, a Fullerton-based corporation, to provide Information 
on legal procedures and initial consultation on all types of le- 
gal matters. If desired, students are referred to Orange County 
attorneys for reduced fee services. A 24-hour hot line is main- 
tained by the College Legal Clinic. 

University Center 

The University Center is located on the northwest corner of 
campus and provides areas for club and organizational meet- 
ings, recreation, relaxation, food service, and study. Each se- 
mester a portion of student fees helps support the services 
available there. 

University Center Governing Board 

The University Center Governing Board establishes operating 
policies for the University Center. Board members Include stu- 
dents. faculty, an alumni representative, administrative repre- 
sentatives and an appointee of the university president. Addi- 
tionally, the board also evaluates the programs and services 
of the University Center as well as space allocation and bud- 
getary matters. 

Board members are Involved In several committees. Among 
them are the Food Services Committee, Policy Committee. 
Interior Design Committee. Space Allocation Committee, Art 
Acquisition Committee, and the Future Directions Committee. 
Any student may apply for a board position. 


Main Information Desk 

The information and service desk of the University Center has 
the answer to most questions. It's the place to purchase OCTA 
bus passes and ticket books; tickets for some campus events 
and local movie theaters; receive vending machine refunds; 
retrieve lost belongings from "lost and found*; and obtain 
general campus information. The nearby ride-share board 
contains the names and phone numbers of people seeking 
carpool companions for long-distance trips. 

Conference and Meeting Services 

This Office provides meeting/event facilities and related ser- 
vices in the UC for student groups, faculty /staff groups, and 
for the surrounding community. While specific room rental rates 
vary, some facilities are frequently available at no charge to 
CSUF chartered student organizations. 

Amphitheatre 

The Becker Amphitheatre was built by the Associated Students. 
Inc. In conjunction with the University Center. The amphitheatre, 
located just southeast of the University Center, is used for noon- 
time concerts, theatre productions, and other live entertain- 
ment. 

Center Gallery 

The Center Gallery offers displays of student, graduate and 
faculty artwork. Exhibits usually feature the work of a single 
artist and are shown for three weeks. All exhibits are chosen 
by a student art gallery coordinator. 

Graphic Services and Photo Lab 

University Center Graphic Services develops quality flyers, bro- 
chures. logos, letterheads and posters. Services Include illus- 
tration, layout design, paste up. and desk top publishing. This 
area also offers a complete black and white photo lab. All 
services are provided at very reasonable prices. 

Music Listening Room 

The Music Ustening Rcx)m has a living room atmosphere, with 
soft chairs, bright lights for reading, and a counter full of maga- 
zines. The Music Listening Room has a wide selection of the 
latest releases of rock. jazz, classical, and country- western 
music. Headsets are available for personal listening. 

Round Table Pi2za Pub, Food Court, 
Garden Cafe 

The Pub's congenial atmosphere offers a place to relax sell- 
ing soft drinks, beer and wine, and Roundtable Rzza. Major 
sporting events are shown on the Pub's big-screen television, 
and music is played continuously. The Pub is located on the 
University Center's lower level. 


52 

student Life 


California State University, Fullerton 


The Food Court is located on the main level of the University 
Center and features logos Sandwiches, the Green Burrito, the 
Busy Bee and the Grill O'My Dreams. 

The Garden Cafe Is located on the lower plaza of the Univer- 
sity Center and offers a unique cafe menu in a pleasant out- 
door garden setting. 

student Typing and Word Processing 
Center 

Aside from the study lounges, this is one of the most popular 
services offered by the University Center. Here, students can 
rent typewriters and personal computers to give their assign- 
ments that professional look. 

UC Programming 

UC Programming is a committee of the University Center 
Board, the governing body of the University Center. The 
committee's purpose is to develop and present social, cul- 
tural, and educational programs of Interest to the University 
community. • 

UC Recreation Area 

It'S mostly fun n' games on the lower level of the UC. The rec- 
reation area offers a place for diversions that include a lounge 
with a large screen television, a billiard room, video and pin- 
ball games, locker rentals, small table games and the Titan 
Bowl. The CSUF community is invited to participate in the vari- 
ous bowling leagues and tournaments sponsored each semes- 
ter. 

UC Theatre 

The University Center Theatre is available to clubs and organi- 
zations for meetings, conference lectures, and other presen- 
tations. It can be reserved through the reservation office at 
the Information counter. 

Human Corps Community Service 
Program 

Historically, the mission of American colleges and universities 
has included a strong commitment to community service. 
California State University, Fullerton, as a publicly-supported 
university, places a high priority on service to the community. 
A primary goal of the total educational process is to prepare 
students for responsible citizenship. The university has encour- 
aged, since its founding, an ethic of community involvement 
and participation on the part of its faculty, staff, and student 
body. Student clubs and organizations have carried out many 
social service projects, faculty have contributed their exper- 
tise to the solution of various civic problems, and individual 
students, staff, and faculty have all volunteered their time, ef- 
fort. and abilities to fraternal, civic, and religious organizations 
and activities. 


Therefore, the university welcomes the establishment of the 
Human Corps and the focus It places on service to the com- 
munity. Under the Human Corps legislation, all students In pub- 
licly supported colleges and universities in California are 
strongly encouraged to provide an average of 30 hours of 
community service activity each year. Community service in- 
cludes. but is not limited to: tutoring, literacy training, neigh- 
borhood improvement, job training, youth work, health-sup- 
port services, mental health care, and assistance to the eld- 
erly, disabled, disadvantaged, and homeless. To support stu- 
dents in achieving this goal. Cal State Fullerton: 

1 . established a volunteer bureau and other systems of refer- 
ral; 

2. provides support to student organizations seeking service 
projects; and 

3. rewards and recognizes service contributions by individual 
students and student organizations. 

Academic credit for certain class-related service activities is 
already provided In some cases and departments are encour- 
aged to expand such opportunities where academically ap- 
propriate. Pay may also be accepted for certain service ac- 
tivities, such as paid internships or stipends and work-study 
employment. 

Further information can be obtained from the University Ac- 
tivities Center. Room 243, University Center. 

Office of University Recreation 
Services 

Physical Education 121 
(714) 773-3987 

Believing that recreation and leisure pursuits are an integral 
part of one's total educational experience and achievement, 
the Office of University Recreation strives to provide all students 
an opportunity to use their leisure time wisely In order to attain 
the highest degree of physical reward and mental relaxation. 

The benefits of the recreation program are numerous, and it 
has been proven time and again, that those who maintain 
good health and physical fitness, perform better In all aspects 
of life. These programs are free to all students. 

Informal Leisure Recreation 

An intensive program of unstructured recreational activities 
are available to all CSUF students. By presenting a validated, 
photo ID card, students can participate In the supervised use 
of numerous facilities Including the racquetball and tennis 
courts, swimming complex, gymnasium, and weight room. 
These facilities are open seven days a week. 

Intramural Sports 

The Intramural Sports Program is a student funded recreational 
based program of competitive leagues and tournaments. The 
program is accessible to all CSUF students, faculty and staff. 


53 

Student Life 


California State University, Fullerton 


Students have an active participative voice in all operations 
of the program through student assistants as well as the Intra- 
mural representatives who sit on the Intramural Sports Coun- 
cil. Activities such as flag football, ultimate frisbee, bowling, 
ping pong, basketball, softball, and volleyball are scheduled 
at various times and days to accommodate Individual sched- 
ules. 

Sports Club 

The Sports Club program at California State University, Fuller- 
ton is designed for Individuals and organizations with similar 
athletic and/or recreational Interests who wish to compete 
against other teams outside the university. They meet on a 


regular basis to teach and develop skills, and to promote the 
sport or activity. While competing in leagues and tournaments 
with other colleges, universities, and local clubs, they are rep- 
resentatives of California State University, Fullerton. All com- 
petitions are on a non-varsity (Non-NCAA) level. Typical clubs 
Include rugby, archery, cycling, bowling, skiing, and surfing. 

student Family Memberships 

Current CSUF students who are married may purchase a rec- 
reation membership for their spouse and children (21 years 
and younger, living at home). Unmarried students living at 
home may purchase a recreation membership for their par- 
ents and siblings (21 years and younger, living at home). 


« 


54 

Student Life 


Intercollegiate 

Athletics 


Physical Education 158 

(714)773-2677 

Director of Athletics: John Easterbrook 
Associate Director: Maryalyce Jeremiah 
Director of Aca(Jemlc Services: Christine McCarthy 
Sports Information Director: Mel Franks 

Coaches 

Baseball 
Augle Garrido 

Basketball 

Bob Hawking (Men) 

Deborah Ayres (Women) 

Cross Country/Track (Men/Women) 

John Elders 

Fencing (Men/Women) 

Helzaburo Okawa 

Gymnastics 

Lynn Rogers (Women) 

Soccer (Men/Women) 

Al Mistri 

Softball 
Judi Gorman 

Tennis (Women) 

Bill Reynolds 

Volleyball 

Mary Ellen Murchinson 

Wrestling 
Ardeshir Asgarl 

Conference Memberships 

National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division I 
Big West Conference 



55 

Intercollegiate Athletics 



California State University, Fullerton 


The rise of academic prestige at California State University. 
Fullerton has grown alongside the development of one of the 
nation's impressive young athletics departments. The Inter- 
collegiate athletics department provides student-athletes the 
opportunity to compete against the country's finest competi- 
tion as well as providing a top-notch education. In an effort to 
ensure academic development, the university provides coun- 
seling systems designed specifically for student-athletes. Those 
services include academic advisement, guidance counsel- 
ing, and daily study halls. 

CSUF has also made a commitment to provide facilities that 
enable fans and athletes alike to enjoy first-rate competition. 
The long-awaited Sports Complex gives Fullerton fans a much- 
needed home multi-purpose and soccer stadium. The com- 
plex will provide a 10.CXX)-seat stadium plus upgraded base- 
ball facilities that will seat over 2,000. Also included are two lit 
softball diamonds and a lighted soccer field that enable fans 
to enjoy the university's many night events. Titan Gymnasium 
already enjoys tremendous popularity among the local com- 
munity with over 4,000 fans attending home basketball (men 
and women's), women's gymnastics and women's volleyball 
events. An outdoor swimming complex, racquetball courts, 
weight-training facilities, a high-level gymnastics practice fa- 
cility, plus facilities for wrestling and fencing make the Fuller- 
ton athletic complex a step above. 

Men’s Intercollegiate Athletics 

Baseball 

Few NCAA Division I baseball programs have enjoyed the 
degree of success that the Titans have had over the past de- 
cade and a half. During that time, the Titans won 13 confer- 
ence championships, eight regional championships and two 
national championships. Major League stars Tim Wallach (Los 
Angeles Dodgers) and Brent Mayne (Kansas City Royals) have 
developed at Fullerton. Year in and year out. the Titans com- 
pete against the nation's finest programs and always come 
out winners. 

The development of Fullerton basketball has been one of col- 
lege sports' finest Cinderella stories. Often in contention for 
the Big West Championship, the program has produced half 
a dozen professional prospects. Including Cedric Ceballos of 
the Los Angeles Lakers, and made a pair of NIT appearances, 
along with a trip to the NCAA Final Eight In 1978. 1984 Olym- 
pic Team point guard Leon Wood is one of many fine athletes 
who has helped develop the Titans into a team that will con- 
tinue to grow. The university's commitment to basketball en- 
sures that success in the years to come. 

Cross Country 

Men's cross country is making positive strides. The program 
competes in the very competitive Big West Conference which 
is perennially In the spotlight for national attention. The cam- 
pus and outlying community offer a beautiful setting which 
enables the sport to set new standards among local and na- 
tional universities. 

Soccer 

Soccer is another of Fullerton's many sports where strong 
coaching has turned the program into a West Coast power. 


Al Mistrl developed one of Southern California's finest soccer pro- 
grams at Damien High School in Claremont before taking over 
at Fullerton. Through hard work and support from a summer soc- 
cer camp. Coach Mistri has turned Titan soccer into one of the 
NCAA's most competitive men's squads. Fullerton shared the 
conference champioriship in 1986 and 1982 and placed third In 
the nation in 1993. With the help of the new stadium. Fullerton 
expects to challenge for the crown every season. 

Fencing 

One Of the West Coast's few Division I fencing programs gives 
prospective athletes a chance to train in a traditional, unique 
sport. The team has enjoyed a great deal of success over the 
past few years competing against local universities In sabre, 
foil, and epee. 

Track 

Reinstated for the 1989 season, a spring track program pro- 
vides a complement to the fall cross country schedule and 
should attract greater numbers of athletes. A new running track 
Is part of the new Sports Complex and has accelerated the 
growth of the program that was one of the mainstays of 
Fullerton's athletics department In the early 1970s. 

Wrestling 

Another sport that few West Coast schools support is prospering 
in Orange County as C^UF proves that hard work and strong 
coaching can bring success. Prospective athletes will find an 
atmosphere that is unparalleled among California universities. 
Top-notch competition and an All-American environment are 
two reasor^ why Fullerton wrestling is so successful. The Titans 
compete In the rugged Pac-10 conference. Laszio Molnar 
placed second at 167 pounds In the 1994 NCAA championships. 

Women’s Intercollegiate Athletics 

Basketball 

The rise in popularity of women's basketball has its founda- 
tions tied to the success of Fullerton women's basketball tearr^. 
Under former Coach Billie Moore, the Titans won one of the 
very first national championships given out in the sport and 
recent teams have continued to be competitive on a regional 
basis. Two of women's basketball's greatest names have risen 
from Fullerton including 1976 Olympian Nancy Dunkle and 1991 
All-American Genia Miller. 

Fencing 

One Of the West Coast's few Division I fencing programs gives 
prospective athletes a chance to train In a traditional, unique 
sport. The team has enjoyed a great deal of success over the 
past few years competing against local universities. 

Gymnastics 

The consistent efforts of Lynn Rogers' women's gymnastics 
squad have made them a top-20 national power for virtually 


56 

Intercollegiate Athletics 


California State University, Fullerton 


all of 20 seasons. No other school in the nation has produced 
more All-Americans or finished in the top three for more years 
than the Titans. Potential scholar-athletes receive an oppx)r- 
tunity to compete and win year-round. 

Soccer 

This popular and growing sport for women was added in 1 993, 
and Coach Al Mistri has goals for success matching the men's 
squad. The Titans made great strides between their first and 
second seasons and already play the best programs In Cali- 
fornia. 

Softball 

The sport of softball continues to set new standards of excel- 
lence on the local and national level. Always a contender for 
the NCAA title, the Titans captured their first championship in 
1986. Coach Judi Carman's teaching has brought the univer- 
sity countless All-Americans including former Broderick Award 
winners Kathy Van Wyk, Susan Lefebvre and Connie Clark. A 
two-diamond, on-campus facility now enables an even 
greater audience to enjoy one of the nation's most successful 
teams face off against other national powers. 

Cross Country 

The rebirth of a spring track schedule has been a boon to cross 
country as athletes In the distance races can now train on a 
competitive level year-round. An outstanding setting plus the 


addition of some outstanding athletes make success a very 
strong likelihood in the years to come. 

Tennis 

One of the university's many programs on the rise, Fullerton 
can take advantage of the beautiful climate of Orange 
County to attract the nation's top athletes to Fullerton. The 
redevelopment of the tennis facilities in the Sports Complex 
make Titan tennis a program that is bound to remain com- 
petitive In the Big West. 

Track 

Steady improvement and a growing coaching staff have com- 
bined to fuel optimism that the Titans will become a competi- 
tive force in the Big West Conference. A new running facility 
and the advancements made In distance running by the cross 
country team combined with the climate in southern Califor- 
nia should ensure Fullerton of a solid track program. 

Volleyball 

Despite playing In collegiate volleyball's most competitive 
conference. Titan volleyball is proving to be a program to 
watch. The obvious attraction comes from competing against 
NCAA Championship contenders who are members of the 
Big West, the nation's strongest volleyball conference. The 
acquisition of future athletes plus the development of bud- 
ding stars should create an environment that will enhance the 
program's success. 


57 

Intercollegiate Athletics 


Resources 



Anthropology Museum 

The Museum of Anthropology is on educational and research 
resource for the University and the community. It houses, spon- 
sors. and conducts a variety of activities as part of the CSUF 
Anthropology program. Exhibits of the Museum of Anthropol- 
ogy have included artifacts from California, the Middle East. 
Mesoamerica. the Southwest and Oceania. The well-equipped 
archaeology laboratory, faunal collection and research library 
provide facilities for research. Internships and classes in mu- 
seum techniques are offered for students interested In 
museology. The museum publishes a series of Occasional Pa- 
pers. administers an annual scholarship for archaeology stu- 
dents. houses the business office of the Society for California 
Archaeology, conducts studies on cultural resource manage- 
ment and Is the clearing house for Orange County archaeol- 
ogy. The extensive collections are curated by a certified 
museologist. 

Art Gallery 

Since 1963 the Art Gallery at California State University. Fuller- 
ton has brought to the campus carefully developed art exhi- 
bitions that Instruct, inspire and challenge the student to the 
visual arts. Exhibitions of national Interest and of museum cali- 
ber are presented to the entire student body, faculty and to 
the community. These act not only as an educational tool but 
also create Interaction between various departmental disci- 
plines and between the campus and the community. In 1970 
the Art Gallery was housed in its current permanent location 
within the Visual Arts Center. In the following years, the gallery 
has earned national visibility for Its program in Museum Studies 
and Exhibition Design in which museum preprofessionals may 
obtain both conceptual and practical experience. 

Daily Titan 

Cal State Fullerton's Daily Titan is one of the most successful 
college newspapers In California. In recent years, the Titan 
and its reporters have won a number of regional and national 
awards. 

The Titan earned first place among all college dallies In the 
state In 1987 and 1988 competitions sponsored by the Califor- 
nia Intercollegiate Press Association. In 1988. the Titan was 
awarded first place, general excellence by the California 
Newspapers Publishers Association. In 1990. the Titan won 
CIPA's on-the-spot competition for the fourth consecutive year. 


58 

Resources 



California State University, Fullerton 


The Titan is published every Tuesday through Friday through- 
out the academic year. It is produced, written and edited 
entirely by Cal State Fullerton students. Photographic con- 
tent is the work of CSUF students. 

The Daily Titan has a dally readership of more than 19,000. It Is 
distributed at more than 40 locations on campus, as well as in 
news racks near the University. 

Work on the Daily Titan provides Intensive experience In news 
writing, copy editing, page layout, and the myriad other func- 
tions necessary to produce a modern daily newspaper. 

Dining & Vending Services 

Primary food service facilities on the campus are on the Uni- 
versity Center ground floor (the UC Food Court), and at the 
southeast corner of the campus, the campus Carl's Jr. In ad- 
dition to these primary facilities, there is a Pub serving Round 
Table Pizza, beer and wine on the basement level of the Uni- 
versity Center. Catering for the university is the responsibility of 
Dining Services. 

Over 76 food and beverage vending machines are located 
at several areas on the campus to service the needs of the 
university. Product selection and prices are monitored by the 
University Food Service Committee. In addition, the vending 
program Includes payphones across the campus and laundry 
machines In the residence halls. 

Dining and Vending Services are operated by the California 
State University Fullerton Foundation. 

Fullerton Arboretum 

The Fullerton Arboretum is a 26-acre botanical garden— o liv- 
ing museum of plants— located at the northeast corner of the 
campus. It contains local historical artifacts in the Heritage 
House museum and horticultural collections that attract visi- 
tors from the university and the surrounding communities. The 
Arboretum is an island of serenity In an increasingly urban/ 
metropolitan environment. 

The Arboretum offers countless opportunities to study local his- 
tory and culture. Heritage House is the restored residence and 
medical office of Dr. George C. Clark, an Orange County pio- 
neer physician. The Clark home was built in 1894 and exempli- 
fies the Eastlake Victorian style of architecture. The house is 
listed In the National Register of Historic Places and the Inven- 
tory of California Historic Sites. It is also an Orange County His- 
toric Site. It is open to the public by reservation. Trained do- 
cents discuss the period furnishings and memorabilia. Several 
student projects and studies have used this facility. 

The /Vboretum grounds contain a recirculating waterfall, pond 
and stream system that is a focal point for migratory water- 
fowl and human visitors. Many plants are grown in groups ac- 
cording to their moisture requirements. Others form special 
collections such as conifers, palms and rare fruits. Special plant 
displays assist visitors In their selection of plant materials for ur- 
ban landscaping. 

The CSUF Associated Students (AS) helped to Initiate the Ful- 
lerton Arboretum by contributing $10,000 In 1971. Since then. 


the AS have contributed support monies each year to hire 
students to help In the maintenance and operation of the Ar- 
boretum. 

The Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum, the community sup- 
port group, also supplies operating monies, manages the gift 
and garden shop, propagates plants for plant sales and pro- 
vides countless hours of volunteer effort on behalf of the Ar- 
boretum. 

The Fullerton Arboretum is open 8 a.m. to 4:45 p.m., seven days 
a week. The Arboretum is closed on Christmas, Thanksgiving 
and New Year's Day. 

Herbarium 

The Faye A. MacFadden Herbarium Is named after Faye A. 
MacFadden, who sold her extensive collection of plants to 
the university just prior to her death in 1 964. The collection now 
includes over 25,0(X) vascular plants, about 12,000 bryophytes 
and nearly 800 lichen specimens. The plants are used as a 
research and teaching tool. 

Oral History Program 

The Oral History Program offers students courses, work experi- 
ence, and Information about oral history. The program has 
conducted over 2,200 interviews on the history of Orange 
County, the western United States, and other areas of histori- 
cal study. Either transcriptions or tapes are available for any 
student to use as they would use any library materials, at the 
Oral History Archive. 

Most of these interviews were done by students in the several 
classes offered in the Oral History Program. The program also 
maintains a student staff through internships, work study or 
grant-supported positions. These staff receive experience in 
word-processing, editing, book production and organizational 
administration. They are credited with authorship or assistance 
on publications, and several alumni of the program now hold 
important professional positions. 

Reading Clinic 
Education Classroom 24 
(714) 773-3356 

The Reading Clinic serves three major purposes. First, It pro- 
vides a controlled, supervised setting for the training of read- 
ing specialists and classroom teachers who wish to improve 
their skills in working with learning disabled and reading dis- 
abled students. 

Second, the clinic serves as a community service providing 
very low cost, high quality instruction in reading that Is not avail- 
able elsewhere in Orange County. The clinic works closely with 
the Southern California College of Optometry in order to pro- 
vide broader services. 

The third purpose of the clinic is to provide parent educa- 
tion to community members whose children have reading 
disabilities. The clinic provides parent inservIce sessions, a hot 
line for phone Information, and a monthly newsletter of In- 


59 

Resources 


California State University, Fullerton 


formation, tips and examples ot student work. The clinic is 
proud ot its 30-year service to the university and community. 

Speech and Hearing Clinic 

The Speech and Hearing Clinic (SHC) is an integral part of the 
curricular programs ot the university leading to a B.A. and M.A. 
Degree in Communicative Disorders. Since 1961 the Depart- 
ment ot Speech Communication has provided speech, lan- 
guage and hearing services to the community in conjunction 
with its training program tor professional speech pathologists. 
The graduate program in Communicative Disorders holds the 
distinction ot being one ot only two academic programs In 
California to maintain continuous accreditation by the Edu- 
cational Standards Board ot the American Speech-Language- 
Hearing Association since September 1969. 

The clinic is composed of a Speech Pathology Unit, an Audiol- 
ogy Unit and a Communicative Disorders Research Labora- 
tory with special emphasis given to voice disorders. The clinic 
otters the services ot a resident professional Speech Patholo- 
gist who holds the Certificate ot Clinical Competence (CCC- 
SLP), faculty supervisors who are clinically certified and, in 
addition, hold doctoral degrees In the field, and student clini- 
cians who have met strictly prescribed standards tor admis- 
sion to clinical practicum. Referrals to the clinic come from a 
variety ot sources including: physicians, teachers, rehabilita- 
tive centers, private speech pathologists and audiologists, and 
selt-reterrals. Services available at the clinic include: diagnos- 
tic evaluations, therapeutic Intervention, audiometric testing, 
rehabilitative audiology Including hearing aid evaluations, 
screening tests tor students seeking state credentials, and fam- 
ily counseling relative to problems associated with communi- 
cative disorders. 

Theatre and Dance Department 
Productions 

The Department ot Theatre and Dance produces six plays and 
two dance concerts each year on main stage along with the- 
atre tor young audiences, touring plays, master's thesis pro- 
ductions, and original one-acts. CSUF students receive rates 
to all Theatre and Dance Department productions. Twelve 
out otthe last 14 entries In the National Kennedy Center/ Ameri- 
can College Theatre Festival have been selected tor produc- 
tion at the regional festivals, chosen each year from over 75 
university entrants. In 1993, tor the first time in the history ot the 
Festival, the department was selected to present two original 
productions; The Manager and All That He Was at the National 
Kennedy Center/ American College Theatre Festival at the 
John F. Kennedy Center in Washington, D.C. All That He Was 
was also named as the Kennedy Center representative to an 
International theatre conference in Barcelona, Spain and 
performed at that venue. 

Titan Shops Bookstore 

The Titan Shops Bookstore is located on the ground floor ot the 
Commons Building directly east ot the University Center and 
west ot the Library. Its primary function is to service the text 
book and school supply requirements ot the students ot the 
university. In addition to these Items, however, the Titan Shops 


carries an extensive stock ot office supplies, greeting cards 
and clothing items, a trade book department which encom- 
passes 12JXX) reference and general interest books, and a gift 
department with an ever changing selection of Items. Finally, 
the Titan Shops is engaged In the sale and repair ot personal 
comiDuters at significant price reductloris to encourage the use 
of computers and development ot computer literacy at the uni- 
versity. It you have questions, please telephone (714) 871-1984. 

Brief Stop and The Yum 

The Brief Stop is located in Langsdort Hall and The Yum is lo- 
cated In the University Center. Both are Mini-Bookstores. You 
can purchase test- taking materials, school supplies, emblem- 
atic gifts, newspapers, magazines, health and beauty aids and 
a wide selection of snacks: all conveniently located In a store 
close to your classes. The Brief Stop and The Yum are open 
extended hours. So it you need supplies during early morning 
or late evening, The Brief Stop and The Yum are open tor you! 

Kinko’s 

Kinko's Copy is now located In the Titan Shops Bookstore on 
the campus in the Commons, first floor. Kinko's otters state-of- 
the-art copy equipment including color copying, full service, 
and self serve black and white copying, spot color, posters 
and banners, transparencies, binding, laminating AND self 
service computers with color laser copies. Kinko's also otters 
specialty Items such as rubber stamps, business cards within 
24 hours, resumes, wedding Invitations, and other custom print- 
ing services. Kinko's neighboring oft campus store otters 24 
hour service and tree pick-up and delivery. It you have any 
questions, call (714) 871-1984 and ask tor Kinko's. 

Undergraduate Reading Lab 

Education Classroom 24A and 18 

The Undergraduate Reading Lab/Protessional Library is an es- 
sential element in the Reading Program tor both graduate and 
undergraduate students. It serves as a resource tor materials 
and equipment by which undergraduate students can Im- 
prove their reading skills and complete additional class assign- 
ments. The lab also functions as a liaison between faculty and 
students, as a diagnostic lab tor required or additional assess- 
ment ot student skills, and as a professional resource tor gradu- 
ate students and faculty. 

The lab has also ottered services to special students from the 
Handicapped Center, Women's Center and the Counseling 
Center. In addition, the development ot a professional library 
and the recent donation ot material from the Reading Edu- 
cator? Guild aids graduate students in their research and 
course work. Finally, a goal ot this lab is to develop a base ot 
software materials tor both classroom and Individual student 
use. 

University Channel 

In conjunction with several cable television companies 
throughout Orange County, the University provides program- 
ming over The Titan Channel. The channel's content includes 
a combination of live Instructional, public affairs, arts, and in- 
formation programs. 


60 

Resources 



Academic 

Advisement 



Academic Advisement Policy 

CSUF Academic Policy (UPS 300.002) states that: 

• the responsibility for ensuring the availability of academic 
advisement rests with each school dean 

• every student should declare a major or school of interest 
as soon as possible after admission to the university; and 

• all students shall confer with an academic adviser on a 
regular basis. 

Choosing General Education 
Courses and Electives 

In keeping with the liberal arts tradition, the university requires 
its graduates to have sampled a variety of disciplines as part 
of their general education. The broad categories of general 
education courses are presented in the catalog section on 
'‘General Education." 

All students are strongly encouraged to consult with major 
advisers or the Academic Advisement Center about selec- 
tion of general education and elective courses. 

Advisement in the Major 

Students v/ho have declared a major should consult their de- 
partmental adviser on a regular basis for academic advise- 
ment. 


Advisement for Students Who 
Have Not Selected a Major 


Students who have not declared a major should consult one 
of the school advisement offices listed below or the Academic 
Advisement Center to discuss their academic programs. 

School Advisement Offices 

Students who have declared a school of interest or who wish 
to explore the majors offered by a specific school should con- 
tact the appropriate school advisement office: 


School of the Arts 


School of Business 
Administration 
and Economics 


Office of the Dean 
Visual Arts 199 
(714) 773-3256 

Business Advising Center 
Langsdorf Hall 700 
(714) 773-2211 


62 

Academic Advisement 



California State University, Fullerton 


School of Communications 

Office of the Associate Dean 
Education Classroom 46 
(714) 773-3355 

School of Engineering 
and Computer Science 

Office of the 

Associate Dean 

Engineering 100-D 
(714) 773-3362 

School of Human 
Development And 
Community Service 

Office of the 

Associate Dean 

Education Classroom 325 
(714) 773-3311 

School of Humanities and 
Social Sciences 

Office of Student 

Academic Affairs 

McCarthy Hall 103 
(714) 773-2024 

School of Natural 

Science and Mathematics 

Office of 

Academic Affairs 

McCarthy Hall 166 
(714) 773-2638 


Academic Advisement Center 

University Hall 179 
(714) 773-3606 

The Academic Advisement Center provides guidance in the 
selection of elective and general education courses. It is the 
administrative center for undeclared undergraduate majors. 
All problems encountered by the undeclared major, which 
normally require the assistance of a department chair, are 
handled by the director of the Academic Advisement Center. 

No appointment is necessary to engage the assistance of an 
adviser about various aspects of academic life at the univer- 
sity. For more specific information about the office, the stu- 
dent should consult the class schedule. 

Undeclared Majors 


ary and professional interests and a Career Development 
Center which has Information on vocations and work oppor- 
tunities to help in the selection of a major. 

The task of selecting a major (and often a minor or other 
complementary specialization) becomes one of crystallizing 
ideas on the basis of experiences In specific courses, discus- 
sions with other students, faculty, the staff of the Academic 
Advisement Center, etc. The option to take a limited number 
of courses on a Credit/No Credit basis often will help students 
explore new interests. 

Students must plan freshman or sophomore programs which 
will permit them to enter or take advanced courses In fields 
they may want to pursue. They should be sure to begin or 
complete requirements such as mathematics, chemistry or a 
foreign language early in their academic careers. Students 
anticipating graduate or professional study should exercise 
special care In planning undergraduate programs and seek 
faculty counseling in the field of interest. Advance examina- 
tion of the possibilities of graduate or professional study will 
be helpful to students who have clear educational and vo- 
cational objectives. 

Those whose goals and objectives have not yet crystallized 
will have opportunities to take courses In various fields and 
make up their minds during their lower division work. They 
should, however, take full advantage of the opportunities that 
exist on and outside the campus to learn more about avail- 
able fields of study and occupational fields. 

Planning a Major Program 

When students have selected a major field, they should study all 
the requirements which are specified In this catalog under their 
chosen degree program. They should make a tentative semes- 
ter by semester plan for completing the requirements including 
prerequisites and discuss this plan with an adviser In the major. 

In addition to courses in the major department, related courses 
in other fields and supporting courses In basic skills may also 
be required. These should be Included in the tentative semes- 
ter by semester plan. 


Lower division students who are uncertain about their primary 
educational or vocational goals may enroll as undeclared 
majors. However, they should select the School which most 
closely reflects their general interests and consult that School's 
advisement office for academic assistance. During their fresh- 
man and sophomore years, such students should explore their 
interests and potential by enrolling in a set of courses recom- 
mended by the School adviser. 

Choosing an Undergraduate Major 

Every student should choose a major by the beginning of the 
junior year so that he or she may complete major requirements 
in an orderly way. 

To help students, the University has available a number of use- 
ful resources: New Student Orientation conducted in June; 
summary sheets on majors available from department offices 
or the Academic Advisement Center; a variety of counseling 
and testing services provided by the Career Development 
Center; and brochures and manuals from school and depart- 
ment offices describing their programs of study and later work 
opportunities. There are student organizations with dlsciplin- 


Some departments require placement tests prior to admission 
to classes. The times and places for such tests are given in the 
class schedule. Students should purchase a copy of the class 
schedule at the Titan Bookstore when registration for classes 
begins. 

Change of Major, Degree or 
Credentialed Objective 

To Change a major, degree, or credential objective, obtain 
the required form In the Office of Admissions and Records and 
take It to the appropriate offlce(s) for signature(s). Such a 
change Is not official until the form has been signed and filed 
in the Registrar' s Office. 

Departmental Academic 
Advisement 

Each department follows the advisement system which It finds 
the most appropriate for its majors. 


63 

Academic Advisement 


California State University. Fullerton 


It is the responsibility of the student to obtain the assistance of 
an academic adviser. 

The adviser is a resource person who can provide information 
and suggestions and who can assist the student to find the 
most desirable ways to meet the requirements for graduation 
and for the major or credential. The final choice of courses 
and the responsibility for the program lies with the student. 
Undergraduate students who have not yet decided upon a 
major (undeclared majors) or who are not seeking a degree 
will be advised in the Academic Advisement Center. 

Academic program advisers are able to offer better advice if 
students provide lists of courses they have taken and their own 
copies of transcripts from colleges previously attended (if stu- 
dents are new to Cal State Fullerton). 

Graduate students will be assigned a major adviser in their 
fields of specialization, except in education where all will have 
a professional adviser from the School of Human Development 
and Community Service. Those students seeking a credential 
for teaching In secondary schools will be assigned both a pro- 
fessional and a major adviser. 

Preprofessional Programs 

The academic programs of the university provide appropri- 
ate preparation for graduate work in a variety of fields. Stu- 
dents who have made tentative decisions about institutions 
at which they may wish to pursue graduate work should con- 
sult the catalogs of those grad uate schools as they plan their 
undergraduate programs. Students planning to undertake 
graduate work should supplement their undergraduate pro- 
grams by anticipating requirements at major graduate schools. 

The university offers a number of professional programs through 
the master's degree. These include programs in the fine arts, 
business administration, communications, education, engi- 
neering, health education and kinesiology and recreation, 
public administration, and speech pathology-audiology. Stu- 
dents interested In preparing for professional careers in these 
areas, either here or at other educational institutions, are en- 
couraged to seek assistance and guidance from CSUF fac- 
ulty members in these fields. 

Prelegal Preparation 

It Is recommended that prospective law students prepare 
themselves in such fields as English, American history, econom- 
ics, political science (particularly the history and development 
of English and American political institutions) and such under- 
graduate courses as judicial process, administrative law, con- 
stitutional law and international law, philosophy (particularly 
ethics and logic), business administration, anthropology, psy- 
chology and sociology. 

A distribution of course sequences among the social sciences, 
the natural sciences and the humanities Is desirable. Students 
with interest in becoming lawyers should contact the Prelaw 
Adviser. Some faculty members In the School of Business Ad- 
ministration and Economics and Departments of American 
Studies, History and Political Science, also can provide advice 
and assistance. 

Pretheological 

Students who might be interested In pursuing careers in the 
ministry, the teaching of religion, and associated fields should 


take some courses in religion, psychology, anthropology, so- 
ciology. philosophy, education, communications, history, En- 
glish. speech communication and a foreign language. Stu- 
dents desiring assistance and counseling regarding advanced 
work in religious studies or professional careers in the ministry 
or rabbinate may seek help from the faculty In the Depart- 
ment of Religious Studies. 

Social Welfare 

Students who plan to seek employment in social work or so- 
cial welfare should prepare themselves In the fields of human 
services, psychology (particularly child and adolescent psy- 
chology). sociology, anthropology, political science, econom- 
ics and research methods In social science. 

Students who intend to enter a professional school following 
undergraduate training should learn about the specific prereq- 
uisites for admission to the graduate school of their choice. Or- 
dinarily a major in one of the social sciences, and some addi- 
tional work in at least several other social sciences, are recom- 
mended. Students with interests in pursuing careers in the fields 
of social welfare should contact the Department of Sociology 
or the Human Services Program for advice and assistance. 

Health Professions 

Langsdorf Hall 203 
(714) 773-3980 

All health professions programs are seeking the best qualified 
applicants with a good command of communication skills, rig- 
orous basic science preparation, and as broad a general 
education base as possible. 

The Health Professions Office assists students in preparing the 
best academic programs consistent with their former educa- 
tional experience, interests and professional objectives. We 
continue to be concerned about the under-representation of 
minority students entering the health care professions. Thus, 
minority students are actively recruited, and every effort is 
made to assist them in achieving their goals. 

student Responsibility 

All new students, both first-time freshmen and transfer students. 
Interested in preparing to enter one of the following health pro- 
fessions. should register with the secretary of the committee, in 
the Health Professions Office: medicine, osteopathic medicine, 
podiatric medicine, veterinary medicine, chiropractic, clinical 
pharmacy, pharmacology, dentistry, and optometry. 

Related health professions Include anatomist, dental hygien- 
ist, histologist, medical technologist, nutritionist, occupational 
therapist, orthotist-prosthetist. pharmacologist, physical thera- 
pist, physiologist, public health and physician's assistant. 

Health Professions Committee 

The committee assists the student to (a) gain a clinical experi- 
ence with a practicing professional in the area appropriate to 
the field of Interest; (b) select a list of professional schools to which 
there is a likelihood of admission; (c) prepare professional school 
applications; and (d) prepare for an admissions interview. 

Students who receive a favorable Health Professions Commit- 
tee review of their academic records and personal qualifica- 
tions. Including commitment and motivation, have a commit- 
tee letter prepxared for them in support of their application. 


64 

Academic Advisement 


California State University, Fullerton 


Answers To Your Questions 


TOPIC 

WHERE TO GO 

LOCATION 

TELEPHONE 

Academic Appeals 

Academic Appeals Office 

Langsdorf Hall 810 

773-3221 

Add or Drop a Class 

Address Change 

See Class Schedule 

Admissions & Records Information 

Landgsdorf Hall 109 

773-2300 

773-2300 

Admissions/ Applications 

Admissions & Records Information 

Langsdorf Hall 109 

773-2300 

Advisement: 

Undeclared Major 

Academic Advisement Center 

University Hall 1 79 

773-3606 

Declared Majors 

Athletics Tickets/Passport 

Major Department 

Athletic Ticket Office 

Physical Education 122 

773-2783 

Child Care 

Child Care Center 

Temporary 200 

773-2961 

Counseling: 

Personal 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

773-3121 

Vocational 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

773-3121 

Degree Application/Diploma Orders 

Graduation Unit 

Langsdorf Hall 108 

773-2300 

Degree Evaluation, Undergraduate 

Graduation Unit 

Langsdorf Hall 108 

773-2300 

Disabled Student Services 

Office of Disabled Student Services 

University Hall 101 

773-3117 

Disqualification/Reinstatement 

Admissions Counselor 

Langsdorf Hall 1 1 1 

773-2370 

Emergency Messages 

Vice President for Student Services 

Langsdorf Hall 810 

773-3221 

Employment: 

Business, Industry, Government 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

773-3121 

Educational 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

773-3121 

Minority Relations 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

773-3121 

Student (Part-Time) 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

773-3121 

Staff 

Personnel Services 

Temporary 14 

773-2426 

Enrollment Verification: 

Duplicate I.D. Card or Fee Receipt Cashier 

University Hall 180 

773-3918 

Letter Request 

Admissions & Records Counter 

Langsdorf Hall 109 

773-2300 

Extension Class Information 

Extended Education Office 

Temporary 14 

773-2611 

Evaluations/General Education 

Evaluations Unit 

Langsdorf Hall 1 1 1 

773-2300 

Financial Aid 

Financial Aid Office 

University Hall 146 

773-3125 

Foreign Student: 

Advisement 

Permits to Register 

Major Department 

International Education Office 

University Hall 244 

773-2787 

Graduate Studies 

Graduate Studies Office 

McCarthy Hall 129 

773-2618 

Graduation Requirements (undergraduate) 

Graduation Unit 

Langsdorf Hall 108 

773-2300 

Health Insurance 

University Center 

U.C. Lobby 

773-2468 

Housing and Transportation 

Housing Office 

Cypress 101 

773-2168 

Internships and Cooperative Ed. 

Internship Office 

Humanities 1 12 

773-2171 

Library Information 

Library Building 

Ubrary Lobby 

773-2724 

Mentor Program 

Vice President for Student Affairs 

Langsdorf Hall 810 

773-3221 

Name Change 

Admissions & Records Information 

Langsdorf Hall 109 

773-2300 

Organizations & Clubs 

University Activities Center 

U.C. 2-43 

773-3211 

Outreach Services 

University Outreach Office 

University Hall 216 

773-2086 

Parking: 

Fees 

Cashier 

University Hall 1 80 

773-3918 

Information 

Department of Public Safety 

Temporary 1200 

773-2616 

Handicapped 

Disabled Student Services 

University Hall 101 

773-3117 

Readmission 

Admissions & Records Information 

Langsdorf Hall 109 

773-2300 

Records (Student) 

Records Office 

Langsdorf Hall 116 

773-2300 

Registration Fees 

Cashier 

Langsdorf Hall 180 

773-3918 

Residency 

Evaluations Unit 

Langsdorf Hall 1 1 1 

773-2300 

Scholarships 

Financial Aid Office 

University Hall 146 

773-3125 

Student Academic Services 

Student Academic Services Office 

University Hall 143 

773-2288 

(EOP/S>AA/Retentlon) 

Summer Sessions, Information 

Extended Education Office 

Temporary 14 

773-2611 

Test Information 

Testing Center 

Langsdorf Hall 206 

773-3838 

Transcripts 

Admissions & Records Information 

Langsdorf Hall 109 

773-2300 

Tutoring 

Intensive Learning Experience 

University Hall 210 

449-7236 

Veterans Certification 

Veterans Affairs Office 

Langsdorf Hall 108 

773-2300 

Women's Center 

Women's Center 

University Hall 205 

773-3928 


65 

Academic Advisement 




■r. 

i<'acv\' 

: -2:.C\ v 




i 

^h', ■ 


■ , ' ' ■ ;• .' • . ■'■ :■. 

.: ;c^;.v.“:, I : 0-. „ ^ _ ; , AGr. 1 . v :..V.itGJ <:fci j8 V'j '-,y ■; nb \ 

■ '■ ' ^ ■ ' -• ; ' ..S' ..K ' ■^■' ■,> 

'f : ,sp S-S t<Te{ i- . >gA 

v« */•■••' ... s 

*C\; '■H;!’i.:-i,iMSOGV /S t . .. /-/'ifA . 

' ..■ y.T ■'" :'' : •'. /Sf; i vjj^aST,:.. / . . y 

S^: ’OOii^riSj '■ '•'bs;l0^i;''s^x>'hrt; ?'■ g:.) ' 

, . . ,. t,. ^v. , 

' ‘-:''k.'ii/:'yy- y 

, fu: r^(c^jiiCf'Xe>;:.''^rr 

! . -■■ ,. t ■ 

^■..' ■: Vritic)i: .;-y-r,j tvV:- -cO t-no 


■J / s. 


..JG^rS/Sv -S 
'r' ,^-S'‘" ' 

mx^y 


• : • , . '- ..' /S /> 

.>QflC'.‘'., .> 

. Gono:. ;• ,qA\?r; ■„,. 

;tGf/nnf 

v.>(oK^ b9nt.‘is9 

; y/:- 

,:Sg. ''.’C: CGS 


:orC‘ 




vru.G'i:'; 


wb;^:sov : r :_. s^ 


^ i qoc-.vtc C vG 


SAd-SU 


r :oS' rnr UfriXir: Gio/^TS ' 


i? 

’ik';'- » ''ycbi'.i^: 1 ' j Qnji9/;r’’ .o'.’ trioG ^.'i ‘}^ • .. , ^ 

^ V;S 


f^SS:.-GV^. s 'g -;. x-'^i ■ 

:y • i-y ■■ ,.G*: S.'.-.,:' .- •>• ■■ 

■■;'■ -■'S'ttsd.’-'O ■:yiiOy>cy k •/>.., ••..j:.-/y>S 

ts \; S)Ti<’:x!y/>:^T'''^ >g>.' vj^o .g.;.-" yd:-' 


/ G-i- ; • 

■ ,GG' '1 ‘^-e .O^p'; ?i i s ;?■> : 

»on Sf: o 
' ^nsfOtsy; 
SGrriSnoT; ?net 


1 


!:r«'f'Vv^.s 
^ Tv ' 

• -r; 

. / 'r , r 


■ , -, t: ■■ t ', ', >' 

c/G lib;-! vf|?Sv'.’ 


•S-- r.y 


t A !l Gf 


r;j :■' 


. '§yy‘G;:; 

. ysy.yiV,.* 

. ;i 

‘;vt',dd}pK^.’S y »c ■ 

■ -rx-yv '■' G 
'b 

'Cr,,r T 


a : .-,1 

;dOi >'.:y -, ■■(.Tv. ,.. . .t.iii K' 

/,. ■'piio^..yju- ■ 

- STl 

•• ' S;,xiaj '/rr'^ot 

Ol ij iSS'i Sobw^ - ./s 
:: '!j.lB*'^y ,T ■^^:•; ■.:• «ff:il(.}^f(bb;-e(-v,i ! 
^•se-c';', 

■ ' tecTv'y? ■.■'■•■’ ' •■ ' ' , Ai:/.r.->i ■ 


, ,, . ■, ,.;an^.: / lOiTc >i^,'V y’t-f- - ■ ■ ■ ■ 


' ^Ae>T. 


JOii'C ’br ?b'./S '•' ' . ' 

>’.:xs/jXiocbxy: ,%,;o,a^.pAy 

-* 'S' ■S^V.i :U 

: ^ ■■ ■ ;■ 

P'' / ' ' .J/i: ! 

GororrT'HAnl ■: •/« /- ?(> 

y-mj-Aonk ■ 

gXg-tM ■*T\n«TfSr, 




^ x Cy: . 

■ .. !■■ ■/’• /•■ 


, -■'•’V-’' -\.' x\u ‘Abn pL- .'•/ '.,^. ..p; _ ‘ , ,.^, . 'v !■ 

, X :, bv -’.A ( ^ ,,. jUS; ! H, jP. ,s. , yio.r ". . T^bi; 'S •: t, > '.rsG': yf] 

tUp;.' s; ,^ ■ /’fiOS|lrG, ’ . / . ' , jS ISGi: G- 

, si'"'" b(X s . G--: >4^v G'Sr-c,.p. ^ , c ' 

I r O'-' 


G- •; ;GitivA/ tnerr 

yMiO’X 'SV‘;i yx)0^rgk 
.; K b3 ioiG^'v-P^' enoi^r 
si A lOC 
' ^ ■SSrGtb^'fb 

fS:so-Pdb^t1h' 
.- -•.jbS. OtpL 

, snss;bkp^q i 

■' .P sGf^DTL'nrr 
‘ noixv ;icqG ipiT Dno q: 
;;Qii G.y'Ds SGOP bno sqM • 
Gom:/r’o^nj , 

■ •> - • ■Htlsb.SOS 

. :v;!S S G 

^ X<^-yh€:^y:6- 


n. i y ' 'V 


(.V. 


•.■:;■ ■.;!.'(■■ Of,.'- tsf., ■■'('? ‘^'v; 

■•., '-• . .-..-.TT'-'cyi’ ■'■-'• 


CJtMuri 


'■ yy.'y , v>. 

; G’ GAGS'- - .'v-.. -::■-.. .•- 

KK/; ^ -V ^ 'y vc S-'r/.sr 

d'^VT.-rV-. Ot- irs: obspniji ‘ •: “ ?>^^yo\]:y 

3Q...^.ro 

! V - /g£m .ry;Tvr;es, ;; v-g,-.;,-.: frsiiT-5'PkA^\so'? j:)i.T4s?jc>cr^^ 

; ,-- ‘ Cf : ■ ! . : — J -x'?-;- . '» ■ ->o--,f'«S-'.x*,0 : . , .. ^ ,:' 

, _-•■ '->.; ■ry.o..:.G^V -' ■■- ■ . ■■ ■ -f-'. yio r,o T c ' - -. ’ . - :.- -' ' ^ ' 

r'y "y Af^yr/oi 'TU-.ryoJ"^ ■' - ■■' - ■ ■> - . ■■ 


3f:Sr, 


■ax? ?','*■■' ■ «!/■ .y;i- ;-:onr_..'-,DJ' 

- Cc •. .-;; '. g . (i*.-.-,*-* \ i y; 1 >',. ■,'Ki 

■ ’’^.0SSX7AP-sy-''';'"S^f -Ig'J jicbagne.! 

• -.St: . : '■ i.\ ^ . . , i; ' ; : yt :C, y ',nU 


GGiG? iiPK’/ Gx S y,, .' 
a:: ;enpqxX jir^ 


^ ,-;'-0 -, ^ uX 


ySG. J '"S. 'S • 
;'.y -.Sy • ; g*: 


Sijj^C ' ;ifc. rr- , 

-■ v- / ■' 


■-> G‘ sv 
yyic 

.V-;:: 

-.:p' : - S- f yyy Gxv.-r v 





Undergraduate 

Students 



Freshmen Requirements 

You will qualify for regular admission as a first-time freshman If 
you 

1 . are a high school graduate. 

2. have a quallflable eligibility index (see Eligibility Index Table 
next page) and 

3. have completed with grades of C or better the courses in 
the comprehensive pattern of college preparatory sub- 
ject requirements: 

English: 4 years 

Mathematics, 3 years: algebra, geometry, and intermedi- 
ate algebra 

U.S. History or U.S. history and government: 1 year 

Science, 1 year with laboratory: biology, chemistry, phys- 
ics. or other acceptable laboratory science 

Foreign Language: 2 years In the same language (may be 
waived for applicants who demonstrate competence in 
a language other than English equivalent to or higher than 
expected of students who complete two years of foreign 
language study) 

Visual and Performing Arts, 1 year: art. dance, drama/the- 
ater. or music 

Electives, 3 years: selected from English, advanced math- 
ematics. social science, history, laboratory science, foreign 
language, visual and performing arts, and agriculture 


The eligibility Index is the combination of your high school grade 
point average and your test score on either the American 
College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT I). For 
this purpose we compute your grade point average on your 
final three years of high school studies, excluding physical 
education and military science, and use bonus points for cer- 
tain honors courses, (see ‘High School Honors Courses' in this 
section of the catalog.) CSUF may offer you early, provisional 
admission based on your work completed through the junior 
year of high school and planned for your senior year. 


68 

Admissions 



California State University, Fullerton 


Eligibility Index Table for California High School Graduates or Residents of California 


A.C.T. 

S.A.T. 


A.C.T. 

S.A.T. 1 


A.C.T. 

S.A.T. 


A.T.C. 

S.A.T. 

G.P.A. 

Score 

Score 

G.P.A. 

Score 

Score 

G.PA. 

Score 

Score 

G.P.A. 

Score 

Score 

3.CX) and above 










qualified with any score 

2.74 

15 

600 

2.48 

20 

820 

2.23 

25 

1020 

2.99 

10 

410 

2.73 

15 

620 

2.47 

20 

830 

2.22 

25 

1030 

2.98 

10 

420 

2.72 

15 

630 

2.46 

21 

840 

2.21 

26 

1040 

2.97 

10 

430 

2.71 

16 

640 

2.45 

21 

840 

2.20 

26 

1040 

2.96 

11 

440 

2.70 

16 

640 

2.44 

21 

850 

2.19 

26 

1050 

2.95 

11 

440 

2.69 

16 

650 

2.43 

21 

860 

2.18 

26 

1060 

2.94 

11 

450 

2.68 

16 

660 

2.42 

21 

870 

2.17 

26 

1070 

2.93 

11 

460 

2.67 

16 

670 

2.41 

21 

880 

2.16 

27 

1080 

2.92 

11 

470 

2.66 

17 

680 

2.40 

22 

880 

2.15 

27 

1080 

2.91 

12 

480 

2.65 

17 

680 

2.39 

22 

890 

2.14 

27 

1090 

2.90 

12 

480 

2.64 

17 

690 

2.38 

22 

900 

2.13 

27 

1100 

2.89 

12 

490 

2.63 

17 

700 

2.37 

22 

910 

2.12 

27 

1110 

2.88 

12 

500 

2.62 

17 

710 

2.36 

23 

920 

2.11 

28 

1120 

2.87 

12 

510 

2.61 

18 

720 

2.35 

23 

920 

2.10 

28 

1120 

2.86 

13 

520 

2.60 

18 

720 

2.34 

23 

930 

2.09 

28 

1130 

2.85 

13 

520 

2.59 

18 

730 

2.33 

23 

940 

2.08 

28 

1140 

2.84 

13 

530 

2.58 

18 

740 

2.32 

23 

950 

2.07 

28 

1150 

2.83 

13 

540 

2.57 

18 

750 

2.31' 

24 

960 

2.06 

29 

1160 

2.82 

13 

550 

2.56 

19 

760 

2.30 

24 

960 

2.05 

29 

1160 

2.81 

14 

560 

2.55 

19 

760 

2.29 

24 

970 

2.04 

29 

1170 

2.80 

14 

560 

2.54 

19 

770 

2.28 

24 

980 

2.03 

29 

1180 

2.79 

14 

570 

2.53 

19 

780 

2.27 

24 

990 

2.02 

29 

1190 

2.78 

14 

580 

2.52 

19 

790 

2.26 

25 

1000 

2.01 

30 

1200 

2.77 

14 

590 

2.51 

20 

800 

2.25 

25 

1000 

2.00 

30 

1200 

2.76 

15 

600 

2.50 

20 

800 

2.24 

25 

1010 

Below 2.00 does not 

2.75 

15 

600 

2.49 

20 

810 




qualify for regular admission 


You can calculate the index by multiplying your grade point 
average by 800 and adding your total score on the SAT I. Or, if 
you took the ACT, multiply your grade point average by 200 
and add ten times the composite score from the ACT. If you 
are a California high school graduate (or a legal resident of 
California for tuition purposes), you need a minimum index of 
2800 using the SAT I or 694 using the ACT; the table above 
shows the combinations of test scores and averages required. 
Please note that the minimum eligibility requirement will be 
adjusted to reflect the technical recentering of the Sat I scores. 

If you neither graduated from a California high school nor are 
a legal resident of California for tuition purposes, you need a 
minimum index of 3402 (SAT I) or 842 (ACT). 

Applicants with grade-point averages above 3.00 (3.61 for 
nonresidents) are exempt from the test requirement. However, 
students are urged to take the SAT I or ACT since campuses 
use test results for advisement and placement purposes. 

You will qualify for regular admission to programs not impacted 
(See "Impacted Programs" in the Application Procedure sec- 
tion of this catalog) when the university verifies that you have 
a qualifiable eligibility Index and that you will have completed 
the comprehensive pattern of 16 college preparatory units. A 
unit is one year of study in high school. 

Transfer Requirements 


university attended, and meet the following standard: 

(a) you will meet the freshman admission requirements in ef- 
fect for the term to which you are applying 

(b) you were eligible as a freshman at the time of high school 
graduation and have been in continuous attendance in 
an accredited college since high school graduation 

(c) were eligible as a freshman at the time of high school 
graduation except for the college preparatory subjects 
and have made up the missing subjects at a high 
school or college and have been in continuous atten- 
dance In an accredited college since high school 
graduation 

(d) you have completed at least 56 transferable semester 
(84 quarter) units and meet requirements based on high 
school graduation date. Nonresidents must have a 2.4 
grade point average or better. (See Admission Require- 
ments for Undergraduate Transfer Students) 

Transferable courses are those designated for baccalaureate 

credit by the college or university offering the course. 

High School Honors Courses 


You will qualify for admission as a transfer student if you have 
a grade point average of 2.0 (C) or better in all transferable 
units attempted, are In good standing at the last college or 


Up to eight semesters of honors courses, taken in the last two 
years of high school, that are designated honors in approved 
subjects receive additional points in grade point average 


69 

Admissions 


California State University, Fullerton 


calculations. Each unit of A in an approved courses will re- 
ceive a total of 5 points; B, 4 points; C, 3 points. 

International Baccalaureate Program 

California State University, Fullerton recognizes the high scho- 
lastic quality of the International Baccalaureate Diploma Pro- 
gram. High school graduates who have participated in the 
program are encouraged to apply for admission, and those 
who have received the International Baccalaureate Diploma 
will be given special consideration for admission. Advanced 
placement and/or university credit for International Bacca- 
laureate subject examinations may be awarded at the dis- 
cretion of Individual departments. 

For example for a grade of 4 or better, the Departments of 
Foreign Language and Mathematics award credit In the fol- 
lowing manner: 


Readmitted students reenrolling fall 1986 and later; 
Students who reside In campus residence halls; 

Students who obtained their primary and secondary school- 
ing outside the United States; 

Students enrolled in dietetics, medical technology, nursing, 
physical therapy, and any practicum. student teaching, or 
field work involving preschool-age children, school-age chil- 
dren. or taking place In a hospital or health care setting. 
(Campuses may modify the list of types of study in this refer- 
ence as appropriate to their curricula.) 

The Student Health Center shall provide immunizations with- 
out cost to those students unable to obtain acceptable proof 
of immunizations. 

Test Scores 


Foreign Languages. Subject to a successful oral interview with 
two CSUF instructors of the target languages, and upon their 
recommendation: 

Higher Level Language B: 

• Waiver of appropriate lower division requirements 

• 3 to 12 units of upper division language credit 

Subsidiary Level Language B: 

• waiver of appropriate lower division requirements 

• 0 to 6 upper division language credit (if 0 upper divi- 
sion is awarded, a minimum of 6 units of 200 level 
credit is recommended.) 

Mathematics 
Higher level: 

• two semesters of Calculus (Math 150A and Math 150B) 
Subsidiary level: 

• one semester of Calculus Math 150A or equivalent 


Freshmen and transfer applicants who have fewer than 66 
semester or 84 quarter units of transferable college credit must 
submit scores, unless exempt (See '‘Eligibility Index' section), 
from either the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT I) of the Col- 
lege Board or the American College Testing program (ACT). If 
you are applying to an impacted program and are required 
to submit test scores, you should take the test no later than 
early December if applying for fall admission. Test scores are 
also used for advising and placement purposes. Registration 
forms and dates for the SAT I or ACT are available from high 
school or college counselors or from a CSU campus testing 
office. Or. you may write to or call: 


The College Board (SAT) 
Registration Unit. Box 592 
Princeton. New Jersey 08541 
(609) 771-7588 


American College Testing 
Program 

Registration Unit. P.O. Box 168 
Iowa City. Iowa 52240 
(319) 337-1270 


TOEFL Requirement 


Health Screening 

Ail new and readmitted students born after January 1. 1957. 
will be notified of the requirement to present proof of measles 
and rubella immunizations. This is not an admissions require- 
ment. but shall be required of students by the beginning of 
their second term of enrollment In CSUF. Proof of measles and 
rubella immunizations shall also be required for certain groups 
of enrolled students who have Increased exposure to these 
diseases. 


All undergraduate applicants regardless of citizenship who have 
not attended schools at the secondary level or above for at 
least three years full-time where English is the principal language 
of instruction must present a score of 500 or above on the Test 
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The TOEFL results sub- 
mitted must not have been earned more than two years prior 
to the desired enrollment date. A minimum score of 500 on the 
Test of English as a Foreign Language Is required. Individual cam- 
puses may require a higher score. Institutionally, TOEFL tests 
administered outside of CSUF are not acceptable. 


Measles and Rubella Immunizations 

The campus shall notify certain students born after January 1 . 
1957. of the CSU requirement to present proof of measles and 
rubella Immunizations by the beginning of the second term of 
enrollment. At the beginning of the next term of enrollment, 
those so notified who have not presented acceptable proof 
of the immunizations shall be notified further of the need to 
comply before receiving registration materials to enroll for the 
succeeding term. This Is not an admission requirement. 

Persons subject to these health screening provisions Include: 
New students enrolling fall 1986 and later; 


Placement Test Requirements 

The CSU requires new students to be tested in English and 
mathematics after they are admitted. These are not admis- 
sion tests, but a way to determine whether you are (Drepared 
for college work and. if not. to counsel you how to strengthen 
your preparation. You might be exempted from one or both 
of the tests if you have scored well on other specified tests or 
completed appropriate courses. 

English Placement Test (EPT) 

The English Racement Test (EPT) Is required of all entering Cali- 
fornia State University undergraduate students who are not 


70 

Admissions 


California State University. Fullerton 


otherwise exempt. Exemptions are granted only for those stu- 
dents who present proof of having met one of the following 

criteria: 

• a score of 25 or above on the ACTE (Enhanced) English 
Test (taken October 1989 or later) 

• a score of 3, 4 or 6 on either the Language and Composi- 
tion or the Composition and Literature examination of the 
College Board Advanced Placement Program 

• a satisfactory score on the CSU English Equivalency Exami- 
nation that qualifies a student for exemption from the En- 
glish Placement Test 

• a score of 470 or above on the Verbal section of the Col- 
lege Board Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) taken prior to 
March 1994 

• a score of 470 or above on the Verbal section of the Col- 
lege Board SAT T* Reasoning Test taken between March 
1994 and March 1995. (If taken after March 1995. see note 
below.) 

• a score of 22 or above on the American College Test (ACT) 
English Usage Test taken prior to October 1989 

• a score of 25 or above on the enhanced ACT English Test 
taken October 1989 or later 

• a score of 600 or above on the College Board Achieve- 
ment Test** In English Composition with essay taken prior 
to January 1994 

• a score of 600 or above on the College Board SAT ir* Writ- 
ing Test taken between January 1994 and March 1995 (If 
taken after March 1995. see note below.) 

• A score of 550 or above on the Verbal section of the Col- 
lege Board SAT I* •Reasoning Test taken on or after April 1 . 
1995. (See note below.) 

• A score of 660 or above on the College Board SAT ir* Writ- 
ing Test taken on or after April 1 . 1995. (See note below.) 

• completion of an acceptable college course In English 
composition of four quarter or three semester units with a 
grade of C or better 


••NOTE: The College Board SAT oryj Achievennent Tests were replaced 
by SAT I and SAT II. respectively, beginning March 1994. Beginning April 
1 . 1995, the SAT I and SAT II exams will be scored on a new scale. 

California State University, Fullerton (CSUF) has established the 
following policy regarding compliance with this regulation: 

All new and continuing undergraduate students who have not 
taken the EPT and who are not otherwise exempt must take 
the test prior to the beginning of their second semester of en- 
rollment at CSUF. Students can only take the EPT exam once. 
Students who fail to comply with this policy shall be placed on 
administrative probation In their next semester of enrollment 
at Fullerton. Students on probation for this reason who do not 
take the EPT prior to the beginning of their third semester of 
enrollment at CSUF will be administratively disqualified from 
enrolling until they take the EPT. 


Students who have taken the EPT exam but have not been 
placed In English 101 must remediate their English skills by tak- 
ing Developmental Writing. Students who fail to comply with 
this policy will be placed on administrative probation prior to 
the beginning of the next semester of enrollment. 

Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) Test 

The (ELM) examination tests for entry level mathematics skills 
acquired through three years of rigorous college preparatory 
mathematics coursework (normally Algebra I, Algebra II and 
Geometry). All new undergraduate students must take the test 
or be exempted from It prior to placement In appropriate uni- 
versity mathematics coursework. Specific policies regarding 
retesting and placement will be determined by the campus. 
Exemptions from the test are given only to those students who 
can present proof of one of the following: 

• a score of 3 or above on the College Board Advanced 
Placement Mathematics examination (AB or BC) 

• a score of 560 or above on the mathematics section of 
the College Board SAT taken prior to March 1994 

• A score of 560 or above on the mathematics section of 
the College Board SAT I** Reasoning test OR on the College 
Board SAT 11* * Mathematics Tests Level I, II. or IIC (Calculator) 
taken on or after March 1 . 1994. (See note below.) 

• a score of 24 or above on the American College Testing 
Mathematics Test taken prior to October 1989 

• a score of 25 or above on the enhanced ACT Mathemat- 
ics Test taken October 1989 and later 

• a score of 560 or above on the College Board Mathemat- 
ics Achievement Test** Level I or Level II taken prior to March 
1994 

• completion and transfer to the CSU of a college course 
that satisfies the General Education-Breadth Requirement 
or the Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curricu- 
lum requirement in Quantitative Reasoning, provided such 
course was completed with a grade of C or better. 


••NOTE; The College Board SAT and Achievement Tests were replaced 
by SAT I and SAT II. respectively, beginning March 1994. Beginning April 
1 . 1995, the SAT I and SAT II exams will be scored on a new scale; how- 
ever. the SAT scores qualifying for exemption from the ELM remain the 
same. 

The ELM test Is offered only to admitted students and has no 
effect on admission decisions, but it must be taken and passed 
before the student can enroll in any course that satisfies the 
Mathematical Concepts and Quantitative Reasoning portion 
of the General Education-Breadth requirements. 

California State University. Fullerton established the following 
policy regarding compliance with this regulation: 

Requirement To Take The ELM Test: 

Effective fall 1986. all new and continuing undergraduate stu- 
dents who have not taken the ELM test and who are not oth- 


71 

Admissions 


California State University. Fullerton 


wise exempt must take the test prior to the beginning of their 
next semester of enrollment at CSUF. Students who fail to com- 
ply shall be placed on administrative probation in their next 
semester of enrollment at Fullerton. Students on probation for 
this reason who do not take the test prior to the beginning of 
the third semester of enrollment at CSUF will be administra- 
tively disqualified from enrolling until such time as they take 
the ELM test. 

Students Who Have Taken But Not Passed The ELM Test: 

Students who have taken but failed to pass the ELM test must 
participate in a program designed to assist them in learning 
the skills needed to pass the test. The program may be one 
offered at CSUF or an appropriate program on another cam- 
pus. New and returning students must participate in an ap- 
proved program in their first semester of enrollment after the 
receipt of the test results. Intensive Learning Experience is re- 
sponsible for monitoring compliance with this provision and 
for certifying the appropriateness of the course in which the 
student wishes to participate. 

Participation in a program to prepare for the ELM test must be 
continued. At least one attempt to pass the test must be made. 
Students who fail to comply with this requirement shall be 
placed on administrative probation. Students on probation for 
this reason must remediate their math skills before the begin- 
ning of the next semester or they will be administratively dis- 
qualified from enrolling. 

Failure to take either of these tests as required, before the end 
of the first semester or second quarter of enrollment may lead 
to administrative probation, which according to Section 
41300. 1 of Title 5. California Code of Regulations, and CSU Ex- 
ecutive Order 393. may lead to disqualification from future 
attendance. 

Information bulietins and registration materials for the EPT and 
ELM will be mailed to all students subject to the requirements. 
The materials may also be obtained from the Office of Admis- 
sions and Records or the campus test office. 

Determination of Residence for 
Nonresident Tuition Purposes 

The campus admissions office determines the residence sta- 
tus of all new and returning students for nonresident tuition 
purposes. Responses to the Application for Admission and. if 
necessary, other evidence furnished by the student are used 
in making this determination. A student who fails to submit 
adequate information to establish a right to classification as a 
California resident will be classified as a nonresident. 

The following statement of the rules regarding residency de- 
termination for nonresident tuition purposes is not a complete 
discussion of the law. but a summary of the principal rules and 
their exceptions. The law governing residence determination 
for tuition purposes by The California State University is found 
in Education Code Sections 68000-68090. 68 1 2 1 . 68 1 23. 68 1 24. 
and 89705-89707.5. and in Title 5 of the Californio Code of 
Regulations, Sections 4 1 900-4 1 9 1 2 . A copy of the statutes and 
regulations is available for inspection in the campus admis- 
sions office. 


Legal residence may be established by an adult who is physi- 
cally present in the state and \A/ho. at the same time. Intends 
to make California his or her permanent home. Steps must be 
taken at least one year prior to the residence determination 
date to show an intent to make California the permanent 
home with concurrent relinquishment of the prior legal resi- 
dence. The steps necessary to show California residency In- 
tent will vary from case to case. Included among the steps 
may be registering to vote and voting in elections in Califor- 
nia; filing resident California state Income tax forms on total 
Income; ownership of residential property or continuous oc- 
cupancy or renting of an apartment on a lease basis where 
one's permanent belongings are kept; maintaining active resi- 
dent memberships in California professional or social organi- 
zations; maintaining California vehicle plates and operator's 
license; maintaining active savings and checking accounts In 
California banks; maintaining permanent military address and 
home of record in California if one is in the military service. 

The student who is within the state for educational purposes 
only does not gain the status of resident regardless of the length 
of the student's stay In California. 

In general, an unmarried minor (a person under 18 years of 
age) derives legal residence from the parent with whom the 
minor maintains or last maintained his or her place of abode. 
The residence of an unmarried minor who has a parent living 
cannot be changed by the minor's own act. by the appoint- 
ment of a legal guardian, or by the relinquishment of a parent's 
right of control. 

A married foerson may establish his or her residence Indepen- 
dent of his or her spouse. 

An alien may establish his or her residence, unless precluded 
by the Immigration and Nationality Act from establishing do- 
micile In the United States. An unmarried minor alien derives 
his or her residence from the parent with whom the minor 
maintains or last maintained his or her place of abode. 

Nonresident students seeking reclassification are required by 
law to complete a supplemental questionnaire concerning 
financial indep)endence. 

The general rule is that a student must have been a California 
resident for at least one year immediately preceding the resi- 
dence determination date in order to qualify as a "resident 
student' for tuition purposes. A residence determination date 
is set for each academic term. 

At the Fullerton campus, the residence determination date 
for the fall term Is Septem.ber 20. and for the spring term is 
January 25. 

Questions regarding residence determination dates should be 
directed to the campus admissions office which can give you 
the residence determination date for the term for which you 
are registering. 

There are exceptions from nonresident tuition, including: 

1 . Persons below the age of 1 9 whose parents were residents 
of California but who left the state while the student, who 
remained, was still a minor. When the minor reaches age 


72 

Admissions 


California State University, Fullerton 


18, the exception continues for one year to enable the 
student to qualify as a resident student. 

2. Minors who have been present in California with the intent 
of acquiring residence for more than a year before the 
residence determination date, and entirely self-support- 
ing for that period of time. 

3. Persons below the age of 1 9 or adults, who have lived with 
and been under the continuous direct care and control of 
an adult, not a parent, for the two years Immediately pre- 
ceding the residence determination date. Such adults must 
have been a California resident for the most recent year. 

4. Dependent children and spouses of persons in active mili- 
tary service stationed in California on the residence deter- 
mination date. The exception, once attained, is not af- 
fected by retirement or transfer of the military person out- 
side the state. 

5. Military personnel in active service stationed In California 
on the residence determination date for purposes other 
than education at state-supported institutions of higher 
education. Effective January 1 , 1994, this exception con- 
tinues until the military personnel has resided In the state 
the minimum time necessary to become a resident. 

6. Dependent children of a parent who has been a Califor- 
nia resident for the most recent year. This exception con- 
tinues until the student has resided In the state the mini- 
mum time necessary to become a resident, so long as 
continuous residence is maintained at an institution. 

7. Graduates of any school located in California that is oper- 
ated by the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs, includ- 
ing , but not limited to, the Sherman Indian High School. 
The exception continues so long as continuous attendance 
is maintained by the student at an institution. 

8. Certain credentialed, full-time employees of California 
school districts. 

9. Full-time State University employees and their children and 
spouses: State employees assigned to work outside the 
State and their children and spouses. This exception ap- 
plies only for the minimum time required for the student to 


obtain California residence and maintain that residence 
for one year. 

10. Certain exchange students. 

1 1 . Children of deceased public law enforcement or fire sup- 
pression employees, who were California residents, and 
who were killed in the course of law enforcement or fire 
suppression duties. 

The initial campus determination of residency classification is 
made by the evaluations unit of Admissions and Records. The 
final campus residency decision is made by the Director of 
Admissions and Records. Written appeals may be made to 
the Director in Langsdorf Hall 102. 

Any student, following a final campus decision on his or her 
residence classification, only may make written appeal within 
1 20 calendar days of notification of the final decision on cam- 
pus of the classification to: 

The California State University 

Office of General Counsel 

400 Golden Shore 

Long Beach, California 90802-4275 

The Office of General Counsel may make a decision on the 
issue, or it may send the matter back to the campus for further 
review. Students classified incorrectly as residents or Incorrectly 
granted an exception from nonresident tuition are subject to 
reclassification as nonresidents and payment of nonresident 
tuition In arrears. If incorrect classification results from false or 
concealed facts, the student is subject to discipline pursuant 
to Section 41301 of Title 6 of the California Code of Regula- 
tions. Resident students who become nonresidents, and non- 
resident students qualifying for exceptions whose basis for so 
qualifying changes, must immediately notify the admissions 
office. Applications for a change in classification with respect 
to a previous term are not accepted. 

The student is cautioned that this summation of rules regard- 
ing residency determination Is by no means a complete ex- 
planation of their meaning. The student should also note that 
changes may have been made In the rate of nonresident tu- 
ition, in the statutes, and in the regulations between the time 
this catalog is published and the relevant residence determi- 
nation date. 


73 

Admissions 


Applications 

Procedures 


Applications may be obtained from the admissions office at 
any of the campuses of The California State University or at 
any California high school or community college. Requirements 
for admission to California State University, Fullerton are In ac- 
cordance with Title 5, Chapter 1 , Sub-chapter 3. of the Cali- 
fornia Code of Regulations. A student unsure of these require- 
ments should consult a high school or community college 
counselor or the admissions office at California State Univer- 
sity, Fullerton. 

The CSU advises prospective students that they must supply 
complete and accurate Information on the application for 
admission, residence questionnaire and financial aid forms. 
Further, applicants must submit authentic and official transcripts 
of all previous academic work attempted. Failure to file com- 
plete, accurate and authentic application documents may 
result In denial of admission, cancellation of academic credit, 
suspension or expulsion (Section 41301 of Title 5. California 
Code of Regulations). 

Prospective students, applying for part-time or full-time under- 
graduate programs of study, in day or evening classes, must 
file a complete application as described in the undergradu- 
ate admissions booklet. The $55 nonrefundable application 
fee should be In the form of a check or money order payable 
to The California State University. The application fee may not 
be transferred or used to apply to another term. An alterna- 
tive campus and major may be Indicated on the application, 
but applicants should list as an alternative campus only a CSU 
campus that also offers the major. Generally, an alternate 
major will be considered at the first choice campus before an 
application is redirected to an alternate choice campus. 
Applicants interested In redirection should contact the Admis- 
sions Office. 

How to Apply tor Admission 

1 . Submit a completed application for admission within the 
announced filing period accompanied by the required 
application fee to: 

Office of Admissions and Records 
California State University. Fullerton 
P. O. Box 34080 

Fullerton. California 92634-9480 



74 

Applications Procedures 


California State University, Fullerton 


2. When asked to do so. request required transcripts of record 
of all previous scholastic work from each school or college 
attended. The transcripts required at CSUF are: 

— for undergraduate applicants with fewer than 56 trans- 
ferable semester units: 

(a) the high school transcript, and 

(b) a transcript from each college or university attended. 

— for undergraduates with 56 or more transferable semes- 
ter units: 

(a) transcript from each college or university attended. 

(b) high school transcript may be required. 

— for graduates: 

(a) applicants for unclassified postbaccalaureate stand- 
ing with no degree or credential objective must sub- 
mit a transcript from the college or university where 
the baccalaureate was earned. Further, one transcript 
from other institutions attended is required as neces- 
sary so that the university has a complete record of 
the last 60 semester units attempted prior to enroll- 
ment at Fullerton. 

(b) applicants for a master's degree or teaching creden- 
tial. or both, must submit two copies of the transcript 
from each college or university attended. 

Note: In addition, all students should have a personal set of 
college transcripts for advising purposes. All transcripts must 
be received directly from the issuing institutions and become 
official records of the university; such transcripts therefore can- 
not be returned or reissued. Foreign language transcripts must 
be accompanied by certified English translations. 

3. All undergraduate students who have completed fewer 
than 56 semester or 84 quarter units of transferable work 
are required to submit scores from either one of two na- 
tional testing programs before eligibility for admission to 
the university can be determined. This requirement does 
not affect undergraduate students who have previously 
attended CSUF and who have submitted ACT or SAT scores 
at the time of their first admission. Registration forms and 
test dates for either test may be obtained from school or 
college counselors, from the address below, or from cam- 
pus testing offices. For either test, submit the registration 
form and fee at least one month prior to the test date. 

ACT Address 

American College Testing Program, Inc. 

Registration Unlt..P.O. Box 168 
Iowa City. Iowa 52240 

SAT Address 

The College Board (SAT) 

Registration Unit..P.O. Box 592 
Princeton, New Jersey 08541 

Applicants to graduate programs must submit the scores of 
any qualifying examinations required In their prosp)ectlve pro- 
grams of study. 


Impacted Programs 

The CSU designates programs to be Impacted when more ap- 
plications are received in the first month of the fall and spring 
filing period than the spaces available. Some programs are 
Impacted at every campus vy/here they are offered; others are 
impacted at some campuses but not all. You must meet supple- 
mentary admissions criteria if applying to an impacted program. 

The CSU will announce before the opening of the fall filing 
period which programs are Impacted for the academic year. 
That announcement will be published in the CSU Review, dis- 
tributed to high school and college counselors. We will also 
give Information about the supplementary criteria to program 
applicants. 

You must file your application for admission to an impacted 
program during the first month of the filing period. Further, if 
you wish to be considered in impacted programs at two or 
more campuses, you must file an application to each. 

Supplementary Admission Criteria: Each campus with Im- 
pacted programs uses supplementary admission criteria in 
screening applicants. Supplementary criteria may Include 
ranking on the freshman eligibility index, the overall transfer 
grade point average, and a combination of campus-devel- 
oped criteria. If you are required to submit scores on either 
the SAT I or ACT, you should take the tests no later than De- 
cember if applying for fall admission. The supplementary ad- 
mission criteria used by the individual campuses to screen 
applicants appear periodically in the CSU Review and are sent 
by the campuses to all applicants seeking admission to an 
impacted program. 

Unlike unaccommodated applicants to locally impacted pro- 
grams, who may be redirected to another campus In the same 
major, unaccommodated applicants to systemwide Impacted 
programs may not be redirected in the same major, but may 
choose an alternative major either at the first choice campus 
or another campus. 

At the time of the preparation of this catalog, no majors at 
California State University. Fullerton have been declared im- 
pacted. Such circumstances are liable to change so early 
application is advised. 

Application Fiiing Periods 

Terms Filing Period Begins Filing Period Duration 

Fall Previous November Until application 

Spring Previous August categories are filled 

Filing Period Duration 

Each campus accepts applications until capacities are 
reached. Many campuses limit undergraduate admission In 
an enrollment category because of overall enrollment limits. If 
applying after the Initial filing period, consult the campus ad- 
mission office for current Information. 

Application Acknowledgment 

You may expect to receive an acknowledgment from your 
first choice campus within two weeks of filing the application. 


75 

Applications Procedures 


California State University, Fullerton 


A notice that space has been reserved for you will also in- 
clude a request that you submit the records necessary for the 
campus to evaluate your qualifications. You may be assured 
of admission If the evaluation of your qualifications indicates 
that you meet admission requirements. Such a notice is not 
transferable to another term or to another campus. 

Hardship Petitions 

Fullerton has established procedures to consider qualified 
applicants who would be faced with an extreme hardship if 
not admitted. Prospective petitioners should write to the di- 
rector of admissions and records regarding sp)eclfic policies 
governing hardship admission. 


Records Retention 

The university retains the admissions materials for those who 
apply, but who for whatever reason do not enroll for two years. 
For those who do enroll the university will retain the materials 
In student folders, including transcripts of the record of work 
completed elsewhere, for five years beyond the date of last 
attendance. 

Records of academic performance at California State Uni- 
versity, Fullerton, including Individual student records, faculty 
grade lists, and graduation lists are kept permanently. 


76 

Applications Procedures 


Admission 

Requirements 



Admission Requirements for 
First-Time Freshmen 

High School Graduates 

You will qualify for regular admissiorr os a first-time freshman If 
you 

1 . are a high school graduate 

2. have a qualifiable eligibility Index (see previous chart) . and 

3. have completed with grades of C or better the courses in 
the comprehensive pattern of college preparatory sub- 
ject requirements: 

English: 4 years 

Mothemafics. 3 years: algebra, geometry, and intermedi- 
ate algebra 

U.S. History or U.S. history and government: 1 year 

Science, 1 year with laboratory: biology, chemistry, phys- 
ics, or other acceptable laboratory science 

Foreign Language: 2 years In the same language (may be 
waived for applicants who demonstrate competence in 
a language other than English equivalent to or higher than 
expected of students who complete two years of foreign 
language study) 

Visual and Performing Arts, 1 year: art, dance, drama/the- 
ater, or music 

Electives, 3 years: selected from English, advanced math- 
ematics, social science, history, laboratory science, foreign 
language, visual and performing arts, and agriculture 

Subject Requirements 

The California State University requires that all undergraduate 
applicants for admission complete with a C or better a com- 
prehensive pattern of college preparatory study totaling 15 
units. A "unit" is one year of study in high school. 


77 

Admissions Requirements 


California State University, Fullerton 


Foreign Language Subject Requirement: The foreign language 
subject requirement may be satisfied by applicants who dem- 
onstrate competence in a language other than English equiva- 
lent to or higher than expected of students who complete 
two years of foreign language study. Consult with your school 
counselor or any CSU campus admission or relations with 
schools office for further information. 

Rease consult with any CSU admissions office for further infor- 
mation about alternative ways to satisfy the subject require- 
ments. 

Substitutions for Disabled Students 

Applicants with disabilities are encouraged to complete col- 
lege preparatory course requirements if at all possible. If you 
are an applicant judged unable to fulfill a specific course re- 
quirement because of your disability, alternative college pre- 
paratory courses may be substituted for specific subject re- 
quirements. Substitutions may be authorized on an individual 
basis after review and recommendation by your academic 
adviser or guidance counselor In consultation with the direc- 
tor of CSUF's Disabled Student Sen/ices. 

You should be aware that failure to complete courses required 
for admission may limit your later enrollment in certain majors, 
particularly those involving mathematics. For further informa- 
tion and substitution forms, please contact the director of 
CSUF's Disabled Student Services. 

Provisional Admission 

The university may provisionally admit first-time freshman ap- 
plicants based on their academic performance through the 
junior year of high school and planned for the senior year. 
California State University. Fullerton will monitor the senior year 
of study of those provisionally admitted to ensure that those 
so admitted complete their senior year of studies satisfacto- 
rily, including the required college preparatory subjects, and 
graduate from high school. 

Non-High School Graduates 

Applicants over 18 years of age. but who have not gradu- 
ated from high school, will be considered for admission as first- 
time freshmen only when preparation in all other ways is such 
that the university believes promise of academic success is 
equivalent to that of eligible California high school graduates. 

High School Students 

Students still enrolled in high school will be considered for en- 
rollment in certain special programs If recommended by the 
principal and the appropriate campus department chair and 
if preparation Is equivalent to that required of eligible Califor- 
nia high school graduates. Such admission is only for a given 
program and does not constitute the right to continued en- 
rollment. 

Adult Students 

As an alternative to regular admission criteria, an applicant 
who Is twenty-five years of age or older may be considered 


for admission as an adult student If all of the following basic 
conditions are met: 

1 . Possesses a high school diploma (or has established equiva- 
lence through either the Tests of General Educational De- 
velopment (GED) or the California High School Proficiency 
Examination). 

2. Has not been enrolled In college as a full-time student for 
more than one term during the past five years. Part-time 
enrollment Is permissible. 

3. If there has been any college attendance in the past five 
years, has earned a C average or better. 

Consideration will be based upon a judgment as to whether 
the applicant is as likely to succeed as a regularly admitted 
freshman or transfer and will Include an assessment of basic 
skills In the English language and mathematical computation. 
Interested adult students should contact the Office of Adult 
Reentry. 

Admission Requirements for 
Undergraduate Transfer Students 

You will qualify for admission as a transfer student in a non- 
impacted major if you have a grade point average of 2.0 (C) 
or better In all transferable units attempted, are in good stand- 
ing at the last college or university attended, and meet the 
following standard: 

1 . you will meet the freshman admission requirements In ef- 
fect for the term to which you are applying (See “Fresh- 
man Requirements." In the preceding section). 

2. you are eligible as a freshman at the time of high school 
graduation and have been in continuous attendance in 
an accredited college since high school graduation. 

3. you were eligible as a freshman at the time of high school 
graduation except for the subject requirements, have 
made up the missing subjects and have been In continu- 
ous attendance in an accredited college since high school 
graduation. 

4. you have completed at least 56 transferable (84 quarter) 
units and meet the requirements listed below based on 
high school graduation date. Nonresidents must have a 
2.4 grade point average or better. 

Applicants who graduated from high school 1988 or later. 

• have completed all subject requirements in effect when 
graduating from high school (can use both high school 
and college coursework) or. 

• have completed at least 30 semester units of college 
coursework with a grade af C or better in each course to 
be selected from courses In English, arts and humanities, 
social science, science and mathematics at a level at least 
equivalent to courses that meet general education require- 
ments. The 30 units must include all of the general educa- 
tion requirements In communication In the English Ian- 


78 

Admissions Requirements 


California State University. Fullerton 


guage and critical thinking (at least 9 semester units) and 
the requirements in mathematics/quantitative reasoning 
(usually 3 semester units), or 

• the Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum 
(IGETC) requirements in English communication and math- 
ematical concepts and quantitative reasoning. 

Applicants who graduated from high school prior to 1966: 

• have completed 4 years of high school English and 2 years 
of high school math, with grades of C or better, or 

• have completed baccalaureate courses with grades of C 
or better than meet the general education requirements 
In communication in the English language and mathemat- 
ics/quantitative reasoning, or 

• IGETC requirements in English composition and mathemati- 
cal concepts and quantitative reasoning. The course 
meeting either general education math requirement must 
be above the level of intermediate algebra. 

Transferable courses are those designated for Baccalaureate 
credit by the college or university offering the courses. 

Admission Requirements for 
International Students 

The university is pleased to accept applications from interna- 
tional students. The CSU must assess the academic prepara- 
tion of foreign students. For this purpose, '‘foreign students' 
include those who hold US visas as students, exchange visi- 
tors, or In other non-immigrant classifications. 

The CSU uses separate requirements and application filing 
dates in the admission of foreign students. Verification of En- 
glish proficiency (See the section on the TOEFL Requirement 
for undergraduate applicants), financial resources, and aca- 
demic performance are all important considerations for ad- 
mission. Academic records from foreign institutions must be 
on file at least 8 weeks before registration for the first term and. 
If not In English, must be accompanied by certified English 
translations. 

Freshman applicants applying directly from overseas should 
have outstanding academic qualifications and meet TOEFL 
score requirements. Applicants who are graduates of foreign 
secondary schools must have preparation equivalent to that 
required of eligible California high school graduates. The uni- 
versity will carefully review the previous record of all such ap- 
plicants and only those with promise of academic success 
equivalent to that of eligible California high school graduates 
will be admitted. Undergraduate transfers, who have com- 
pleted a two-year program In an accredited Institution of 
higher education, with a good academic record and satis- 
factory TOEFL scores, shall receive priority for admission. 

Postbaccalaureate applicants who have completed a 
bachelor's degree or Its equivalent, with a strong academic 
record, and satisfactory TOEFL scores from an accredited In- 
stitution may be considered for admission as graduate stu- 
dents. 


The university has established deadlines to insure the timely 
processing of all applications and to enable admitted appli- 
cants to make arrangements to reach the U.S. and the cam- 
pus prior to orientation and registration. Early application is 
strongly advised due to strong demand for programs. Newly 
admitted students are required to take an English Placement 
Examination prior to enrollment In classes (mid-August for fall 
semester and mid- January for spring semester). 

Applications may be submitted according to the following 
schedule: 

For Fall Semester 

Apply beginning November 1 of the preceding year. Applica- 
tion must be completed with supporting documents by April 
16 .* 

For Spring Semester 

Apply beginning August 1 of preceding year. Application must 
be completed with supporting documents by October 31 .* 

All International student applicants must declare a major field 
of study when the application is filed. Campus programs of 
study which receive more applications than spaces are avail- 
able or have been declared Impacted are not open to non- 
residents, foreign or domestic. 

All applicants whose native language is other than English are 
required to present scores for the Test of English as a Foreign 
Language (TOEFL) before they can be admitted to the uni- 
versity unless they have attended for at least three years, full 
time, an educational institution at the secondary level or above 
where English is the principal language of Instruction. Under- 
graduate applicants must achieve a score of 500; graduate 
app)licants a score of 560, graduate music applicants 560, MBA 
applicants a score of 570, and Graduate TESOL applicants a 
score of 675. Adequate performance on the TOEFL is manda- 
tory for admission. 

Applicants should obtain the TOEFL Bulletin of Information and 
registration forms well in advance. Copies of this bulletin and 
registration forms are often available at American embassies 
and consulates, offices of the United States Information Ser- 
vice, United States educational commissions and foundations 
abroad, bl-national centers, and several private organizations. 
Those who cannot obtain locally a TOEFL Bulletin of Informa- 
tion should write to: Test of English as a Foreign Language, 
Educational Testing Services, P.O. Box 6151, Princeton, New 
Jersey, USA, 08541-6151. 

International student applicants must Include a statement of 
financial support accompanied by a bank statement from their 
sponsor. Students sponsored by an International organization 
or home government agency must include a letter of scholar- 
ship support specifying this university and the students pro- 
posed degree and program of study. 

Transcripts of all educational documents in languages other 
than English must be accompanied by translation Into English 
certified by independent agencies. All academic records must 


•Rease be advised that file completion deadlines may be 
subject to change. 


79 

Admissions Requirements 


California State University, Fullerton 


be received directly from the issuir^g institutions and become 
official records of the university. 

International student applicants who are admitted by the uni- 
versity will be Issued form 1-20 which is used to obtain an F-1 
student visa from a U.S. Embassy or Consulate overseas. Stu- 
dents transferring from a U.S. Institution will use form 1-20 to ap- 
ply for transfer authorization through the Immigration and Natu- 
ralization Service. Arrival, orientation and registration informa- 
tion from the Office of International Education and Exchange 
will accomiDany the admission materials mailed to new students. 

Insurance Requirement 

Effective August 1 , 1995, as a condition of receiving an 1-20 or 
IAP-66 form, all F-1 and J-1 visa applicants must agree to ob- 
tain and maintain health insurance as a condition of registra- 
tion and continued enrollment in the California State Univer- 
sity. Such Insurance must be in amounts as specified by the 
United States Information Agency (USIA) and NAFSA: Asso- 
ciation of International Educators. The campus president or 
designee shall determine which Insurance policies meet these 
criteria. Further Information may be obtained from the Office 
of International Education and Exchange. 

Admission Requirements for 
Postbaccalaureate and Graduate 
Students 

See admissions Information in the "Graduate Regulations* 
section of this catalog. 

Cancellation of Admission 

A student admitted to the university for a given semester but 
who does not register in the specified semester will have the 
admission canceled. The student must file a new application 
form when again seeking admission and must follow the com- 
plete application procedure and meet the current admission 
requirements. 

Admission Requirements for 
Summer Session Students 

Although the quality of the program and most of the course 


offerings are the same as in the regular session, students who 
wish to enroll In summer session courses must register for them 
through the Office of Extended Education. Students normally 
must be high school graduates, however, and are expected 
to have satisfied the prerequisites for the courses in which they 
register. Admission to summer session does not grant admis- 
sion to the regular session. 

Readmission of Former Students 

A student previously enrolled in the university, planning to re- 
turn after an absence of more than one semester, must file a 
new application for admission. Unless a leave of absence was 
granted, catalog requirements at the time of readmisslon will 
apply. Please see the "Stop-Out Policy* section in the regula- 
tions subchapter of this catalog for further information on ap- 
plications for readmission. 

Former Students in Good Standing 

A Student who left the university in good standing will be read- 
mitted provided any academic work attempted elsewhere 
since the last attendance does not change his or her scholas- 
tic status. Transcripts of the record of any work attempted in 
the interim are required. 

Former Students Who Were on Probation 

A Student on probation at the close of the last enrollment will 
be readmitted on probation provided he or she is otherwise 
eligible. The student must furnish transcripts of any college work 
taken during the absence. 

Former Students Who Were Disquaiified 

The readmission of a previously disqualified student is by spe- 
cial action only. Consideration for readmission is primarily 
based on evidence that the student has significantly raised 
the CSUF grade point average through grades In CSUF's Ex- 
tended Education program. Any work since disqualification 
at other accredited Institutions affect the cumulative grade 
point average but not the CSUF grade point average. Ap- 
pointments are available for counseling regarding the possi- 
bilities of readmisslon or transfer to another institution. (713/ 
773-2370) 


80 

Admissions Requirements 


Transfer 

Credits 



Evaluation of Transfer Credits 

When a student Is admitted, the Office of Admissions and 
Records will evaluate previous college work in relation to the 
requirements of CSU Fullerton. All undergraduate degree can- 
didates will be issued a credit summary during the first semes- 
ter of attendance which serves as a basis for determining re- 
maining requirements for the student's specific objectives. The 
admissions office will convert quarter units of credit transferred 
to the university to semester units by multiplying quarter-unit 
totals by two-thirds. 

Once issued to a student, the evaluation remains valid as long 
as the student enrolls at the date specified, pursues the ob- 
jective specified, and remains in continuous attendance. The 
student will not be held to additional graduation requirements 
unless such requirements become mandatory as a result of 
changes in the California Administrative Code or the Coiifor- 
nia Education Code. If the student does not remain in con- 
tinuous attendance and has not applied for and been granted 
a formal leave of absence, the evaluation issued upon read- 
mission will specify the remaining requirements for the student's 
objectives. 

In view of the foregoing regulations, the student should notify 
the Office of Admissions and Records Immediately of a change 
in the objective specified in the evaluation. While the evalua- 
tion for a student remains valid, the student is held responsible 
for complying with all changes in regulations and procedures 
which may appear In subsequent catalogs. 

Acceptance of Credit 

Credit for work completed at accredited institutions, other than 
course work Identified by such institutions as remedial or in other 
ways as being nontransferable. will be accepted toward the 
satisfaction of baccalaureate degree and credential require- 
ments at the university within limitations of residence require- 
ments and community college transfer maximums. 

Transfer of Credit From a 
Community College 

Upper division credit is not allowed for courses taken in a com- 
munity college. Credential credit is not allowed for courses in 
professional education taken in a community college. This does 
not invalidate credit for preprofessional courses taken at a 
community college, such as introduction to education, art or 
design, arithmetic, or music for classroom teachers. After a 
student has completed 70 units of college credit at a commu- 
nity college, no further community college units may be ac- 
cepted for unit credit. 


81 

Transfer Credits 


California State University, Fullerton 


Credit by Examination 

California State University, Fullerton grants credit to those stu- 
dents who pass examinations that have been approved for 
credit systemwide. These include the Advanced Placement 
Examinations, CSU English Equivalency Examination and some 
CLEP examinations. 

Students may challenge courses by taking examinations de- 
veloped at the campus. Credit shall be awarded to those who 
pass them successfully. 

Credit by Advanced Placement 

Students who have successfully completed courses in the ad- 
vanced placement program of the College Entrance Exami- 
nation Board (defined as receiving a score of 3, 4 or 5) shall be 
granted credit for each advanced placement course toward 
graduation, advanced placement in the university's sequence 
of courses and credit for curriculum requirements. 

Cal State Fullerton grants credit toward its undergraduate 
degrees for successful completion of examinations of the Ad- 
vanced Placement Program of the College Board. Students 
who present scores of three or better will be granted semester 
units of college credit as listed below. 


Advanced Placement 

Equivalent Semester 

Course 

Course: CSUF 

Units 

American History 

History 180 

3 

Art History 

Art201A,B 

3-6’ 

Studio Art 

Art 103 or 104 


Biology 

Art 107 A or 107B 

Biology 101 

3 

Chemistry 

Chemistry 120A,B 

62 

Computer Science 

Computer Science 121 

3^ 


Computer Science 131 

33 

Economics 

Economics 201-202 

6 

English: 

Language and Composition 

English 101,201 

6® 

Uterature and Composition 

English 101,200 

6® 

European History 

History 1 lOB 

3 

French 

French 101, 102 

10- 

German 

German 101, 102 

10- 

Government and Politics 
(Comparative) 

lower division elective 

3® 

Government and Politics 
(United States) 

Poll Sci 101 

3' 

Latin 4 

Latin 101 

3 

Latins 

Latin 101, 102 

6 

Math A & B 

Math 150A 

4 

Math B & C 

Math 160A,B 

8 

Physics 

Physics 21 1,212 

6® 

Spanish 

Spanish 101, 102 

10- 


'Consult the Department of Art for oppHcabHity of advanced placement exami- 
nation credit. 

^o complete the requirement for Chemistry 120A.B. the student must successfully 
complete four units of Chemistry 121L and 122L laboratory at Col State Fullerton. 
Corwult the Department of Conriputer Science for appHcabilty of advanced place- 
ment examination credit. 

^No Credit for literature. 

®To complete the requirement for Physics 21 1, 212 the student must successfully 
complete two units of Physics 2 1 1 L and 2 1 2L laboratory at CSUF. 

^Consult the Department of Political Science for applicability of advar»ced place- 
ment exomirKJtion credit. These units do not count toward the major. 

^o meet the state requirement, you must take Political Science 300. 

•Passing both exams grants a rrKJximum of 9 units m English 101 , 200, 201 . 


Credit for Extension and 
Correspondence Courses 

The maximum amount of credit through correspondence and 
extension courses which may be allowed toward the 
bachelor's degree Is 24 units, if otherwise applicable. 

Credit for Noncoilegiate instruction 

Cal State Fullerton grants undergraduate degree credit for 
successful completion of non-collegiate instruction, either mili- 
tary or civilian, appropriate to the baccalaureate, that has 
been recommended by the Commission on Educational 
Credit and Credentials of the American Council on Educa- 
tion. The number of units allowed are those recommended in 
the Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experience in the 
Armed Services and the National Guide to Educational Credit 
for Training Programs. Students who have at least one year of 
active military service may be granted six or 12 units of under- 
graduate credit. 

Credit for Prior Learning 

California State University, Fullerton grants up to 30 units of 
undergraduate credit for learning, knowledge, or skllls-based 
experience that has been documented and evaluated ac- 
cording to campus policy. Requests for Credit for Prior Learn- 
ing will be evaluated Individually. 

College Level Examination Program 

The university shall accept three semester units of credit for 
each of the following College Level Examination Program 
(CLEP) examinations, subject to achievement of the scores 
indicated, provided the examination was not taken previously 
within one calendar year and that degree credit has not been 
granted for previous course work at the equivalent or at a 
more advanced level than for the examination in question. 


Examination Passing score 

Mathematics General Exam 50* 

College Algebra-Trigonometry 49 

Introductory Calculus and Analytic Geometry 48 
Statistics 49 

General Chemistry 48 


Fullerton may grant additional credit and advanced stand- 
ing based upon CLEP examination results using as minimum 
standards: 

General Examinations 

1 . That the student achieve a score at or above the 50th 
[Dercentile, college sophomore norms. 

2. That no unit credit be granted for any test In the general 
examinations, but that up to six units of general education 
requirements be waived for each test completed except 
English with the appropriate score. 


*On both parts of examination. 


82 

Transfer Credits 


California State University, Fullerton 


Subject Examinations 

1 . That the student submit a score at or above the 50th per- 
centile of those in the norm group who earned a mark of 
C or better. 

2. That equivalency to Fullerton courses be determined by 
the appropriate academic department in conjunction with 
the Office of Admissions and Records. 

3. That university credit shall have not been previously earned 
In the courses in question. 

In no case will credit so awarded count toward residence 
credit. 

English Equivalency Examination 

Students passing the California State University English Equiva- 
lency Examination shall be awarded six semester units of credit 
(English 101 and 200) provided credit has not been granted 
previously at the equivalent or at more advanced levels. Fur- 
ther, those who pass this optional examination are exempt from 
the requirement to take the English Placement Test. 


Following are the categories of performance and scores which 
qualify for credit and/or exemption of the English Racement 
Test: 

1 . Pass for credit and exemption from the English Placement 
Test (EPT). 

A student receiving a minimum score of 14 on the EEE es- 
say and a minimum multiple choice converted score of 61 
shall receive credit and exemption. A student earning a 
minimum score of 15 on the EEE essay and a minimum 
multiple choice converted score of 43 shall also receive 
credit and exemption. 

2. Exemption from the English Placement Test (EPT) only. 

Students scoring at least 12 on the essay with a minimum 
converted multiple choice score of 36 or more shall receive 
exemption from the EPT, but no credit. Also, students with 
an essay score of at least 15 shall be awarded exemption, 
regardless of the converted multiple choice score. 


83 

Transfer Credits 




rfciiteirmKX-d^ sSJt.y^Haitip 

^to ^^X 0 P; 1 H'vaJ^ 0 ^ 5 S hOvG b«joh Op^;>rov<;/C&l ©7 
on.iiit :.v“jrt 0 rTm 1 df?. Ihf ^coen'^©f:V 

Civ ^. :»m)j^Cf ^r- m3)UBl 


bno tlbeio ovioDei liorte 
m^^mlnfm p bno yp«p 3S3 ertr no^<5fJ6 eiooe^ oiumlnin 

^dt=nt^ vw’»'’o ncvej., $.•,: imvjhjf r^^e^or. 

VO*- .-ivjr L.[rn :■■. t^Tog^Cim 6 ^ thd Ca Stucenfa 

\^o pf^nt ''. a ttvoo CK'bdt !• jf .wifi t?d '90 w?vrj^c ^ 


Aidv^^nan:0 pjfac^}fr.*’:>’'f 

Cau/^ 


f y-rt 5 J«!W 5 /i>r 

i V Cb 6 . iin^ 


- Mafv Htoy lats ■ ' 3 

WH.$fcfv ArrsoiA.a , 

studio Ait A'1)03orl&4 

Aft ]07A cy- ;07B 

8 i< 2 »foov . 8iok>ayi0l 3 

.C^.n^sfry . ‘ ’/ ’ 'Ct^p-^l5t?Y ].>0A3 6 ^ 

Opmpwtetr $cw)f CUxt ^ v^ ^ 5 c«?> > >e ’! 3 1. 3 ^ 

'. Cs^-pHfV .ir K 70. 137 ■ ’ 3 ® 
EcOf^Yto , ' ■>-O'>*' 0 Avca?»; 3 fet *302 • '. ' • '•■ A 

'■■' ^. ■ " - . ,' A 

Lof'iguoQ^ arKt Cornr^tlon :t){ 6“ 

L&dfOtUfO ond C<xr>pn^tic>*' , a[gl\ii\ 10 i ,. 000 6* 

tlufopeon Hl!?tor/ ’ : iistory 1 lOB ‘ ^ • ' 3 ' ’ 

Ffooct’v Frisco 101/102 10^ 

Qetrfiori > ■ ^q^/m ' W 

Gdvw»moni and C-' .y<;; ,.,; . ^ 

' (Gomrarotlvd) , v '-r i'. 3 ^ ■•*’ 

Go^fflpnrn^t arxi Poilitl.c^ , 

(Unimd Stcrtofj) .. PoiieNCiTOi^ ; . 3 ^ 

,lctin4. C^n 'ai'; ;l^ • -...‘ ' . 3 

i.atuna , lotiri iOL 102 6 

Mctti A 3t B Moth 150A > , 4 

Mcn\B&C , • ' ’ Mrjtn 15 C>A.B ' ’‘'a 

R'vstcs Ph^^2]l,2^ / ^ ^ 

Sponlsr* ■ . ^Xinlsh ICaI. 102" ^ W 


0f A/i tcf <^'^TV<:<3lom'j !3taG0mir»t'€ «tSn\' 

cofnp>&«'fe 'Of .Chermiiry littAs. «^4iicc^^ 

C5D<t^f<5>t® tc’ur of C^oitwiffv T?a ar-,^1 ioUwoJ^tii Cd Sf-;3tt> 

KxmJ^ <> Cc>^p^put« Sciefios.* T, „ uopflcoteWy otochiy^j Dtc^ 

. . • / . ^ '. 

.*Hp f'V ri.d^ojjre , ■ \? • 

CC'<*r^K't^>>n0 for f¥ly^ ltJ» IttiCOnJ :r?iAt SwCCS»?«uff 

■ CK'(r^*«tf 'd Jwi o 0« H ry i t it «Kf ? 

tn*' c4 ?<;!«nc,o fr/ cppfrr^.-tify o(«Ovc.'nc«<^jJOco^ 

nfv:'^; iV';an»r^3fjr.ji cfv-<*t ur.it 1 oo 'Kt co^jr»T-t^ 

•>0 f ax»; n* 4Qi<r> rtM.r yoti mus’ roko ‘MHicof $ch«.. :^^< XO. ' ^ 

' "Powinfii bc’if' ^«yf‘v5.gpcti“.n o »>owr'rta'Ttof *? iir.ai ^ Crn« 10J 2f;0, 2C V. 


Credit for Sxte-r«ion 

feSbut* ^toftr .r 

to )t>om o bernc'^0 crtw qtx)iQ rnion ertt ni eaortt to elltneo 
Ih© n^oxlftHjm OFJri^^dt a? crocttt th^ 
ext«ws$ion.eoatw wHic^ may dUowo'd io^yo:^ :.\© 
i?d^fchirtf^Tn©|©i^ .S 

[ rttlw noitonuynoo ni tnomnoqeo oinr)©fc>oDD atoiiqo’fqqD ©rtf 

Credit 



I t >V7» . ^ ^ V,' , ! ■ „• r;> ^ V . y • i v 

’ oTtii? / :^nik;i5 o* int . 

! :tK>r\^ rho *;5' -. 

ti ''3 ''•.:/*•. ‘r ■ ^¥?vp''.. 


: m%dtt 

( -XH. 

^ Vi ih^ifeSorl H?i^! 5bnt' eal^ of tnemeTH4>©i ertt 

I ^•.Tt:^l;'^-.,:;; sare- pL^^on grants up to 30 ur.;i^ of 

U{ •>::6-^ 'oaui.trii ^:.ihy4..iU knowred^, oj 

C‘)fD<&rk,u *G© tdcif Mdl bi#0A p^C’jriw»tod and ©vatuoted oot 
j cord;: )v^ ^ o c o ' ntxia policy; ^^ocfuusHfcf Ctodir for Pnoi lecm- 
• -eg t>© ©vOftio'*3-d ir»<^^ j 

I C olle^e level HxaiTiincfion Progr om 

I Ufi‘V©!y|ty 5hCl6 occept thfi,io carneiilur ur4ts o: erWt fdr 
’ !$c-;t^>'r.r * ‘Oi|<:^'.ng^Co^^© Le^ f.xc'ninoTkxi ir'roQi'art 

! .fe ,ca ' • -d. f xo vkitKl in© oxoniinc GOT wesa noi tqk^ pr^vi^nuaty 
I W^r^r4.p| fi* coionrior y©cir ord ina- c»^w&£ cf^ri’ nof j3»©o 

; for f avc s ct ■■?jq»^^vcront or ot o 

TCrK- tXlvv:;^‘4d fevo! • /T tfvi ©XOr: itKll|X5 irv . 

£x;imIhctioa f c.v$if>g sreoro 

M^clh©rpof•r4 Gen©r 50* 

Col^>ae 49 

intjoductoiy Cotetifos ond Anofvtic Goomeiry 46 

. ,> . 40 ' 

j . 43 

1 ■ *• 

S r-uterton n-,ov oionri ci<}ce?ia-. •■ r -odtr and cic*vanc»a stCKich 
ina boseo Jipon Cl.??' i»»amtno«E>n res itts asino a m!r*ir,tjfn 

I ' > : v. 

I Gx*n0rcp ixamlnafk}^ ’ 

I ' . ' L . 

I \ . 1f^<cft ti^ 5T>jd©r>t ocmer/s q aco^ ot or Qtx>v© 30th 
j p©fc©dfe;cc^©Q©aopho^^^ 

I •■ • ^ 

i 2. Ihc^ no gr# ct%2 lit b© granted for any tevd fei mo genial 
/ ©xomiriOtJom.txif that up t o s« im*t3 of fi^rfeof ocfeKtatlQn 
i "equ*rorr:9r»ta t)© wedvod f<x ooch tost connple«t©d Bxc&pt 
! hn^al'i wlt^ thfti c^3pfopr1dt© $co?o 

f :On tsa-is ate«3?^ ! 


✓c • .cv cu ih© '-/g 

||^^l0qiyli^y1py,a 

Cup at|OU , rTT'^TTf T-^-^7 

Vodlifc^B^ feno ' T 61" n 

2J©vWbof.‘npvt>o to p tneiOyiup© edt-to 


cn'Fui^ 





Registration 

Information 



Orientation 

Various opportunities ore provided for new students to obtain 
information reiating to academic programs, student services 
and activities, and other aspects of university life. Information 
about specific programs is published separately. 

Registration 

Class Schedule 

A complete listing of courses offered will be found in the class 
schedule published prior to the start of each semester. This 
publication, which may be purchased in the Titan Bookstore, 
also includes detailed Information pertaining to the semester 
including class enrollment and fee payment procedures. 

It is important that students familiarize themselves not only with 
the academic pxDlicles stated in this catalog but also with the 
requirements and procedures in the class schedule as both 
are used in the selection of classes for the semester. 

Registration 

Registration Involves two steps: class enrollment and fee pay- 
ment, and may be accomplished through TITAN, Cal State 
Fullerton's Touchtone Information Telecommunications Access 
Network, from home, work or on-campus before the semester 
starts, or through late registration during the first three weeks 
of instruction. Most students should find registration by tele- 
phone advantageous. 

At registration, every student Is required to file a study pro- 
gram with the Office of Admissions and Records. The filing of a 
program by the student and its acceptance by the university 
obligates the student to perform the designated work to the 
best of his or her ability. It Is emphasized that registration does 
not become official until all fees have been paid. 

Computerized Records System 

The student records system, including the registration process, 
is computerized. It is a fact of life in a large Institution such as 
Cal State Fullerton that computerization Is essential. Thus, there 
are requirements for data forms, code numbers, student iden- 
tification numbers and for meeting precise criteria for record- 
ing data, which introduce Impersonal elements in the student 
records system. Despite these conditions, every effort is made 
to provide courteous, efficient and personalized service to stu- 
dents and the entire university community. To assist In provid- 
ing this service, students are urged to be careful and accu- 
rate in preparing forms, especially the telephone registration 
worksheet and change of program forms. Accurate prepara- 
tion of Information will assure each student of error-free records. 


86 

Registration Information 



California State University, Fullerton 


Controlled Entry Classes 

In general, all courses listed in the semester class schedule shall 
be available to all matriculated students except for appropri- 
ate academic restrictions as stated in the schedule and the 
catalog. These restrictions, including special qualifications and 
other academic limitations, on class entry shall be published 
In the class schedule as appropriate footnotes to the desig- 
nated class or class section and shall be consistent with the 
catalog. 

Late Registration 

The last day to register late each semester will be announced 
in the class schedule. Late registrants will find themselves handi- 
capped in arranging their programs and must pay a $25 late 
registration fee in addition to regular fees. 

Changes in Program After 
Registration 

Each student Is responsible for the program of courses listed at 
registration. Changes may be made thereafter only by follow- 
ing procedures announced in the class schedule. 

Students may add classes to their programs of study during 
the first three weeks of instruction. They may drop classes 
through the first four weeks. After the fourth week of Instruc- 
tion the university expects students to complete all courses 
In which they are enrolled. If students must withdraw after 
the deadline for dropping classes published In the class 
schedule, they are subject to the withdrawal policy contained 
in the ‘University Regulations" section of this catalog. In all 
instances, dropped classes must be officially dropped by the 
student; students not attending class are not dropped auto- 
matically. 

Concurrent Enrollment Outside the 
CSU System 

A Student enrolled at the university may enroll concurrently for 
additional courses at another institution outside the CSU sys- 
tem without advance written approval from the student's 
academic adviser or the Office of Admissions and Records. 
Students are reminded that the study load in the proposed 
combined program of study may not exceed the maximum 
number of units authorized at this university . 


Enrollment at Other CSU 
Campuses 

Fullerton students may enroll at other campuses of The Cali- 
fornia State University either while concurrently enrolled at Cal 
State Fullerton or as visitors. There are certain eligibility require- 
ments and enrollment conditions that must be met, including 
completion of at least one semester at Cal State Fullerton and 
being In good academic standing. Information and applica- 
tion forms may be obtained from the Office of Admissions and 
Records. 

Visitor Enrollment 

Students enrolled at other campuses of The California State 
University may enroll at Cal State Fullerton while concurrently 
enrolled at their home campus or as visitors. Information about 
eligibility requirements, enrollment conditions and application 
forms are available from the Office of Admissions and Records 
at the home campus. 


Auditors 

A properly qualified student may enroll in classes as an audi- 
tor. The student must meet the regular university admission re- 
quirements and must pay the same fees as other students. 
See the description of Audit In the ‘University Regulations" sec- 
tion of this catalog under ‘Administrative Symbols." 

Disabled Students 

Disabled students who require assistance should consult with 
Disabled Student Services prior to the announced semester 
registration period so that special arrangements can be made. 

Veterans 

California State University. Fullerton is approved by the Bureau 
of School Approvals, State Department of Education, to offer 
programs to veterans seeking benefits under state and fed- 
eral legislation. All students seeking veterans' benefits must 
have a degree or credential objective. 

Applications for benefits should be filed well in advance of 
the semester In which the veteran plans to use these benefits 
to have the authorization at the time of registration. 


87 

Registration Information 


Schedule of Fees 
1995-96 



Tuition is not charged to legal residents of California unless they 
are seeking a duplicate degree. The 1996-96 and 1996-97 
schedule of fees will be published in the class schedules for 
those years. The following are the fees and nonresident tuition 
assessed at the time of preparing this catalog. 

Application fee (nonrefundable) 


Payable by check or money order at time 
application is made $55 

state University Fee (Per Semester) 

0 to 6 units $459 

7 or more units 792 

Auxiliary Fees (All Students Per Semester) 

Facilities fee 3 

Associated Students fee 44 

University Union fee 84 

Instructionally-related activity fee 10 

Student Services Card 2 

Health Center Fee 26 


Duplicate Degree Tuition 

In addition to auxiliary fees charged to all students 

not to exceed $4500 tuition per academic year ... $ 1 50 per unit 

Nonresident and Foreign Visa Students 

Nonresident tuition fee (In addition to fees charged 
all students) per unit $246 

Summer Session 

Course fee per unit see current bulletin 

Associated Students fee $3 

University Union fee 10 

Extension Fees 

Per unit see current bulletin 

other Fees or Charges 


Late registration fee (In addition to 

other fees listed above) $25 

Check returned from bank for any cause 10 

Transcript fee 4 

Graduation and diploma fee 40 

Failure to meet an administrative time limit 20 


88 

Schedule of Fees 




California State University, Fullerton 


Miscellaneous course fees 

Select courses list instructional fees for class materials as indi- 
cated in the class schedule and under the course descrip- 
tion in the catalog. Students may purchase these materials 
through the university (information given at first class meet- 
ing) but are not required to do so. 

Consult current class schedule for further information. 

Auditors pay the same fees as others. 

Fees are subject to change by the Trustees of The California 
State University without advance notice. 

Alan Pattee Scholarships 

Children of deceased public law enforcement or fire suppres- 
sion employees, who were California residents and who were 
killed in the course of law enforcement or fire suppression du- 
ties. are not charged fees or tuition of any kind at any Califor- 
nia State University campus, according to the Alan Pattee 
Scholarship Act. Caiifornia Education Code Section 68121. Stu- 
dents qualifying for these benefits are known as Alan Pattee 
scholars. For further information contact the Admissions Of- 
fice, which determines eligibility. 

Waiver of Fees 

Section 32320 of the California Education Code provides for 
the waiver of certain fees other than nonresident tuition, for 
certain veterans' dependents. Those who meet one or more 
of the following criteria should present to the university regis- 
trar a certificate of eligibility obtained from the Division of Edu- 
cational Assistance. California Department of Veterans Affairs, 
on or before the date of registration. 

A. Children of veterans who have service-connected disabili- 
ties and whose annual income not Including governmen- 
tal compensation for such service-connected disability 
does not exceed $6,000. 

B. Children of veterans killed in action or because of a ser- 
vice-connected disability, where the annual income of 
such children, including the value of any support received 
from parents and the annual income of surviving parents, 
does not exceed $5,000. No limitations on age or length of 
residency. 

Refund of Fees 

Details concerning fees which may be refunded, the circum- 
stances under which fees may be refunded, and the appro- 
priate procedure to be followed in seeking refunds may be 
obtained by consulting Section 42201 (parking fees). 41913 
(nonresident tuition). 42019 (housing charges) and 41802 (all 
other fees) of Title 5. Caiifornia Code of Regulations. In all cases 
it is Important to act quickly in applying for a refund. 

Information concerning the policy and appropriate procedure 
to be followed In seeking a refund may be obtained from the 
Office of the Registrar or the Cashier's Office. 


Parking Fees 


Semester pass (nonreserved spaces): 

Regular and limited students 

(4-wheeled vehicle) $54.00 

Regular and limited students 

(2-wheeled vehicle) $ 1 3.50 

Coin operated gate per exit $ 1 .50 

Summer session (4-wheeled vehicle) $36.00 

Summer session (2-wheeled vehicle) $9.00 


Typical Student Expenses 

Typical school year budgets for California residents living at 
home or making other housing arrangements will vary widely. 
It is estimated that, including a $4,700 yearly allowance for 
room and board, and $400 for books and supplies, the total 
cost will approximate $7,600 for an unmarried person. Non- 
resident students must also allow for nonresident tuition in ad- 
dition to those fees listed above. 

state University Fee 

The state university fee provides financing for the following stu- 
dent services. 

1 . Social and Cultural Development Activities. Provides for 
the coordination of various student activities, student or- 
ganizations. student government and cultural programs. 

2. Counseling. Includes the cost of counselors' salaries and 
clerical support, plus operating expenses and equipment. 

3. Testing. Covers the cost of test officers, psychometrlsts. cleri- 
cal support, operating expenses and equipment. 

4. Placement. Provides career information to students and 
faculty for academic program planning and employment 
information to graduates and students. 

5. Financial Aids Administration. Includes the cost of the coun- 
seling and business services provided in connection with 
the financial aid programs. 

6. Health Services. Provides health services to students and 
covers the cost of salaries of medical officers and nurses 
and related clerical and technical personnel, as well as 
operating expenses and equipment. 

7. Housing. Supports personnel who provide housing informa- 
tion and monitor housing sen/ices available to students. 

8 . Student Affairs Administration. Covers 50 percent of the cost 
of the office of the vice president for student affairs, which 
has responsibility for the overall administration of student 
services. 

Associated Students Fee 

The law governing The California State University provides that 
a student body fee may be established by student referen- 
dum with the approval of two-thirds of those students voting. 
The Associated Students fee was established at California State 
University, Fullerton by student referendum in December 1959. 


89 

Schedule of Fees 


California State University, Fullerton 


The same fee can be abolished by a similar two-thirds approval 
of students voting on a referendum called for by a petition signed 
by ten percent of the regularly enrolled students (Education 
Code, Section 89300). The level of the fee Is set by the Chancel- 
lor who may approve a fee increase only following a referen- 
dum approved by a majority of the students. The Associated 
Students fee supports a variety of cultural and recreational pro- 
grams. child care centers and special student support programs. 

Duplicate Degree Tuition 

The California State University is required by law to charge 
duplicate degree tuition of $160 per semester unit ($100 per 
quarter unit) up to a maximum of $4,600 per academic year 
to any student who has earned a degree equivalent to or 
higher than the degree awarded by the program In which 
the student is enrolled or who has earned a baccalaureate or 
postbaccalaureate degree and is enrolled without a declared 
degree objective. Duplicate degree students are exempt from 
paying the state university fee. 

The following categories are exempted from Duplicate De- 
gree Tuition: 

1 . A dislocated worker as certified by a state agency in ac- 
cordance with Title 3 of the Federal Job Training Partner- 
ship Act. 

2. A displaced homemaker as defined In accordance with 
the Higher Education Act of 1966. as amended (20 USC 
1001 etseq.). 

3. A person who is an enrollee In any program leading to a 
credential or certificate that has been approved by the 
Commission on Teacher Credentlaling. 

4. A recipient of benefits under the Aid to Families with De- 
pendent Children program . the Supplementary Security 
Income or State Supplementary Program, or a general 
assistance program. 

6. A nonresident student except those for whom nonresident 
tuition has been waived. 

6. A California resident who is sixty years of age or older. 

7. Children and dependents of deceased or disabled veter- 
ans. 

8. Children of deceased law enforcement or fire suppression 
employees. 

Miscellaneous Course Fees 

For sonne courses on additional fee is collected for special 
course materials or. in the case of some music courses, for the 


use of a musical instrument. Students have the option of pur- 
chasing these items from another source if they choose to do 
so. For some laboratory courses a breakage fee is collected. 
The breakage fee Is mandatory, but a portion or all of it is re- 
fundable at the end of the semester depending on what 
breakage has occurred. The materials fees and breakage fees 
are paid separately from the registration fees at the Cashier's 
Office after classes begin. Notations are made by each course 
in the class schedule regarding the fee amount and individual 
footnotes explain the purpose of the fee. 

Average Annual Costs and 
Sources of Funds Per Full-Time 
Equivalent Student 

The 21* campuses and the Chancellor's Office of The Califor- 
nia State University are financed primarily through funding pro- 
vided by the taxpayers of California. The total state appro- 
priation to the CSU for 1994/96 (including capital outlay fund- 
ing In the amount of $1 1,870,000**) Is $ 1,666 ,020 XX)0. How- 
ever, the total cost of education for CSU is $2,1 83470,000, which 
must provide suppx)rt for a projected 260,000 full-time equiva- 
lent students (FTES). The number of full-time equivalent stu- 
dents Is determined by dividing the total academic student 
load by 16 units per term (the figure used here to define a full- 
time student's academic load). 

The total cost of education In the CSU is defined as the expen- 
ditures for current operations. Including payments made to 
the students In the form of financial aid, and all fully reimbursed 
programs contained in state appropriations, but excluding 
capital outlay appropriations and lottery funds. The average 
cost of education is determined by dividing the total cost by 
the total RES. The average cost is further differentiated into 
three categories: State Support (the state appropriation, ex- 
cluding capital outlay). Student Fee Support, and Support from 
Other Sources (including federal funds). 

Thus, excluding costs which relate to capital outlay, the average 
cost of education per FTE student is $8,734. Of this amount, the 
average student fee support per FTE is $2,106 (The State Univer- 
sity Fee, application fee, and nonresident tuition are Included In 
the average costs paid by the students; individual students may 
pay less or more than $2,106, depending on whether they are 
part-time, full-time, resident, or nonresident students.) 


Source of Funds and Average Costs for 1994/95 CSU Budget 
(Projected Enrollment: 250,000 FTE) 




Average 




Cost Per 



Amount 

RE Student 

Percentage 

Total Cost of Education 

$2,183,470,000 

$8,734 

100.0 

State Appropriation 

1,663,160,000 

6,213 

71.1 

Student Fee Support 

626,621,000 

2,106 

24.1 

Support from other sources 

103,799,000 

416 

4.8 


*Excluding California Maritime Academy, which becomes a CSU campus in July 1996. 

**Does not include $17,000,000 of special capital outlay bond funds for special repairs and deferred maintenance. 


90 

Schedule of Fees 


Financial 

Aid 



Financial Aid refers to a wide variety ot programs designed to 
assist students in meeting the cost ot attendance at California 
State University, Fullerton. These programs include gift aid In 
the form ot scholarships and grants which do not require re- 
payment or performance ot work, student loans which require 
repayment over a period of time at a specified interest rate, 
and employment programs through Federal Work-Study or Stu- 
dent Assistance. The Emergency Loan program also provides 
students with resources to meet unusual or unexpected emer- 
gencies through a short-term loan. 

Students who have specific questions regarding financial aid 
or who would like further Information should contact the Of- 
fice of Financial Aid. 

Eligibility Requirements 

The following eligibility requirements apply to all financial aid 
programs except emergency loans and scholarships. 

To be considered eligible for most student aid programs, the 
demonstration of financial need is one of the primary require- 
ments. However, alternate forms of financial assistance such 
as scholarships, emergency loans, and parental loan programs 
should also be explored since many of these alternate sources 
of aid do not necessarily require the demonstration of finan- 
cial need. Financial need is the difference between the rea- 
sonable and approved costs Incurred by a student at CSUF 
and all of the resources available to the student, including 
contributions from parents, student (and spouse, if applicable), 
and other aid the student may be eligible to receive. The uni- 
versity uses a nationally accepted formula developed by the 
federal government in determining the family contribution. In 
addition to demonstrating financial need, all applicants for 
federal student financial assistance must meet the following 
eligibility requirements: 

1 . be a U.S. citizen or national or permanent resident of the 
U.S. Eligible students also Include citizens of the Marshall 
Islands and permanent residents of the Trust Territories as 
well as other eligible non-citizens who can document their 
status in the United States as other than for a temporary 
purpose. Students should be aware that the citizenship re- 
quirements apiDly to all forms of federally-funded assistance 
but may differ for State supported grant programs and 
private scholarships; 

2. be admitted to or enrolled on at least a half-time basis in a 
program of study leading to a degree, certificate or rec- 
ognized credential offered by the institution. (Graduate 
students pursuing prerequisites required to gain admission 
to a graduate program may be eligible only for limited 
loan eligibility); 


91 

Financial Aid 


California State University, Fullerton 


3. maintain satisfactory academic progress in the course of 
study according to the standards and practices of the 
university; 

4. not be in default on any loan made from a student loan 
fund and not owe a refund on grants previously received 
for attendance at any college or university. 

5. complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
(FAFSA) and submit all documentation requested by the 
Office of Financial Aid; and 

6. be registered for the Draft with the Selective Service or 
certify that he/she is not required to register. 

Scholarships & Institutional Grants 

Scholarships 

Scholarships and awards should not be viewed as merely an- 
other form of financial aid, even though many scholarships 
and awards do take financial need into consideration during 
the review process. They are given to honor outstanding 
achievement. Many scholarships are available to all students 
and are known as general scholarships; other scholarships have 
special objectives and may be awarded to students pur- 
suing selected majors, underrepresented students, students 
with certain career goals, or to those living In certain geo- 
graphic areas. 

Most scholarship applications are due the last week day in 
February. Generally, the recipients are selected during the 
spring semester and the funds are awarded the next academic 
year. Full details regarding scholarship requirements and ap- 
plication deadlines are In the Scholarship and Awards Bulletin 
which is available the first week in December. The bulletins 
and applications can be picked up at the Financial Aid Of- 
fice and all the Deans' Offices. 


Educational Opportunity Program Grant 
(EOPG) 

The Educational Opportunity Program Grant of the California 
State University system is available to disadvantaged under- 
graduate students who are residents of California and who 
are officially enrolled in the EOP (contact the EOP Office for 
program enrollment procedures). EOP grants range from $200 
to $800 per year for a total of five academic years. 

state University Grant (SUG) 

The State University Grant is available for graduate and un- 
dergraduate students who are residents of California and who 
are enrolled in at least six units. All applicants who file a FAFSA 
will be considered for this grant. The maximum SUG for 1994/ 
95 was $1684 for undergraduates and graduates. 

state Grants 

Cal Grant A & B 

The state of California, through the California Student Aid 
Commission, administers grant programs for undergraduates 


seeking a post secondary education. To qualify for Cal Grant 
A or B, a student must be a California resident attending an 
eligible school or college within the State, must be making 
satisfactory academic progress, and must not owe a re- 
fund on any State or Federal grant or have defaulted on a 
student loan. Applicants for Cal Grant funds are required 
to complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
(FAFSA) no later than March 2 prior to the fall semester for 
which the grant will be used. 

Cal Grant A is designed to assist low and middle income stu- 
dents with the cost of tuition and fees. Recipients are selected 
on the basis of financial need and grade point average. Dur- 
ing the 1994/95 academic year awards averaged approxi- 
mately $1557 at California State University, Fullerton. 

Cal Grant B is designed to provide very low Income stu- 
dents with a living allowance. In addition. Cal Grant B re- 
cipients may also receive assistance with tuition and fee 
costs. First year students receiving Cal Grant B will gener- 
ally receive a living allowance up to a maximum of $1 ,410 
for the academic year. During their 2nd, 3rd and 4th year 
of postsecondary education. Cal Grant B recipients will re- 
ceive the living allowance in addition to tuition and fee 
assistance. During the academic year of 1994/95 the maxi- 
mum Cal Grant B award at California State University, Ful- 
lerton was approximately $2,994. 

Graduate Fellowships 

The Student Aid Commission awards approximately 500 
Graduate Fellowships annually. Candidates must be a legal 
resident of California, plan to pursue recognized graduate 
degrees at an eligible California graduate school and must 
demonstrate their intent to become college or university 
faculty members. Teacher credential or certificate programs 
do not meet the requirements of the fellowship program. 

The fellowships assist with tuition and fees at both indepen- 
dent and public colleges and universities. In 1994/95, awards 
averaged $844 at California State University, Fullerton. 

Applicants for Graduate Fellowship funds are required to 
complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
(FAFSA) no later than March 2 prior to the fall semester for 
which the grant will be used. Applicants must also submit a 
Graduate Fellowship endorsement form to the Student Aid 
Commission no later than April 10. The endorsement form 
serves to demonstrate the student's intent to pursue a 
teaching career at the university or college level. 

Federal Programs 

Federal Pell Grant 

The Federal Pell Grant program is the largest of all federal 
student grant programs and is the *foundation" of all forms 
of student assistance. Pell Grants are available to under- 
graduates who meet all eligibility requirements described 
earlier and who have not already obtained a bachelor's 
degree. The amount of the grant Is based on financial need 
and range from $400 to $2,300 for students enrolled full- 


92 

Financial Aid 


California State University. Fullerton 


time during the 1994-96 award year. Part-time undergradu- 
ates are also eligible. Students may apply by completing a 
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). 

Federal Supplemental Educational 
OpportunitV Grant (FSEOG) 


The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant 
supplements other forms of financial assistance offered to an 
eligible student. Applicants must meet all other eligibility re- 
quirements. Although designed to meet the needs of under- 
graduate students with the greatest amount of need, FSEOG 
funds are provided to schools and colleges by the federal 
government and awards to students are made according to 
the school's awarding practices. Priority in awarding FSEOG 
funds must be given to Pell Grant recipients. During 1994-95, 
award amounts to CSUF students ranged from $100 to $600. 

Federal Perkins Loans 

Federal Perkins Loans are low-interest loans (5 percent inter- 
est) available to undergraduate and graduate students. Based 
on their demonstrated financial need, students may borrow 
up to $3,000 each academic year and up to a maximum bor- 
rowing limit of $15,000 for completing an undergraduate de- 
gree. The combined borrowing limit for completion of under- 
graduate and graduate study is $30,000. Students borrow 
through the Federal Perkins Loan program at their school or 
college and availability of funds is dependent on repayment 
of the school's previous borrowers and annual federal alloca- 
tions to the program. During the 1994-95 award year, loan 
amounts ranged from $200 to $2,000 at CSU Fullerton. Interest 
does not accrue on the loan and there Is no repayment while 
the student is enrolled at least half-time. Repayment begins 
nine months following graduation, withdrawal, or enrollment 
below half-time status. 

Federal Work-Study 

The Federal Work-Study program provides students with em- 
ployment opportunities both on and off campus. Eligibility for 
the program is determined by the school or college based on 
the student's demonstrated financial need. Students awarded 
Work-Study receive an allocation of funds to be earned 
through part-time employment with an approved employer. 
The hourly wage will depend on the type of job and place- 
ment assistance Is provided by the school or college. Students 
can take advantage of this employment opportunity to work 
in areas related to their studies or career plan as well as to 
minimize their student loan borrowing. Undergraduates and 
graduate students are eligible to participate in the program. 

Federal Stafford Student Loan 

The Stafford Student Loan is a long-term loan made to stu- 
dents by banks, savings and loan associations and credit 
unions. The loans are guaranteed by the State of California 
and insured by the federal government. 

The federal government pays Interest on the loan while the 
student is In school. Six months following graduation, withdrawal 


or less than half-time enrollment, borrowers begin repayments. 

Stafford Student Loan borrowers will be required to repay the 
loan at a variable interest rate set annually. The Interest rate 
will be based on the 91 -day T-blll rate plus 3. 10% and capped 
at 9%. 

First year students are eligible to borrow up to $2,625 annually, 
second year students may borrow up to $3,500, and other 
undergraduates will be limited to $5,500 annually. Students 
enrolled in a program of study for less than one academic 
year will have their loan eligibility prorated based on the length 
of the program. The aggregate loan limit for an undergradu- 
ate will be $23,000. 

Graduate students will be eligible to borrow up to $8,500 an- 
nually with an aggregate borrowing limit of $65,500 including 
undergraduate loans. 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student 
Loan 

Students who do not demonstrate sufficient financial need to 
borrow under the regular Stafford Student Loan program may 
borrow under the unsubsIdIzed Stafford Loan. Students may 
borrow within the loan limits and at the same Interest rates as 
the regular Stafford loan program. With the exception of dem- 
onstrating financial need, borrowers must meet all eligibility 
criteria of the regular Stafford loan. 

Borrowers will pay a combined origination and insurance pre- 
mium of 4% which will be deducted from the loan checks. 
Interest payments must begin Immediately after the loan Is 
disbursed or may be added to the principal balance. Regular 
repayment begins six months after the borrower graduates or 
is no longer enrolled at least half-time. 

Federal PLUS Parent Loans 

The PLUS program is a loan designed to assist parents in meet- 
ing the educational costs of their dependent. The parent is 
the borrower and is responsible for repayment of the loan. The 
PLUS program is designed for families who generally do not 
qualify for other forms of financial assistance and who can 
meet the additional burden of loan payments. 

Parents who do not have an adverse credit history may be 
eligible to borrow up to the total cost of the student's educa- 
tion, minus any other financial aid received by the student. 
The PLUS Interest rate is variable, up to a maximum interest 
rate of 10 percent. Repayment of the loan begins within 60 
days of the disbursement of the loan. Parents must repay both 
Interest and principal and should check with their lender con- 
cerning deferment options. 

Application Periods 

The deadlines listed below are approximate and are subject 
to annual changes. Consult with the Office of Financial Aid 
for current dates. 


93 

Financial Aid 


California State University, Fullerton 


Emergency Loans 

Emergency loans are available from the first day of classes 
until 30 days before the end of the semester. 

Scholarships 

Applications for scholarships are due in the Office of Financial 
Aid by late February. Students should contact the Office of 
Financial Aid for an application in mid-January. 

Bureau of Indian Affairs Grants 

Consult with the BIA for exact dates. The application deadline 
is usually In mid-June. 

Cal Grants and Graduate Fellowships 

First-time applicants must complete and mail the Free Appli- 
cation for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the G.P.A. Verifica- 
tion Form by March 2. 

All other Aid 

Priority is given to FAFSA applications mailed betw/een Janu- 
ary 1 and March 2 for the next academic year. 

Rights and Responsibilities of 
Students Receiving Aid 

Rights 

All students are entitled to and are guaranteed fair and equi- 
table treatment In the awarding of financial aid. In addition, 
there shall be no discrimination of any kind. Appeals proce- 
dures exist for anyone who feels that a violation has occurred; 
consult with the director of financial aid for details. 

All students have the right to receive full and open Informa- 
tion about various financial aid programs and the status of 
their eligibility. In addition, they have the right to know the se- 
lection and review processes used in awarding financial aid. 

All students have the right to know the costs of attending the 
Institution, the refund policies in case of withdrawal from the 
university, the academic programs offered by the university, 
the faculty and physical facilities of the institution, and data 
regarding student retention at the university. The following in- 
formation concerning student financial assistance may be 
obtained from the Director of Financial Aid, University Hall UH- 
146, phone: (714) 773-3125: 

1 . student financial assistance programs available to students 
who enroll at CSU, Fullerton; 

2. the methods by which such assistance Is distributed among 
recipients who enroll at CSU, Fullerton; 

3. the means, including forms, by which application for stu- 
dent financial assistance is made and requirements for 
accurately preparing such application; 

4. the rights and responsibilities of students receiving finan- 
cial assistance; and 


5. the standards the student must maintain to be considered 
to be making satisfactory progress for the purpose of es- 
tablishing and maintaining eligibility for financial assistance. 

The following information concerning the cost of attending 
California State University, Fullerton, is available from the Di- 
rector of Financial Aid, University Hall UH-146, phone: (714) 773- 
3125: 

1 . fees and tuition (where applicable); 

2. estimated costs of books and supplies; 

3. estimates of typical student room and board costs and 
typical commuting costs; and 

4. any additional costs of the program In which the student Is 
enrolled or expresses specific Interest. 

Responsibilities 

All financial aid recipients agree to carry and complete a spe- 
cific number of units each semester, report graduation or with- 
drawal from the university and to notify the Financial Aid Of- 
fice of any changes In their financial or marital status, or unit 
load. 

Recipients of financial aid must use the funds only to meet edu- 
cation costs. Any other use of the funds Is prohibited by law. 

Students who are receiving financial aid must maintain satis- 
factory academic progress. See the section below for details. 

Satisfactory Academic Progress 
Standards 

The Higher Education Act, as amended, requires that students 
maintain satisfactory academic progress In the course of study 
they are pursuing according to standards and practices set 
by each college and university. 

Students should be aware that these standards must be the 
same or stricter than the standards for a student enrolled In 
California State University, Fullerton In the same academic pro- 
gram who is not receiving assistance under a Title IV program. 

Qualitative Standards (Measurement by 
Grades) 

All students, including financial aid recipients, must maintain 
scholastic academic progress as outlined In the California State 
University, Fullerton catalog. 

Students are expected to complete their educational objective, 
degree, or certificate according to the following schedule: 

Required for Degree Max. Completed Units 

Undergraduate: 

124 units (B. A.) 150 

Graduate: 

30 or more depending 50 

upon program 


94 

Financial Aid 


California State University, Fullerton 


A student who cannot complete his/her objective within the 
maximum attempted units outlined above according to his/ 
her degree standing will not be eligible for any financial aid 
from any federal or state source. 

Successful Completion Requirement 

In order to maintain satisfactory academic progress, each stu- 
dent must have a cumulative C average or an academic 
standing consistent with the institution's requirements for gradu- 
ation by the end of the student's second academic year. This 
requirement is in addition to the requirement that a student 
maintain scholastic academic progress at the end of each 
semester as defined by California State University. Fullerton. 
Since California State University. Fullerton academic proba- 
tion and disqualification standards permit a student to enroll 
on academic probation with a cumulative grade-point aver- 
age of 1 .86 or better with fewer than 60 semester units, the 
equivalent of the end of the student's second academic year, 
CSUF meets the provisions of the Higher Education Amend- 
ments of 1986. As a result, a student who maintains a 1 .86 or 
better cumulative grade-point-average at the end of the sec- 
ond academic year will be considered to be making satisfac- 
tory academic progress. 

Semester Grade Review 

Even though California State University. Fullerton will measure 
Satisfactory Academic Progress according to the number of 
units successfully completed at the end of each academic 
year, federal financial aid program regulations require each 
college and university to determine that a student is main- 
taining Satisfactory Academic Progress each payment period 
and each time it certifies a Stafford Loan. To meet this require- 
ment. a student will have been certified as having made Sat- 
isfactory Academic Progress for payment purposes at the end 
of the fall semester If the student meets the "qualitative stan- 
dards" as outlined above. 

Determination of Units Completed 

The following grades will be counted In determining units suc- 
cessfully completed: A. B, C, D, CR (credit). 

SP (Satisfactory Progress) and RD (Report Delayed) will be 
temporarily considered os units completed provided these 
designations are replaced with an acceptable final grade 
within one calendar year from the beginning date of the 
semester. If the final SP grade Is not posted within one year, 
the student must submit a written appeal to the Office of 
Financial Aid. If a Report is Delayed beyond one year, the 
student must submit to the Office of Financial Aid a state- 
ment from the faculty member explaining the cause for the 
extended delay. 

The following grades will count as units attempted but will not 
count as units completed: F, NC (No Credit). W (Withdrawal). 
AU (Audit). I (Incomplete). U (Unofficial Withdrawal). 

If a grade is changed after the official posting for a semester, 
it is the student's responsibility to bring verification of the 
change to the Office of Financial Aid. 


Repeated Courses: A repeated course In which the student 
initially received a D or better will not count as units at- 
tempted or completed since an Improved grade will only 
result In a grade change and not additional unit credit. A 
repeated course in which a student withdrew or received 
an unauthorized Incomplete will count as units attempted 
and completed. 

Remedial Courses will be considered as units completed for 
purposes of reviewing a student's Satisfactory Academic 
Progress only when the university or department requires a stu- 
dent to take a remedial course(s) as part of his/her program 
whether or not the student receives unit credit towards gradu- 
ation. 

Failure to Maintain Satisfactory 
Academic Progress 

A student who fails to maintain the qualitative or quantitative 
measurement standards will be defined as having failed to 
maintain Satisfactory Academic Progress and will be ineligible 
to receive any federal or state financial aid. 

Reinstatement of Financial Aid Eligibility 

Students whose financial aid eligibility has been terminated 
for failure to complete the minimum number of units may have 
their aid eligibility reevaluated when the deficit units are com- 
pleted and the student has demonstrated capability of mak- 
ing satisfactory academic progress in accordance with the 
incremental completion rate. 

Appeal 

Students who fail to meet the Satisfactory Academic Progress 
standards and who are disqualified from financial aid eligibil- 
ity may appeal their disqualification to the Director of Finan- 
cial Aid by completing and submitting a written appeal within 
10 days of receipt of the "Notification of Financial Aid Disquali- 
fication." No appeal will be approved unless the mitigating 
circumstance is unique and compelling, e.g.. documented 
Injury which prevented the student from attending classes, 
parental or spousal death, extended Illness, etc. 

The "Financial Aid Petition' is available in the Office of Finan- 
cial Aid. 

Eligibility for Multiple Degrees 

Students will be eligible to receive financial aid towards the 
completion of their first bachelor's degree and towards their 
first graduate degree. 

Refund Policy 

As stated in the appropriate CSUF Class Schedule, a student 
may be entitled to a refund of fees if he/she withdraws from 
the University or drops units. If a student received financial 
aid. fee refunds will be credited partially or completely to 
various financial aid accounts according to the formulas 
below: 


95 

Financial Aid 


California State University, Fullerton 


Since financial aid is awarded to help nr^eet educational costs, 
financial aid is considered to be used first for direct educa- 
tional costs (fees). Therefore, if a student withdraws and is 
scheduled to receive a refund of fees, all or part of this refund 
will be used to reimburse the financial aid program(s) from 
which the student received funds. 

If a student received financial aid in excess of direct fees, a 
repayment of additional financial aid funds may be re- 
quired. 

Repayment Policy 

Since financial aid is awarded to help meet educational costs, 
financial aid Is considered to be used first for direct educa- 
tional costs (fees). Therefore, if a student withdraws and Is 
scheduled to receive a refund of fees, all or part of this refund 
will be used to reimburse the financial aid program(s) from 
which the student received funds. 


If a student received financial aid in excess of direct fees, a 
repayment of additional financial aid funds may be required. 

Students who receive financial aid and later terminate their 
enrollment by dropping out or by withdrawing and who re- 
ceived cash disbursements of Title IV financial aid for payment 
of their non-institutlonal costs require institutional review to de- 
termine if there has been an overpayment, and therefore. If a 
repayment is required. Repayment designates the amount that 
a student must repay of the funds he/she received In cash that 
could not have reasonably been spent for non-institutlonal costs 
during the portion of the term that the student was enrolled. 


96 

Financial Aid 



University 

Regulations 



Each student is responsible for meeting the requirements 
printed In the university catalog and all published regulations 
of the university. 

The university establishes certain academic policies and re- 
quirements which must be met before a degree is granted. 
These Include major and unit requirements and prerequisites. 
While advisers, directors, deans and faculty will provide a stu- 
dent with Information and advice, responsibility for meeting 
these requirements rests with the student. Since failure to sat- 
isfy these requirements may result in the degree being with- 
held, it is important for each student to become thoroughly 
acquainted with all regulations. The catalog and the semes- 
ter class schedule, available in the Titan Bookstore, are the 
best sources of information on current policy and regulations. 

The student also has the responsibility for securing the consent 
of the instructor before enrolling in a course with prerequisites 
that the student has not completed. 

To ensure receipt of timely Information and accurate grade 
reports from the university, each student must keep the Office 
of Admissions and Records informed of changes in personal 
data, including changes in name, address and program of 
study. Enrollment corrections and changes must be reported 
to the registrar by the 20th day of classes each semester, using 
TITAN (telephone) and/or Change of Program forms. (See class 
schedule for details.) Between the 15th and 20th day of classes, 
a $20 administrative late fee will be required to make such 
changes. Other corrections should be reported on forms pro- 
vided by and returned to the Office of Admissions and Records. 


98 

University Regulations 



California State University, Fullerton 


Enrollment Regulations 


Unit of Credit 

Each semester unit represents three hours of university work 
per week for one semester. Courses ore of three types: 

Lecture: one hour in class plus two hours of study. 

Activity, two hours of class plus one hour of study. 
Laboratory, three hours of laboratory activity in class plus 
one hour of study outside class. 

Some courses may combine two or more of these types. All 
required courses carry unit credit. 

Class Levels 

Undergraduate students who have completed 029 semester 
units of work are classified as freshmen. 3059 semester units as 
sophomores. 6089 semester units as juniors, and 90 or more as 
seniors. 

Maximum Number of Units 

Undergraduate students' requests to enroll for more than 19 
units must be approved by the student's adviser and the de- 
partment chair of the major. If such requests are denied, ap- 
peals may be made to the appropriate school dean. (Unde- 
clared majors must receive the approval of the coordinator 
of undergraduate studies.) The minimum full-time program is 
12 units. 

A student whose academic record justifies a study list in ex- 
cess of the normal may request to be allowed to enroll for 
extra units. Request forms may be obtained from the Office of 
Admissions and Records. In general, only students with supe- 
rior academic records are allowed to enroll for more than the 
maximum. In addition, the need to enroll for the extra study 
must be established. Factors such as time spent in employ- 
ment or commuting, the nature of the academic program, 
extracurricular activities and the student's health should be 
considered In planning a study program. Students who are 
employed or have outside responsibilities are advised to re- 
duce their program of study. 

The minimum and maximum units of a full-time program of 
study for graduate students are defined in the “Graduate 
Regulations' section of this catalog. 

Graduate Level Courses 

Graduate level (500) courses are organized primarily for gradu- 
ate students. Undergraduate students may be permitted to 
enroll in a graduate level course if: 

a. they have reached senior status (completed a minimum 
of 90 semester units) 

b. have the academic preparation and prerequisites required 
for entry into the course 


c. gain the consent of the instructor on the appropriate form 
available at the Admissions and Records information 
counter. 

Students wishing to use 500-level coursework taken during their 
undergraduate degree toward a master's degree should read 
the section on postgraduate credit in the “Graduate Regula- 
tions' section of this catalog. 

Class Attendance 

While class attendance is not recorded officially by the uni- 
versity. regular attendance in class is often essential to suc- 
cess in a course. The policy on class attendance is within the 
discretion of the individual faculty member and shall be an- 
nounced by the faculty member at the first class meeting of 
the semester. 

Initial Class Meeting 

It is especially important that students attend the first meeting 
of a class. Students absent from the first meeting and who fail 
to notify the instructor or departmental office no later than 24 
hours after the class meeting may be denied admission to the 
class. Instructors may deny admission to absentees to admit 
persons on waiting lists. 

Instructor- Initiated Drops 

A student who registers for a class and whose name appears 
on the first-day-of-class list should attend all class meetings in 
the first week. If the student is absent without notifying the in- 
structor or departmental office within 24 hours after any meet- 
ing missed during that week, the student may then be dropped 
administratively from the class by the instructor; however, ulti- 
mately it is the student's responsibility to ensure that he/she 
has been dropped from the class and if not, to follow the ap- 
propriate procedures for withdrawing from the class. An In- 
structor may also administratively drop a student who does 
not meet prerequisites for the course. These administrative with- 
drawals shall be without penalty and must be filed by the in- 
structor with the registrar no later than the end of the second 
week of instruction (the specific date is published In the class 
schedule each semester). 


99 

Enrollment Regulations 


Grading 

Policies 



Grading System 

Every student of the university will have all course work evalu- 
ated and reported by the faculty using letter grades or ad- 
ministrative symbols. 

The university uses a combination of traditional and nontradi- 
tional grading options as follows: 

Traditional (Letter Grade Option) 

Letter grades, defined as; 

A — outstanding performance 
B — above average performance 
C — average performance 
D — below average performance, though passing 
F — failure 

Nontraditional (Credit/No Credit Option) 

CR (Credit) for satisfactory (equivalent to C or better In under- 
graduate courses; B or better in graduate courses) and NC 
(No Credit) for less than satisfactory work. 

When, because of circumstances, a student does not com- 
plete a particular course, or withdraws, certain administrative 
symbols may be assigned by the faculty. Grades and symbols 
are listed in a chart on the following page together with grade- 
point values. The chart also illustrates the academic bookkeep- 
ing Involved for all grades and symbols used. 

Selection of Grading Option 

Selection of a grading option, with certain exceptions, is the 
responsibility of the student. Graduate students must use the 
letter grade option for courses that are on study plans leading 
to master's degrees. Undergraduates must use the letter grade 
option for major, minor and general education requirements. 

Exceptions are those courses designated by the faculty to be 
graded solely on either o letter grade only or credit/no credit 
basis. 

These courses will be so designated In the class schedule (and 
shall not be changed by the faculty after publication of the 
class schedule) for each semester and may be included in 
major, core or special program requirements. 


100 

Grading Policies 


California State University. Fullerton 


Students shall inform the registrar up to the end of the third 
week of classes regarding the selection of grading options in 
designated courses. If a student does not do so. the letter 
grade option will be used. Students are not permitted to 
change grading options after the university census date ex- 
cept. by petition, changes from credit/no credit to letter grade 
which will bring the student into compliance with major, mi- 
nor. and general education requirements. 

The faculty shall grade all students using the traditional A. B. 
C. D or F grades except in Credit/No Credit courses, and the 
registrar shall make the necessary changes from A, B. C. D or 
F, converting A, B, C to Credit, and D and F to No Credit in 
undergraduate courses and A, B to Credit, and C. D and F to 
No Credit in graduate courses. In those courses offered only 
on a Credit/No Credit basis, the instructor shall assign grades 
of CR or NC or appropriate administrative symbols. 

Nontraditional Grade Option 

A nontraditional grading option is available to undergraduate 
students, nonobjective graduate students and to classified 
graduate students for courses not included in the approved 
study plan. Any student attempting a course using the non- 
traditional grading option must meet the prerequisites for 
that course. Each student shall be permitted to select courses 
in subjects outside of the major, minor and general education 
requirements for enrollment on a Credit/No Credit basis. The 
phrase “major requirements" shall be taken to include core 
plus concentration (or option) requirements in departments 
using such terms, and professional course requirements in 
teacher education curricula. A student in any one term may 
take one course under the Credit/No Credit option. In addi- 
tion. he or she may enroll in a required course offered only 
under Credit/No Credit; however, a maximum of 36 units of 
Credit/No Credit courses, including those transferred from other 
institutions, may be counted toward the baccalaureate. 

Under the Credit/No Credit option, the term “Credit" signifies 
that the student's academic performance was such that he 
or she was awarded full credit in undergraduate courses with 
a quality level of achievement equivalent to a C grade or 
better. In all graduate level and professional education courses 
Credit signifies academic performance equivalent to B or A 
grades. No Credit signifies that the student attempted the 
course but that the performance did not warrant credit to- 
ward the objective. 

Ordinarily, a student shall be limited to one nonmajor course 
per term using this option, exclusive of courses offered only on 
a Credit/No Credit basis. 

When an undergraduate student changes his or her major field 
of study to one where he or she has completed courses with 
CR grades, such lower division courses shall be included in 
major requirements. Upper division courses may be Included 
at the option of the department upon petition by the student. 


ADVISORY CAUTION: Undergraduate students who plan to 
pursue graduate or professional studies later are advised 
to be selective in opting for courses on a credIt/no credit 
basis. As a general rule (advisory only), course work that is 
preparatory or prerequisite to advanced specialized study 
should be completed and evaluated on a letter grade basis 
and not Credit/No Credit. 





Grade 


Grade or Symbol 

Units 

Units 

Point 

Full 

Traditional Attempted 

Earned 

Value 

Credit 

A 

Yes 

Yes 

4 

Yes 

B 

Yes 

Yes 

3 

Yes 

C 

Yes 

Yes 

2 

Yes 

D 

Yes 

Yes 

1 

No 

F 

Yes 

No 

0 

No 

Nontraditional 





CR 

* 

Yes 

None 

Yes 

NC 

• 

No 

None 

No 

Administrative Symbols 





1 (Incomplete authorized) . 

t 

No 



U (Unauthorized Incomplete) 

Yes 

No 

0 

No 

W (Withdrawal) 

No 

No 

None 

No 

WF (Withdrawal) tt 

Yes 

No 

0 

No 

AU (Audit) 

No 

No 

None 

No 

SP (Satisfactory Progress) .. 

No 

No 

None 

No 

RD (Report Delayed) 

No 

No 

None 

No 

Totals 

Used 

Counted 

Used 



In 

In 

Toward 



GPA 

Objective 

GPA 



•Credit/No Credit course ur^its are not included in GPA computations, 
tif not completed within one semester the I will be changed to an F 
(or NC). 

tt Effective fall 1991 , this symbol is no longer assigned. 

Administrative Symbols 

Incomplete Authorized (I) 

The symbol I signifies that a portion of required course work 
has not been completed and evaluated in the prescribed time 
period owing to unforeseen but fully justified reasons and that 
there is still a possibility of earning credit. It is the responsibility 
of the student to bring pertinent information to the instructor 
and to reach agreement on the means by which the remain- 
ing course requirements will be satisfied. A final grade is as- 
signed when the work agreed upon has been completed and 
evaluated. 

An Incomplete must be made up during the semester imme- 
diately following the end of the term in which it was assigned. 
This limitation prevails whether or not the student maintains 
continuous enrollment. Failure to complete the assigned work 
will result in an Incomplete being changed to an F or an NC. 

A grade of Incomplete may be given only when, in the opin- 
ion of the instructor, a student cannot complete a course dur- 
ing the semester of enrollment for reasons beyond the student's 
control. 

Such reasons are assumed to include: illness of the student or 
of members of the student's immediate family, extraordinary 
financial problems, loss of outside position and other exigen- 
cies. In assigning a grade of I, the instructor shall file with the 
department for future reference and student access a State- 
ment of Requirements for Completion of Course Work. The 
requirements shall not include retaking the course. The instruc- 
tor will also designate a time limit (up to one semester) for 


101 

Grading Policies 


California State University, Fullerton 


completing requirements. Upon request, a copy of the docu- 
ment will be furnished to the student. The student should re- 
view this statement at the earliest opportunity. 

The statement of requirements will Include an indication of the 
quality of the student's work to date. This not only provides an 
interim evaluation for the student but assists the department 
chair in assigning a final grade in those instances where the 
instructor is no longer available. 

When the specific requirements are completed, the instructor 
will report a change of grade. The responsibility for changing 
the incomplete grade rests with the instructor. 

Withdrawal (W) 

Students may withdraw from class during the first four weeks 
of instruction. After that time, students should complete all 
courses in which they are enrolled. 

The university authorizes withdrawal after the first four weeks 
of instruction and prior to the last three weeks of instruction 
only with the approval of the instructor and the department 
chair (and, in some cases, the school dean). All requests for 
permission to withdraw during this period and all approvals 
shall be made in writing on the Post-Census Withdrawal form 
and the Change of Program form and shall be filed at the 
Office of Admissions and Records by students or their proxies. 

Prior to the 20th day of instruction, students may withdraw from 
classes without record of enrollment. After the 20th day of 
classes, students should complete all courses in which they 
are enrolled. Authorization to withdraw after census shall be 
granted for only the most serious reasons i.e. a physical, medi- 
cal, emotional or other condition which has the effect of limit- 
ing the student's full participation in the class. Such reasons 
must be documented by the student. Poor academic perfor- 
mance is not evidence of a serious reason for withdrawal. Sig- 
natures of the instructor and department chair are required 
for each course. In some departments, the signature of the 
associate dean is also required. Withdrawal from a class is sig- 
nified by a grade of *W*. Such grades are not included in 
grade point average calculations. 

Students may not withdraw during the final three weeks of in- 
struction except in cases, appropriately documented, such 
as accident or serious illness, where the assignment of an In- 
complete is not practicable. Ordinarily, withdrawals of this 
nature will involve withdrawal from all classes except that 
Credit or Incomplete Authorized (I) may be assigned for 
courses in which students have completed sufficient work to 
permit an evaluation to be made. Requests for permission to 
withdraw from all classes under these circumstances, with 
authorizations as described above, shall be submitted with 
Change of Program forms by the students (or their proxies) to 
the registrar. 

Unauthorized Incomplete (U) 

The symbol U indicates that an enrolled student did not with- 
draw from the course but failed to complete course require- 
ments. It Is used when. In the opinion of the instructor, com- 


pleted assignments or course activities or both were insuffi- 
cient to make normal evaluation of academic performance 
possible. For purposes of grade-point average computations 
this symbol is equivalent to an F. 

Students may petition for retroactive withdrawal from indi- 
vidual courses or from an entire semester, provided they can 
document both the serious and compelling reasons or cir- 
cumstances that required the withdrawal and the date of 
such withdrawal. Such a petition must be filed within 30 days 
after the first class day of the following semester. 


ADVISORY NOTE: Students who unofficially withdraw and 
who are receiving financial aid or benefits which are 
dependent on completion of specified course units are 
advised that they may have such benefits suspended and 
may be subject to repayment of allowances received after 
date of unofficial withdrawal. 


Audit (AU) 

The symbol AU Is used by the registrar in those instances where 
a student has enrolled in a course either for information or other 
purposes not related to the student's formal academic ob- 
jective. Enrollment as an auditor is subject to the permission of 
the instructor, provided that enrollment in any course as an 
auditor shall be permitted only after students otherwise eligible 
to enroll in the course on a credit basis have had an opportu- 
nity to do so. Auditors are subject to the same fees as credit 
students and regular class attendance is expected. An audi- 
tor may not change to credit status and a student who is en- 
rolled for credit may not change to audit after the third week 
of instruction. An auditor Is not permitted to take examina- 
tions in the course; therefore, there is no basis for evaluation 
nor a formal grade report. 

Satisfactory Progress (SP) 

The SP symbol is used in connection with thesis, project or simi- 
lar courses that extend beyond one academic term. It Indi- 
cates that work is in progress, and has been evaluated and 
found to be satisfactory to date, but that assignment of a final 
grade must await completion of additional course work. Cu- 
mulative enrollment in units attempted may not exceed the 
total number applicable to the student's educational objec- 
tive. Work is to be completed within a stipulated period which 
may not exceed one year except for graduate degree the- 
ses or projects for which the time may be longer, but may not 
exceed the overall limit for completion of all master's degree 
requirements. Any extension of time must receive prior autho- 
rization by the dean of the school (or the dean's designee) in 
which the course is offered. 

Report Delayed (RD) 

The RD symbol is used where a delay in the reporting of a final 
grade is due to circumstances beyond the control of the stu- 
dent. The symbol is assigned by the registrar and will be re- 
placed as soon as possible. An RD shall not be included in 
calculation of a grade-point average. 


102 

Grading Policies 


California State University. Fullerton 


student Records 

Grade Reports to Students 

A report of the final grades assigned In classes is sent to each 
student at the end of each semester. Many students also leave 
self-addressed post cards for Instructors of specific courses to 
send them earlier reports. 

Class Grade-Point Averages 

Beginning with the fall semester 1978, Information Is included 
on student grade reports and permanent academic records 
that is intended to depict the level of achievement of students 
in relation to other students in a particular class. The informa- 
tion is displayed in parentheses before each course grade. 
The first set of figures indicates the number of students offi- 
cially completing the course and the second set is the class 
grade-point average. In making the computations, marks of 
W. I. CR, NC, and SP are excluded. This same Information Is 
displayed for summer session classes, but not for extension or 
intersession classes sponsored by the Office of Extended Edu- 
cation. 

Examinations 

Final examinations, if required by the instructor, will be given 
at times scheduled by the university. Once established, the 
final examination schedule may not be changed unless ap- 
proved by the dean of the school. No makeup final examina- 
tion will be given except for reason of illness or other verified 
emergencies. 

Credit by Examination 

Students may be granted credit toward the baccalaureate and 
to meet curriculum requirements in certain designated courses 
by the satisfactory completion of challenge examinations in the 
courses. The examinations are to be comprehensive and ad- 
ministered by the sponsoring departments. Well in advance of 
the semester in which a challenge examination Is to be admin- 
istered. the student, using the appropriate university form, will 
secure written approval of his or her major advisor and the chair 
of the department In which the course is offered. In general, 
prior work or academic experience will be required. 

Courses to be offered as challenge examinations will be de- 
termined by the academic departments. Matriculated stu- 
dents may either enroll In these courses during registration or 
add them during the first three weeks of the semester. The ex- 
amination must be administered not later than the end of the 
third week of instruction. 

Upon successful completion of the examination, the Instructor 
will report the grade of CR. Students who fail the challenge 
examination may elect to continue the course for credit or 
may officially withdraw from the course through the normal 
class withdrawal procedure. The challenge examination for 
any course may be administered only once. 

A maximum of 30 credits can be earned by challenge exami- 
nation. including those earned by advanced placement. 


Credit by examination may not be used to fulfill the minimum 
residence requirements. 

Grade- Point Averages 

The numerical grade-point values in the grading system chart 
are intended to give an exact determination of a student's 
scholastic standing. To compute the grade-point average for 
course work at Fullerton, the grade-point value of each grade, 
with the exception noted In the ’‘Repetition of Courses" sec- 
tion. is multiplied first by the unit value of each course to ob- 
tain a total of all grade points earned. The total is then di- 
vided by the total units attempted in all courses in which grades 
of A. B. C, D. F. U and WF were received. The resulting figure Is 
the grade-point average. 

Repetition of Courses 

Undergraduate students may repeat courses at California 
State University. Fullerton for which D or falling grades were 
earned either at Cal State Fullerton or at other Institutions; In 
repeating such courses, the traditional grading system shall 
be used. In computing the grade-point average of a student 
who repeats courses in which he or she received D or failing 
grades, only the most recently earned grades and grade points 
shall be used for the first 16 units repeated. Nevertheless, the 
original grade on the academic record shall not be changed 
or eradicated. Persons who plan to seek professional school 
admission, e.g. . law. medicine should note that all grades may 
be calculated for admission regardless of local application of 
the CSUF repetition of course policy. 

In exercising this option, an undergraduate student must re- 
peat the course at Cal State Fullerton and may request appli- 
cation of this policy when a course has been repeated. This 
should be accomplished using the appropriate form, immedi- 
ately following the term in which the course has been com- 
pleted. so that the student's grade-point average can be re- 
vised. In the absence of student requests, courses successfully 
repeated are routinely credited by the Office of Admissions 
and Records during disqualification cycles and degree require- 
ment reviews at the time of graduation. 

This policy may also be applied to courses in which U or WF 
grades were assigned, as a means of eliminating such marks 
from grade-point average computations. 

In the case of any repetition beyond the 1 6-unit limit or in courses 
for which a C or better grade was awarded, both grades are 
considered in computing grade-point averages. Successful rep- 
etition of a course originally passed carries no additional unit 
credit toward a degree or credential except for certain courses 
such as independent study, practicum. or other courses speci- 
fied In this catalog as ’'may be repeated for credit." 

Students transferring from other colleges where courses were 
taken and repeated may be eligible for consideration under 
this policy. In general, the policy of the college where the 
course was repeated shall be followed; however, units for the 
courses taken and repeated at the transfer institution are in- 
cluded In the 16-unit limitation. 

Subject to the following restrictions, if a graduate or post-bac- 
calaureate student (excluding students with a second 


103 

Grading Policies 


California State University, Fullerton 


bachelor's degree objective) repeats courses for which a 
grade of U (unauthorized incomplete) was received, only the 
most recently earned grade(s) and grade points shall be used 
in computing the grade point average; however, the original 
U grade(s) will remain on the permanent record. This policy 
may be applied only to grades earned during the first semes- 
ter in which U grades are received. Repeated courses must 
be taken at Cal State Fullerton using the traditional grading 
system. Students who have successfully repeated U-graded 
courses must notify the Admissions and Records office using 
the appropriate form if they wish adjustment to their grade 
point averages. 

Grade Changes 

The university recognizes the long-standing prerogatives of 
faculty to set standards of performance and to apply them to 
individual students. The university will seek to correct injustices 
to students but at the same time believes that the instructor's 
judgment at the time the original grade is assigned is better 
than a later reconsideration of an individual case. Equity to all 
students is of fundamental concern. The following policies 
apply to changes of grades except for changes of Incom- 
plete Authorized and Unauthorized Incomplete symbols. 

1. In general, all course grades are final when filed by the 
instructor in the end-of-term course grade report. Each stu- 
dent is notified by mail of the grades earned during the 
term, and these grades become a part of the official 
record. 

2. A change of grade may occur only in cases of clerical 
error, administrative error, or where the instructor reevalu- 
ates the original course assignments of a student and dis- 
covers an error in the original evaluation. A clerical error is 
an error made by the instructor or an assistant in calculat- 
ing or recording the grade. A change of grade shall not 
occur as a consequence of the acceptance of additional 
work or reexamination beyond the specified course re- 
quirements. 

3. A request for a change of grade shall be initiated by the 
student affected and shall be directed to the instructor 
within 60 calendar days of the first day of classes of the 
regular semester following the award of the original grade. 
If the instructor determines that there is a valid basis for the 
change, a Change of Grade form shall be used to notify 
the Office of Admissions and Records. These forms are avail- 
able in department offices and are not to be handled by 
students. If the instructor determines that there is not a valid 
basis for the change, and denies the student's request, 
the instructor's decision is final. The student may file a peti- 
tion with the Academic Appeals Board on the basis of 
capricious or prejudicial treatment by the instructor. 

4. The Change of Grade form completed and signed by the 
instructor, noting the basis for the change, shall not be 
accepted by the registrar unless approved separately by 
the department chair and school dean. 

5. If a request for change of grade Is initiated after 60 calen- 
dar days Into the following semester, it will be approved 
only in extraordinary circumstances. An explanation of such 
circumstances must accompany the request and must be 


approved separately by the instructor, department chair, 
and the dean before acceptance by the registrar. 

Academic Dishonesty 

Academic dishonesty Includes such things as cheating, invent- 
ing false Information or citations, plagiarism, and helping some- 
one else commit an act of academic dishonesty. It usually 
involves an attempt by a student to show possession of a level 
of knowledge or skill which he or she does not possess. 

Cheating is defined as the act of obtaining or attempting to 
obtain credit for work by the use of any dishonest, deceptive, 
fraudulent or unauthorized means. Examples of cheating In- 
clude, but are not limited to: using notes or aids or the help of 
other students on tests and examinations in ways other than 
those expressly permitted by the instructor, plagiarism as de- 
fined below, tampering with the grading procedures, and 
collaborating with others on any assignment where such col- 
laboration is expressly forbidden by an Instructor. 

Plagiarism Is defined as the act of taking the specific substance 
of another and offering It as one's own without giving credit 
to the source. When sources are used, acknowledgment of 
the original author or source must be made following stan- 
dard scholarly practice. 

The initial responsibility for detecting and dealing with aca- 
demic dishonesty lies with the instructor concerned. An instruc- 
tor who believes that an act of academic dishonesty has oc- 
curred is obligated to discuss the matter with the student in- 
volved. The instructor should possess reasonable evidence, 
such as documents or personal observation. However, If cir- 
cumstances prevent consultation with the student, the instruc- 
tor may take whatever action, subject to student appeal, the 
Instructor deems appropriate. 

An instructor who Is convinced by the evidence that a stu- 
dent is guilty of academic dishonesty shall: 

1 . Assign an appropriate academic penalty. This may range 
from an oral reprimand to an F in the course. To the extent 
that the faculty member considers the academic dishon- 
esty to manifest the student's lack of scholarship and to 
reflect on the student's academic performance and aca- 
demic integrity In a course, the student's grade should be 
adversely affected. Suggested guidelines for appropriate 
actions are an oral reprimand in cases where there Is rea- 
sonable doubt that the student knew that his or her action 
constituted academic dishonesty; an F on the particular 
paper, project or examination where the act of dishonesty 
was unpremeditated, or where there were significant miti- 
gating circumstances, or an F in the course where the dis- 
honesty was premeditated or planned. 

2. Report to the student Involved, to the department chair, 
and to the vice president for student affairs the alleged 
incident of academic dishonesty. Including relevant docu- 
mentation. and make recommendations for action that 
he or she deems appropriate. 

The vice president for student affairs shall maintain an aca- 
demic dishonesty file of all cases of academic dishonesty with 
the appropriate documentation. Students shall be Informed 


104 

Grading Policies 


California State University. Fullerton 


when their names are inserted into the file and provided with 
copies of any appeals or disciplinary procedures in which 
they may become involved. The vice president for student 
affairs or his or her designees may initiate disciplinary pro- 
ceedings under Title 5, California Code of Regulations. Sec- 
tion 41301 , and Chancellor's Executive Order 148; when two 
or more incidents involving the same student occur, he or 
she shall do so. Opportunities for appeal regarding sanctions 
resulting from disciplinary proceedings are provided by Ex- 
ecutive Order 148. 

A student may appeal any action taken on a charge of aca- 
demic dishonesty under the University Policy Statement 
300.030. ’‘Academic Appeals." If the Academic Appeals Board 
decides that a student is Innocent of academic dishonesty, 
then no entry shall be made in the academic dishonesty file. 

If the Academic Appeals Board decides either that a student 
is innocent of academic dishonesty, or that a faculty member 
has acted arbitrarily or capriciously towards a student. It shall 
Instruct the faculty member to meet with his or her depart- 
ment chair and. If appropriate, the dean of the school for the 
purpose of reassessing the student's performance. If the fac- 
ulty member refuses to do so. or if the Board's recommenda- 
tion does not specify a particular grade as the one to be as- 
signed. the matter shall be referred to an ad hoc committee, 
to be established by the department, which shall have ulti- 
mate authority to act in the case. 

Academic Renewal 

Under certain circumstances, the university may disregard up 
to two semesters or three quarters of previous undergraduate 
course work taken at any college or university from all consid- 
erations associated with requirements for the baccalaureate. 
These circumstances are: 

1 . that the student has requested the action formally and 
has presented evidence that work completed in the terms 
under consideration is substandard and not representa- 
tive of present scholastic ability and level of performance; 
and 

2. that the level of performance represented by the terms 
under consideration was due to extenuating circum- 
stances; and 


3. that there is every evidence that the student would find it 
necessary to complete additional terms to qualify for the 
baccalaureate if the request were not approved. 

Final determination that one or more terms shall be disregarded 
in the determination of eligibility for graduation shall be based 
upon a careful review of evidence by the Review Committee 
for Academic Renewal and shall be made only when: 

1 . five years have elapsed since the most recent work to 
be disregarded was completed; and 

2. the student has completed at Fullerton, since the most 
recent work to be disregarded was completed. 15 se- 
mester units with at least a 3.0 grade-point average, or 
30 semester units with at least a 2.5 GPA. or 45 semester 
units with at least a 2.0 GPA. Work completed at another 
institution cannot be used to satisfy this requirement. 

When such action is taken, the student's permanent academic 
record shall be annotated so that it is readily evident to all 
users of the record that no work taken during the disregarded 
terms, even if satisfactory, may apply toward baccalaureate 
requirements. All work must remain legible on the record en- 
suring a true and complete academic history. 

This policy is not intended to merely allow students a means by 
which they may improve their overall grade-point averages. 

Transcripts 

Official transcripts of courses taken at the university are issued 
only with the written permission of the student concerned. 
Partial transcripts are not issued. A fee of $4 for each transcript 
must be received before the transcript can be released. 

Normally, transcripts are available within three working days, 
except at the end of the semester when the student should 
allow about 10 days after the last day of the semester. 

Transcripts from other institutions, which have been presented 
for admission or evaluation, become a part of the student's 
permanent academic file and are not returned or copied for 
distribution. Students desiring transcripts covering work at- 
tempted elsewhere should request them from the Institutions 
concerned. 


105 

Grading Policies 


Continuous Residency 
Regulations 



Good Standing 

Good standing Indicates that a student is eligible to continue 
and Is free from financial obligation to the university. A stu- 
dent under academic disqualification, disciplinary suspension 
or disciplinary expulsion is not eligible to receive a statement 
of good standing on transcripts issued by the university or on 
other documents. 

Choice of Requirements 

A student remaining in continuous attendance in regular ses- 
sions and continuing In the same curriculum at any campus of 
the California community colleges or In any combination of 
California community colleges and campuses of The Califor- 
nia State University may, for purposes of meeting graduation 
requirements, elect to meet the graduation requirements of 
such campuses from which he or she will graduate in effect 
either at the time of entering the curriculum or at the time of 
graduation therefrom, except that substitutions for discontin- 
ued courses may be authorized or required by the proper uni- 
versity authorities. 

Stop-Out Policy 

With certain exceptions, undergraduate students and 
postbaccalaureate unclassified students may be absent for 
one semester and maintain their continuing student status. This 
Includes election of curriculum requirements for graduation 
and eligibility to register for the next semester. The exceptions 
are as follows: 

Disqualified Students - Students who are disqualified at the end 
of a semester and have not been reinstated will not receive 
registration materials; they must apply for readmission, and if 
admitted, may be subject to new curriculum requirements. 


Foreign-Visa Students - Students with foreign visas are required 
to maintain continuous enrollment. The stop-out policy is not 
applicable. 

Students absent for more than one semester must apply for 
readmission should they wish to return to Fullerton. Election of 
catalog requirements will not be jeopardized for certain stu- 
dents. Students should consult an evaluator in the Office of 
Admissions & Records. 


106 

Continuous Residence Regulations 


California State University, Fullerton 


Leave of Absence 

A leave of absence may be granted based on certain docu- 
mented extenuating circumstances and normally is granted 
for not more than one year. 

Such an approved leave of absence authorizes the student 
to return without reapplying to the university and continue 
under the catalog requirements that applied to the enrollment 
prior to the absence. 

Undergraduate and postbaccalaureate unclassified gradu- 
ate students on approved leaves of one year (two academic 
semesters) or less are eligible to register for the semester im- 
mediately following the end of the leave and vy/ill be mailed 
registration materials automatically. 

The leave of absence policy for conditionally classified and 
classified graduate students and credential students is defined 
in the “Graduate Regulations" section of this catalog. 

Withdrawal from the University 

A student who wishes to withdraw from the university during a 
semester must do so officially following procedures defined in 
the class schedule for that semester. Complete withdrawal 
from the university is accomplished by following the proce- 
dures for dropping classes. See the section on refund of fees 
for possible refunds. No student may withdraw after the date 
shown on the university calendar as the last day of instruction. 

Retention, Probation and 
Disqualification 

For purposes of determining a student's ability to remain in 
the university both quality of performance and progress to- 
wards the educational objective will be considered. 

Academic Probation 

An undergraduate student shall be placed on academic pro- 
bation if in any semester the cumulative grade-point average 
or the grade-point average at Fullerton falls below 2.0 (grade 
of C on a four-point scale). The student shall be advised of 
probation status promptly and. except in unusual instances, 
before the start of the next consecutive enrollment period. 

An undergraduate student shall be removed from academic 
probation and restored to clear standing upon achieving a 
cumulative grade-point average of 2.0 in all academic work 
attempted, in all such work attempted at Fullerton, and is 
making satisfactory progress towards his or her educational 
objective. 

A postbaccalaureate student (credential, unclassified or un- 
declared status but not second baccalaureate degree stu- 
dents) shall be subject to academic probation if after com- 
pleting 12 or more units his or her postbaccalaureate cumula- 
tive grade-point average for units attempted at California 
State University, Fullerton fallls below a 2.50 average. The GPA 
will determine whether a student is subject to probation only 
after the student has completed 12 semester units. 


A graduate student enrolled In a graduate degree program 
in either conditionally classified or classified standing shall be 
subject to academic probation if he or she fails to maintain a 
cumulative grade-point average of at least 3.0 (grade of B on 
a four-point scale) in all units attempted. 

Academic Disqualification 

An undergraduate student on academic probation shall be 
subject to academic disqualification if: 

1 . as a lower-division student (fewer than 60 semester units of 
college work completed) he or she falls 15 or more grade 
points below a 2.0 average on all college units attempted 
or in all units attempted at this institution; or 

2. as a junior (60 to 89.9 semester units of college work com- 
pleted) he or she falls nine or more grade points below a 
2.0 average on all college units attempted or in all units 
attempted at this institution; or 

3. as a senior (90 or more semester units of college work com- 
pleted) he or she falls six or more grade points below a 2.0 
average on all college units attempted or In all units at- 
tempted at this institution. 

A graduate student enrolled in a graduate degree program 
shall be subject to disqualification if while on probation suffi- 
cient grade points are not achieved to remove probationary 
status. Disqualification may be either from further registration 
in a particular program or from further enrollment in the uni- 
versity, as determined by appropriate campus authority. 

A postbaccalaureate student who is on probation shall be 
subject to disqualification If he or she falls to earn at least a 
2.50 grade-point average each term after the completion of 
12 units at California State University, Fullerton in post-bacca- 
laureate status. Disqualification may be either from further reg- 
istration as a (oostbaccalaureate, credential or certificate pro- 
gram student or from enrollment at California State University, 
Fullerton, as determined by the vice president for academic 
affairs or designee. 

student Conduct 

The university properly assumes that all students will conduct 
themselves as mature citizens of the campus community. Com- 
pliance with all regulations of the university is therefore ex- 
pected. If, however, on any occasion a student or an organi- 
zation is alleged to have compromised accepted university 
standards, appropriate judiciary procedures shall be initiated 
through the established university process. Every effort will be 
made to encourage and support the development of self- 
discipline and control by students and student organizations. 
The vice president for student affairs, aided by members of 
the faculty. Is responsible to the president of the university for 
the behavior of students in their relationships with the univer- 
sity. The president in turn Is responsible to the chancellor and 
the trustees of The California State University, who themselves 
are governed by specific laws of the State of California. 

Inappropriate conduct by students or by applicants for ad- 
mission is subject to discipline as provided In Sections 41301 


107 

Continuous Residence Regulations 


California State University, Fuilerton 


through 41304 of Title 5, California Code of Regulations. These 
sections are as follows: 

41301. Expulsion. Suspension and Probation of Students. Fol- 
lowing procedures consonant with due process established 
pursuant to Section 41304. any student of a campus may be 
expelled, suspended, placed on probation or given a lesser 
sanction for one or more of the following causes which must 
be campus-related: 

(a) Cheating or plagiarism In connection with an academic 
program at a campus. 

(b) Forgery, alteration or misuse of campus documents, 
records, or Identification or knowingly furnishing false in- 
formation to a campus. 

(c) Misrepresentation of oneself or of an organization to be 
an agent of the campus. 

(d) Obstruction or disruption, on or off campus property, of 
the campus educational process, administrative process, 
or other campus function. 

(e) Physical abuse on or off campus property of the person 
or property of any member of the campus community or 
of members of his or her family or the threat of such physi- 
cal abuse. 

(f) Theft of. or non-accidental damage to. campus prop- 
erty. or property in the possession of. or owned by. a mem- 
ber of the campus community. 

(g) Unauthorized entry into, unauthorized use of. or misuse of 
campus property. 

(h) On campus property, the sale or knowing possession of 
dangerous drugs, restricted dangerous drugs, or narcot- 
ics as those terms are used in California statutes, except 
when lawfully prescribed pursuant to medical or dental 
care, or when lawfully permitted for the purpose of re- 
search. instruction or analysis. 

(i) Knowing possession or use of explosives, dangerous 
chemicals or deadly weapons on campus property or at 
a campus function without prior authorization of the cam- 
pus president. 

(j) Engaging in lewd, indecent, or obscene behavior on cam- 
pus property or at a campus function. 

(k) Abusive behavior directed toward, or hazing of. a mem- 
ber of the campus community. 

(l) Violation of any order of a campus president, notice of 
which had been given prior to such violation and during 
the academic term in which the violation occurs, either 
by publication in the campus newspaper, or by posting 
on an official bulletin board designated for this purpose, 
and which order is not inconsistent with any of the other 
provisions of this Section. 

(m) Soliciting or assisting another to do any act which would 
subject a student to expulsion, suspension or probation 
pursuant to this Section. 


(n) For purposes of this Article, the following terms are de- 
fined: 

(1) The term "member of the campus community' is de- 
fined as meaning California State University trustees, 
academic, non-academic and administrative per- 
sonnel. students, and other persons while such other 
persons are on campus property or at a campus 
function. 

(2) The term "campus property' includes: 

(A) Real or personal property in the possession of. 
or under the control of. the Board of Trustees of 
The California State University, and 

(B) All campus feeding, retail, or residence facili- 
ties whether operated by a campus or by a cam- 
pus auxiliary organization. 

(3) The term "deadly weapons' includes any instrument 
or weapon of the kind commonly known as a black- 
jack. sling shot, billy, sandclub. sandbag, metal 
knuckles, any dirk, dagger, switchblade knife, pistol, 
revolver, or any other firearm, any knife having a 
blade longer than five inches, any razor with an un- 
guarded blade, and any metal pipe or bar used or 
intended to be used as a club. 

(4) The term "behavior' includes conduct and expres- 
sion. 

(5) The term "hazing' means any method of initiation 
into a student organization or any pastime or amuse- 
ment engaged in with regard to such an organiza- 
tion which causes, or is likely to cause, bodily dan- 
ger. or physical or emotional harm, to any member 
of the campus community; but the term "hazing' 
does not include customary athletic events or other 
similar contests or competitions. 

(o) This Section is not adopted pursuant to Education Code 
Section 89031. 

(p) Notwithstanding any amendment or repeal pursuant to 
the resolution by which any provision of this Article is 
amended, all acts and omissions occurring prior to that 
effective date shall be subject to the provisions of this 
Article as in effect immediately prior to such effective 
date. 

41302. Disposition of Fees: Campus Emergency; Interim Sus- 
pension. The President of the campus may place on proba- 
tion. suspend, or expel a student for one or more of the causes 
enumerated In Section 41301 . No fees or tuition paid by or for 
such student for the semester, quarter, or summer session In 
which he or she is suspended or expelled shall be refunded. If 
the student is readmitted before the close of the semester, 
quarter, or summer session in which he or she Is suspended, no 
additional tuition or fees shall be required of the student on 
account of the suspension. 

During periods of campus emergency, as determined by the 
President of the individual campus, the President may. after 


108 

Continuous Residence Regulations 


California State University, Fullerton 


consultation with the Chancellor place Into immediate effect 
any emergency regulations, procedures, and other measures 
deemed necessary or appropriate to meet the emergency, 
safeguard persons and property, and maintain educational 
activities. 

The President may immediately impose an Interim suspension 
in all cases In which there Is reasonable cause to believe that 
such an Immediate suspension is required In order to protect 
lives or property and to insure the maintenance of order. A 
student so placed on interim suspension shall be given prompt 
notice of charges and the opportunity for a hearing within 10 
days of the imposition of interim suspension. During the period 
of interim suspension, the student shall not, without prior writ- 
ten permission of the President or designated representative, 
enter any campus of the California State University other than 
to attend the hearing. Violation of any condition of Interim 
suspension shall be grounds for expulsion. 

41303. Conduct by Applicants for Admission Notwithstanding 
any provision in this Chapter 1 to the contrary, admission or re- 
admission may be qualified or denied to any person who, while 
not enrolled as a student, commits acts which, were he en- 
rolled as a student, would be the basis for disciplinary proceed- 
ings pursuant to Sections 41301 or 41302. Admission or readmis- 
sion may be qualified or denied to any person who, while a 
student, commits acts which are subject to disciplinary action 
pursuant to Section 41301 or Section 41302. Qualified admis- 
sion or denial of admission In such cases shall be determined 
under procedures adopted pursuant to Section 41304. 

41304. Student Disciplinary Procedures for The California State 
University. The chancellor shall prescribe, and may from time 
to time revise, a code of student disciplinary procedures for 
The California State University. Subject to other applicable law, 
this code shall provide for determinations of fact and sanc- 
tions to be applied for conduct which is a ground for disci- 
pline under Sections 41301 or 41302, and for qualified admis- 
sion or denial of admission under Section 41303; the authority 
of the campus president in such matters; conduct-related 
determinations on financial aid eligibility and termination; al- 
ternative kinds of proceedings, including proceedings con- 
ducted by a hearing officer; time limitations; notice; conduct 
of hearings, including provisions governing evidence, a record, 
and review; and such other related matters as may be appro- 
priate. The chancellor shall report to the Board actions taken 
under this section. 

Parking on Campus 

Parking is enforced Mondays through Fridays. This Includes 
Intersession, summer and spring breaks. This enforcement also 
applies to 15 and 30 minute zones (green curb), red curb, 
handicapped, state, maintenance/service vehicle and special 
permit designated areas. In addition, all provisions of the Cali- 
fornia Vehicle Code are enforced throughout the campus. 

Parking regulations are enforced during walk-through regis- 
tration, change of program, and orientation. During this pe- 
riod of time immediately prior to classes, the summer and fall 
decals are valid in student decal lots. If you are not a continu- 
ing student but have received your notice of admission, and 
your student I.D. number Is on file, you may purchase a stu- 
dent decal. If you do not plan to buy a decal, please pur- 


chase a daily permit and park in Lots A or G, or use the coin lot 
(six quarters to exit) located south of the campus and Nutwood 
Ave. just off Titan Drive. 

Parking decals are required in order to park in all parking lots 
on campus other than daily permit lots. Student decals may 
be purchased by mail, at the Office of the University Cashier 
or at the registration fee payment station If purchased along 
with payment of the registration fees during walk-through reg- 
istration. Only one decal will be issued to each student. Stu- 
dent parking decals are valid on/y when displayed on the rear- 
view mirror while the vehicle is parked. By California law, if the 
decal interferes with driver vision it must be removed from the 
mirror when the vehicle is in motion. 

Motorcycle decals are required for all motorcycles and mo- 
peds and may be purchased only from the University Cashier. 
Motorcycles must park In designated areas of decal lots. Mo- 
peds may be parked in designated motorcycle areas of de- 
cal lots or in bicycle racks. 

Parking decals for the handicapped are available for purchase 
only from the University Cashier. A signed authorization form 
must be obtained from Disabled Student Services (University 
Hall, UH 101) and must accompany the decal application. 

Daily permit parking is available in Lots A and G at the north 
end of campus (daily, year round) and Lots B, D, E West/J and 
I after 4 p.m. Mondays through Fridays, and all day weekends 
and holidays. A permit may be purchased from any permit 
machine and is valid in any other available permit lot but only 
on the date of purchase. 

Parking decals are not transferable. Decals are valid only when 
purchased from the University Cashier and officially recorded 
In that office. 

Debts Owed to the University 

Should a student or former student fail to pay a debt owed to 
the university, the university may “withhold permission to regis- 
ter, to use facilities for which a fee is authorized to be charged, 
to receive services, materials, food or merchandise or any 
combination of the above from any person owing a debt" 
until the debt Is paid (see Sections 42380 and 42381 of Title 5, 
California Code of Regulations). For example, the institution 
may withhold permission to receive official transcripts of grades 
for any person owing a debt. If a student believes that he or 
she does not owe all or part of an unpaid obligation, the stu- 
dent should consult the business office. The business office, or 
another office to which the student may be referred by the 
business office will review the pertinent Information, including 
information the student may wish to present, and will advise 
the student of its conclusions with respect to the debt. 

student Rights 

Right of Petition 

Students may petition for review of certain university academic 
regulations when unusual circumstances exist. It should be 
noted, however, that academic regulations when they are 
contained in Title 5, California Code of Regulations, are not 
subject to petition. 


109 

Continuous Residence Regulations 


California State University. Fullerton 


Petition forms ore available in the Office of Admissions and 
Records. The university petitions committee will take action on 
the petition based on recommendations provided by appropri- 
ate officers and the student will be notified of the decision. 
Results of the action will be placed in the student's folder In 
the Office of Admissions and Records. 

The petitions committee members shall consist of the associ- 
ate dean of each school, or designee, a professional staff 
member appointed by the director of admissions and records, 
the coordinator of undergraduate studies, one faculty mem- 
ber of the University General Education Committee, and the 
assistant registrar, who will serve as the secretary. 

Right of Noncompliance 

Certain university activities either within or outside of the class- 
room may involve varying degrees of risk to the participants. It 
is university policy that the instructor directing such activities 
fully divulge to all potential participants the specific nature of 
such risks and obtain from them their expressed or implied 
consent prior to undertaking activities. 

The student who at any time comes to believe that the risks, 
whether physical or psychological, are excessive has the re- 
sponsibility to withdraw from participation at the time and to 
inquire of the instructor if there are alternative means of fulfill- 
ing the requirements without penalty. If there is none, the stu- 
dent may petition for withdrawal from the course without pen- 
alty or appeal for an appropriate modification of the activity. 
The appeal may be made either to the chair of the depart- 
ment concerned, or to the chair of the Committee on Activi- 
ties Involving Human Subjects, or both. 

Right of Academic Appeai 

The right of due process, appeal and peer judgment is estab- 
lished by the Student Bill of Rights and Responsibilities for stu- 
dents who feel they have been treated capriciously or with 
prejudice by faculty or administrators. Students should make 
every effort to resolve the issue informally by consulting the 
Individual concerned, and if necessary the department chair 
and dean of the school. 

Students who still believe the problem has not been resolved 
should consult with the coordinator of academic appeals. 
Upon the student's request, the coordinator will convene the 
Academic Appeals Board to hear the student's complaint. 
Students must initiate the appeals process by contacting the 
faculty member and/or the department chair within one aca- 
demic month after they could reasonably be expected to be 
aware of the action in question. 

Copies of the governing documents are available in the Aca- 
demic Appeals Office. 

Privacy Rights of Students 

The federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 
(20 U.S.C. 1 232g) and regulations adopted thereunder (34 C.F.R. 
99) and California Education Code Section 67100 et seq., set 
out requirements designed to protect the privacy of students 
concerning their records maintained by the campus. Specifi- 


cally. the statute and regulations govern access to student 
records maintained by the university, and the release of such 
records. In brief, the law provides that the university must pro- 
vide students access to official records related to them and 
an opportunity for a hearing to challenge such records on the 
grounds that they are Inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in- 
appropriate. The right to a hearing under the law does not 
include any right to challenge the appropriateness of a grade 
as determined by the Instructor. The law generally requires that 
written consent of the student be received before releasing 
personally identifiable data about the student from records to 
other than a specified list of exceptions. The institution has 
adopted a set of policies and procedures concerning imple- 
mentation of the statutes and the regulations on the campus. 
Copies of these policies and procedures may be obtained 
from the vice president for student affairs. Among the types of 
Information included in the campus statement of policies and 
procedures are: (1) the types of student records and the Infor- 
mation contained therein; (2) the official responsible for the 
maintenance of each type of record; (3) the location of ac- 
cess lists which indicate persons requesting or receiving Infor- 
mation from the record; (4) policies for reviewing and expung- 
ing records; (5) the access rights of students; (6) the proce- 
dures for challenging the content of student records; (7) the 
cost which will be charged for reproducing copies of records; 
and (8) the right of the student to file a complaint with the 
Department of Education. An office and review board have 
been established by the Department to Investigate and adju- 
dicate violations and complaints. The office designated for 
this purpose is: The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
Office (FERPA), U.S. Department of Education. 330 C Street. 
Room 4511, Washington, D.C. 20202. 

The campus Is authorized under the Act to release "directory 
information' concerning students. "Directory information' In- 
cludes the student's name, address, telephone listing, date 
and place of birth, major field of study, participation in offi- 
cially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of 
members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and 
awards received, and the most recent previous educational 
agency or institution attended by the student. The above des- 
ignated Information is subject to release by the university at 
any time unless It has received prior written objection from the 
student specifying information that the student requests not 
be released. Written objections should be sent to the vice presi- 
dent for student affairs. 

The campus is authorized to provide access to student records 
to campus officials and employees who have legitimate edu- 
cational Interests in such access. These persons are those who 
have responsibilities in connection with the university's aca- 
demic, administrative or service functions and who have rea- 
son for using student records connected with university or other 
related academic responsibilities. Disclosure may also be 
made to other persons or organizations under certain condi- 
tions (e.g. as part of accreditation or program evaluation; in 
response to a court order or subpoena; in connection with 
financial aid; to other institutions to which the student is trans- 
ferring). 

Use of Social Security Number 

While a social security account number is required from finan- 
cial aid recipients and university employees, the use of the 


110 

Continuous Residence Regulations 


California State University, Fullerton 


social security account number is optional for all other appli- 
cants and students. Applicants are requested to include their 
social security account number in designated places on ap- 
plications for admission pursuant to the authority contained in 
Section 41201 , Title 5, California Code of Regulations. The so- 
cial security account number is used as a means of Identify- 
ing records pertaining to the student as well as identifying the 
student for purposes of financial aid eligibility and disburse- 
ment and the repayment of financial aid and other debts 
payable to the institution. 

Students who are neither financial aid recipients nor university 
employees and who prefer to be Identified by an alternate 
CSUF ID number may submit a written statement Indicating 
this preference to the Admissions and Records counter in the 
lobby of Langsdorf Hall. Upon receipt of the request, an ap- 
propriate ID number will be assigned. The new number will be 
communicated to the student in writing. 

Applicants for admission may request an alternate CSUF iden- 
tification number by simply omitting their social security ac- 
count number from their application for admission. An alter- 
nate ID number will be assigned and included in the applica- 
tion acknowledgement, which Is mailed to the applicant. 


Ill 


Continuous Residence Regulations 


ofiHi .qvofJcitUd r* Acimissiom '.-.ind 

CQfdi. Tneuf i!y©f 5 lty pel?tjor% oorrxniiftao , 

fha pstiticw') t:.o«on c-n fecof?>rT''^>rK>3ik)mpF0v»c%db^ 

QtQ ond ^'ic &tudfsnt be notified dr the decision. 

oi tte oction wfil to qiowci in U>e ij^todonts ^oidef in 
^be 0 ^^v.o of Acimis^ic^^A^^ . , -. 

Tf cotTimirt:^ mc^r!,'n^;•^r 5 ,.C3fir;>i: cif 

'iTa ci&ci. j acho-CTii- oer*lgr>iv^. 3 i 3 ro?e»»ior>-ai stoft 

f ner'.d'vf cprointed by ’ho d^-aCk^r r^f qdm^^^^{cnf, ano rec-:^. 
tfr'o cooK^tf afof uncicrQ{‘udwot^*j era foayty dianv 

bf 3 r df Ur':ve^s^^/ G«»n 0 ?« 5 i f Oi.xu:jt 1 C'h Con^iT^fttoa oncl m© 
Gssi-j" wV:io -f-r© rotary. 

kigM.of Norvcompfianc® 

octMtids'.^ithef' s^nrri ^bsMckji <:A thiua^. 
rcKxnfTKiy fnV',>'v ^ vqr/ino donees o( risk N' 

Is. uravorsirv policy ttict tn€> k^i^iTK^opx 

fufly divulge ^:^ vjli poteriitol p<jrth:»p?'jois specific f'yaturo ct 
5 UCP ffsks ond„ obrpiri frpn ^ th^vrn tn^. <r»)( 5 ^,a»: 5 iSidd or inrjpiiocl 
ccv‘::i^:ntpH<x^oupd^riqk^^^^ ' ' 

Ti>e studont \.^/no at any time cori-^.to tvaliov© mat '’ho iiskr^. 
w^e’^har phv 5 'lcoi or p^'noloi^& pxc^ssive hoi: m© /©- 
spoc-»$ibit(ty toyirttbdrrivvv' ftqrn i.'Oi^ncibQiicr; qt ttw r<nna and m 
fire of me (nstruct'or tf ti vm e oro diterndtlve rrneoni ci roifHi: 
vf^ !• ^0 raq^.jlfe/n^nts 'wvtthoiit peru-^lty. !f mere & ootm© stu*- 
dar • ( niov pdtlt^cy^ for w{rh(trowal r?orn cock'sc puio 

pit y t>r oppacii (o(;qn Ok->propi ateiTto-dific^^^^ of the’cn^tMfy 
^N» appeal moy be meet© effiw u? ft,o ebak of m »9 depan- 
fTiont concerru d. oi vjv© choir of the Comrf*iti©o on ActM- 
iiarMr vorvingHun»onJgt^^^ , ' 

ijighi of Academic Appeal 

The fjgftvr o' due prc v;es; opf:^A-:it;crK:i Kicigrront If esJab- 

ashod by the *3'iuder4 of ana loi' $tu- 

darti f 4 J -=4 Ihev r'^ove beoh^traotod cdpwcfoiiiy, cx wttn 
pr<^(a!O 0 oy focutfv' or Ciciiinl:’ifsifctfe: 5 r^ Sv’.rdenl^ shot:^ iT«ak 0 
eve-Y elToft' ic- r$)R,h,-e the issiiO )nfufr*‘Oiiv by consottng 
inefaviduerf cohcarf'ied. or^l if hecessorv ti le depriflmeht chcar 
Or;d ctiem of m© schooi. ' '’ • " . . • - 

Studer^ wf iO m baiiave m© pfdt:)ieir> ixushot f^dlvbcj 
i^^outd c<x> 8 uir n>e coordT.nejtOf' of ocddemic oppa^. 

fhe student's reque<i . #*;© tcd'dV'iato: vt it! cdrr^aM' rha 
/ voodornlc .^-^iS'Ck>a.d miv^tucem's dcxf^j^toini 

Stvidenti n :art the 'appe<y^ ptocass by contoc^in^ the 
faculty n(ion‘.i:>er ond.'of ihe Ci^v^t^ortmenf^chak v^hin c^' >a .^^cd- 
dorOnc fYKinm dfter tt)ey cdutd o'c&nncm.iy be e'-<Deeted ^5 t-o 
ov.>A;}ify of m© octlon in quastforv 

Copios of the Qoverntn^ doci;rf'j©nlE ora avqildfc^ in the Aco- 
domic Appedhi Office/ ^ ' 

Prfvocy Rights of Siudsnts • 

The fdooT'.;?) :qn>}?v cducc or loi flights orxi Priyocy Act of, 49/4 
QO U.S.C i232g) ond f a£?ufciiiOf )s odc^^l od moreuriaef <34 * 

9Q) otidCa^fornki f:dwca^ Code Sec^oo 6 ?')» 3 f) seq,. s^t 
s'^t r 0 cMforri.:^-nh do^.iO^' 0 d to protocr the tJ-iy-ji y 
conGOrnir^^ fi^corci tr-a-nto^ried t-/ fha ccn'T>u; Scecit^ 


( fqibBO ic 

al lotarneJfe 

I ^ ©ft .>ahr:4ittjMee^ nc?f 

! tdcanft'gwTi -ss w 

fci 0 mmMt 

wrftl er-) cc Tiar:^ .ot the erudont ,b» : i 

perkv-cfifv ide’’'?ttfiab^ 'uoto r. sfuext^y^’- 'ror'^ »orx»ri 

pfWa<b.i»t tnen=:©ft5tJ^ i^ashtnAf 

f edc»w*iedm^.jn'*^ ^44tws: 

procedures ae; (^tligrtisip^ni^i^^ 
fVKatiofi c;orit ^ir^&d ,./. th© cfficiol responsible for 

. n0tei>?ltfOj0tir^^ hc^iiittjOijcWno^ 

Qfiltttrsia; npg lednm^/nQiti! 
j totiqG^ 

^ilqqiD«ecb fliib»3toub«*t;bflatron^ <3ti( 

d'jritotfcQllC|doefttt;t^beiiDmiil.r%^ 
cos! which fii::- c •"'': :opfo 0 i^rigco;?i 0 $of fec<: 

tmci The fjgi'; ;•' the:3l\id(«^ to a ccHf^^ 
Depqrtmert of lyruccii^n. An cjfftce or;d review boora b 
been entobfcsti^d by th© D^;«r!n?^ to vestigat^ and c 
dlCQte vloialkxi^ :xva,iO.;iT»pteimis/Tna office d©signate< 
this papoui^ M (he ton^y £cfejC;a» 0 f« 2 ipigtit$ and PrivociT 
vOfiido 'Cf€R^X U S Deportment of Education. 330 C Sti 
:^Ofn 45rv '<^hiriytoo» PC. 20202. , . . . 

i’he conr^pit ii Authorized under 1 he Act to re^eos.^ direc 
iorornrKjtion* ooncern^ lUiderii,^, Tkectory Informcrhorj 
ouam the ,rfud©0t's nonrie, oddr*^. telephone llstirvg. c 
vsnd poce or c:ih. rnc^ of s^uuy, ^xarticlpatior^ Ir^ 
-oglty recognizee dclivit^es and sp<yrt;i. >(reiy^'4 and neigf 
mernt' -a ct othietjc teams, dates of offendonca.deQre^^ 
ov^^m redemid. citkI the rrM5«i rac^nr previouis educate 
agency or inslttuiion otterided by jne student, lha above > 
iCr^ad Information is AH^tjecl to ie.aasa i>v m© universii 
uny mm© unless it hoa (v>o^/ed priof whiten objection from 
studer-' 4^QifVtr>o inm^rroafion mot mestudar-t roqoeits 

■ cJ^t for>kiCtent Qffew^ 

Ttve compui* a aun\ari^<i tb prcjv»ide 3cce» to stuc^it rec 
' to comply offciois qrnd emrtoveed whohove leg^^rvat© < 
catiorvol fiterests m $iicri occaas/Thaso pef$dmare't^^ ’ 
tKiVB fesporwsibilihes in cconection wHh the univer^’s c 
demm . quministf dfive o? s^fvtce and who hove 

5 >6r f6f 4^hg lit* ;dent ch cqrnecf ed v^h uhlvei 3iy or d 

j reidtad ocodemic f 0i^c»?*M5;rbitities. D;^clb«ure may dtec 
mxide to 6’U >3“ u>©rsi>'' • <jf of^anfeations unO€»r terto ce 
t)ons (*? g 0 $ porf of .^ccfedltotton or pregrom ©voiudfiOi 
5 pr/,‘ise to d ‘c':>urT order or siH:^ena. in conneefton ’ 
hr^c! Y:?ql cud: TO ether instil ut>dns To which fiW studer;! Is in 
■' ftiiir^.. 

Use of Social Security Nurnb©f 

> i:i socKy sac^ V occr^mt nuinbarii requifed firom »if 
doi .3*d recipant-s and unrversrfy ©mpioyees ■ the use of 



Graduate 

Regulations 



Graduate Applications 

All applicants for any type of postbaccalaureate or graduate 
standing (e.g., master's degree applicants, those seeking cre- 
dentials, and those interested in taking courses for personal or 
professional growth) must file a complete application within 
the appropriate filing period. Second baccalaureate degree 
candidates should apply as postbaccalaureate students with 
an undergraduate degree objective. A complete application 
for postbaccalaureate or graduate standing includes all of 
the forms and fees described in the Graduate and 
Postbaccalaureate application booklet. Applicants who com- 
pleted undergraduate degree requirements and graduated 
the preceding term are also required to complete and submit 
an application and the nonrefundable application fee. In the 
event that an applicant wishes to be assured of initial consid- 
eration by more than one campus. It is necessary to submit a 
separate application (including fee) to each. 

Applications may be obtained from the academic depart- 
ment sponsoring the degree, the Office of Admissions and 
Records or the Graduate Studies Office of any California State 
University campus. Instructions for completing the application 
forms are included in the material supplied. Since some pro- 
grams require the completion of an additional form as part of 
the application process, students should Inquire concerning 
this possibility at the office of the academic unit offering the 
particular program. 

Transcripts 

When an applicant for graduate standing, with a master's 
degree objective, a credential-only objective, or a master's 
degree and credential objective, receives the application 
acknowledgement, requests should be submitted to a// of the 
Institutions of higher learning In which previously registered, 
requesting that two o/^c/a/ transcripts from each institution be 
sent to the university Admissions and Records Office. 

One copy of each transcript will be forwarded to the aca- 
demic unit offering the degree or credential program speci- 
fied by the student as the objective; and the other official tran- 
script will be retained for use by both the Admissions and 
Records Office and the Graduate Studies Office. 

Students who receive their baccalaureate degree at Cal State 
Fullerton and continuing graduate students who change their 
declared objective subsequent to admission must obtain what- 
ever additional transcripts are needed to provide two com- 
plete sets of transcripts, but do not need to request Cal State 
Fullerton transcripts. 


114 

Graduate Applications 


California State University, Fullerton 


Postbaccalaureate applicants with no degree or credential 
objective must submit a transcript from the college or univer- 
sity where the baccalaureate was earned. Further, one tran- 
script from other institutions attended is required as necessary 
so that Cal State Fullerton has a complete record of the last 
60 semester units attempted prior to enrollment at Fullerton. 

All transcripts must be received directly from the issuing institu- 
tions and become official records of the university; such tran- 
scripts therefore cannot be returned or reissued. Transcripts 
which include course work from other than the Issuing institu- 
tion are not sufficient evidence of course work taken else- 
where. Foreign language transcripts must be accompanied 
by certified English translations. 

Tests 

The Graduate Record Examination (GRE), or another test, may 
be required for conditionally classified admission, or subse- 
quently for the granting of classified standing. Test requirements 
vary from department to department. Students should refer 
to master's degree requirements outlined by each department 
in the "Curricula" section of this catalog. Applications and in- 
formation on test dates for nationally administered tests (e.g. 
GRE, GMAT) are available in the Testing Center. 

TOEFL Requirement 

All graduate and postbaccalaureate applicants, regardless 
of citizenship, whose preparatory education was principally in 
a language other than English, must demonstrate compe- 
tence in English. Those who do not possess a bachelor's de- 
gree from a postsecondary institution where English Is the prin- 
cipal language of instruction must receive a minimum score 
of 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). 
Students interested in the MBA program must present a mini- 


mum score of 570 on the TOEFL. Students interested in the M.M. 
and M.A. In Music must present a TOEFL of 560. 

International Students 

See procedures outlined in the international student portion 
of the "Admissions Policies" section of this catalog. 

Second Master’s Degree or 
Concentration 

Students may wish to pursue a second master's degree or 
concentration. Approval for admission to graduate standing 
in the second degree program or concentration may be given 
only after the first degree has been awarded. Units used for 
the first degree or concentration may not be applied to the 
second. Students who have completed a master's degree at 
Cal State Fullerton in one concentration and wish to complete 
another will not be awarded a second degree. 

Nonaccredited Schools 

An applicant who is a graduate of a nonaccredited school 
must apply for admission as an undergraduate to complete 
requirements for a bachelor's degree from this Institution. How- 
ever, once admitted, a student in this category who gives evi- 
dence of unusual promise and superior background may pe- 
tition for graduate standing as conditionally classified. If the 
petition is granted, the student may then proceed in the gradu- 
ate program. If the petition is denied, the student may be re- 
quested to complete a specified number of undergraduate 
units In order to establish equivalency to the bachelor's de- 
gree or to complete requirements for a bachelor's degree at 
CSUF. For further information, contact the Graduate Studies 
Office. 


115 

Graduate Applications 


Graduate Admissions 


Following completion of application procedures and subse- 
quent review of the student's eligibility by the Admissions Of- 
fice and appropriate academic unit, the student will be noti- 
fied by the Admissions Office concerning admission. Only a 
written notice from the Admissions Office is valid proof of ad- 
mission. Academic advisement prior to admission is tentative 
and cannot be construed as granting official admission to a 
program or establishing requirements for the degree. 

Students may apply for a degree objective, a credential or 
certificate objective, or no program objective. Four admis- 
sion categories are defined in terms of these academic ob- 
jectives. 

Postbaccalaureate Standing: 
Unclassified 

To qualify for admission with no degree objective, students must 
(1) hold an acceptable bachelor's degree from a regionally 
accredited four-year institution or have equivalent prepara- 
tion as determined by the appropriate campus authority; (2) 
have a grade-point average of at least 2.6 (A = 4.0) in the last 
60 semester (90 quarter) units; and (3) have been in good 
standing at the last college attended. In unusual circum- 
stances. exceptions may be made to these criteria. 

Admission with postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing does 
not constitute admission to graduate degree or credential 
programs. If a student wishes to change academic objective 
after admission, an application for change of objective must 
be filed in the Admissions Office. 

Postbaccalaureate Standing: 
Classified 

To qualify for admission with a credential or certificate ob- 
jective. students must (1) meet the requirements for 
postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing and (2) satisfy any 
additional professional, personal, scholastic, and other stan- 
dards. including qualifying examinations. Refer to specific cre- 
dential requirements under the departmental section of this 
catalog. 


Graduate Standing: Conditionally 
Classified 

To qualify for admission with a graduate degree objective, stu- 
dents must (1) meet the admission requirements for 
postbaccalaureate-unclassifled standing and (2) meet any 
additional requirements of the particular program including a 
favorable recommendation from the academic unit. 

An applicant who has deficiencies in prerequisite prepara- 
tion or in grade-point average may be considered for admis- 
sion in conditionally classified standing with the approval and 
recommendation of the appropriate campus authority. A stu- 
dent admitted in conditionally classified standing may subse- 
quently be granted classified standing in an authorized gradu- 
ate degree curriculum if professional, personal, scholastic, or 
other standards including qualifying examinations are met. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

Determination of the student's prerequisites and assignment 
of courses, units, and grade points required to remove defi- 
ciencies is made by the academic unit. For specific informa- 
tion on prerequisites to classified standing, consult departmen- 
tal program requirements. 

Classified standing Is normally granted when all prerequisites 
have been satisfactorily completed, the official study plan 
formulated, and the recommendation made by the appro- 
priate graduate adviser and committee to the Dean of Gradu- 
ate Studies who gives final approval. An eligible student may 
be granted classified standing prior to the first registration or 
during the first semester of registration. 

No more than nine units of postgraduate work taken at this 
institution prior to classified standing wiii be applied to a 
master's degree study plan. Any acceptable transfer work is 
excluded from the nine units permitted. 

It is the student's responsibility to initiate the request for classi- 
fied standing In the appropriate academic unit by making an 
appointment with the departmental graduate adviser. The stu- 
dent will be sent a copy of the approved study plan by the 
Graduate Studies Office. Copies will be filed In the academic 
unit, university records, and the Graduate Studies Office. A 
student is not officially classified until an approved study plan 
is on file in the Graduate Studies Office. 


116 

Graduate Admissions 


Requirements for the 
Master’s Degree 


To be granted the master's degree, a student must have been 
classified, advanced to candidacy, and completed a satis- 
factory pattern of study in an approved field. Requirements 
which apply to all programs follow. For specific requirements 
of particular programs, see the program descriptions in the 
departmental section of this catalog. 

Each student's program for a master's degree (including eli- 
gibility, classified standing, candidacy, and award of the de- 
gree) must be approved by the graduate program adviser, 
the student's graduate committee, and the Dean of Gradu- 
ate Studies. 

University Writing Requirement 

Students working toward a master's degree are required to 
demonstrate writing ability commensurate with the bacca- 
laureate degree. This requirement should be met within the 
first nine units of graduate work by successfully completing one 
of the following; 

1 . An upper-division writing requirement at any CSU campus. 

2. An upper-division course at another university equivalent 
to a course which meets the Cal State Fullerton require- 
ment. Such equivalence must be certified by the depart- 
ment or program responsible for the student's academic 
work. 

3. Cal State Fullerton Examination in Writing Proficiency. 

4. An upper-division or graduate-level course that is certified 
as meeting the writing requirement and is approved by 
the department or program responsible for the student's 
academic work. The grade received must be a C or bet- 
ter. 

Any student who has not met the requirement within the first 
nine units of graduate work shall be required to enroll in a cer- 
tified course at the earliest opportunity. 

Departments and programs may, at their discretion and with 
approval of the Graduate Education Committee, establish 
additional writing requirements for their graduate students. For 
further information, students should consult their program ad- 
viser or the Graduate Studies Office. 



117 

Requirements for the Master’s Degree 


California State University, Fullerton 


Study Plan 

General requirements for the master's degree study plan 
Include: 

1 . A minimum of 30 approved semester units, or more, as 
determined by the particular program. 

2. A minimum of 21 semester units in residence (transfer 
and Cal State Fullerton extension credit are not con- 
sidered to be in residence). For programs 42 units or 
larger, at least half the units must be taken in residence. 

3. A unit of course work taken at a college or university 
on the quarter system will be considered as equivalent 
to two-thirds of a unit when such course work is consid- 
ered acceptable as transfer work. See additional re- 
quirements for transfer credit under “Graduate Enroll- 
ment Policies." 

4. Upper-division and graduate-level courses only. The in- 
clusion of 300-level course work is generally discour- 
aged. The graduate program adviser must submit to 
the Dean of Graduate Studies a written justification for 
any 300-level course work proposed for inclusion on the 
study plan unless it is an existing program requirement. 

5. Not less than one-half of the total units in graduate (500- 
level) courses. 

6. Not more than six semester units for a thesis. If a thesis Is 
required. 

7. A maximum of six units of independent study. 

8. No courses taken to satisfy prerequisite requirements 
included in the minimum of 30 units. 

9. None of the following: correspondence courses, credit 
by examination, or similar. 

10. No courses with nontraditional grades (e.g., CR, S, P) 
and no grade on the study plan below a C. 

1 1 . A minimum grade-point average of 3.0 (B) in all courses 
attempted to satisfy requirements for the degree. 

12. Completion or satisfactory validation of all study plan 
courses within five years starting with the earliest course 
on the study plan. 

13. All courses taken after the baccalaureate (or 
postbaccalaureate credit granted) and not credited 
toward another degree. 

14. A final evaluation, which may be a thesis, a project, a 
comprehensive examination, or any combination of 
these. 

The approved study plan is valid as long as the student main- 
tains continuous enrollment In regular semesters at the uni- 
versity; otherwise it is necessary to reapply and meet any 
changed or additional requirements approved In the interim. 


Election of Curriculum 

A student remaining in continuous attendance in regular se- 
mesters and continuing in the same curriculum may elect to 
meet the degree requirements in effect either at the time of 
entering the curriculum or at the time of completion of de- 
gree requirements, except that substitution for discontinued 
courses may be approved by the graduate program adviser. 

Advisers and Committees 

University policy provides that each student's program for the 
master's degree shall be under the guidance of an adviser and 
for some programs, a committee as well. A graduate program 
adviser is designated in each department or program to give 
overall supervision for the graduate program. In some depart- 
ments, the graduate program adviser also serves as the indi- 
vidual student's adviser. Policies and procedures related to 
graduate committees are available In the Graduate Studies 
Office. 

It is the responsibility of the student to arrange appointments 
for advisement and other Information in the office of the aca- 
demic unit offering the degree program. As a minimum, the 
student should obtain advisement (1) either prior to or during 
the first semester of attendance, (2) when requesting classi- 
fied standing, and (3) when applying for a graduation check 
prior to the final semester. 

It is advisable for the student to maintain a personal file of 
transcripts and other evidences of grades and achievements, 
and to carry these whenever seeking advisement. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

A student who has been granted classified standing is nor- 
mally advanced to candidacy after a request Is filed for gradu- 
ation by the student and an affirmative recommendation 
made by the graduate program adviser. A minimum grade- 
point average of 3.0 (B) for all study plan course work is re- 
quired; other scholastic, professional and personal standards, 
the passing of examinations, and other qualifications, may be 
prescribed. Only those students who continue to demonstrate 
a satisfactory level of scholastic competence and fitness, as 
determined by the appropriate authorities, shall be eligible to 
continue in graduate programs. 

Completion of Requirements and 
Award of Degree 

The degree Is awarded upon the satisfactory completion of 
all state and university requirements, the specific requirements 
for the particular program, the recommendation of the ap- 
propriate graduate adviser and committee (advancement 
to candidacy), and the approval of the faculty and the Dean 
of Graduate Studies. It Is highly recommended that all work 
for the degree, except final course examinations, be submit- 
ted by the last day of classes, in order to assure granting of the 
degree by the end of the semester or session. 

If a thesis is required, it must be deposited in the campus book- 
store in accordance with the instruction shown under “Theses 


118 

Requirements for the Master’s Degree 


California State University, Fullerton 


and Projects." no later than the last day of final exarr^inations 
for the semester or session in which the degree is to be 
awarded. 

It Is the student's responsibility to file an application for a gradu- 
ation check and pay the graduation and diploma fee pr/orto 
the beginning of the final semester. Forms are available at the 
Admissions and Records information counter, the Graduate 
Studies Office, and the Registrar's Office graduation unit. 

The application for graduation initiates review of degree re- 
quirements and formal approval by the faculty as well as serv- 
ing as a diploma order. The last date to file the application Is 
listed in the academic calendar of the class schedule for each 
regular semester. Candidates for August graduation must file 
their requests prior to registration for the spring semester. 

Students who fail to complete requirements as planned must 
update the application for a graduation check and do so by 
the appropriate deadline. An additional fee is required. 

Since Cal State Fullerton Is on the semester basis, master's 
degree programs are ordinarily completed in January and 
June. A student who wishes to complete requirements during 
the summer must obtain written approval prior to summer term 
on a form available in the Graduate Studies Office. The ap- 
proved form must be returned to Graduate Studies during the 
spring semester. 

The effective date of graduation will be the last day of the 
specific term in which requirements are completed. 

Commencement ceremonies are held only at the end of the 
spring semester. Students completing requirements at the end 
of the fall and spring semesters and during the following sum- 
mer may participate in those ceremonies. Information concern- 
ing commencement activities is sent to students by the Regis- 
trar during the final semester. Arrangements for cap, gown and 
hood rental are made in the campus bookstore. Titan Shops. 

Time Limit for Completion 

All requirements for the master's degree, including all course 
work on the student's study plan, normally should be com- 
pleted within five years. This time limit commences with the 
semester of the earliest course used on the student's study 
plan and consists of a total of ten (10) consecutive semesters. 
When Individual circumstances warrant, this time limit may be 
extended for up to two years (four additional consecutive se- 
mesters). 


A student may request an extension of the five-year time limit 
by filing a petition with the Graduate Studies Office. The peti- 
tion must contain a full explanation of the circumstances which 
prevented completion of the degree requirements within the 
normal five-year limit and must be approved (signed) by the 
graduate program adviser, the chair of the appropriate gradu- 
ate committee and the Dean of Graduate Studies. Approvals 
for extension must be obtained prior to the expiration of the 
five-year limit. 

Outdated course work (course work older than the student's 
approved time limit; i.e., normally five years but with approval 
may be a maximum of seven years) must be repeated. A 
maximum of nine (9) units of course work maybe exempt from 
this policy if it can be validated. Copies of the "Petition for 
Validating Outdated Coursework" may be obtained from the 
Graduate Studies Office. Validation is allowed at the discre- 
tion of the graduate program adviser, the academic unit of- 
fering the subject course and the Dean of Graduate Studies. 
Validation must be accomplished by passing a written com- 
prehensive test of the materials covered by the course being 
validated or by some equivalent method with prior approval 
of both the graduate program adviser and the Dean of Gradu- 
ate Studies. Any outdated course work which cannot be vali- 
dated either because of a denial of the petition or because it 
Is in excess of the nine units allowed for validation, must be 
repeated or updated through the use of additional study plan 
course work. If course work is repeated or additional course 
work is required to update, the units and grades will be added 
to the study plan. 

NOTE: Outdated transfer course work cannot be validated. 

Changes in Study Plan 

If a classified graduate student wishes to make a change in 
the approved study plan, a request should be made to the 
appropriate graduate program adviser. Requests must be 
made prior to registration for any course work to be substi- 
tuted or added. No course may be removed from the study 
plan after a student has taken It. Forms which may be used to 
file a request are available in the Graduate Studies Office. 

Changes in study plan may also be warranted by outdated 
coursework or grade-point average (see "Time Limit for 
Completion" and "Grade-point Average Standards"). 


119 


Requirements for the Master’s Degree 


Graduate Enrollment 


Policies 



Consult previous sections of this catalog and the class sched- 
ule for other information and regulations relating to registra- 
tion and enrollment. 

Residence Requirement 

A student is considered to be In residence when registered 
during regular semesters at this university. Of the minimum of 
30 semester units of approved course work required for the 
master's degree, not less than 21 shall be completed In resi- 
dence at this institution. For programs 42 units or larger, at 
least half the units must be taken in residence. Approved units 
earned In summer sessions may be substituted for regular se- 
mester unit requirements on a unit for unit basis. Extension credit 
may not be used to fulfill the minimum residence requirement. 

Continuous Enrollment 

A graduate student with a graduate degree objective should 
maintain continuous enrollment during regular semesters (sum- 
mer sessions and Intersession excluded) until award of the 
degree. This policy is designed to eliminate the need for read- 
mission to the university, provide opportunity for continuous 
use of facilities, including the Library, and assure the develop- 
ment of an integrated program, adequately supervised, and 
effectively terminated within the time limitations allowed by 
regulations. 

Unless granted an approved leave of absence, a graduate stu- 
dent who fails to register each semester has discontinued enroll- 
ment in the graduate degree program. If the student wishes to 
resume studies, it will be necessary to reapply for admission to 
the university and to the degree program and meet any changed 
or additional requirements approved in the interim. 

Students who may have completed all course work, but who 
may not have satisfactorily completed a comprehensive ex- 
amination or other requirement, are expected to maintain 
continuous enrollment until award of the degree. 

A graduate student who finds it impossible to attend during a 
certain semester and Is not eligible for a leave of absence, 
must register in Graduate Studies 700. Registration in this course 
Is restricted to conditionally classified or classified graduate 
students. It carries no unit credit and does not require class 
attendance. Registration in this course In each semester when 
no other course work is taken will be necessary until award of 
the degree. 

Similarly, Credential Studies 701 is available for students with a 
credential-only objective who find It impossible to enroll in 
course work and are not eligible for a leave of absence. 


120 

Graduate Enrollment Policies 



California State University, Fullerton 


Leave of Absence 

Graduate degree or credential students may request a leave 
of absence for up to one year. Conditionally classified or clas- 
sified graduate students qualify for a leave if they are in good 
academic standing and have completed at least six credit 
hours' work toward the degree in residence at Cal State Ful- 
lerton. Students with a credential-only objective qualify If they 
have completed at least one semester of course work In good 
academic standing. Forms to request a leave of absence are 
available at the Admissions and Records Information counter 
or in the Graduate Studies Office. 

Any one of the following circumstances may be grounds for 
requesting a leave of absence; 

1 . Illness or disability (permanent or temporary) or similar per- 
sonal exigencies including pregnancy which make it Im- 
possible or inadvisable for a student to register for classes. 

2. Activities which enhance a student's professional career 
objectives. 

3. Active duty in the armed forces of the United States. 

4. Other reasons at the discretion of the Dean of Graduate 
Studies. 

After review by the Graduate Studies Office, the academic 
unit (where applicable), and the Registrar's Office, a response 
is mailed to the student. 

A first-time leave of absence of one semester only will nor- 
mally be granted upon request for students who qualify and 
will not require an application for readmission to the univer- 
sity. Registration materials for the semester following the leave 
will be sent to the student. 

Students requesting a subsequent leave or a leave longer than 
one semester are required to provide appropriate documen- 
tation (e.g. . doctor's recommendation, verification of employ- 
ment). Such requests must also be endorsed by the program 
adviser. 

A leave granted to a degree objective student preserves the 
election of curriculum rights regarding catalog requirements. 
However, leaves of absence do not change the time limit for 
completion of the degree. For credential students, a leave 
granted by the University does not exempt them from new 
requirements imposed by the State regardless of the catalog 
year and also does not extend time limitations imposed by 
the State for completing specific teaching credential require- 
ments. 

study Load 

Graduate students must carry a study load of 1 2 units of course 
work a semester or nine units of which six are in SOO-level courses 
for full-time enrollment certification by the university. A normal 
full-time load In summer session is one and one-third units per 
week of instruction. The maximum study load for students work- 
ing toward a master's degree Is 12 units per semester; in ex- 
ceptional cases, however, a student may take more with the 
approval of the graduate program adviser. 


Extended Education Enrollment 

In addition to its regular academic programs, the university 
offers courses through University Extended Education. This in- 
cludes summer session. Intersession, extension only courses, and 
adjunct enrollment. The applicability of credit earned In 
courses taken through extended education is subject to ap- 
proval by the graduate program adviser and Dean of Gradu- 
ate Studies. Consultation with a graduate adviser before tak- 
ing any course through Extended Education Is strongly rec- 
ommended. 

Any student desiring a master's degree must be admitted to 
the university and maintain continuous enrollment every fall 
and spring semester until award of the degree. Enrollment 
through Extended Education does not maintain continuous 
enrollment. 


Summer Session/Intersession 

Appropriate courses taken during the summer session or 
Intersession may be applied to a graduate degree program, 
provided the courses are approved in advance. 

Enrollment In courses taken during summer session or 
Intersession does not constitute admission to the university or 
enrollment as a continuing student in the university. 

Extension Credit 

No more than nine units of extension credit may be applied 
to a graduate degree. Extension credit is granted for two 
types of courses: (1) those with an “X" prefix in the Extended 
Education Bulletin and (2) those taken through adjunct en- 
rollment. 

Adjunct Enrollment 

Adjunct enrollment through Extended Education permits stu- 
dents who are not formally admitted to the University to enroll 
In regular university courses, i.e., those courses listed in the uni- 
versity catalog, during fall or spring semesters. Courses taken 
through adjunct enrollment are included In the nine-unit ex- 
tension credit limit. 

Enrollment in 500- Level Courses by 
Seniors 

Undergraduate students may enroll in graduate level courses 
(600-level) if they: 

a. have reached senior status (i.e. . completed a minimum of 
90 semester units) 

b. have the academic preparation and prerequisites required 
for entry into the course 

c. gain the consent of the Instructor. 

Students wishing to use 500-level course work taken during their 
undergraduate degree toward a master's degree should read 
the following section on Postgraduate Credit. 


121 

Graduate Enrollment Policies 


California State University. Fullerton 


Postgraduate Credit 

A graduate student may petition for a maximum of nine units 
of postgraduate credit for course work (either 400- or 500-level) 
taken during the undergraduate degree at California State 
University. Fullerton, if: 

a. the course work was not used to meet any of the university's 
requirements for the baccalaureate degree (Including 
major, minor or concentration) 

b. the course work was taken during the twelve months im- 
mediately prior to the student's graduation 

c. the coursework was completed with a grade of B or better. 

Petition forms are available at the Admissions and Records 
information counter. If approved, appropriate notations will 
be entered on the student's permanent record. 

The use of postgraduate course work on a student's graduate 
study plan is governed by the general regulations for all gradu- 
ate degrees and must be approved by the program adviser, 
the appropriate graduate committee and the Dean of Gradu- 
ate Studies. 

Transfer Credit Policy 

Graduate students may be able to use a limited amount of 
transfer course work in meeting the requirements for a master's 
degree. The use of transfer course work on a student's study 
plan is subject to the following provisions: 

1 . The course work being transferred must: 

a. have been taken at an accredited college or university. 

b. be acceptable for credit toward a graduate degree 
at the institution where the course work was taken. 


c. have been completed with a grade of B or better. 

d. not have been used in meeting the requirements for 
another earned degree (either graduate or under- 
graduate). 

e. have been completed within the student's five-year 
time period which Is required for completion of the re- 
quirements for the master's degree at CSUF. 

2. An absolute minimum of 21 semester units toward any 
master's degree at CSUF must be in residence units. For 
master's degrees requiring more than 42 semester units, 
a minimum of half of the units used on the student's 
study plan must be In residence units. Residence units 
are granted for courses taken at the University during 
regular sessions of Fall and Spring and any special ses- 
sion. 

3. Use of transfer work on a student's study plan Is subject to 
all other policies concerning study plan course work; e.g., 
fifty percent must be graduate level work, no correspon- 
dence course work, no credit by examination, no courses 
with nontraditional grades, no grade below a C. 

4. In all cases, the use of transfer course work on a student's 
study plan is subject to the acceptance and approval of 
the academic unit's graduate adviser and the Dean of 
Graduate Studies. Course work taken at another institu- 
tion after admission to CSUF as a graduate student is rarely 
accepted for credit toward a master's degree and can 
only be accepted if the student has received prior ap- 
proval of both the graduate adviser and the Dean of 
Graduate Studies. 

5. All approved transfer units and grade points will be en- 
tered on the CSUF transcript at graduation. 


122 


California State University, Fulierton 


Graduate Academic Standards 


Grade-Point Average Standards 

University 

A graduate degree student is expected to earn a 3.0 aver- 
age in all units subsequent to admission to the program. In 
addition, a graduate degree student must earn a 3.0 aver- 
age in all 400- and 500-level courses taken in the student's 
department or program (including 400- and 500-level program 
prerequisites). Any 400- and 500-level course taken only to 
satisfy credential or certificate program requirements shall not 
be considered applicable. 

study Plan 

The 30 or more semester units of approved study plan course 
work, including transfer work, required for the degree must be 
completed with a 3.0 (B) minimum grade-point average. Only 
grades of A. B. or C are considered satisfactory for study plan 
courses. If a student receives a grade less than a C on a study 
plan course, the course must be repeated and passed with a 
grade of C or better. A course may be repeated only once. In 
extenuating circumstances, the student can petition the Of- 
fice of Graduate Studies to add another course to the ap- 
proved program with unit value equivalent to that of the course 
in which the unsatisfactory grade was received. 

If a student approaches the completion of the degree require- 
ments with less than a 3.0 average, a request may be made 
for a change In the study plan to 

a. add no more than six units of course work in order to 
achieve at least a 3.0 grade-point average, or 

b. repeat no more than six units of course work In which a C 
or lower was earned in order to achieve at least a 3.0 
grade-point average. 

c. A combination of a. and b. equal to six units. 

Requests for course work to be added to the study plan or re- 
peated must be approved by the graduate program adviser 
and Dean of Graduate Studies prior to registration (see 
“Changes in Study Ran"). If the grade-point average at any 
time falls below such a level that It cannot be raised to a 3.0 
within the prescribed limits of course work, this has the effect of 
disqualifying the student from the master's degree program. 

If permission is given to repeat a course, both grades are con- 
sidered In computing grade-point averages. However, success- 
ful repetition of a course originally passed carries no additional 
unit credit toward a degree. 

When a course Is added, the original course stays on the study 
plan and both grades received shall be used in the calcula- 
tion of the student's GPA. 

Academic Probation and 
Disqualification 

A graduate student enrolled In a graduate degree program 
in either conditionally classified or classified graduate stand- 
ing is subject to academic probation If a cumulative grade- 


point of at least 3.0 (grade of B on a four-point scale) is not 
maintained. A listing of students subject to probation is re- 
viewed each semester by the Office of Graduate Studies with 
the advice of the student's graduate program adviser. 

The Office of Graduate Studies, with the advice of the student's 
graduate program adviser, will disqualify a graduate student 
who is on academic probation If the student does not. or can- 
not. raise the study plan and applicable course work cumula- 
tive grade-point average to 3.0 by the completion of the sec- 
ond regular semester (exclusive of interim and summer ses- 
sions) following the session in which the cumulative grade-point 
average failed to meet the minimum 3.0 standard. 

A student who has been disqualified from a master's degree 
program or from a postbaccalaureate credential or certifi- 
cate program may apply for readmisslon to that program or 
to another program after one calendar year following disquali- 
fication. A readmitted student must file a new study plan which 
meets current requirements and policies. Any disqualified stu- 
dent who wishes to use previous course work must have It 
approved by the Office of Graduate Studies. 

Disqualification will remove the student from graduate stand- 
ing and prevent further enrollment in the university. 

A graduate student may also be placed on probation or may 
be disqualified for reasons other than cumulative grade-point 
average. These reasons include repeated withdrawal, failure 
to progress toward an educational objective, non-compliance 
with an academic requirement, and inappropriate behavior 
as defined In the Student Bill of Rights and Responsibilities, and 
in the Academic Dishonesty sections of this catalog (see “Uni- 
versity Regulations"). 

A postbaccalaureate student (credential, unclassified, or un- 
declared status) will be subject to academic probation if af- 
ter completing 12 or more units, the cumulative grade-point 
average falls below a 2.5 average. A postbaccalaureate stu- 
dent on probation will be subject to disqualification If the cu- 
mulative grade-point average is not raised to 2.5 the semes- 
ter after being placed on probation. Disqualification may be 
either from further registration toward a postbaccalaureate 
credential or certificate program, or from further enrollment in 
the university as determined by the Dean of Graduate Studies. 

Declassification 

Graduate students in classified graduate standing shall be 
declassified upon the recommendation of the appropriate 
academic unit, with a change to postbaccalaureate stand- 
ing. unclassified, when one or more of the following condi- 
tions exist: 

1 . The student's request for declassification has been recom- 
mended for approval by the graduate committee. 

2. The student fails to maintain the grade-point average re- 
quired In the master's degree program. 

3. The student has failed to demonstrate a satisfactory level 
of scholastic competence and fitness. 

4. The student fails to complete the degree within the pre- 
scribed time limit. 

A recommendation for declassification is sent to the Gradu- 
ate Studies Office by the graduate program adviser for the 
fDorticular degree. 


123 

Graduate Academic Standards 


Theses and 
Projects 



Definition 

A thesis Is defined as the written product of a systematic study 
of a significant problem. It identifies the problem, states the 
major assumptions, explains the significance of the undertak- 
ing, sets forth the sources for and methods of gathering infor- 
mation, analyzes the data, and offers a conclusion or recom- 
mendation. The finished product evidences originality, critical 
and Independent thinking, appropriate organization and for- 
mat. and thorough documentation. Normally, an oral defense 
of the thesis is required. 

A project Is a significant undertaking appropriate to the fine 
and applied arts or to professional fields. It also evidences origi- 
nality and independent thinking, appropriate form and orga- 
nization, and a rationale. It is described and summarized in a 
written abstract that includes the project's significance, ob- 
jectives, methodology and a conclusion or recommendation. 
An oral defense of the project may be required. 

Annual Thesis Award 

An award of $7(X) along with an engraved plaque will be given 
each year to the student whose thesis represents the highest 
standard of scholarly accomplishment as determined by a 
panel of judges chosen from emeriti professors. Interested stu- 
dents should contact the Graduate Studies Office or their pro- 
gram adviser for further Information on eligibility and dead- 
lines. Finalists from each school may also be recommended 
for Honorable Mention by the judges; these will receive a cer- 
tificate of Honorable Mention and a $100 cash award. 


General Regulations 

Of the minimum of 30 semester units of approved course work 
required for the master's degree, no more than six are allowed 
for a thesis. 

When a thesis is required, the Library is to be provided with the 
approved original copy, or a fully acceptable duplicated 
copy, in the approved binding, and an acceptable microfilm 
of it. An abstract accompanies the thesis and will normally be 
published in the University Microfilms International journal. 
Masters Abstracts. Copies are thereby made available for or- 
der by Interested scholars. 


124 

Theses and Projects 




California State University, Fullerton 


An approved copy of the thesis or project may also be re- 
quired by the student's academic department. Students 
should check with their graduate program adviser as to 
whether a copy is needed by the department as part of the 
requirements for graduation. 

When a project is required, it will be filed with the academic 
unit offering the degree program. Some record of the project, 
or the project itself, is preserved in the academic unit and. 
when appropriate, in the Library. When the appropriate au- 
thority recommends, a project or its written record may be 
treated as a thesis. 

Although a minimum of three faculty members supervise and 
approve the thesis, it is possible for a qualified person who is 
not a regular university faculty member to serve as a visiting 
examiner and join in the approval of the written record. This 
person serves as the fourth member of the committee. 

Title to theses (and projects when treated as theses, as above) 
pxasses to the university upon their acceptance by the evalu- 
ating faculty. 

Variations from procedures and regulations should be referred 
to the Office of Graduate Studies for approval. 

Format Guidelines and Style 
Manuals 

All-university format guidelines are included in a thesis manual 
which has been developed to assist the student in prepara- 
tion of a thesis or a project which is to be treated as a thesis. 
Copies are available in the Office of Graduate Studies. It is 
the student's responsibility to make certain that the require- 
ments are met. The student is strongly advised to become fa- 
miliar with the instructions in the manual. Theses from the li- 
brary or departmental offices should not be used as examples 
of correct format. 

The academic unit, through the student's adviser and/or com- 
mittee. is responsible for the academic content and English 
usage in the thesis and for the student's correct use of forms 
of documentation and bibliography. In addition to the univer- 
sity format guidelines, each academic unit may select a 
supplementary style manual to be followed in matters of docu- 
mentation and bibliography. Students should consult their 
academic program adviser or thesis committee chair concern- 
ing the style manual used. 

If the supplementary style manual presents regulations which 
conflict with the all-university format guidelines published in 
the thesis manual, the university regulations take precedence. 

Some graduate programs require style manuals or guides de- 
signed for journal articles. Although these are helpful for ab- 
breviations, tables, figures and footnoting, as well as other 
purposes, students should be aware of the difference between 
a thesis and an article and make appropriate adaptations, 
approved by the graduate program adviser. 

If the academic unit does not recommend a specific style 
manual, the student should refer to A Manual for Writers of 


Term Papers. Theses, and Dissertations (Fifth Edition) by Kate L. 
Turabian. 

Thesis Typists 

The student makes all necessary arrangements for the typing 
of the thesis. A list of thesis typists is available In the Office of 
Graduate Studies. The university Career Development Center 
also maintains a listing of students and others who have Indi- 
cated their availability for typing assignments. An experienced 
typist is strongly advised, although the university does not en- 
dorse or recommend individual typists. 

Deadlines 

Adequate time should be allowed for typing, reading and 
approval by the adviser, the committee members, and the 
university thesis reader. 

It is recommended that the academic area sponsoring the 
degree program require that the final version of the thesis be 
submitted for approval at least six weeks prior to the last day 
of classes of the appropriate semester. The deadline for sub- 
mission to the university thesis reader is two weeks prior to the 
last day of classes. For summer completion, the student should 
check with the academic unit and the Office of Graduate 
Studies for appropriate deadlines. The Office of Graduate Stud- 
ies must receive notification from the campus bookstore by 
the last day of final examinations for the appropriate semes- 
ter or session that the thesis has been deposited there and the 
fees paid. Ample time should be allowed for any special ar- 
rangements. such as duplication of the thesis by the campus 
bookstore or elsewhere, prior to the deadline. 

Final Procedures 

1. Approval Signatures: When the final draft is completed, 
the student obtains signatures on the approval page of all 
of the members of the committee. The title/approval page 
may be photocopied onto the correct paper stock; how- 
ever. the signatures must be original. Photocopied signa- 
tures are not acceptable for binding or microfilming. The 
signatures must be in black Ink. If there Is a disagreement 
within the committee concerning the acceptability of the 
thesis, the approving signatures of a majority of the com- 
mittee will be sufficient. Nonavailability of one member of 
the committee is not an adequate reason for acceptance 
of signatures by less than the full committee. No changes 
or additions will be allowed after the final signatures have 
been obtained. The student should arrange for at least 
three original title pages to be signed by the committee 
members. (Two originals are submitted to the bookstore 
with the thesis or project; one may be the student's per- 
sonal copy or be used for the departmental copy.) 

2. University Thesis Reader: The thesis is ready for review by 
the university thesis reader after the faculty have signed 
off and the thesis has been typed in its final form. One un- 
bound copy of the thesis Including the original approval 
page Is taken to the Office of Graduate Studies for review 
by the thesis reader for conformity to all-university format 
guidelines. The copy submitted to the Graduate Studies 
Office may be a photocopy provided it is copied on the 


125 

Theses and Projects 


California State University, Fullerton 


correct paper stock. The student will be notified of any 
revisions or corrections which need to be made. Final 
approval on format is given by the Office of Graduate 
Studies on the “Thesis Approval Form." 

3. Binding and Microfilming: The student takes the approved 
copy of the thesis, two signed title and approval pages, 
and the signed Thesis Approval Form to the campus book- 
store and pays the appropriate fees. The bookstore ar- 
ranges for the binding of the thesis by a local bindery and 
other services by University Microfilms international (UMI). 
Once submitted and receipted, the thesis may not be with- 
drawn by the student from the campus bookstore. The 
campus bookstore sends the approved original or dupli- 
cated copy (including the original signed approval page) 
to University Microfilms international for filming and publi- 
cation of the abstract, and upon Its return sends it to the 
bindery. 

An agreement is normally completed for UMI to publish 
the abstract in Masters Abstracts, prepare a negative mi- 


crofilm. and sell microfilm or xerographic copies to Inter- 
ested scholars. The university will accept alternative meth- 
ods of microfilming, duplication of printed copies and bind- 
ing. subject to the specifications on file in the Graduate 
Studies Office. Arrangements for copyrighting are also 
possible, if desired, through UMI. 

4. Notification for Award of the Degree: The grade for the 
thesis is reported in the usual manner to the Office of the 
Registrar by the appropriate faculty. The campus book- 
store notifies the Office of Graduate Studies that the ap- 
proved thesis has been deposited, the fees paid, and the 
agreement for microfilming and publication of the abstract 
completed by the student. 

5. Depositing of Thesis In Library: When the thesis is returned 
by the bindery, the bound copy Is deposited for circula- 
tion in the library. One set of the slides or separately 
mounted illustrative material is housed with the bound 
copy. The second set is placed In the university archives 
with the microfilm copy. 



126 

Theses and Projects 



California State University, Fullerton 


Steps in the Master’s Degree 


There may be additional steps for individual students In par- 
ticular programs; for these, consult the program description 
and the academic unit (school, department or program) of- 
fering the degree program. 

• Action initiated by student (as indicated below) 

1. Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

• Apply for admission 

• Declare objective(s), using precise codes on the appli- 
cation form 

• Receive application acknowledgement from the Ad- 
missions Office 

• Request two sets of official transcripts of all previous 
college-level course work attempted to be sent to 
Admissions Office 

• Take tests, if required by program, and order test scores 
sent to Cal State Fullerton, designating appropriate aca- 
demic unit on the test registration form 

• Consult appropriate academic unit for advisement 

• Provide appropriate academic unit with any other sup- 
porting statements or materials, as required 

Recommendation for admission made by academic 
unit to Admissions Office 

Receive notification of admission from Admissions Of- 
fice 

2. Graduate Standing: Classified 

• Complete any course prerequisites and/or remove de- 
ficiencies 

• Apply for classified standing in the academic area of- 
fering the particular program prior to completion of nine 
units of study plan course work 

• Consult appropriate academic unit for advisement, 
including development of official study plan 

• Provide appropriate academic unit with any other sup- 
porting statements or materials, as shown In program 
descriptions in this catalog 


Recommendation made by academic unit to the Dean 
of Graduate Studies 

Receive notification of classified standing being granted 
from Graduate Studies when the study plan is sent, show- 
ing approval by the Dean of Graduate Studies. 


• If not received within a reasonable length of time, call 
the academic unit sponsoring the degree or Graduate 
Studies. 

3. Completion of Requirements 

• Apply for a graduation check and advancement to 
candidacy prior to the beginning of the final semester 
and no later than the deadline initiating university re- 
view and formal approval by faculty. The form is avail- 
able at the Admissions and Records Information desk, 
the Graduation Unit and the Graduate Studies Office. 
A graduation and diploma fee must be paid when fil- 
ing the request with the university cashier. 

• Consult appropriate academic unit for advisement 

• Complete written and/or oral examination. If required 

• Complete thesis or project. If applicable 
Obtain approval of committee 

Obtain approval of university thesis reader (thesis only) 

• Deposit approved copy of thesis and make arrange- 
ments for binding, microfilming and publication of the 
abstract in the campus bookstore by the applicable 
deadline 

Final, approved study plan, with recommendation, sent by 
appropriate academic unit to Dean of Graduate Studies 

Preliminary approval, pending adequate grades, and 
completion of any other requirements, granted by Dean 
of Graduate Studies. 

• Deposit approved copy of thesis or project in academic 
department (if required) 

• Complete all general and specific requirements, other 
than final course examinations, by the last day of classes, 
in order to assure granting of the degree by the end of 
the semester 

Final verification of completion of requirements sent by the 
Graduate Studies Office to the registrar 

Receive notification of award of degree from registrar ap- 
proximately eight weeks after the end of the semester 

Commencement 

• Make appropriate arrangements for cap, gown and 
hood rental In the campus bookstore 

Commencement information sent by the Registrar's Office 


Take tests if required by program, and order test scores 
sent to Cal State Fullerton, designating appropriate aca- 
demic unit on the test registration form 


127 

Steps in the Master’s Degree 




■ v , •.•,3!r*»5y 




',«rtt}if'l<.i HJtj'rW fMc- I'Vftfe’i' o’iSHIiw' b^vHSO^TMtafl • ' 




'.. i’''' 


'■V 


vsAtinm^ So, :. 



^ 


T, ..^i: /v^-v .■. ' ,: »i\ •...’• ■'S? '"jt:S^'''‘X '' ' '• '■■ '•'■ ’* ■■.*'> ■ 

betiiji’>&^‘V> f^Hbw *-• 


fidDO*^i4MOii < to^^'XQ ■'HD j»i3m ©tioriqrno:*) * 




' 9v?itltnrn»;jw:; ir.iovoxK?o /HottlO 
ifylno ^)«erft; TeUo«) eij *1* ' "'fo lov'O’Tqqo nk>li^ 






nolt^i: 


tf.7 liSlfertihofe^ tinu oimeb^o € 


.n\ 
■: iyf>\ 




■ '■,, " ■•■• .'•■■ ■ -rj -U^-Aa 

■ ^ • - um g- ' ri«fei»?»«S»:W|Mtcjii 


••ioiqo 'no ea^iq qnfeM ^ii^beC 


I 


fo '^V''. ■•- . *;.00;0^ 

-bA-Oi'i# 

•: . : V ■ ■■ *:•'■ ^ :. ■.-.': 1 <v.-.', pky:^(i ^ vj 

i^uolviesiq h< 3 t6 -^t©e qwf 1«m>pe5 

ot trnw 0 b ot bolQwJtp rfiow «etucb/l0v9i*ep0,Hq', 

©6^5 ^rK^ejMrn):^ 


^r©*.Obe tK>t i0bio bno .mb’q^iq .«t20t ©^ 

* OOD 0 fo<iqcnqqD ©oJ tonQteeb . noha^lu^ etciiS foO ot to© 
rniot n6iTott?iQ©’i t«3t octt^oioiinu Oirnek 






i^‘- ’^nvv' 




vd 


.-•Vi.' , - O’ ::- 'iTfen^ot? © r#oi: 

tlHi 


bt 

no©< 


bim- 


lOljebDio •oo. ... ^eoi 


MM 


>&m(i ; • -<■-:>(>. , - injf'f^VioinoO • 

to bfcji^^'.%l-$i^i^'rai^t : '-V^ •^.#f%iebic ri ' 


’W 0* V'- ..>.■. •*,v-*'^o."- • . : '■ - 


m. .; .^'■'■'■y ' : T • 

c.m> olm0bor>.r^ i(u/']' ro PI ylqq^ 

4k«f^fioit«lqmoo piC > 5X]^ o^c^^^ncq ©fit ©aria 

■ ^ " vfc 't'^Q ybirt* to efioi 




W 


rlpi^® 2 l’/PD not ti^*;.oaoop;;oo ll&i’qoiqqc tiueno^ 
fiolq vbuj^^o us \ts|feisio»ev;i^b ©nlbuton 


<^4 -1 




ff its'OT? to , 


iqoTCiqD ebivo>< 

©rri^c 



botrtDHQ Qf#9d onibnotg bolTleeofo lo noilooflkron evie: 
-'ivorU .tnde 8i bolq ybu^ o'lt ne^tw «©itxjT<2 otouboiQ n 
>eoibijtC 9^Dobc^lO to noaO e^it ya iovo>qc |0 




California State University, Fuiierton 


Degree Programs 


California State University, Fullerton offers the following bac- 
calaureate degree prograrms which are described on the 
pages listed : 


B. A. American Studies 355 

B.A. Anthropology 359 

B.A. Art 162 

B.F.A. Art 163 

B.S. Biochemistry 482 

B.A. Biological Science 474 

B.A. Business Administration 207 

B.A. Chemistry 483 

B.S. Chemistry 482 

B.S. Child Development 297 

B.S. Civil Engineering 275 

B.A. Communications 244 

B.A. Communicative Disorders 253 

B.A. Comparative Literature 374 

B.S. Computer Science 265 

B.A. Criminal Justice 371 

B.A. Dance 189 

B.A. Economics 215 

B.S. Electrical Engineering 282 

B.S. Engineering (Engineering Science) 273 

B.A. English 375 

B.A. Ethnic Studies (option In Afro-Ethnic studies) 352 

B.A. Ethnic Studies (option In ChIcano studies) 368 

B.A. French 387 

B.A. Geography 405 

B.S. Geology 490 

B.A. German 388 

B.A. History 414 

B.S. Human Services 318 

B.A. International Business with a concentration in 
French, German. Japanese, Portuguese or Spanish .... 225 

B.A. Japanese 389 

B.A. Latin American Studies 422 

B.A. Liberal Studies 425 

B.A. Linguistics 428 

B.A. Mathematics 495 

B.S. Mechanical Engineering 290 

B.A. Music 175 

B.M. Music 177 

B.S. Nursing 334 

B.A. Philosophy 433 

B.S. Physical Education 323 

B.S. Physics 503 

B.A. Political Science (including concentration in 

public administration) 437 

B.A. Psychology 446 

B.A. Religious Studies 454 

B.A. Russian & East European Area Studies 459 

B.A. Sociology 464 

B.A. Spanish 389 

B.A. Special Major 155 

B.A. Speech Communication 253 

B.A. Theatre Arts 188 


The following master's degree programs are offered: 


M.S. Accountancy 202 

M.A. American Studies 355 

M.A. Anthropology 360 

M.A. Art 163 

M.F.A. Art 163 

M.A. Biology 475 

M.B.A. Business Administration 21 1 

M.S. Chemistry 484 

M.S. Civil Engineering 276 

M.A. Communications 245 

M.A. Communicative Disorders 253 

M.A. Comparative Uterature 374 

M.S. Computer Science 266 

M.S. Counseling 301 

M.A. Economics 216 

M.S. Education (with concentrations in bllingual/bi-cul- 
tural education (Spanish-Engllsh), elementary curricu- 
lum and instruction, reading, educational administra- 
tion, special education 295 

M.S. Education (TESOL) 393 

M.S. Electrical Engineering 283 

M.S. Engineering (Engineering Science) 273 

M.A. English 375 

M.S. Environmental Studies 383 

M.A. French 391 

M.A. Geography 406 

M.A. German 392 

M.A. History 414 

M.A. Interdisciplinary Studies 155 

M.A. Linguistics 428 

M.S. Management Science 233 

M.A. Mathematics 496 

M.S. Mechanical Engineering 290 

M.A. Music 178 

M.M. Music 178 

M.S. Physical Education 326 

M.A. Political Science 438 

M.A. Psychology 446 

M.S. Psychology (Clinical) 448 

M.P.A. Public Administration 439 

M.A.T. Science 507 

M.A. Social Sciences 462 

M.A. Sociology 462 

M.A. Spanish (Including emphasis in bilingual studies) 392 

M.A. Speech Communication 253 

M.S. Taxation 203 

M.A. Theatre Arts 190 

M.F.A. Theatre Arts (with concentrations in Acting, 

Directing, and Technical Theatre and Design) 190 


130 

Degree Programs 


Graduation Requirements 
for the Bachelor’s Degree 



Unit Requirements 
A. Total Unit Requirements 

The minimum number of semester units necessary for a 
bachelor's degree, exclusive of remedial courses (I.e. courses 


numbered 0-99), Is as follows: 

1 . For the Bachelor of Arts degree 124 

2. For the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree 132 

3. For the Bachelor of Science degree 124-132 

4. For the Bachelor of Nursing degree 128 

5. For the Bachelor of Science In Engineering degree ... 135 

6. For the Bachelor of Music degree 132 


B. Upper-Division Requirement 

A minimum of 40 semester units of upper-division coursework 
is required for any CSUF bachelor's degree. Courses offering 
upper-division credit are those numbered at the 300- and 400- 
levels. 

All units from upper-division courses are applicable to the up- 
per-division units requirement, including units from courses In 
the major, the minor, and general education. 

C. Speciai Unit Totais 

The maximum number of special semester units accepted for 
a bachelor's degree is as follows: 

1 . Transferable units from community or junior colleges ... 70 


2. Transferable units from a four-year university or 
college or from a combination of two and 

four-year Institutions for degrees requiring 124 units 94 

3. From credit by examination 30 

4. From extension & correspondence courses 24 

6. From credit/no credit courses 36 

6. From Reading Skills courses numbered at the 

100- and 200-levels 4 

7. From Internship courses 6 

8. From Independent Study courses 9 


131 

Graduation Requirements for the Bacheior’s Degree 



California State University, Fullerton 


Residence Requirement 

A mlnimunn of thirty (30) semester units must be earned in 
courses taken at California State University, Fullerton. Twenty- 
four (24) of these units must be earned in upper-division courses. 
At least twelve (12) upper-division semester units in the major 
must be taken at this institution. Courses taken in extension 
(except for summer session and intersession courses offered 
as part of the special sessions program) and units earned 
through credit by examination may not be used to fulfill these 
requirements. 

Grade-Point Average Requirements 

Three grade-point averages, each 2.0 or higher, are required 
for graduation: 

A. An average based on all units attempted, including those 
attempted at other institutions. 

B. An average based on all units attempted at CSUF. 

C. An average based on all units attempted In the major. 

Distribution of Requirements 

A. General Education 

A minimum of 51 semester units are needed to complete 
CSUF's general education requirements. See the ‘General 
Education" section of this catalog. 

B. Major 

The unit requirement in a major varies substantially from major 
to major. Some majors require as little as 33 semester units while 
others require as much as 106 units. Refer to the Department 
listings for the specific requirements of any particular major. 

C. Upper-Division Baccalaureate Writing 
Requirement 

The university requires that every person completing a 
bachelor's degree under 1980-81 and later catalog require- 
ments, demonstrate writing ability acceptable for graduation. 
The upper-division writing requirement has two parts; students 
must satisfy each: 

Upper-division course requirement: Each major requires that 
students pass a specially designated upper-division course 
or courses of at least three semester units. Examination re- 
quirement: The university faculty requires that each student 
pass the University Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP), 
which has been designed to measure writing ability. 

Courses. The University Board on Writing Proficiency must cer- 
tify the course or courses that each major department desig- 
nates to fulfill the requirement. Departments and programs 
may specify either a single course of at least three units which 
Involves Intensive Instruction in writing, or two or more courses 
(a total of at least six units) in which students are required to 
write one or more lengthy papers, or several shorter ones, which 


involve the organization and expression of complex ideas. In 
these courses students will be given careful and timely evalua- 
tions of their writing and suggestions for improvement. An as- 
sessment of writing competence will be included in determin- 
ing the final course grade. 

Students must pass these courses with a grade of C or better. 
A list of courses designated for each major will appear in the 
class schedule each semester. 

Examination. After completing 60 units toward the baccalau- 
reate, students must take the University Examination In Writing 
Proficiency (EWP). The EWP consists of two parts, a machine- 
scored test of Standard Written English, and a 90-minute essay 
which is evaluated by faculty readers. Students who fail the 
examination may retake it until they pass It. A limited number 
of students who have failed the EWP two or more times may 
enroll in English 199, Intensive Writing Review. Credit in English 
199 will be equivalent to passing the examination. This course 
will not count toward graduation requirements, nor will it sat- 
isfy the upper-division writing course requirement described 
above. Information about registration for the EWP and testing 
dates is published in the class schedule each semester. 

Petitions. In certain cases, students may petition the University 
Board on Writing Proficiency for exemption from or modifica- 
tion of the requirement. 

1 . Transfer students and candidates for a second baccalau- 
reate may be certified as meeting the requirement after 
they have submitted to the Board acceptable evidence 
of having completed the equivalent to CSUF's upper-divi- 
sion requirement. 

2. Students may petition for substitution of an alternative to 
the EWP when exceptional circumstances, e.g. a clinically 
identified learning disability, make the examination Inap- 
propriate. Petitions must include documentation of the 
special circumstances and propose specific alternative 
means of demonstrating writing proficiency. 

D. Minors 

A minor is a means by which students can enrich their aca- 
demic preparation through concentrated study of a discipline 
related to, or different from, their declared major. Although 
students can pursue multiple majors, many decide that de- 
claring a major and a minor Is a more desirable choice. A 
minor provides a structured selection of courses to augment 
or complement the student's major by broadening a student's 
academic experience or serving as preparation for a specific 
career. A minor can extend the student's knowledge in two 
related areas (e.g., English and Speech Communication, An- 
thropology and Foreign Languages, Sociology and Women's 
Studies) or In two disparate ones (e.g.. Business Administration 
and Computer Science, Economics and Foreign Languages. 
Mathematics and Psychology). A minor can also enable stu- 
dents to systematically explore fields of knowledge about 
which they are curious or enthusiastic. Students may wish to 
consult with an adviser in their major department for recom- 
mendations of suitable minor fields of study. 

A minor is not required for the baccalaureate; however, stu- 
dents may elect to complete one or more minors from those 


132 

Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree 


California State University, Fullerton 


available and have that noted on their records. In complet- 
ing the requirements for a minor, a minimum of twelve (12) 
units, of which at least six (6) must be upper division, must be 
distinct and different from the units used to complete the re- 
quirements of the major. Any units above this minimum require- 
ment which can be used to satisfy both the requirements for 
the minor and for the major may be double counted. Gen- 
eral education courses, however, may be used to meet minor 
requirements. 


Below is a list of currently approved minors: 


Afro-Ethnic Studies 

History 

American Studies 

Human Services 

Anthropology 

International Politics 

Art 

Japanese 

Asian Studies 

Jewish Studies 

Biotechnology 

Latin American Studies 

Business Administration 

Linguistics 

Chemistry 

Management Information 

Chicane Studies 

Systems 

Child Development 

Mathematics 

Christian Studies 

Mathematics for Teacher 

Computer Science 

Education 

Conservation 

Military Science 

Criminal Justice 

Music 

Economics 

Peace Studies 

English 

Philosophy 

Foreign Language 

Physical Education 

French 

Physics 

German 

Political Science 

Portuguese 

Psychology 

Spanish 

Public Administration 

Geography 

Religious Studies 

Geology 

Sociology 

Gerontology 

Speech Communication 

Health Promotion 

Women's Studies 


E. Electives 

After fulfilling the requirements in general education, and a 
specific major (and possibly a minor), each student is free to 
choose the rest of the courses needed to complete the se- 
mester units required for graduation. Different majors vary con- 
siderably in both the number of units they require in their own 
and related fields. They also vary considerably in the amount 
of latitude or choice they permit in selecting courses to satisfy 
the major requirement. The general education requirement 
encourages freedom of choice within the natural sciences, 
social sciences, arts and humanities, and basic subjects. Stu- 
dents at the university use their electives to broaden their gen- 
eral education, deepen some aspect of their specialties, pur- 
sue work in related fields, and satisfy curiosities and enthusi- 
asms for particular subjects or areas of interest. 

Advisement on general education and electives is provided 
by the Academic Advisement Center. 

F. Multiple Majors and Second 
Baccalaureate Degrees 

Within the units required for the baccalaureate it is possible for 
a student to complete the requirements for more than one 


major within one degree (for example a B.S.) when the addi- 
tional major is within the same degree (in this case, another 
B.S.). At least 24 units, including 12 at the upper-division level, in 
each bachelor of arts major, or 36 units. Including 18 at the up- 
p)er-divlsion level. In each bachelor of science major, must be 
applied exclusively to the respective major and may not be used 
to meet requirements in other majors or in general education. 
The student shall declare the additional major with the appropri- 
ate department not later than the beginning of the student's 
final year of study. The completion of additional majors will be 
noted at the time of graduation by appropriate entries on the 
academic record and in the commencement program. 

It Is possible for a student to complete a major in one degree 
(for example a B.S.) concurrently with an additional major from 
a different degree (for example a B.A.). This process Is possible 
as long as the unit restrictions mentioned in the preceding 
paragraph are met. If the student adheres to the rules about 
units and how they are counted, the student will then choose 
which degree he or she will receive, with that degree's major 
being noted on the diploma (for example, B.A. in History). The 
completion of the second major will be noted on the student's 
academic record. The university does not award two degrees 
for multiple majors that are completed concurrently. 

Second baccalaureate degrees: 

First degree completed elsewhere, second at Fullerton. Stu- 
dents seeking a bachelor's degree from Fullerton after having 
received a baccalaureate from another institution may qualify 
for graduation with the approval and recommendation of the 
faculty upon completion of the following: 

(1) General Education requirements: Students holding a bac- 
calaureate degree from an accredited institution will be 
held to (a) the breadth requirements of Executive Order 
338, 1.e. 12 units in each of the areas of arts and humani- 
ties, social sciences, and math and science, (b) the statu- 
tory requirements and (c) the English Writing Proficiency 
requirements. Students will not be held to specific CSUF 
categories or courses. 

(2) all requirements in the major field of study 

(3) residence and scholarship requirements 

Two baccalaureates from Fullerton. With the approval and 
recommendation of the faculty, a student may qualify for a 
second baccalaureate under the following circumstances: 

(1) a minimum of 30 units have been earned in residence af- 
ter the first degree has been granted. 

(2) a minimum of 24 upper-division units are included among 
the 30 units mentioned above 

(3) a minimum of 12 units must be offered by the department 
in which the second degree is being sought 

(4) two or more degrees are not awarded at the same time 

Units Included in second baccalaureate programs may not 
apply to graduate degrees or credential programs. 


133 

Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree 


California State University. Fullerton 


Graduation Requirement Check 

A candidate for graduation must fiie an appiication for a 
graduation requirements check before the first day of instruc- 
tion of the semester prior to the semester in which the student 
expects to graduate. The graduation and dipioma fee is re- 
quired when the appiication is fiied. Appiication forms are 
avaiiabie at the Admissions and Records information counter 
and in the graduation unit. 

Candidates for the baccaiaureate shouid refer to the semes- 
ter ciass scheduie for appiication fiiing dates. A senior shouid 
have compieted at ieast 100 units (inciuding the current work 
in progress) and a substantiai portion of the major requirements 
before requesting a graduation check, if the candidate does 
not compiete the requirements in the semester indicated, a 
change of graduation date must be fiied in the Office of Ad- 
missions and Records. 


Faculty Approval and 
Recommendation 

Under provisions of the Academic Senate, the Office of Ad- 
missions and Records publishes a list of degree candidates 
twice a year: in the fall and in the spring (for both spring and 
summer graduates). After review and approval by the fac- 
ulty, and upon verification of the completion of requirements, 
diplomas are issued with the last day of the respective term as 
the official date of graduation. 

Annual commencement exercises are held at the end of the 
spring semester for those who compieted degree requirements 
mid-year and for those completing degree requirements in the 
spring semester or summer session. The president of the univer- 
sity, with the authority of the Board of Trustees, confers all de- 
grees, subject to the completion of remaining requirements. 

Note: Students completing bachelor degree requirements who 
wish to continue their studies at the university for 
postbaccaiaureate or graduate degree objectives must ap- 
ply for admission declaring their new objectives. 


I 


134 

Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree 


General 

Education 



General Education Objectives 

The general education-breadth requirements are designed so 
that, taken with the major-depth program and electives pre- 
sented by each baccalaureate candidate, they will assure 
that graduates have made noteworthy progress toward be- 
coming truly educated persons. Particularly, the purpose of 
these requirements is to provide means whereby graduates: 

A. will have achieved the ability to think clearly and logically, 
to find and critically examine information, to communicate 
orally and in writing, and to perform quantitative functions; 

B. will have acquired appreciable knowledge about their 
own bodies and minds, about how human society has 
developed and how It now functions, about the physical 
world In which they live, about the other forms of life with 
which they share that world, and about the cultural en- 
deavors and legacies of their civilization; 

C. will have come to an understanding and appreciation of 
the principles, methodologies, value systems, and thought 
processes employed in human inquiries. (Executive Order 
695) 

General Education Requirements 

All students beginning studies Fall 1987 or later must complete 
a minimum of 51 semester units of general education courses 
seiected in accordance with the pattern designated on the 
following pages. General education courses must be selected 
from an approved list and taken for a letter grade. Students 
should refer to the latest university Schedule of Classes for the 
most up-to-date list of approved classes. A student who has a 
break In enrollment for more than one semester In any calen- 
dar year may be liable for new catalog requirements. 

Students must complete at least nine units of upper-division 
(i.e. 300- or 400-level) general education course work taken 
after the student has achieved junior standing (i.e. 60 units). 
At least nine units of general education must be earned in 
residence at California State University, Fullerton. 

A grade of C or better must be earned for each course in 
Basic Subjects: Oral Communication (I.A.), Written Communi- 
cation (I.B.), Critical Thinking (I.C.), and Mathematics (III.A.4.). 
All general education courses must be taken on a grade op- 
tion 1 basis (A, B, C, D, F). An option 2 (credit/no credit) course 
may be used for general education if that is the only grade 
option for the course. Consult the course description In the 
departmental sections of this catalog for grade option infor- 
mation on a specific course. 


135 

General Education 



California State University, Fullerton 


Courses offered by the department of the student's major 
may not be used to fulfill the unit requirement of categories 
III or IV with the exception of categories offering choices from 
only one department. Courses which are cross-listed meet 
general education category requirements for all majors ex- 
cept those in the home department of the cross-listed course. 
The "home" department is the one under which the course 
description appears In the catalog. For example. Anthropol- 
ogy is the “home" department for Anthropology/Religious 
Studies 306; hence, it may not be used by an Anthropology 
major to meet general education requirements. Also, no more 
than nine units from any single department may be used in 
meeting the requirements of general education. Upper-divi- 
sion courses offered by the department of the student's ma- 
jor may not be used for general education credit. Upper- 
division requirements for IGETC certified transfer students are 
described below. 

At least three (3) semester units of Cultural Diversity course work 
must be taken from among the asterisked courses In Section 
IV. At least one laboratory course must be taken from among 
the courses marked with a dagger (t) In Sections III.A.l .. III.A.2., 
or III.A.3. 

Among the following list of requirements a few courses ap- 
pear In more than one category. These courses may be used 
to fulfill the requirements of only one. and not both, of the 
categories within which they appear. 

A score of T 145 or higher on the English Placement Test (EPT). 
or completion of English 99 (EPT test required) with a grade of 
C or better, is a prerequisite for enrollment in courses in cat- 
egory I.A.2. Written Communication, for all students except 
those with an exemption. 

A score of 650 or higher on the Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) 
examination is a prerequisite for enrollment in courses In Cat- 
egory II.A.4. Mathematics for all students except those with 
an exemption. 

Certification Policy 

Under provisions of Title 5 and Executive Order 595. accred- 
ited colleges and universities may certify the completion of 
part of the 48-51 units required in general education. Within 
the policy of the Board of Trustees, Cal State Fullerton will 
accept such certification of general education up to a maxi- 
mum of 39 semester units, but may accept no more in gen- 
eral education than the number of units required in each 
area. 

Transfer students who are certified in any category with fewer 
than the required units will be subject to additional units and 
will be permitted to take the additional units in upper-division 
categories. 

Intersegmental General Education 
Transfer Curriculum (IGETC) 

All lower-division Cal State Fullerton general education require- 
ments may be satisfied by the completion in Its entirety of this 


transfer curriculum at a California community college cam- 
pus. Information about IGETC is available at each campus. 
Upper-division general education requirements for IGETC cer- 
tified transfers are as follows: 

Nine units of upper-division coursework from Plan B catego- 
ries III.A.3.. IV.A.l., IV.A.2.. and IV.B. with the following condi- 
tions: 

• No more than six units from any one category 

• No more than six units from any one department 

• No units from the department of the student's major 

• A minimum of three units of a “cultural diversity" (asterisked) 
course, if not met prior to transfer. 

California Articulation Number 

California State University, Fullerton is authorized to cross-ref- 
erence certain courses with a California Articulation Number 
(CAN). This Is a system of equating courses between campuses 
in California. It is used by an increasing number of community 
colleges and four-year universities and colleges to Identify 
some of the transferable. Introductory courses in several aca- 
demic disciplines. 

The system assures students that CAN courses noted in the 
catalog of one campus will be accepted In lieu of the com- 
parable CAN course on another participating campus. An 
example Is our Anthropology 101 Introduction to Biologi- 
cal Anthropology; CAN ANTH 2 Is accepted In lieu of 
courses similarly marked In other university or college cata- 
logs. 


The California Articulation Numbers are listed in parentheses 
by the course descriptions in the catalog. A listing of courses 
currently approved for CAN follows: 

Caiifornia 

Articuiotion 

Number 

Cal State Fullerton Courses 

CAN ANTH 2 

Anthro 101 Introduction to Biological 
Anthropology 

CAN ANTH 4 

Anthro 102 Introduction to Cultural 
Anthropology 

CAN ANTH 6 

Anthro 103 Introduction to Archaeology 

CAN ART 2 

Art 201 A Art and Civilization 

CAN ART 4 

Art 201 B Art and Civilization 

CAN ART 6 

Art 106A Beginning Ceramics 

CAN ART 8 

Art 107A Beginning Drawing 

CAN ART 12 

Art216A Beginning Sculpture 

CAN ART 14 

Art 103 Two-dimensional Design 

CAN ART 16 

Art 104 Three-dimensional Design 

CAN BIOL 4 

Biology 261 Principles of Zoology 

CAN CHEM 2 

Chemistry 120A General Chemistry 

CAN CHEM 4 

Chemistry 120B General Chemistry 

CAN ENGL 2 

English 101 Beginning College Writing 


136 

General Education 


California State University, Fullerton 


CAN ENGR 2 
CAN ENGR 6 

CAN ENGR 8 
CAN ENGR 12 
CAN FREN 2 
CAN FREN 4 
CAN FREN 8 
CAN FREN 10 
CAN GEOG 2 

CAN GEOG 4 

CAN GEOL 2 

CAN GEOL 4 
CAN GOVT 2 
CAN HIST 8 
CAN HIST 10 
CAN JOUR 4 

CAN MATH 10 
CAN MATH 16 
CAN MATH 18 

CAN MATH 20 

CAN MATH 22 
CAN MATH 30 

CAN MATH 34 
CAN PHIL 2 
CAN PHIL 6 
CAN PHYS 2 

CAN PHYS 4 

CAN PHYS 8 

CAN PHYS 12 


CAN PSY 2 
CANSOC2 
CAN SPAN 2 
CAN SPAN 4 
CAN SPCH 4 
CAN SPCH 6 


EG-ME 102 Graphical Communications 

EG-EE 203 + 203L Electric Circuits and 
Laboratory 

EG-CE 201 Statics 
EG-EE 203 Electric Circuits 
French 101 , Fundamental French - A 
French 102, Fundamental French - B 
French 203, Intermediate French - A 
French 204, Intermediate French - B 

Geography 1 10 Principles of Physical 
Geography 

Geography 160 Culture and 
Environment 

Geological Scl 101 +101L Physical Geology 
and Lab 

Geological Scl 201 Earth History 
Poll Scl 100 American Government 
History 170A United States to 1877 
History 170B United States Since 1877 

Comm 233 Mass Communication in 
Modern Society 

Mathematics 1 15 College Algebra 
Mathematics 125 Precalculus 

Mathematics 150A Analytic Geometry 
and Calculus 

Mathematics 150B Analytic Geometry 
and Calculus 

Mathematics 250A Intermediate Calculus 

Mathematics 130 A Short Course in 
Calculus 

Mathematics 135 Business Calculus 
Philosophy 100 Introduction to Philosophy 
Philosophy 210 Logic 

Physics 21 1 and 21 IL Elementary 
Physics + Lab 

Physics 21 IZ and 21 IZ Elementary 
Physics + Lab 

Physics 225 and 225L Fundamental 
Physics: Mechanics + Lab 

Physics 226 +Physlcs 226L Fundamental 
Physics: Electricity and Magnetism 
+ Lab 

Psychology 101 Introductory Psychology 
Sociology 101 Introduction to Sociology 
Spanish 101 , Fundamental Spanish - A 
Spanish 102, Fundamental Spanish - B 
Speech Comm 102 Public Speaking 

Speech Comm 235 Essentials of 
Argumentation 


General Education Honors 

The General Education Honors Program offers students many 
of the educational benefits of a small college In the midst of 
the rich resources of a large university. The program's small 
class sizes (twenty students maximum) provide challenging 
learning experiences, individual attention from professors, and 
closer interaction with other students. 

In honors sections of general education courses, students are 
encouraged to develop and discuss ideas in an active, imagi- 
native and original way. Professors contribute by making cre- 
ative use of curricular materials and student assignments. They 
interact personally and Intensively with each student and en- 
courage students to interact with each other. These courses 
do not simply demand a greater quantity of work. They cre- 
ate a learning environment In which students are encouraged 
to realize their intellectual potential. 

The General Education Honors Program gives officially ac- 
cepted students an opportunity to earn recognition for distin- 
guished academic performance In general education 
courses. Those participants who successfully complete the re- 
quirements for honors in general education will have a nota- 
tion placed on their transcripts and special recognition at 
graduation. 

Entrance to the Program 

Academic achievement in high school or college serves as 
the prerequisite for admission to the honors program. Those 
eligible for entrance include (1) first-time freshmen with a 
high school g.p.a. (grade point average) of 3.5 or better 
and (2) continuing students with a collegiate g.p.a. of 3.0 
or better. 

Students should declare their intent to pursue the General 
Education Honors Program by submitting a formal letter of 
application to the coordinator of the General Education Hon- 
ors Program. The letter should Include the student's name, 
current address and phone number, high school or college 
g.p.a., and a paragraph stating the reasons for pursuing the 
program. 

Entrance to Courses 

Individual honors courses are also open to any student who 
meets the program's g.p.a. standards. Exceptions to this policy 
may be made with the consent of the honors course Instruc- 
tor and the authorization of the honors program coordinator. 
First priority for class entrance, however, goes to students for- 
mally admitted to the program. 

Requirements for Completion 

Program students are normally expected to average one 
honors course a semester. These course sections are officially 
designated in the class schedule by an "H" after the course 
number. 


137 

General Education 


California State University, Fullerton 


To complete the honors program, a student must ( 1 ) complete 
24 units of general education honors courses with a grade of 
C or better In each course and (2) accomplish a GPA of 3.26 
or better for the 24 units of general education honors courses 
attempted. With approval of the honors program coordina- 
tor, up to six units of advanced placement credit with a score 
of 4 or higher may be substituted for general education hon- 
ors credit. 

Students are responsible for requesting a review of their records 
to verify completion. Upon verification, a notation will be made 
on the student's transcript indicating completion of the pro- 
gram. 

Transfer Course Work 

Students transferring into CSUF who have taken honors courses 
at another accredited institution may apply those courses to 
the General Education Honors Program. 

The following stipulations apply to the transfer of courses: 

1 . The course Is used in partial fulfillment of CSUF general edu- 
cation requirements. 

2. The course Is designated and acknowledged as an 
honors course by the Institution where the course was 
taken. 


analyzing, and expressing thoughts and concepts In standard 
written English. Students must satisfy the English Placement Test 
requirement prior to enrolling in the course. 

English 101 Beginning College Writing (3) 

C. Critical Thinking (3 units minimum) 

Courses in this area are designed to develop skills In critical 
thinking, Including the ability to distinguish fact from judgment 
and belief from knowledge, to reason Inductively and deduc- 
tively, and to understand the formal and informal fallacies of 
language and thought. 

Choices: 

English 103 Critical Reasoning and Writing (3) 

Philosophy 200 Argument and Reasoning (3) 

Philosophy 210 Logic (3) 

Psychology 1 10 Reasoning and Problem Solving (3) 

Reading 290 Critical Reading as Critical Thinking (3) 

Speech Comm 235 Essentials of Argumentation 

II. HISTORICAL AND CULTURAL 
FOUNDATIONS (12 units minimum) 

A. The Development of Civilization 
(6 units minimum) 


3. The course was completed with a grade of B or better. 

4. A maximum of nine units of transfer honors courses may 
be applied toward completion of the honors program. 

Any questions concerning the Honors Program should be di- 
rected to the coordinator of the General Education Honors 
Program. 

I. BASIC SUBJECTS (9 units minimum) 

NOTE: A grade of C or better is required In sections I.A., I.B., 
and I.C. and III.A.4. 

A. Oral Communication (3 units minimum) 

Courses In this area are designed to impart skills In the use 
of human symbolic interaction, focusing on effective speak- 
ing. 


Courses In this area give a holistic view of the development of 
society - Its values, traditions, and institutions. 

History 1 lOA World Civilization to the 16th Century (3) 

History 1 lOB World Civilization since the 16th 

Century (3) 

B. American History, Institutions and Values 
(6 units minimum) 

Courses in this section meet Title 5, section 40404, requirements 
by providing a "comprehensive study of American history and 
American government Including the historical development 
of American institutions and ideals, the Constitution of the 
United States and the operation of representative democratic 
government under the Constitution, and the process of state 
and local government.' 

1 . American History (3 units minimum) 


Choices: 


Choices: 


Chicano Studies 102 
Speech Comm 100 

Speech Comm 102 
Theatre 1 10 


Communication Skills (3) 

Introduction to Human 
Communication (3) 

Public Speaking (3) 

Oral Communication of Literature (3) 


B. Written Communication (3 units minimum) 

The course in this area is designed to impart skills In organizing. 


Afro-Ethnic 190 

American Studies 201 
Chicano Studies 190 

History 1 70A 
History 1 70B 
History 180 
History 190 


Survey of American History with 
Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 
Introduction to American Studies (3) 
Survey of American History with 
Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 
United States to 1877 (3) and 
United States since 1 877 (3) 

Survey of American History (3) 
Survey of American History with 
Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 


138 

General Education 


California State University, Fullerton 


NOTE: Students who take History 1 70A must also take History 
170B and vice versa. 

2. Government (3 units minimum) 

Political Scl ^00 American Government (3) 

NOTE: Transfer students from outside the State of California who 
have A/L/^fADV completed a basic course In American Gov- 
ernment may substitute Political Science 300 Contemporary 
Issues In California Government and Politics (3) for Political Sci- 
ence 100. 

III. DISCIPLINARY CORE COURSES 
(21 units minimum) 

A. Mathematics and Natural Sciences (12 units) 

At least one laboratory course must be taken In III.A. 1 ., III.A.2., 
or III.A.3. Approved laboratory courses are Indicated with a 
dagger (t). 

1. Physical Science (3 units minimum) 

Courses In this area provide the content and methodology 
that form the bases for studies in the physical sciences. 


Choices: 


Chemistry 100 
Chemistry lOOLt 
Chemistry 116t 
Chemistry 120At 
Geological Scl 101 
Geological Scl 101 Lt 
Physics 101 
Physics 101 L 

Physics 21 1 
Physics 21 ILt 
Physics 225 
Physics 225Lt 


Survey of Chemistry (3) 

Survey of Chemistry Lab (1) 
Introductory General Chemistry (4) 
General Chemistry (6) 

Physical Geology (3) 

Physical Geology Lab (1) 

Survey of Astronomy and Physics (3) 
Survey of Astronomy and Physics 
Lab(l) 

Elementary Physics (3) 

Elementary Physics Lab (1) 
Fundamental Physics: Mechanics (3) 
Fundamental Physics: Lab (1) 


2. Biological Science (3 units minimum) 

Courses In this area provide the content and methodology 
that form the bases for studies in the biological sciences. 


Choices: 

Biology 101 Elements of Biology (3) 

Biology 1 0 1 Lt Elements of Biology Lab( 1 ) 

Biology 1 3 1 Principles of Biology (3) 

3. Alternatives in Natural Sciences and Mathematics 

Courses In this area are topical and thematic specialized In- 
quiries Into the contributions of the sciences and mathemat- 
ics. These courses have a substantial scientific and/or math- 
ematical content. In addition, they are either Introductory to 


the major subdisciplines or they relate science and/or math- 
ematics to significant social problems or other related disci- 
plines. 


Choices: 

Anthropology 101 

Anthropology 440 
Biology 305 
Biology 306 
Biology 310 
Biology 31 1 
Biology 318 
Biology 319 
Biology 31 9Lt 
Biology 323 

Biology 325 
Biology 330 
Biology 352 
Biology 353 
Biology 353Lt 
Biology 360 
Biology 367 
Chemistry 1 1 1 
Chemistry 311 
Chemistry 321 
Computer Scl 313 
Geography 1 10 
Geography 120 
Geological Scl 120 
Geological Scl 120Lt 
Geological Scl 140 
Geological Scl 201 
Geological Scl 310T 

Geological Scl 333 
Geological Scl 335 
Geological Scl 340 
Geological Scl 376 
History 230 
History 321 
History 430 

Mathematics 338 

Mathematics 368 
Philosophy 303 

Philosophy 368 
Philosophy 384 
Philosophy 386 
Physics 107 

Physics 200 
Physics 226 

Physics 226Lt 
Physics 384 
Sociology 303 
Speech Comm 303 


Introduction to Biological 
Anthropology (3) 

Human Evolution (3) 

Human Heredity & Development (3) 
Biology of Aging (3) 

Human Physiology (3) 

Nutrition & Disease (3) 

Wildlife Conservation (3) 

Marine Biology (3) 

Marine Biology Lab (1) 

Biology of Sexually Transmitted 
Diseases (STD) (2) 

Understanding the Immune System (1) 
Ecology of American Indians (3) 

Plants and Life (3) 

Principles of Horticulture (2) 

Principles of Horticulture Lab (1) 
Biology Of Human Sexuality (2) 

Insects & The Human Ecosystem (3) 
Nutrition &L Drugs (3) 

Nutrition & Disease (3) 

Molecules and Life (3) 

The Computer Impact (3) 

Principles of Physical Geography (3) 
Environment and Change (3) 
Introduction to Earth Science (3) 

Earth Science Lab (1) 

Earth's Atmosphere (3) 

Earth History (4) 

Topics In California-Related 
Geology (1-3) 

General Oceanography (3) 

General Hydrology (3) 

General Meteorology (3) 

Applied Geology (3) 

The Ascent of Man (3) 

Molecules and Life (3) 

History of Science: Copernicus to the 
Present (3) 

Statistics Applied to Natural 
Sciences (3) 

First Course In Symbolic Logic (3) 
Introduction to Philosophy of 
Science (3) 

First Course In Symbolic Logic (3) 
Philosophy of the Physical Sciences (3) 
Philosophy of Biology (3) 

Nuclear Energy and Its Impact on 
Society (1) 

Introduction to Astronomy (4) 
Fundamental Physics: Electricity 
and Magnetism (3) 

Fundamental Physics: (Lab) (1) 
Philosophy of the Physical Sciences (3) 
Statistics for the Social Sciences (3) 
Biology of Human Communication (3) 


139 

General Education 


California State University. Fullerton 


4. Mathematics (3 units minimum) 

Courses In this area are designed to provide a basis for under- 
standing mathematical concepts and methodologies and 
their applications. A grade of "C* or better is required In this 
section. Students must pass the Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) 
test before taking any course in this section. No more than 
four (4) units of lower-division course work may be counted in 
this section. 

Choices: 


Management Sci/ 
Info Systems 361 A 


Mathematics 

no 

Mathematics 

115 

Mathematics 

120 

Mathematics 

125 

Mathematics 

130 

Mathematics 

135 

Mathematics 

150 A 


Quantitative Business Analysis: 

Probability and Statistics (3) 
Mathematics for Liberal Arts 
Students (3) 

College Algebra (4) 

Introduction to Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

Precalculus (4) 

A Short Course in Calculus (4) 
Business Calculus (3) 

Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 


B. Arts and Humanities (6 units minimum) 


1 . Introduction to the Arts (3 units minimum) 


Courses in this area are designed to motivate students to cul- 
tivate and refine their affective, cognitive and physical facul- 
ties through studying great works of the human imagination. 


Choices: 


Art 101 
Art 201 A 
Art 201 B 
Art 311 
Art 312 
Dance 101 
Music 100 
Music 101 
Theatre 100 


Introduction to Art (3) 

Art and Civilization (3) 

Art and Civilization (3) 

Foundations of Modern Art (3) 
Modern Art (3) 

Introduction to Dance (3) 
Introduction to Music (3) 

Music Theory for Non-Music Majors (3) 
Introduction to the Theatre (3) 


Comparative Lit 325 
Comparative Lit 373 
English 1 10 

English 1 1 1 


English 200 
English 31 1 
English 312 
English 321 
English 322 

Foreign Lang 101 
Foreign Lang 102 
Foreign Lang 203 
Foreign Lang 204 
French 213 
French 214 

German 213 
German 214 
Japanese 105 

Linguistics 106 
Linguistics 301 
Spanish 105 

Spanish 201 
Spanish 213 
Spanish 214 
Philosophy 100 
Philosophy 1 10 
Philosophy 290 

Philosophy 300 

Philosophy 310 
Religious Studies 101 
Religious Studies 102 
Religious Studies 110 
Religious Studies 200 
Religious Studies 210 
Religious Studies 301 


World Literature from 1650 (3) 

Masters of Russian Literature (3) 
Literature of the Western World from 
Ancient through Medieval Times (3) 
Literature of the Western World from 
Renaissance through the 19th 
Century (3) 

Introduction to Literature (3) 

British Literature to 1 760 (3) 

British Literature from 1 760 (3) 
American Literature to Whitman (3) 
American Literature from Twain to 
Modern (3) 

Fundamental Foreign Languages (3-5) 
Fundamental Foreign Languages (3-5) 
Intermediate Foreign Languages (3-5) 
Intermediate Foreign Languages (3-5) 
Intermediate Diction and Phonetics (2) 
Intermediate Conversation and 
Composition (2) 

Intermediate Reading - A (2) 
Intermediate Reading - B (2) 

Intensive Review of Fundamental 
Japanese (5) 

Language and Linguistics (3) 

Sanskrit (4) 

Intensive Review of Fundamental 
Spanish (5) 

Spanish for Spanish Speakers (3) 
Intermediate Conversation (3) 
Intermediate Composition (3) 
Introduction to Philosophy (3) 

The World's Great Religions (3) 

History of Philosophy: Greek 
Philosophy (3) 

History of Philosophy: Rationalism and 
Empiricism (3) 

Ethics (3) 

Fundamental Hebrew-A (4) 
Fundamental Hebrew-B (4) 

The World's Great Religions (3) 
Introduction to Christianity (3) 
Introduction to Judaism (3) 

Sanskrit (4) 


2. Introduction to the Humanities (3 units minimum) 


C. Social Sciences (3 units minimum) 


Courses in this area introduce students to reflective inquiry into 
the values and subjective responses of civilization In its lan- 
guage, philosophy, and literature. 

Choices: 


Anthropology 100 
Comparative Lit 1 10 
Comparative Lit 1 1 1 

Comparative Lit 324 


Non-Western Cultures & the Western 
Tradition (3) 

Literature of the Western World from 
Ancient through Medieval Times (3) 
Literature of the Western World from 
the Renaissance through the 19th 
Century (3) 

World Literature to 1650 (3) 


1 . Introduction to the Social Sciences (3 units minimum) 

Courses In this area provide an introduction to the concep- 
tual and methodological aspects of the social sciences to 
human, social, political, and economic institutions and be- 
havior In their contemporary and historical settings. 

Choices: 

American Studies 101 Introduction to American CutTure 
Studies (3) 

Anthropology 102 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) 
Economics 100 The Economic Environment (3) 


140 

General Education 


California State University. Fullerton 


Economics 201 
Geography 100 
Political Sci 200 
Psychology 101 
Sociology 101 


Principles of Microeconomics (3) 
World Geography (3) 

Introduction to the Study of Politics (3) 
Introductory Psychology (3) 
Introduction to Sociology (3) 


IV. IMPLICATIONS. EXPLORATIONS AND LIFE-LONG 
LEARNING (9 units minimum) 

At least one asterisked C) course in IV. must be taken. Asterisked 
courses fulfill the cultural diversity requirement. Cultural diver- 
sity courses are designed to enhance understanding of cul- 
tural differences within or between western and/or non-west- 
ern societies. 


A. Implications and Explorations (6 units minimum) 


1 . Implications, Explorations and Participatory 
Experience in the Arts and Humanities (3 units 
minimum) 


Courses In this area deepen the appreciation of the content 
of III.B.l.and III.B.2. 


Choices: 

Afro-Ethnic 314 
Afro-Ethnic 320 
Afro-Ethnic 381 
Afro-Ethnic 424 
Afro-Ethnic 437 

Afro-Ethnic 460 
Anthropology 104 
Anthropology 305 
Anthropology 306 

Art 103 
Art 104 
Art 106A 
Art 107 A 
Art 107B 
Art 205A 
Art216A 
Art 326A 
Art 338A 
Art 364A 

Chicano Studies 302 
Chicano Studies 304 
Chicano Studies 315 
Chicano Studies 316 
Chicano Studies 336 

Chicano Studies 337 
Chicano Studies 430 
Chicano Studies 433 
Chicano Studies 440 
Communications 383 
Comparative Lit 312 


Pan-African Dance and Movement (3)‘ 
Black American Intellectual Thought (3)* 
African Literature (3) 

Afro-American Literature (3) 

American Indian Religions and 
Philosophy (3)* 

Afro-American Music Appreciation (3)* 
Traditional Cultures of the World (3)* 
Anthropology of Religion (3)* 
Comparative Aesthetics and 
Symbolism (3)* 

Two-dimensional Design (3) 
Three-dimensional Design (3) 
Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Beginning Drawing (3) 

Beginning Painting (3) 

Beginning Crafts (3) 

Beginning Sculpture (3) 

Ceramic Sculpture (3) 

Creative Photography (3) 

Stained Glass (3) 

Ancient Mexican Culture (3)* 

Music of Mexico (3)* 

Chicano/Latino Theatre (3)* 

The Chicano Music Experience (3)* 
Main Trends in Spanish-ZVnerican 
Literature (3) 

Contemporary Chicano Literature (3) 
The Evolution of Mexican Literature (3) 
Mexican Literature Since 1940 (3) 
Mexican Intellectual Thought (3)* 
World Cinema (3) 

The Bible as Literature (3) 


Comparative Lit 315 

Comparative Lit 374 
Comparative Lit 380 
Comparative Lit 381 
Comparative Lit 423T 
Dance 1 12 
Dance 122 
Dance 126 
Dance 132 
Dance 301 
Dance 325 
English 105 
English 204 
English 320 
English 323T 

English 381 
English 424 

English 433 
English 441 
French 315 
French 375 
German 315 
German 335 
Japanese 315 

Japanese 316 
Japanese 375 
Portuguese 320 

Spanish 315 
Spanish 316 

Sp>anlsh 375 
History 405 
History 465A 
History 483 
Library 200 

Linguistics 441 
Music 183 
Music 184A 
Music 184B 
Music 185A 
Music 185B 
Music 301 
Music 302 
Music 303 
Music 304 
Music 352 

Music 355 
Music 361 A 

Music 36 1C 
Music 36 ID 
Music 36 IE 
Music 36 IF 
Music 36 IW 
Music 362B 
Music 362D 


Classical Mythology in World 
Literature (3) 

Soviet Literature (3) 

Introduction to Asian Literature (3)* 
African Literature (3)* 

Topics In Asian Literature (3)* 

Beginning Classical Ballet (2) 

Beginning Modern Dance (2) 

Dance Improvisation (2) 

Beginning Jazz Dance (2) 

Dance and Cultural Diversity (3)* 
Dance Theory and Criticism (3) 
Introduction to Creative Writing (3) 
Intermediate Creative Writing (3) 
Literature of the American Indians (3)* 
Cultural Pluralism in American 
Literature (3)* 

African Literature (3)* 

Introduction to Afro-American 
Literature (3) 

Children's Literature (3) 

Linguistics & Literature (3) 

Origins of Modern France (3)* 
Introduction to Literature (3) 
Introduction to German Civilization (3)* 
Introduction to Literature (3) 
Introduction to Japanese 
Civilization (3)* 

Modern Japan (3)* 

Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 
Introduction to Luso-Brazillan Culture 
and Civilization (3)* 

Introduction to Spanish Civilization (3)* 
Introduction to Spanish-American 
Civilization (3)* 

Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 
History of The Jews (3) 

History of India (3)* 

American Religious History (3) 
Elements of Bibliographic 
Investigation (3) 

Linguistics and Literature (3) 

Voice Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 
Piano Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 
Piano Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 
Guitar Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 
Guitar Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 
Techniques of Song Writing (3) 

History of Jazz (3)* 

Ethnic Music (3)* 

Music of Mexico (3)* 

Symphonic Music in Western and 
Eastern Cultures (3)* 

Film Music (3) 

Pacific Symphony Institute 
Orchestra (1) 

Symphonic Band (1) 

Opera Theatre (1) 

University Singers (1) 

University Wind Ensemble (1) 
Women's Choir (1) 

Varsity Band (1) 

Percussion Ensemble (1) 


141 

General Education 


California State University, Fullerton 


Music 362E 
Music 362L 
Music 362M 
Music 362S 
Music 362X 
Music 363B 
Music 363G 
Music 363J 
Music 363K 
Music 363S 
Music 363W 
Music 363X 
Philosophy 312 
Philosophy 314 
Philosophy 323 
Philosophy 350 
Political Sci 331 

Political Sci 340 
Religious Studies 250 
Religious Studies 270T 

Religious Studies 345A 

Religious Studies 345B 

Religious Studies 346A 


Religious Studies 346B 

Religious Studies 347A 

Religious Studies 347B 

Religious Studies 349A 

Religious Studies 349B 

Religious Studies 350T 
Religious Studies 405 
Theatre 163 
Theatre 277 
Theatre 310 
Theatre 41 1 


Brass Er^serrible (1) 

Jazz Ensemble I (1) 

Horn Ensemble (1) 

Jazz Ensemble II (1) 

Beginning Opera Techniques (1) 
Chamber Ensemble Brass (1) 
Chamber Ensemble Guitar (1) 
Chamber Ensemble Jazz Combo (1) 
Chamber Ensemble Keyboard (1) 
Chamber Ensemble Strings (1) 
Chamber Ensemble Woodwind (1) 
Chamber Ensemble Saxophone (1) 
Business and Professional Ethics (3) 
Medical Ethics (3) 

Existentialism (3) 

Asian Philosophy (3)* 

Comparative Third World Politics 
Through Literature (3) 

Political Philosophy (3) 

The Religion of Islam (3)* 

Introduction to the Oriental 
Religions (3)* 

History and Development of Christian 
Thought: The Beginning to 1274 (3) 
History and Development of Christian 
Thought: 1275 to the Present (3) 
History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: Biblical Origins to 
Malmonides (3)* 

History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: 1 204 to the Present (3)* 
History and Development of Hinduism 
to 1200(3)* 

History and Development of Hinduism 
from 1200(3)* 

History and Development of Islamic 
Thought: The Beginning to 1258 (3) 
History and Development of Islamic 
Thought: 1259 to Modern Times (3) 
Major Christian Traditions (3) 

History of the Jews (3) 

Acting for Non Majors (3) 

Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Oral Interpretation of Shakespeare (3) 
Oral Interpretation of Children's 
Literature (3) 


2. Implications and Explorations in the Social Sciences 
(3 units minimum) 


Afro-Ethnic 309 
Afro-Ethnic 310 
Afro-Ethnic 31 1 
Afro-Ethnic 312 
Afro-Ethnic 317 
Afro-Ethnic 325 
Afro-Ethnic 335 
Afro-Ethnic 346 
Afro-Ethnic 385 
Afro-Ethnic 422 
Afro-Ethnic 430 

American Studies 300 

American Studies 301 
American Studies 345 
American Studies 41 1 
American Studies 450 
Anthropology 103 
Anthropology 300 
Anthropology 320 
Anthropology 321 
Anthropology 325 
Anthropology 327 
Anthropology 328 
Anthropology 329 
Anthropology 340 
Anthropology 345 

Anthropology 347 
Anthropology 360 
Anthropology 409 
Anthropology 410 
Anthropology 412 
Anthropology 413 

Anthropology 450 
Anthropology 460 
Chicano Studies 106 
Chicano Studies 220 
Chicano Studies 305 
Chicano Studies 403 

Chicano Studies 406 
Chicano Studies 431 
Chicano Studies 432 
Chicano Studies 445 
Chicano Studies 450 


Courses in this area are topical and thematic, sp>ecialized in- 
quiries into the contributions of the social sciences to the un- 
derstanding of human behavior, both within and across tradi- 
tional disciplines. 


Chicano Studies 453 
Chicano Studies 460 
Child Dev 312 
Communications 233 


Choices: 


Afro-Ethnic 101 

Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 107 

Introduction to Afro-American 


Studies (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 220 

The Indian in American History (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 280 

Afro-American History (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 301 

Afro-American Culture (3)* 


Counseling 380 

Criminal Justice 300 
Criminal Justice 440 

Economics 201 
Economics 202 


142 

General Education 


The Black Family (3)* 

Black Women in America (3)* 
Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3)* 
American Indian Women (3)* 

Black Politics (3)* 

African-American Religion (3)* 

History of Racism (3)* 

The African Experience (3)* 

Schools and Minority Groups (3)* 
Psychology of the Afro-American (3)* 
A Social Psychological Study in 
Ethnic Minority Behavior (3)* 
Introduction to American Popular 
Culture (3) 

The American Character (3)* 

The American Dream (3) 

The White Ethnic in America (3)* 
Women in American Society (3)* 
Introduction to Archaeology (3) 
Language and Culture (3) 

Cultures of Europe (3) 

The American Indian (3)* 

Peoples of South America (3)* 

Origins of Civilizations (3) 

Peoples of Africa (3)* 

Peoples of the Caribbean (3) 
Peoples of Asia (3)* 

Peoples of the Middle East and North 
Africa (3)* 

Peoples of the Pacific (3)* 
Contemporary American Culture (3)* 
Applied Anthropology (3) 

Urban Anthropology (3) 

Culture Change (3) 

Culture and Personality: Psychological 
Anthropology (3) 

Culture and Education (3)* 

Public Archaeology in California (3) 
Introduction to Chicano Studies (3)* 
Mexican Heritage (3)* 

The Chicano Family (3)* 

Cultural Differences in Mexico 8c the 
Southwest (3)* 

La Chicana (3)* 

The Chicano Child (3)* 

The Chicano Adolescent (3)* 

History of the Chicano (3)* 

The Chicano and Contemporary 
Issues (3)* 

Mexico Since 1906 (3)* 

The Chicano and Politics (3)* 

Human Grov4h and Development (3) 
Mass Communication in Modern 
Society (3) 

Theories and Techniques of 
Counseling (3) 

Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) 
Minorities and the Criminal Justice 
System (3)* 

Principles of Microeconomics (3) 
Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 


California State University, Fullerton 


Economics 330 
Economics 331 
Economics 332 
Economics 333 

Economics 334 

Economics 350 
Economics 361 
Economics 362 
Geography 160 
Geography 170 
Geography 332 
Geography 333 
Geography 340 
Geography 344 
Geography 346 
Geography 360 
Geography 366 
History 270 
History 330 

History 350 

History 360 

History 386A 
History 386B 
History 452 
History 455 
History 459 
Human Services 31 1 
Human Services 380 

Kinesiology 381 

Linguistics 108 
Linguistics 369 
Linguistics 412 
Music 305 
Philosophy 302 
Philosophy 341 
Political Scl 300 

Political Scl 309 

Political Scl 310 
Political Scl 315 
Political Scl 317 
Political Scl 320 
Political Scl 330 
Political Scl 350 
Political Scl 352 
Political Scl 375 
Political Scl 460 
Political Scl 481 

Psychology 31 1 
Psychology 312 


Comparative Economic Systems (3) 
Economics In Transition (3) 

Economics of the Pacific Rim (3) 
Economic Development: Analysis & 
Case Studies (3) 

Economics of Latin America & the 
Caribbean (3) 

American Economic History (3) 

Urban Economics (3) 

Environmental Economics (3) 

Culture and Environment (3) 

The City (3) 

United States and Canada (3)* 

Latin America (3)* 

Asia (3)* 

Africa (3)* 

The Pacific World (3) 

Conservation & Ecology In America (3) 
Geography of Religion (3) 

Women In American History (3)* 
History of Economic Development In 
the First and Third Worlds (3) 

History of Latin American 
Civilization (3)* 

Modern Asia: Nationalism & 
Revolutionary Change (3)* 
American Social History 1 760- 1 860 (3) 
American Social History 1 865- 1 930 (3) 
20th Century Brazil (3)* 

Latin America Since 1945 (3) 
American Sex Reformers (3) 
Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3)* 
Theories and Techniques of 
Counseling (3) 

Human Movement in Cultural 
Perspective (3) 

Unguistics and Minority Dialects (3)* 
Language, Sex Roles & the Brain (3) 
Sociolinguistics (3) 

Women In Music (3)* 

Introduction to Women's Studies (3)* 
Assumptions of Psychotherapy (3) 
Contemporary Issues In California 
Government and Politics (3) 
Introduction to Metropolitan 
Politics (3) 

American Political Behavior (3) 
American Policy-Making Process (3) 
Black Politics (3)* 

Politics, Policy and Administration (3) 
Comparative Political Analysis (3) 
World Politics (3) 

American Foreign Policy (3) 

Public Law (3) 

The Chicano and Politics (3)‘ 
Religion and Politics In the American 
Experience (3) 

Educational Psychology (3) 

The Psychology of Human Sexual 
Behavior (3) 


Psychology 331 
Psychology 341 
Psychology 350 
Psychology 351 
Psychology 361 
Psychology 362 
Religious Studies 366 
Religious Studies 481 

Sociology 133 
Sociology 361 
Sociology 407 
Sociology 431 
Sociology 436 
Sociology 450 
Sociology 451 
Sociology 465 
Speech Comm 320 


Psychology of Personality (3) 
Abnormal Psychology (3) 
Environmental Psychology (3) 

Social Psychology (3) 
Developmental Psychology (3) 
Psychology of Aging (3) 

Geography of Religion (3) 

Religion and Politics In the American 
Experience (3) 

Introduction to Gerontology (3) 
Population and the Environment (3) 
Women In Contemporary Society (3) 
Minority Group Relations (3)* 

Social Stratification (3)* 

Sociology of Sex Roles (3) 

Sociology of the Family (3) 

Law and Society (3) 

Intercultural Communication (3)* 


B. Life-Long Learning (3 units minimum) 


Courses In this section facilitate understanding of the human 
being as an Integrated physiological, social, and psychologi- 
cal organism. They may also Integrate major areas of earlier 
px)rtlons of the general education program (Sections II. through 
IV.A.2.). 


Choices: 


American Studies 450 
Anthropology 415 
Anthropology 417 
Anthropology 432 

Anthropology 442 
Biology 306 
Biology 311 
Biology 360 
Chemistry 1 1 1 
Chemistry 31 1 
Chicano Studies 305 
Child Dev 312 
Child Dev 330 
Comparative Lit 356T 
Ed Sec 386 
English 365T 
English 356 
Geography 357 

Health Science 101 
Health Science 301 
Health Science 321 
Health Science 342 
Health Science 353 

Human Services 300 
Kinesiology 342 
Kinesiology 353 

Music 350 
Nursing 301 


Women in American Society (3)* 
Culture and Nutrition (3) 

Life Quests (3) 

Women In Cross-Cultural 
Perspective (3) 

Medical Anthropology (3) 

Biology of Aging (3) 

Nutrition and Disease (3) 

Biology of Human Sexuality (2) 
Nutrition and Drugs (3) 

Nutrition and Disease (3) 

The Chicano Family (3)* 

Human Growth and Development (3) 
Adolescence & Early Adulthood (3) 
Images of Women In Uterature (3) 
Adolescence (3) 

Images of Women in Literature (3) 
The Literature of Aging (3) 

Social Geography: Perception & 
Behavior (3) 

Personal Health (3) 

Promotion of Optimal Health (3) 
Drugs and Society (3) 

Stress Management (3) 

Physical Activity and Lifelong Well- 
Being (3) 

Character and Conflict (3) 

Stress Management (3) 

Physical Activity & Lifelong Well- 
being (3) 

Music In Our Society (3) 

Promotion of Optimal Health (3) 


143 

General Education 


California State University, Fullerton 


Nursing 303 
Philosophy 312 
Philosophy 324 
Political Science 344 

Psychology 312 

Psychology 361 
Psychology 362 
Religious Studies 380 
Secondary Ed 386 
Sociology 341 
Sociology 450 
Sociology 451 
Sociology 460 
Speech Comm 345 


Women's Health and Healing (3)* 
Business & Professional Ethics (3) 
Existential Group (3) 

AIDS: Politics, Policy and 
Management (3) 

The Psychology of Human Sexual 
Behavior (3) 

Developmental Psychology (3) 
Psychology of Aging (3) 

The Religious Roots of Nonviolence (3) 
Adolescence (3) 

Social Interaction (3) 

Sociology of Sex Roles (3) 

Sociology of the Family (3) 

Sociology of Death and Dying (3) 
Communication and Aging (3) 


144 

General Education 




Teaching Credential 
Programs 



Califorrria State University, Fullerton offers a full range of State- 
approved credential programs leading to careers In educa- 
tion. From its earliest days to the present, this has been one of 
the chief missions of the university. Pursuing a teaching cre- 
dential in California is a complicated matter because of the 
number of specific requirements that must be met. Credential 
requirements are established by the Legislature and enforced 
by the Commission on Teacher Credentialing (CTC). This com- 
mission also reviews and approves all credential preparation 
programs, such as those at the university. An academic major 
in education is not permitted in California, thus students seek- 
ing teaching credentials must do so in conjunction with, or 
after the completion of. a baccalaureate degree program in 
an academic area outside of education. CSUF offers programs 
leading to basic teaching credentials, specialist credentials. 
and services credentials. The specialist and services creden- 
tials, described briefly below, are more advanced programs 
designed to be taken in conjunction with graduate study. 

In this section of the catalog information Is presented regard- 
ing: 

A. Basic Credential Programs 

B. The Multiple Subject Credential and Subject Matter Prepa- 
ration Program 

C. The Single Subject Credential and Subject Matter Prepa- 
ration Programs 

D. Supplementary Authorizations for the Basic Teaching Cre- 
dentials 

E. Specialist and Services Credentials 

A. Basic Credential Programs 

In California there are two basic teaching credentials, the 
Multiple Subject Credential and the Single Subject Creden- 
tial. The Multiple Subject Credential authorizes a person to 
teach in a classroom where many different subjects are taught 
by a single individual, such as in elementary schools. The Single 
Subject Credential authorizes a teacher to teach in a class- 
room where only one subject is taught, such as a classroom in 
departmentalized high schools and junior high schools. Thus 
the person interested in elementary school teaching should 
pursue the program designed for the Multiple Subject Creden- 
tial, and the person interested In teaching a specific subject 
at the junior high or high school level should pursue the pro- 
gram for the Single Subject Credential. 

In California a person can earn first a preliminary and then a 
professional c/eor basic teaching credential. The requirements 
for the professional clear credential are built on those for the 
preliminary credential. The preliminary credential is the level 
that authorizes beginning teaching. 


145 

Teaching Credential Programs 


California State University. Fullerton 


Minimum Requirements for a Preiiminary Muitipie 
or Singie Subject Credential 

Although It Is possible to complete the minimum requirements 
for a preliminary basic teaching credential in four years, it 
generally takes a good student with accurate academic ad- 
vising about four and a half years full time to complete all the 
requirements for a preliminary basic teaching credential and 
a baccalaureate degree. The minimum requirements for a 
preliminary basic credential Include : 

1 . A baccalaureate degree in a field other than professional 
education from a regionally accredited college or univer- 
sity. 

2. An approved program of professional preparation. Includ- 
ing supervised student teaching. A two semester program 
may be taken during the fourth and/or fifth year of study. 
Cal State Fullerton offers State approved professional 
preparation programs through the School of Human De- 
velopment and Community Service. An alternative plan Is 
the three semester Intern Credential Program, which com- 
bines one semester of supervised student teaching and 
coursework. This alternative is offered In both Multiple Sub- 
ject and Multiple Subject with a Bilingual Emphasis Cre- 
dential Programs. Further information about these pro- 
grams. including admission and prerequisite requirements. 
Is provided In this catalog under the Department of Elemen- 
tary and Bilingual Education, and the Secondary Teacher 
Education Program. 

3. Passage of the California Basic Education Skills Test (CBEST). 
a test of reading, writing, critical thinking and mathemat- 
ics skills. CSUF Is one of the State-approved testing centers 
for this examination as well as for other examinations used 
In the teacher credentlaling process. 

4. Demonstration of subject matter knowledge appropriate 
to the specific credential being authorized. This can be 
achieved either by passing a State-approved subject 
matter examination (for the Multiple Subjects Credential 
this test is the NTE Multiple Subjects Assessment for Teach- 
ers (MSAT)) or by completing the CSUF state-approved 
Multiple Subject Matter Preparation Program (formerly 
Multiple Subject Waiver Program). This program is described 
below. 

6. Satisfactory completion of at least two semester units of 
work on the provisions and principles of the U.S. Constitu- 
tion or passage of an examination on this area. 

To help ensure that oil credential requirements are met with 
a minimum of difficulty. It is essential that people seek sound 
academic advising as soon as possible. The Office of Admis- 
sions to Teacher Education, located in Education Classroom 
207. provides information on waiver program advising and 
specific credential requirements, details on procedures for 
admission to the professional program In teacher prepara- 
tion, information on preprofessional prerequisites, and advice 
on a number of other important matters of concern to stu- 
dents interested in the possibility of becoming a teacher. Stu- 
dents are encouraged to seek the information offered by 
this Office by attending an overview at their earliest conve- 
nience. Schedules for overviews may be obtained by dialing 
extension 2111. 


B. The Multiple Subject Credential 
and Subject Matter Preparation 

In California, Professional Teacher Preparation is a two- or three- 
semester program taken during the fourth and/or fifth year of 
college; there is no major in education. Since students will be 
devoting their first three years of work to completing general 
education, major and multiple subject matter preparation 
program requirements, it is essential that students consider their 
selection of an academic major carefully. Most persons Inter- 
ested in earning a Multiple Subject Credential at CSUF select 
child development, liberal studies or human services as an 
academic major. Persons interested In working as bilingual 
teachers by earning a Multiple Subject Credential with a Bilin- 
gual Emphasis might consider majoring in a foreign language. 
Majors in the social sciences, humanities or natural sciences 
can also be excellent backgrounds for careers In elementary 
school teaching. According to California law. any major (other 
than education) can be selected. 

A person seeking a Multiple Subject Credential will also be re- 
quired to demonstrate a broad general knowledge of the arts, 
humanities, social sciences, mathematics, language arts, and 
natural sciences. There are two ways to demonstrate that 
knowledge: one is by passing a state-approved examination, 
MSAT; the other is by completing the CSUF state-approved 
Multiple Subject Matter Preparation Program (formerly. Mul- 
tiple Subject Waiver Program) 

Multiple Subject Matter Preparation Program 
(formerly, Multiple Subject Waiver Program) 

The Multiple Subject Matter Preparation Program requires both 
coursework and an assessment portfolio. The assessment port- 
folio contains both original essays as well as work samples from 
assessment courses designated below. (Students should take 
Elem Ed 2 1 5 as soon as possible to learn how to develop their 
portfolios.) A grade of C or better, or credit, is required in all 
classes used to meet multiple subject matter preparation pro- 
gram requirements. A student may take a maximum of four 
assessment courses CR/NC with no more than one CR/NC 
assessment course per category. Students are reminded that 
any class intended to apply to the major or GE must be taken 
for a grade. 

The specific requirements of the CSUF multiple subject matter 
preparation program are subject to change by the California 
Commission on Teacher Credentlaling. Students wishing to 
complete this program must receive an official transcript evalu- 
ation through procedures established by the Multiple Subject 
Matter Preparation Program Coordinator, whose office is lo- 
cated in Education Classroom 105. 

1. Language and Literature (21 units minimum) 

1 . 1 Composition (6 units minimum) 

1.11 Completion of the "Written Communication' re- 
quirement of the campus GE program 

1.12 Any course approved by the University Board on 
Writing Proficiency as meeting the upper-division 
writing requirement 

1 .2 Uterature (6 units minimum) 

*1.21 Children's literature (3 units minimum) - one of the 
following: English 433 or Theatre 41 1 


146 

Teaching Credential Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 


1 .22 Literature (3 units minimum) - one of the following: 
Chicano Studies 336, 337, 430 or 433; or Compara- 
tive Literature 1 1 1 or 325; or English 200, 311,312, 
321,322 or 352 

1 .3 Speech (3 units minimum) - Completion of the '‘Oral Com- 
munication' requirement of the campus GE program 

1 .4 Language acquisition (6 units minimum) 

• 1.41 Grammar: English 303 

1 .42 Language acquisition - one of the following: Anthro- 
px^logy 300; Linguistics 106; Speech Communication 
403; or one semester college level study of a mod- 
ern foreign language 

1 .43 Interdisciplinary Studies (optional): Speech Commu- 
nication 301 

(NOTE: Students completing this course may waive 
section 1 .42) 

2. Mathematics (9 units minimum) 

2. 1 Completion of a course (or equivalent) listed under 
the mathematics section, III.A.4. of the campus GE 
program (3 units minimum) 

• 2.2 Math education: Mathematics 303A and 303B 

3. Science (15 units minimum) 

3. 1 Completion of the '‘Biological Science' requirement 
of the campus GE program 

3.2 Completion of the "Physical Science' requirement 
of the campus GE program 

3.3 Completion of the laboratory requirement of the 
campus GE program 

3.4 Other coursework to complete the GE mathemat- 
ics and natural sciences requirement (2 units mini- 
mum) 

• 3.5 Science Education (6 units minimum) 

Science Education 410 
Science Education 453 

4. Social Sciences and History (21 units minimum) 

4. 1 U.S. government/political science (3 units minimum) 
- completion of the "Government' requirement of 
the campus GE program 

4.2 American History (3 units minimum) - completion of 
the "American History' requirement of the campus 
GE program 

4.3 World History and Culture (3 units minimum) - one of 
the following: Anthropology 100; or History IlOA, 
110B,302A,or 302B 

• 4.4 Geography (3 units minimum) - one of the following: 

Geography 100 or 160 

4.5 Economics (3 units minimum) - one of the following: 
Economics 100, 201 , 202 or 210; or Geography 360; 
or Political Science 457 

4.6 Anthropology/Psychology/Sociology (3 units mini- 
mum) - one of the following: Anthropology 102; or 
Psychology 101; or Sociology 101 

• 4.7 Cultural Diversity in the Social Sciences (3 units mini- 

mum) - one of the following GE cultural diversity 
classes: Afro-Ethnic Studies 309, 3 1 0 or 3 1 1 ; or Ameri- 


can Studies 301 or 450; or Anthropology 450; or 
Chicano Studies 305 or 431; or Sociology 431; or 
Speech Communication 320 
4.8 Interdisciplinary Studies (optional): Liberal Studies 305 
(NOTE: Students completing this course may waive 
section 4.5 or 4.6) 

5. Humanities (9 units minimum) 

5. 1 Logic (3 units minimum) - completion of the "Critical 
Thinking' requirement of the campus GE program 

*5.2 Philosophy/Ethics/Clossics (3 units minimum) - one of 
the following: Latin 101; or Comparative Literature 
1 10, 315, 320 or 324; or History 41 5A, 415B, 417A or 
417B; or Philosophy 100, 1 15, 1 16, 290, 300 or 310 
*5.3 Comparative Arts (3 units minimum) - one of the fol- 
lowing: American Studies 395; or Anthropology 306; 
or Dance 301 ; or Liberal Studies 303; or Music 350 or 
352; or Theatre 402A 

6. Visual and Performing Arts (12 units minimum) 

6. 1 Completion of the " Introduction to the Arts' require- 
ment of the campus GE program 

* 6.2 Children's art (3 units minimum) - Art 380 

* 6.3 Children's music (3 units minimum) - one of the fol- 

lowing: Music 333 or 433 

* 6.4 Children's theatre and dance - one of the follow- 

ing: Dance 471 or Theatre 402A 

7. Health and Movement (6 units minimum) 

* 7. 1 Health (3 units minimum) Health Science 355 

* 7.2 Movement for children (3 units minimum) - Kinesiol- 

ogy 372 

8. Human Development (3 units minimum) 

*8.1 Child Development 3 1 2 or Psychology 36 1 (Child De- 
velopment majors must take Child 320, 325, 330 se- 
quence) 

9. Field Experience (0-3 units) 

9. 1 Elementary Education 3 1 5A and 3 1 5B (or equivalent 
experience) 

The above Multiple Subject Matter Preparation Program has 
been designed for maximal compatibility with the campus 
general education program. Nevertheless, good academic 
advising and careful course selection each semester are es- 
sential if a person is to complete major requirements, prepa- 
ration program requirements and general education require- 
ments with the least amount of difficulty. Students are urged 
to contact the Multiple Subject Matter Preparation Program 
Coordinator in Education Classroom 105 for transcript evalua- 
tion and advisement early in their academic careers. 


*Assessment Portfolio courses. 


147 

Teaching Credential Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 


C. Single Subject Credentials and 
Subject Matter Preparation 

Although a person seeking a Single Subject Credential may 
complete any academic major, most people decide to com- 
plete the degree major closest to the subject field in which 
they wish to be authorized to teach. CSUF offers a Single Sub- 
ject Credential program in each of the following state-autho- 
rized subject fields. 

Art 

Business Education 
English (English, Theater) 

French 

German 

Ufe Science (Biology) 

Mathematics 

Music 

Physical Education 

Physical Sciences (Chemistry, Geology and Physics) 

Social Sciences (Anthropology, American Studies, 
Economics, Geography, Chicano Studies, History, Afro- 
Ethnic Studies, Psychology and Sociology) 

Spanish 

To demonstrate subject matter competence a person must 
either pass the appropriate state-approved examination, or 
complete a state-approved subject matter preparation pro- 
gram. These subject matter preparation programs generally 
coincide sufficiently with the degree major to make it possible 
to complete major requirements and subject matter prepara- 
tion requirements using many of the same courses. But de- 
gree programs and subject matter preparation programs serve 
different purposes; taking one is not a guarantee that you will 
have satisfied the requirements of the other. Good advising 
and careful planning are crucial. Transfer students seeking a 
CSUF subject matter preparation program should seek a tran- 
script evaluation from the Credential Preparation Center, Edu- 
cation Classroom 207, and then see their major department 
for information on their subject matter preparation program. 
Specific requirements for each subject matter preparation 
program were not approved as of catalog press-time. 

D. Supplementary Authorizations 
for the Basic Teaching 
Credentiais 

It is possible to expand the subject matter authorization a 
teaching credential Initially carries to other subject fields. The 
State recognizes several subject areas that can be added to 
a Multiple Subject Credential; thereby qualifying person to 
teach In departmentalized junior high classrooms (grades 6- 
9). CSUF offers 16 Supplementary Authorizations for the Mul- 
tiple Subject Credential in: 

Art 

French 

Health Science 
Music 
Spanish 
Business 


General Science 

English 

German 

Life Science 

Physical Education 

Social Science 

Mathematics 

Physical Science 

English as a Second Language 

Computer Concepts & Applications 

Supplementary Authorizations for the Singie Subject Creden- 
f/a/ permit a person who holds a credential in one broad sub- 
ject field to be also authorized to teach in another more spe- 
cific subject area, one that might be quite different from the 
field of broader authorization. CSUF offers the following supple- 
mentary authorizations for the single Subject Credential in: 


Accounting/Computer Literacy 
Animal Science (Zoology) 
Anthropology 

* Biology 
Ceramics 

• Chemistry 

Composition/Critical Thinking 
Computer Concepts and Applications 
Crafts (Arts) 

Dance 

Drama 

Drug Use and Abuse 

* Earth Science (Geology) 

Economics 

Economic and Consumer Education 

Electronics 

Family Health 

Geography 

Graphic Arts 

Instrumental Music 

Jewelry 

Journalism 

Literature 

Marketing and Distribution 
Painting and Drawing 
Personal Health 
Photography 

• Physics 
Plant Science 
Psychology 
Sociology 
Speech 

U.S. Government/Civics 
U.S. History/California History 
Vocal Music 
World History 


Also, to permit the holder of a single subject credential to teach 
certain subjects in grades 9 and below, CSUF offers the follow- 
ing supplementary authorizations In: 


Introductory Art 
Introductory English 

* Introductory English as a Second Language 


•Requirements must be met ond application submitted by 7/ 1 /96 due 
to regulation changes. 


148 

Teaching Credential Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 


* Introductory French 

* Introductory General Science 

* Introductory German 
Introductory Health Science 

•Introductory Life Science 
Introductory Mathematics 
Introductory Music 

* Introductory Physical Education 

* Introductory Physical Science 
Introductory Social Science 

* Introductory Spanish 

Contact the Credential Preparation Center. Education Class- 
room 207, for details concerning course requirements for spe- 
cific supplementary authorizations. 

•Requirements must be met and application submitted by 7/1/96 due 
to regulation changes. 

E. Specialist and Services 
Credentials 

CSUF offers several State approved programs leading to more 
specialized credentials. Most of these programs build on the 
teaching experience that holders of a basic credential have 
achieved. These specialist or services credentials are oriented 
toward postbaccalaureate course work and coincide with 
Master's degree programs. Further information about specific 
requirements for each can be obtained under the appropri- 
ate departmental listing In this catalogue. 

CSUF offers the following Specialist Credential programs: 

1 . Learning Handicapped, to teach persons with mild/mod- 
erate learning and/or behavioral disabilities. See Depart- 
ment of Special Education. School of Human Development 
and Community Service. 

2. Reading Specialist, to teach reading to students of diver- 
sified grade and ability levels and to assist all teachers In 
being better reading teachers. See Department of Read- 
ing. School of Human Development and Community Ser- 
vice. 


3. Severely Handicapped, to teach persons with moderate/ 
severe developmental and/or behavioral disabilities or who 
have multiple disabilities. See Department of Special Edu- 
cation, School of Human Development and Community 
Service. 

In addition CSUF is currently seeking approval for a newly au- 
thorized credential. Language Development Specialist, to 
teach limited or non-English proficient students. See Depart- 
ment of Foreign Language and Literature, School of Humani- 
ties and Social Science . 

CSUF offers the following Services Credential programs: 

1 . Administrative Internship, a field based internship program 
leading to a preliminary level administrative services cre- 
dential. See Department of Educational Administration, 
School of Human Development and Community Service. 

2. Administrative Services (Preliminary Level), the first step of 
the new two-step administrative services credential struc- 
ture, authorizing service as a school site administrator, prin- 
cipal or other administrative officer of a school district. See 
Department of Educational Administration, School of Hu- 
man Development and Community Service. 

3. Administrative Services (Professional Level), the second step 
of the new two-step administrative services credential struc- 
ture. See Department of Educational Administration, School 
of Human Development and Community Service. 

4. Clinical Rehabilitative (Language, Speech and Hearing), 
to provide services to students with exceptional needs and/ 
or neurophysical disorders in language, speech, and hear- 
ing. See Department of Speech Communication, School 
of Humanities and Social Sciences. 

5. Clinical Rehabilitative (Special Class Authorization), to pro- 
vide services to students with severe disorders of language. 
See Department of Speech Communication, School of Hu- 
manities and Social Sciences. 

6. Pupil Personnel Services, to provide counseling and test- 
ing services to students. See Department of Counseling, 
School of Human Development and Community Services. 


149 


Teaching Credential Programs 


University Extended 
Education 


Extended Education and Human Resources 
Building (714)773-2611 

Extension 

Extension brings the resources of the university to the commu- 
nity through credit and non-credit programs designed prima- 
rily for individuals not currently working toward completion of 
a university degree. Seminars, workshops, and certificate pro- 
grams serve needs associated with professional continuing 
education, certification, career advancement, and career 
change. Other programs are designed for personal develop- 
ment and intellectual growth. Extension programs can be 
designed to meet the specific needs of particular groups or 
agencies, can be initiated any time during the year and of- 
fered at a variety of locations including the workplace. Tele- 
communications technoiogies can deiiver extension programs 
to off-campus sites. 

The amount of extension credit which will be accepted to- 
ward a baccalaureate degree is 24 semester units. Nine se- 
mester units of extension credit may be applied toward a 
master's degree with appropriate approval. Extension credit 
may not be used to fulfill the minimum residence requirement 
for graduation. 

Adjunct Enrollment 

Many of the university credit courses listed in the tali and spring 
ciass scheduies are open on a space-avaiiable basis to ex- 
tension students through Adjunct Enroliment. Matriculated stu- 
dents may not enroll through this program. 

Summer Session 

Summer session course offerings are selected primarily to serve 
the needs of students working toward the completion of de- 
gree programs; prospective students who wish to begin 
coursework while admission to the university is in progress; and 
members of the community who wish professional advance- 
ment. professional continuing education, or personal enrich- 
ment. Summer session is open admission although students are 
expected to satisfy all prerequisites for the courses In which 
they enroll. Courses offered as a part of summer session apply 
toward residence and graduation requirements. Summer en- 
rollment does not constitute admission to the university. 

A summer session class schedule listing courses to be offered 
in the coming summer with descriptions of special course of- 
ferings, a registration form and Instructions, is available In 
March. Registration may be completed in person, by fax, tele- 
phone, or mail. 



150 

Extended Education 


California State University, Fullerton 


Televised Instruction 

Modern telecommunications technologies moke it possible to 
receive educational programs from distant locations and to 
deliver courses to off-campus sites. Resources available to fac- 
ulty and students include satellite teleconferences. Interac- 
tive Televised Instruction, optical fiber and cable delivery sys- 
tems. Residence credit, extension credit and non-credit 
courses are delivered to the Mission Viejo Campus, public 
schools, business. Industry, and the home via Interactive Tele- 
vised Instruction. Informational programs about CSUF, its fac- 
ulty, students, staff, and the surrounding community are deliv- 
ered via The Titan Cable Network. 

For more information on Interactive Televised Instruction, 
contact University Extended Education Distance Learning 
office. 

Intersession 

Intersession is scheduled between the fall and spring semes- 
ters during the month of January. One- to three-unit courses 
are offered which primarily serve the needs of degree seek- 
ing students. These courses allow students to enrich their edu- 
cational experience by taking courses in topics not offered 
during other academic terms and to accelerate progress to- 
ward a degree. Intersession courses are open enrollment and 
apply toward residence and graduate requirements. 

Certificate Programs 

Certificate programs are designed for those who want formal 
recognition for completing a structured and rigorous course 
of study In a specific field but who may not be interested in 
pursuing a university degree program. Certificates are 
awarded when participants complete the course require- 
ments. University Extended Education offers credit certificate 
programs in the following areas: 

Gerontology 

School Business Management 
Manufacturing Operations Management 
Technical Writing 

Production and Inventory Practice 
World Religions 


Non-credit certificate programs are available In several areas 
including: 

Ada Programming 

Commercial Bank Credit Analysis and Loan Extension 
C Programming Language 
Crime and Intelligence Analysis 
Effective Employee Management 
Entrepreneurship 

Excellence In Manufacturing Management 
Industrial Controls Technology 
Industrial Distribution 
International Marketing 
Magic: The Performance Art 

Management and Quality Improvement In Multicultural Work 
Environments 

Microcomputer System Design 
Mortgage Banking 
Object-Oriented Programming 
Operations and Administration of Microcomputers In 
Ubraries 

Professional Selling and Sales Management 
Real Estate Appraisal 
Transportation Demand Management 
Unix Operating System 

New credit and non-credit programs are always being devel- 
oped. For current titles, contact University Extended Education. 

Community Service Programs 

University Extended Education is committed to public service 
and community development programs serving the 
multicultural population of Orange County. For example. Con- 
tinuing Learning Experience (CLE) Is a program for retired and 
semi-retired persons. The CLE office is located in the Charles L. 
and Rachael E. Ruby Gerontology Center. Other examples of 
community service programs include La Universidad de la 
Familia and the Center for Socioeconomic Development. 

Developing intercultural communication skills and International 
understanding among its students is a vital mission of The Cali- 
fornia State University (CSU). Since Its Inception In 1963, the 
CSU International Programs has contributed to this effort by 
providing qualified students an affordable opportunity to con- 
tinue their studies abroad for a full academic year. Close to 
1 1 ,000 CSU students have taken advantage of this unique study 
option. 


151 

Extended Education 


International 

Programs 



Developirjg intercultural communlcatlor» skills and International 
understanding among its students is a vital mission of The Cali- 
fornia State University (CSU). Since its Inception In 1963, the 
CSU International Programs has contributed to this effort by 
providing qualified students an affordable opportunity to con- 
tinue their studies abroad for a full academic year. Close to 
1 1 JOOO CSU students have taken advantage of this unique study 
option. 


International Programs participants earn resident academic 
credit at their CSU campuses while they pursue full-time study 
at a host university or special study center abroad. The Inter- 
national Programs serves the needs of students in over 100 
designated academic majors. Affiliated with 36 recognized 
universities and institutions of higher education In 16 countries, 
the International Programs also offers a wide selection of study 
locales and learning environments. 

Australia The University of Western Sydney 

Brazil Universidade de Sdo Paulo 

Canada The universities of the Province of Quebec 
(13 institutions. Including University de 
Montryal, Concordia University, University 
Laval, McGill University, University du Que- 
bec system. Bishop's University, /.o.) 

Denmark Denmark's International Study Program (the 
International education affiliate of the Uni- 
versity of Copenhagen) 

France Institut des Estudes Francpaises pour Etudlants 

Etrangers, University de Droit, d'EconomIe et 
des Sciences d'Aix-Marseille (Aix-en- 
Provence), Mission interuniversitaire de co- 
ordination des ychanges franco-amyri- 
calns, Universitys de Paris III, V, VI, VIII, X, XI, 
Xli, XIII 


Germany Ruprecht-Karls-Unlversitdt (Heidelberg) and 

Eberhard-Karis-Universitdt Gubingen) 

Israel The Hebrew University of Jerusalem 

Italy CSU Study Center (Florence), University 

degli StudI di Firenze, and La Accademia 
di Belle Arti di Firenze 

Japan Waseda University (Tokyo) 


152 

International Programs 




California State University, Fullerton 


Mexico 

Universidad Iberoamericana (Mexico City) 

New Zealand 

Uncoln University (Christchurch) and Massey 
University (Palmerston North) 

Spain 

Universidad Complutense de Madrid and 
Universidad de Granada 

Sweden 

Uppsala Universitet 

Taiwan 

National Chengchl University (Taipei) 

United Kingdom 

Bradford University. Bristol University. Kingston 
University. Sheffield University, and University 
of Swansea 

Zimbabwe 

University of Zimbabwe (Harare) 


The International Programs pays all tuition and administrative 
costs for participating California residents students to the same 
extent that such funds would be expended to support similar 
costs in California. Participants are responsible for all personal 
costs, such as transportation, room and board, living expenses, 
and home campus fees. Participants remain eligible to re- 
ceive any form of financial aid (except work-study) for which 
they can Individually qualify. 

To qualify for admission to the International Programs, students 
must have upper-division or graduate standing at a CSU cam- 
pus by the time of departure. Students at the sophomore level 
may. however, participate in the Intensive language acquisi- 
tion programs in France, Germany, and Mexico. California 
Community Colleges transfer students are eligible to apply 
directly from their community college if they can meet this 
requirement. Students must also possess a current cumulative 
grade point average of 2.75 or 3.0. depending on the pro- 
gram for which they apply. Some programs also have lan- 
guage study and/or other coursework prerequisites. 

Additional Information and application materials may be ob- 
tained on campus from the Office of International Education 
and Exchange or by writing to The California State University 
International Programs. 400 Golden Shore. Suite 122. Long 
Beach. California 90802-4276. 


International Exchange Programs 

California State University, Fullerton has direct Institutional ex- 
change programs with universities throughout the world. Such 
agreements allow for the exchange of faculty and students 
for purposes of teaching, study, research and for the promo- 
tion of cultural understanding and interaction. 

Current programs link California State University. Fullerton with 
Fudan University. Shanghai. People's Republic of China; eight 
campuses of the University of Paris, France; the Autonomous 
University of Guadalajara; the Mexicali and Ensenada cam- 
puses of the Autonomous University of Baja California, Mexico; 
Nanzan University, Nagoya. Japan; the Finance Academy of 
the Russian Republic. Moscow; and Tubingen and NCirtingen 
Universities. Germany. 


CSUF students pay home campus fees plus their living, trans- 
portation and related expenses. They must maintain home 
campus full-time enrollment status in the exchange program. 
They thereby may qualify for any financial aid for which they 
normally would be eligible. Credit received while studying 
abroad is subject to CSUF departmental approval for deter- 
mination of equivalency. 

Information and application forms are available In the Of- 
fice of Academic Programs, McCarthy Hall- 129, and In the 
Office of International Education and Exchange. University 
Hall 244. 


American Language Program 

California State University. Fullerton welcomes international 
students who wish to perfect their English language skills, and 
prepare for study in a U.S. university. The American Language 
Program (ALP) course of study provides Intensive practice In 
listening, speaking, reading, writing and study skills while pro- 
moting an understanding of U.S. culture and society. Classes 
are small, so students will receive Individual attention which 
will help them achieve rapid fluency in English. 

All entering ALP students must take a placement test. On the 
basis of the test results, students are placed in one of six aca- 
demic levels. At the beginning and Intermediate levels, stu- 
dents attend multi-skills classes for 24 hours per week. Addi- 
tional hours are required for homework and practice in the 
Language Laboratory. Advanced level students are in a semi- 
intensive program. In addition to multi-skills classes, they may 
take specialized classes such as English for Business, or English 
for Science and Technology, or Test of English as a Foreign 
Language (TOEFL) preparation. They may also enroll In one or 
two university classes for credit. 

No university credit is given for ALP classes; however, qualified 
advanced students may take one or two classes for university 
credit through Extended Education with the consent of the 
program director. Students should expect regular homework 
assignments in all their classes. For further Information, con- 
tact the Director of the American Language Program (714) 
773-2909. 

AIESEC 

AIESEC. the French acronym for International Association of 
Students In Business and Economics, is an international student 
organization that brings students and businesses together to 
Increase international understanding and cooperation. Work- 
ing with local corporations, it brings business trainees from all 
parts of the world to Orange County and, therefore, earns 
credits for placement of CSUF students In the 75 other par- 
ticipating countries. Students can be engaged for periods from 
six weeks to eighteen months and gain invaluable business 
experiences in another culture. For further information call (714) 
773-2266. 

International Study Courses 

Cal State Fullerton students under The California State Univer- 
sity International Study Programs register concurrently at Cal 


153 

International Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 


State Fullerton and at the host Institution abroad, with credits 
assigned to the student which are equivalent to courses of- 
fered at Cal State Fullerton. Undergraduate students who dis- 
cover appropriate study opportunities at the host Institution 
but no equivalent course at Cal State Fullerton may use Inde- 
pendent Study 499 and International Study 292 or 492. Gradu- 
ate students may use Independent Graduate Research 599 
and International Study 592. 

292 Projects in Study Abroad (Subject): 

(1-6 lower-division units) 

Open to students enrolled In California State University Inter- 
national Programs. Study undertaken In a university abroad 
under the auspices of The California State University. 

492 Projects in Study Abroad (Subject): 

(1-3 upper-division units) 

Open to students enrolled in California State University Inter- 
national Programs. Study undertaken In a university abroad 
under the auspices of The California State University. 

592 Projects in Study Abroad (Subject): (1-3 graduate units) 

Open to students enrolled in California State University Inter- 


national Programs. Study undertaken In a university abroad 
under the auspices of The California State University. 

From the total curriculum of the university, students may wish 
to plan a specially designed program of study that does not 
duplicate significantly any existing major or concentration. The 
undergraduate special major and the graduate interdiscipli- 
nary studies program provide opportunities for selected stu- 
dents to pursue individualized programs of study leading to a 
degree when legitimate academic and professional goals can 
be satisfied by a judicious selection of courses from two or 
more fields, and when these aims cannot be satisfied by the 
authorized standard degree majors or double majors that are 
available on the campus (e.g., liberal studies, social sciences). 
The special major and interdisciplinary studies program are de- 
signed for exceptional cases of individual students only and 
provide an opportunity to develop a concentration or spe- 
cialization outside the framework of existing majors. These pro- 
grams are not Intended os a means of bypassing normal 
graduation requirements or as a means by which students may 
graduate who fall to complete the degree major In which they 
are enrolled. 


154 

International Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Special Programs 


B.A. Special Major 

Students desiring to work for a bachelor's degree with a special 

major should consult with the Office of Academic Advisement. 

1 . Entrance to the special major program is normally at the 
beginning of the junior year (60 units remaining for gradu- 
ation). 

2. The minimum requirement for the major is 48 units. A mini- 
mum of 36 upper-division units must be included in the 
major. 

3 . Although students may Include on their study plans , course- 
work in progress and a maximum of 1 2 units of coursework 
completed prior to the time of filing, approval of these 
courses Is not automatic. 

4. No more than six units of 499 (Independent Study) and/or 
Internship coursework may be Included In the major. 

5. Neither lower- nor upper-division courses applied to gen- 
eral education breadth requirements will be applicable 
toward the major. 

6. At least three units of appropriate course work in method- 
ology shall be included In the student's study plan. Where 
appropriate this requirement may be waived by the Uni- 
versity Curriculum Committee. 

7. All courses in the major must be taken for a letter grade. A 
grade-point average of 3.0 in the major is required for 
graduation. 

8. FVior to taking any substitute course work, a petition for 
change of the study plan must be approved by the student's 
adviser and the University Curriculum Committee. 

9. A senior thesis shall be written by the student in this program 
during the semester preceding graduation. This thesis should 
show scholarly evidence of the merit in the student's choice 
of an Interdisciplinary program. This paper shall be written 
under the direction of the student's special major adviser 
and approved by the faculty designated by the depart- 
ments represented on the student's study plan. 


M.A. Interdisciplinary Studies 

A graduate student desiring to work for a master's degree in 

interdisciplinary studies should consult with the Office of Gradu- 
ate Studies and fill out an initial request form available at that 

office. 

1 . Entrance to the program requires a grade-point average 
(GPA) of 3.0 in the undergraduate major and a GPA of 3.0 
In the last 60 units of course work. 

2. The minimum requirement of units for an M.A. in Interdisci- 
plinary Studies is 30 units of which at least half must be 
graduate courses (500-level). 

3. Although students may include on their proposed study 
plan coursework in progress or completed prior to the time 
of filing , approval of these courses Is not automatic. No 
more than nine units of coursework taken prior to classified 
standing can be approved on the program. 

4. The program may contain no more than six units of Inde- 
pendent Study, Project or Thesis. 

5. All courses on the study plan must be taken for a letter 
grade and no grade below a C is acceptable on the study 
plan. Please see the "Graduate Regulations" section in this 
catalog under “Study Plan" for additional requirements. 

6. Prior to taking any substitute coursework, a petition for 
change of the study plan must be approved by the 
student's graduate adviser and graduate committee. 

7. A Thesis or Project shall be required for the completion of 
the program. The completed thesis will be filed with the 
Library; whereas the project shall be filed with the Office 
of Graduate Studies. 


155 

Special Programs 


Curricula 

Information 



Course Descriptions 

Course descriptions briefly describe the content or subject 
matter to be covered and provide additional information on 
units of credit, the level of Instruction (see course numbering 
code), prerequisites and the type of course (lecture, labora- 
tory, activity, seminar and individually supervised work). 

Course Numbering Code 

The first number In each course designation is Intended to 
indicate the level of complexity of the course. In addition, 
the first number also is a rough index of the student's year of 
study at the university. The following are guidelines for course 
numbering. 

001-099 Courses which carry no credit toward a degree or 
credential. Generally, developmental, remedial, or 
pre-college in content. 

100-199 Lower-division courses designed primarily for fresh- 
man level, but also open to other students. These 
courses are generally Introductory in nature and are 
usually designed without prerequisites. 

200-299 Lower-division courses designed primarily for sopho- 
more level, but also open to other students. Although 
there is no clear distinction between lower-division 
courses listed at the 100 or 200 level, there Is an in- 
herent assumption that students In these courses 
have acquired skills appropriate to the second year 
of university level work. 

300-399 Upper-division courses designed primarily for juniors , 
but also open to other students. Third year or junior 
level coursework is likely to emphasize specialization 
in the disciplines. It is expected that specific prereq- 
uisites are used to indicate the necessary compe- 
tencies required for study at this level. These courses 
do not give graduate credit unless included on an 
approved graduate study plan for a specific gradu- 
ate student. Such a study plan shall Include an ex- 
plicit rationale for the inclusion of said 300-level 
course(s). 

400-499 Upper-division courses designed primarily for seniors, 
but also open to other students. Prerequisite work Is 
required. Coursework is Intended to provide depth 
of understanding or additional focus appropriate to 
the disciplines. Courses at the 400 level are sufficiently 
sophisticated for inclusion on graduate study plans. 


156 

Curricula Information 


California State University. Fullerton 


500-599 Courses designed primarily for graduate students 
who are enrolled in advanced degree programs. The 
courses of study are advanced and specialized In 
nature and require substantial undergraduate prepa- 
ration. Undergraduate students may enroll If they 
have reached senior status, have the prerequisites 
required for entry into the course, and have gained 
consent of the instructor. 

700-701 Course numbers for graduate and post-baccalau- 
reate students (including those seeking a credential) 
to maintain continuous enrollment during a particu- 
lar semester, and who are not enrolled in regular 
courses. These numbers do not represent courses and 
do not therefore grant credit. 

900-999 Courses specifically designed for professional groups 
seeking vocational improvement or career advance- 
ment. Credit for these courses does not apply to un- 
dergraduate or graduate degrees or credentials at 
the university. 

An honors courses shall use the letter H. A laboratory course 
which accompanies another course should use the letter L. A 
variable topics course shall use the letter T. 

A controlled entry course is one which has enrollment require- 
ments In addition to any prerequisite courses. Additional re- 
quirements include prior approval of the Instructor, special 
academic advisement, a qualifying exam, a placement test, 
an audition, a teaching credential, or similar special qualifi- 
cations. 

Special Course Numbers 

For uniformity, certain types of courses have been listed by all 
departments and schools with the same numbers: 499 and 
599 are used respectively for undergraduate and graduate 
Independent study; 196 or 496 for student-to-student tutorials; 
597 for a graduate project; and 598 for a graduate thesis. 

Explanation of Course Notations 

Certain notations are uniformly used In the course descriptions 
in this catalog. 

1 . The figure in parentheses following the course title indicates 
the number of semester units for the course. Courses of- 
fered for varying units are indicated as (1-3) or (3-6). 

2. A course listing such as Afro-Ethnic Studies 108 (3) (Same 
as Linguistics 108) indicates that a student taking the course 
may choose to count it in either of those two disciplines. 

3. A notation such as (Formerly 433) following the course title 
and the number of units indicates the same course previ- 
ously was numbered 433. 

student-to-student Tutorials 

The student-to-student tutorial provides a formal way to en- 
courage students to learn through teaching. It also provides 
tutoring to all students who need and want tutorial assistance. 


In those departments which choose to offer such courses, the 
courses are numbered 196 or 496 and carry one to three units 
of credit. The prerequisites Include a grade-point average of 
at least 3.0 and/or consent of the Instructor. The tutor and 
tutee(s) will work in mutually advantageous ways by allowing 
all involved to delve more carefully and thoroughly into the 
materials presented in this specific course. One to three stu- 
dents may be tutored by the tutor unless the Instructor de- 
cides that special circumstances warrant Increasing the usual 
maximum of three tutees. Three hours of work per week are 
expected for each semester unit of credit, and this work may 
include, apart from contact hours with tutees, such other ac- 
tivities as: tutorial preparations; consulting with Instructors; re- 
porting, analysis and evaluation of the tutorial experiences; 
and participation In an all-university orientation and evalua- 
tion program for tutors. A maximum of three units may be taken 
each semester. No more than three units of any combination 
of tutorial courses (196 or 496) may count toward an under- 
graduate degree program. The course must be taken as an 
elective and not counted toward general education, major 
or minor requirements. The course can be taken on a credit/ 
no credit basis by the tutor. Requests for tutors must be Initi- 
ated by tutees and can be initiated up until the official univer- 
sity census date. Tutors electing to respond to such requests 
will receive credits at the end of the semester and can regis- 
ter in the course until the official university census date. Both 
tutors and tutees must submit written reports, analyses and 
evaluations of their shared tutorial experience to the Instruc- 
tor, and both must participate in an all-university orientation 
program as well as in any conference or critique that the in- 
structor of the course may require. 

Further information can be obtained from the department in 
which the student is interested in a student-to-student tutorial. 

Independent Study 

Under the independent study program, the student may pur- 
sue topics or problems of special interest beyond the scope 
of a regular course under the supervision of a faculty adviser. 
The work is of a research or creative nature, and normally cul- 
minates in a paper, project, comprehensive examination, or 
performance. Independent study units shall not be granted 
for teaching duties, administering classes, tutoring students or 
grading courses; or for internships. For Independent study used 
on graduate study plans, 300-level courses may not be used 
as the sole basis for 499 Independent Study. 300- and 400- 
level coursework may not be used as the sole basis for 599 
Independent Study. 100- and 200-level courses may not be 
used as any part of the basis for 499 or 599 Independent Study. 

Before registering, the student must get a topic approved by 
the instructor who will be supervising Independent study and 
by the department chair. Independent study used on a gradu- 
ate study plan must also be approved by the departmental 
graduate program adviser. 

A student may take no more than six units of independent 
study at the undergraduate level (299 and 499 numbered 
courses) in a given semester. No more than nine units of inde- 
pendent study may be applied toward completion of the 
baccalaureate degree. A graduate student may apply no 
more than six units of independent study (499 or 599 numbered 
courses) toward completion of master's degree. 


157 

Curricula Information 


California State University. Fullerton 


Cross-Disciplinary University 
Programs 

A joint degree program is an endeavor invoiving two or more 
existing academic departments which need not be within the 
same school. Such programs are administered by program 
councils composed of representatives elected by participat- 
ing departments. The joint degree programs are housed In 
administration units as follows: 

School of Human Development and 
Community Service 

Child Development, B.S. 

Human Services, B.S. 

School of Humanities and Social Sciences 

Environmental Studies, M.S. 

Latin American Studies, B.A. 

Liberal Studies, B.A. 

Russian and East European Area Studies, B.A. 

Social Sciences, M.A. 

The degree descriptions are located within the appropriate 
school section of this catalog. 

Bilingual/Cross-Cultural Studies 

Students may pursue a course of study with a bilingual/cross- 
cultural emphasis. 

Complete course listings and details are available from the 
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures, the Depart- 
ment of Chicano Studies, Division of Teacher Education and 
Educational Opportunity Program advisers. 


Air Force Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (AFROTC) 

Through arrangements with Loyola Marymount University (LMU) 
in west Los Angeles, students may participate In the Air Force 
Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) program. AFROTC 
offfers a variety of two, three, and four year scholarships, many 
of which pay the full costs of tuition, books, and fees. Success- 
ful completion of as little as four semesters of AFROTC aca- 
demic classes and leadership laboratories can lead to a com- 
mission as a second lieutenant In the United States Air Force. 

For more Information, contact the Loyola Marymount Univer- 
sity Department of Aerospace Studies (AFROTC) at (310) 338- 
2770. 


LIBRARY COURSES 

200 Elements of Bibliographic Investigation (3) 

A survey of important information sources In various suk^ect 
fields and the application of research methods which will en- 
able students to become effective library users. Particular at- 
tention is given to the assembling of material for term papers 
and reports, including the preparation of bibliographies. 

302T Library Research Methods for Specific Majors (1) 

Library research methodology and introduction to library re- 
sources in special subject areas such as business, education 
and science. 

UNIVERSITY STUDIES COURSE 

100 Introduction to University Studies (1) 

Designed for first-time freshmen. Introduction to higher edu- 
cation structure and expectations. Study skills development. 
Advisement towards academic and personal development 
and success. Organization and purpose of curricular and ad- 
ministrative requirements. Offered credIt/no credit only. 


158 

Curricula Information 




School of 
the Arts 



Dean: Jerry Samuelson 

Associate Dean: Dean W. Hess 

Assistant Dean, Student Affairs: Nancee Benson 

The learning opportunities within the School of the Arts are 
based on a commitment to artistic and academic excellence. 
We provide an environment which encourages individual 
achievement for performers, artists and scholars. 

Within the broader university liberal arts environment, the 
School of the Arts offers Intensive programs in Art. Music. 
Theatre and Dance. We are also committed to the enhance- 
ment of artistic awareness of all students. 

We extend a warm welcome to you and we promise that with 
your perseverance, we will do everything possible to further your 
goals and objectives in whatever field of the arts you choose. 

Academic advisement is available through the departments. 
Faculty advisors are available to assist students with career 
decisions and degree requirements. 

Several scholarships are available to students in the School of 
the Arts. Inquiries should be made to the respective depart- 
ment offices. 

Programs Offered 

Art, Bachelor of Arts 

Art History 
General Studio Art 
Teaching 

Art, Bachelor of Fine Arts 

Drawing and Painting 

Printmaking 

Sculpture 

Crafts 

Ceramics 

Graphic Design 

Illustration 

Environmental Design 
Creative Photography 


159 

School of the Arts 



California State University, Fullerton 


Minor in Art 
Art, Master of Arts 

Drawing and Painting (including Printmaking) 

Sculpture 

Crafts (including Ceramics, Glass, Fibers, Wood, Jewelry/ 
Metalsmithing). 

Design (including Environmental Design, Graphic Design, 
Illustration, Exhibition Design, Creative Photography) 

Art History 

Art, Master of Fine Arts 

Drawing, Painting and Printmaking 
Sculpture 

Ceramics (including Glass) 

Crafts (Including Fibers, Jewelry/Metalsmithing, and Wood- 
working) 

Design (including Graphic Design, Illustration, Environmental 
Design, and Exhibition Design) 

Creative Photography 


Certificate in Museum Studies 
Dance, Bachelor of Arts 

Music, Bachelor of Arts 

Liberal Arts 

Music Education 

Music History and Theory 

Music, Bachelor of Music 

Commercial Music 
Composition 


Instrumental 

Keyboard 

Voice 

Accompanying 

Minor in Music 

Music, Master of Arts 

Music History and Literature 
Music Education 

Music, Master of Music 

Performance 

Theory-Composition 

Theatre Arts, Bachelor of Arts 

History and Theory 
Production/Performance 
Acting 
Directing 
Musical Theatre 
Raywriting 

Technical Production/Design 
Teaching 

Theatre Arts, Master of Arts 

Theatre Arts, Master of Fine Arts 

Acting 

Directing 

Technical Theatre and Design 


160 

School of the Arts 


Department 
of Art 



Department Chair: Darryl J. Curran 
Department Office: Visual Arts 102 

Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Art 

Art History 
General Studio Art 
Teaching 

Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art 

Drawing and Painting 

Printmaking 

Sculpture 

Crafts 

Ceramics 

Graphic Design 

illustration 

Environmental Design 
Creative Photography 

Minor In Art 

Master of Arts in Art 

Drawing and Painting (including Printmaking) 

Sculpture 

Crafts (including Ceramics, Glass, Fibers, Wood, Jewelry/ 
Metalsmithing) 

Design (Including Environmental Design, Graphic Design, 
Illustration, Exhibition Design, Creative Photography) 

Art History 

Master of Fine Arts in Art 

Drawing, Painting, and Printmaking 
Sculpture 

Ceramics (including Glass) 

Crafts (including Fibers, Jewelry/Metalsmithing, and Wood- 
working) 

Design (including Graphic Design, Illustration, Environmental 
Design, and Exhibition Design) 

Creative Photography 

Certificate in Museum Studies 

Faculty 

Bryan Cantley, Ruth Capelle, John Carter, Al Ching, Kyung 
Sun Cho, Dorte Christjansen, Eileen Cowin, Frank E. 
Cummings III, Darryl Curran, Robert Ewing, Maurice Gray, 
Thomas Holste, George James, Jim Jenkins, Jade Jewett, 
Lawrence Johnson, G. Ray Kerclu, Donald Lagerberg, Dana 
Lamb, Sergio Lizarraga, Clinton Mackenzie, Mike McGee, 
Jerry Rothman, Jerry Samuelson, Jon Stokesbary, Vincent 
Suez 


161 

Art 


California State University, Fullerton 


Advisers 

Undergraduate: Contact department office. 

Graduate: Al Ching 

INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Art is accredited by the National Asso- 
ciation of Schools of Art and Design. 

The Department of Art offers programs which Include the schol- 
arly fields of art history, theory, analysis and criticism; the studio 
fields of drawing and painting, printmaking, sculpture, crafts 
(Including fibers, jewelry, wood and metal), ceramics (includ- 
ing glass), graphic design, creative photography, illustration, 
environmental design, and exhibition design; and the single 
subject teaching field of art education. 

Curricular plans for the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of 
Fine Arts have been developed to meet the individual needs 
and interests of students in art. 

The general objectives of the programs are to provide a com- 
prehensive learning environment which contributes concep- 
tually and technically to the development of the art historian, 
the visual artist and the art teacher. Specifically, the programs 
provide opportunities for students to: ( 1 ) develop a knowledge 
and understanding of fundamental visual experience and 
concepts basic to many forms and fields of art; (2) develop a 
critical appreciation of historical and contemporary art forms 
as they relate to individual and social needs and values; (3) 
creatively express one's personal experience and thought with 
visual skill and clarity; (4) develop knowledge and skills nec- 
essary to pursue graduate studies in visual arts, or to teach art 
and (5) develop the understanding and expertise applicable 
to professional practice. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ART 

The 1 24-unit Bachelor of Arts degree offers concentrations In 
Art History. General Studio Art. and Teaching. The program 
objectives are to provide correlative experiences, informa- 
tion and theory. 

The Art History concentration emphasizes the area of art 
history, theory, and appreciation and is particularly recom- 
mended for those students who wish to pursue graduate stud- 
ies In art history or museum studies. 

The General Studio Art concentration is a varied curriculum 
that provides a broad education in the visual arts. 

The Teaching concentration Is for students who wish to meet 
the requirements for single subject instruction (Ryan Act) for 
teaching art in grades K-12. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, 
students must meet the other university requirements for a 
bachelor of arts degree. Students in the Teaching concen- 
tration must also meet specific requirements for the desired 
teaching credential. 

All art majors must take Art 3CX). Writing In the Visual Arts, and 


pass the university's Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP) 
after achieving junior standing (60 units). Testing dotes for the 
EWP are available from the Testing Center or the Academic 
Advisement Center. 

To earn a Bachelor of Arts in Art students must achieve grades 
of C or better In all art courses required for the degree. 

Art History Concentration 

Preparation for the major (lower division-2 1 units) 

Art201A.B Art and Civilization (3.3) 

Lower division studio courses (3,3) 

Approved electives in art. American studies, anthropology, 
history, literature, music, philosophy or theatre (3,3,3) 

The major (upper division-33 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

480 Selected Topics In Art Hist (3) 

481 Seminar In Art History (3) 

Approved upper division elective (3) 

Upper division art history (21) 

General Studio Art Concentration 

Lower Division (27 units) 

103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

107A.B Beginning Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art Electives (3,3) 

Select at least two courses from two of the following areas: 
design; printmaking; creative photography; sculpture; 
ceramics; crafts; drawing and painting 

Upper Division (27 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Art History (3.3) 

Studio Area (12 units) 

Select one course from each of the following: (1) drawing 
and painting; (2) sculpture, creative photography, 
printmaking; (3) crafts and ceramics; (4) design 
Electives (3,3) 

Choose two courses from at least two different categories 
of the following: drawing and painting; printmakir^; creative 
photography; sculpture, crafts (fibers and glass); ceramics; 
graphic design; illustration; environmental design; exhibition 
design; art education 

Teaching Concentration 

Single Subject Instruction -Ryan Act 
(Qualifies for Teaching Art in Grades K-12) 

Preparation for the major (lower division-30 units) 

103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

106A Beginning Ceramics (3) 

107A,B Beginning Drawing and Painting (3.3) 

1 1 7 Life Drawing (3) 

201 A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

205A Beginning Crafts (3) 

207A Drawing/Painting (3) 


162 

Art 


California State University. Fullerton 


Major requirements (upper division-24 units) 

Select either Drawing/Painting or Crafts Emphasis: 

Drawing and Painting Emphasis: 

300 Writing In the Visual Arts (3) 

307A,B Drawing and Painting (3.3) 

310A Watercolor (3) 

31 7A Life Studies. Drawing and Painting (3) 

347A Printmaking-Etching (3) 

312 Modern Art (3) 

441 A Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Crafts Emphasis: 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

305A Advanced Crafts (3) 

306A.B Advanced Ceramics (3.3) 

310A Watercolor (3) 

312 Modern Art (3) 

316A Jewelry (3) 

441 A Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Professionai Preparation (24-27 units) 

Art Ed 442 Teaching Art in the Secondary School (3) 
Education course work (9-12) 

Student teaching (one semester full-time) (12) 

Program Requirements: 

1 . Be advised by a faculty adviser In art education assigned 
by the art department chair. 

2. Fulfill credential requirements listed in the catalog within 
the School of Human Development and Community Ser- 
vice for the Ryan Act curriculum. 

3. Meet the requirements listed under the Teaching concen- 
tration. 

4. Complete the major requirements prior to enrolling in the 
teacher education program. 

5. Be admitted to teacher education through the School of 
Human Development and Community Service prior to en- 
rollment In Art Ed 442. professional education courses and 
student teaching. 

6. Be accepted for teacher education and student teaching 
based on candidate quotas, portfolio review, and evi- 
dence of success In completed university course work. 

7. Be recommended by the faculty adviser In art education. 

8. Complete Secondary Education 310 and 386 or equiva- 
lents. 

9. Pass C-BEST exam prior to admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

10. Have a G.P.A. of 2.89 overall. 3.0 in major. 

Credential Information 

Upon completion of the above program and the bachelor of 

arts degree, the student Is eligible for a partial credential, which 


meets state requirements for teaching art in grades K-1 2. Within 
the specified period of time from the beginning of a teaching 
assignment. 30 units of course work must be completed at an 
accredited college or university to qualify for a clear cre- 
dential. Credentials are Issued from the Institution where this 
requirement has been completed. 

Multiple Subject Instruction— Ryan Act 

The following three courses are recommended for all students 
intending to teach in the elementary schools In multiple sub- 
ject classrooms. 

Art 380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Music 333 Music and Child Development (3) 

Theatre 402 Dramatic Activities for Children (3) 

The following additional list of courses would be strongly rec- 
ommended for students who wish to expand their knowledge 
In any or all of the arts: 

Art 101, 103. 104. 106A. 107A, 201 A.B. 310A,B. 330. 380. 
441A.B 

Dance 101. 112. 122. 132. 142. 323 A.B. 422 
Music 1 1 lA.B. 184A.B. 251. 281B,P.S.W. 283 
Theatre 100. 263. 276A. 277. 370A,B. 402A.B, 403A.B 

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN ART 

The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is a professional program pro- 
viding directed studies in nine studio concentrations within the 
visual arts. The program Is designed for students seeking In- 
depth preparation for specialized goals selected from one of 
the following areas: drawing and painting; printmaking; sculp- 
ture; crafts; ceramics; graphic design; illustration; environmen- 
tal design; creative photography. 

The program develops the understanding and advanced spe- 
cialized skills applicable to professional practice and to meet 
entrance requirements to graduate school. 

Admission Requirements 

Upon admission to the University with art as the major, students 
are placed In the Bachelor of Arts category, whether entering 
as a freshman or transferring from a community college. Upon 
proof of completion of the 12 lower-division studio units listed 
below with a B or better grade-point average, students may 
contact the Art Department regarding procedures for chang- 
ing their academic objective to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art 
program. 

Art 103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 107 A Beginning Drawing (3) 

Art 107B Beginning Painting (3) 

Program Requirements 

The 132-unit Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program requires 
a minimum of 69 units in art: 12 units of Art History plus 67 
units of studio art. The major is divided into 2 1 units of lower- 


163 

Alt 


California State University, Fullerton 


division preparation and 48 upper-division units. In addition 
to the minimum 69-unit requirement for the B.F.A. degree, 
students must meet the other university requirements for a 
bachelor's degree (see the university Catalog and Class 
Schedule). 

To earn a Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art. students must achieve 
grades of C or better in all art courses required for the degree. 

In addition to Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts (* below), stu- 
dents must also take and pass the Examination in Writing Pro- 
ficiency (EWP). 

Drawing and Painting Concentration 

Preparation (lower division— 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

201 A.B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

207A.B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper division— 46 units) 

3CX) Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

317A.B Life Studies. Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

487 A Special Studies. Painting (3) 

487B Life Studies. Drawing (3) 

Upper division drawing and painting options from 487A.B 
and/or C (3,3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3.3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3 .3 ,3 .3) 

Printmaking Concentration 

Preparation (lower division— 2 1 units) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

201 A.B Art and Civilization (3.3) 

207A Drawing and Painting (3) 

247 Beginning Printmaking (3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3.3) 

Concentration (upper division— 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

307 A.B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

317A,B Life Studies (3,3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

347A. B Printmaking-Etching. Lithography (3.3) 

487D Special Studies. Printmaking (3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3. 3 .3) 

Sculpture Concentration 

Preparation (iower division— 2 1 units) 

117 Life Drawing (1.1,1) 

201 A.B Art and Civilization (3.3) 

216A.B Beginning Sculpture (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper division— 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

316A.B Sculpture (3.3) 

317A,B or C Life Studies. Drawing and Painting (3,3) 


326A Ceramic Sculpture (3) 

336A.B Techniques and Theories, Cast Sculpture (3,3) 
486A Special Studies, Sculpture (3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3 .3 ,3 .3) 

Crofts Concentration 

Preparation (lower division— 21 units) 

123B Descriptive Drawing (3) 

201 A.B Art and Civilization (3.3) 

205A,B Beginning Crafts (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3.3) 

Concentration (upper division-^6 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

305A.B Advanced Crafts (3,3) 

Select 12 units from: 

306A.B Advanced Ceramics 

316A.B Jewelry 

330 Fibers and Papers 

355A.B Fibers. Fabric Printing 8c Dyeing 

364A,B Stained Glass 

365A.B Weaving 

485A,B.C.D.E. or F Special Studies in Crafts (3.3) 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3.3.3.3) 

Ceramics Concentration 

Preparation (iower division— 2 1 units) 

106A.B Beginning Ceramics (3.3) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

201 A.B Art and Civilization (3.3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3.3) 

Concentration (upper division— 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

306A.B Advanced Ceramics (3.3) 

326A.B Ceramic Sculpture (3.3) 

424A.B Glass Forming (3.3) 

484A or 484B Special Studies (3,3.3) 

Upper-division art history (3.3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3,3 ,3 ,3) 

Graphic Design Concentration 

Preparation (lower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

201 A.B Art and Civilization (3.3) 

223A.B Lettering and Typography (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3.3) 

Concentration (upper division— -48 units) 

300 Writing In the Visual Arts* (3) 

323 A.B Graphic Design (3.3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

363A.B Illustration (3.3) 

483A Special Studies. Graphic Design (3,3) 

483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3.3) 

495 Internship (3) 

Upper-division art history (3.3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3 ,3 .3 ,3) 


164 


California State University, Fullerton 


Illustration Concentration 

Preparation (lower division— 2 1 units) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

1 23A Descriptive Drawing (3) 

201 A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

223A Lettering and Typography (3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper division— 46 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

317A,B Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

318A Drawing & Painting the Head and Hands (3) 

323A Graphic Design (3) 

363A,B Illustration (3,3) 

483C Special Studies, Illustration (3,3) 

495 Internship (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3 ,3 ,3 ,3) 

Environmental Design Concentration 

Preparation (lower division— 2! units) 

123B Descriptive Drawing (3) 

201 A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

213A,B Beginning Environmental Design (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper division— 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

313A,B Environmental Design (3,3) 

333A,B Environmental Design (3,3) 

453A,B Exhibition Design (3,3) 

483B Special Studies, Environmental Design (3,3) 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3,3 ,3 ,3) 

Creative Photography Concentration 

Preparation (lower division— 2 1 units) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

238 Photo Visual Concepts (3) 

201 A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

247 Beginning Printmaking (3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

317A Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3) 

338A,B Creative Photography (3,3) 

339A Photo Illustration (3) 

348 Artists' Books (3) 

438A,B Creative Color Photography (3,3) 

489 Special Studies, Creative Photo (3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3,3 ,3 ,3) 

MINOR IN ART 

Twenty-four units with a grade of C or better are required for a 

minor In art; a minimum of 12 units are to be in upper division 

courses In residence. A basic course in each of the following 


areas is required: (1) art history, theory, analysis and criticism; 
(2) design; (3) drawing and painting; and (4) crafts. 

Recommended courses to meet the "basic courses" require- 
ment are: (1) Art 201 A or B; (2) Art 103 or 104; (3) Art 107A or B; 
(4) Art 106 A or 205A. Completion of these courses will provide a 
reasonable foundation for entry into upper division courses. 
Those students planning to qualify for a standard teaching cre- 
dential specializing in elementary or secondary teaching with 
art as a minor must obtain approval from the Art Department. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ART 

This program provides a balance of study and practice for those 
who wish a career In the visual arts, or who want to prepare for 
further graduate work in the field. The program offers the 
following areas of concentration: (1) drawing and painting 
(including printmaking); (2) sculpture; (3) crafts (including 
ceramics, wood, glass, fibers, jewelry /metalsmithing); (4) design 
(Including environmental design, graphic design, illustration, 
exhibition design, creative photography); and (5) art history. 

Admission Requirements 

1. Conditionally classified standing: 

a. A baccalaureate degree in art with the same con- 
centration as the graduate degree objective from an 
accredited institution, or 24 upper division units in art of 
which 12 units must be in a concentration completed 
with grades of B or better. Applicants are advised that 
most upper-division courses require lower-division pre- 
requisites. A faculty adviser should be consulted with 
regard to recommended courses. 

b. GPA minimum of 2.5 in the last 60 semester units at 
tempted. 

c. (1) Studio program: satisfactory review of preliminary 
portfolio by a faculty member in the area of studio con- 
centration. 

(2) Art history program: satisfactory preliminary Inter- 
view by a faculty member in art history. 

d. Enrollment Is allowed in graduate-level courses with the 
exception of Art 500A.B; 511; 512; 597; and 598. 

e. Passing the comprehensive review will be required for 
classified standing. 

2. Classified standing: 

The same requirements as conditionally classified plus: 

a. Pass comprehensive review: held semi-annually, the com- 
prehensive review is an evaluation of the candidate by 
a committee comprised of faculty teaching In the area 
of concentration. The committee reviews the student's 
creative work, statement of purpose, academic and 
other relevant qualifications; assigned research papers 
are required of art history applicants in lieu of a portfolio. 
Procedures, dates, and appointment times are available 
through the art department graduate office. 


165 

Art 


California State University, Fulierton 


b. Form a graduate committee. 

c. Development of on approved study plan. 

d. Art history program: reading knowledge of a foreign lan- 
guage may be required before advancement to can- 
didacy. 

study Plan 

The degree program requires 30 units of graduate study ap- 
proved by the student's graduate committee of which 1 5 must 
be 500-level courses. The 30 units are distributed as follows: 

1 . Core courses in art history, phiiosophy, analysis and criticism 
(9 units) 

a. Studio program: 

Art 500A Graduate Seminar In Major Field (3) 

Art history program: 

Art 511 Seminar on the Content and Method of Art History (3) 
(ADMISSION WITH CLASSIFIED STANDING ONLY) 

b. Studio Program: 

Art 500B Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Art history program: 

Art 512 Seminar on Selected Topics In Art History (3) 
(ADMISSION WITH CLASSIFIED STANDING ONLY) 

c. Art 481 Seminar in Art History (3), or substitute of a 400- 
level course in art history, theory, analysis or criticism on the 
recommendation of the major adviser. 

2. 50Chand/or 40Chlevel courses in the area of concentration 
selected from one of the following (minimum of six units at 
500-Level) (12 units) 

a. Drawing and painting (including printmaking) 

b. Sculpture 

c. Crafts (including ceramics, glass, fibers, wood, jewelry/ 
metalsmithing) 

d. Design (including environmental design, graphic design, 
illustration, exhibition design, creative photography) 

e. Art history 

3. Additional course work in the area of concentration or 
approved electives (3 or 6 units) 

4. Art 597 Project (for studio); or Art 598 Thesis (for art history) 
(3 or 6 units) 

The M.A. study plan must be completed with a B average, 
and all courses In the area of concentration be completed 
with grades of B or better. Every graduate student is required 
to demonstrate writing ability commensurate with the bacca- 
laureate degree. Please refer to the section on Graduate 
Regulations for further clarification. The Department of Art 
requires the studio candidate for the Master of Arts In Art to 


exhibit the project in one of the department's graduate gal- 
leries prior to graduation. The art history candidate is required 
to submit a written thesis based on a specific topic of research. 

For further information consult the graduate program adviser 
and read the University Graduate Regulations section of this 
catalog. 

MASTER OF FINE ARTS IN ART 

The Master of Fine Arts in Art features a rigorous studio pro- 
gram for the seriously committed, responsible and talented 
student. The curriculum and faculty challenge the students to 
focus on the goal of becoming professional artists. 

The M.F.A. program provides in-depth study within a 60-unlt 
approved study plan In the following areas of concentration: 
(1) design (including graphic design. Illustration, environmen- 
tal design, and exhibition design); (2) ceramics (Including 
glass); (3) crafts (including fibers, jewelry/ metalsmithing, and 
woodworking); (4) sculpture; (5) drawing, painting, and 
printmaking; and (6) creative photography. 

Admission Requirements 

1 . Conditionally classified standing: 

a. baccalaureate degree in art with the same concen- 
tration as the graduate degree objective from an ac- 
credited institution, or 24 upper division units in art, 18 of 
which must be in the concentration completed with 
grades of B or better. Applicants are advised that most 
upper-division courses require lower-division prerequisites. 

b. minimum grade-point average of 2.5 In the last 60 units 
attempted and have been in good standing at the last 
college attended. 

c. participate In comprehensive portfolio review: held 
semi-annually, the comprehensive portfolio review is an 
evaluation of the candidate by a committee comprised 
of faculty teaching in the area of concentration. The 
committee reviews the student's creative work, state- 
ment of purpose, academic and other relevant qualifi- 
cations. Procedures, dates, and appointment times are 
available through the art department graduate office. 

If the student's portfolio is not adequate, the applicant 
could still be recommended for conditionally classified 
standing by the faculty comprehensive review commit- 
tee. However, the comprehensive portfolio review must 
be repeated. 

d. Conditionally classified students may enroll in graduate 
courses with the exception of Art 500A,B; 51 1.512, 597; 
and 598. 

2. Classified standing: 

The same requirements as a. and b. for conditionally clas- 
sified standing plus: 

a. pass comprehensive portfolio review. 

b. form a graduate committee. 

c. develop an approved study plan. 


166 


California State University, Fullerton 


Study Plan 

The M.F.A. degree program requires 60 units of graduate study 
approved by the student's graduate committee and the dean 
of graduate studies. The study pian must be compieted with a 
grade-point average of 3.0 or better. The courses in the con- 
centration must be completed with a grade of B or better. 
The 60 unit study plan is distributed as follows: 

Areas (60 units total) 

Theory, criticism: Art 500A. 500B (6) 

Art History (9) 

Studio Area of concentration (24) 

Studio Electives in art (12) 

Capstone Experience: 
independent study: research (3) 

Studio Project (6) 

Master of Fine Arts Project 

The M.F.A. project exhibition constitutes a professionai one- 
person art exhibit. It Is installed in one of the department's 
graduate galleries and announced for public view by the stu- 
dent as the final phase of the M.F.A. program requirements. 

POSTBACCALAUREATE UNCLASSIFIED 

Students who do not have the prerequisites to qualify for the 
graduate program may apply to the university as a 
postbaccalaureate-unclassified student. Typically, students in 
this category have a bachelor's degree In art but need to 
meet the prerequisites for a different concentration; or did not 
major in art and complete courses for the 24 upper-division 
art unit requirement. To qualify for admission, an applicant must 
hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution, 
have attained a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 
60 units attempted and have been in good standing at the 
last college attended. Admission with postbaccalaureate 
standing does not constitute admission to the art graduate 
program or graduate degree curricula. 

CERTIFICATE IN MUSEUM STUDIES 

Courses leading to the certificate are designed to educate 
students In museum practices in preparation for entry Into the 
museum profession. The curriculum Includes instruction in the 
historical development and philosophical basis of collections, 
exhibitions and their design, and curatorship. A museum in- 
ternship Is required. The certificate in museum studies may be 
undertaken as a self-contained program or may be taken In 
conjunction with the Master of Arts In Art degree or the Master 
of Fine Arts in Art degree or. by special permission, with other 
graduate degrees In the university. (For an M.A. or M.F.A. in Art 
degree with an exhibition design emphasis see M.A. and M.F.A. 
emphases under the design concentration.) 

Prerequisites 

1 . B. A. In Art or other major by special permission 

2. Specific course prerequisites: 

a. 12 units in upper-division art history 


b. 6 units In graphic design and exhibition design 

c. 3 units of advanced writing (Communications 435 Edi- 
torial and Critical Writing; or Communications 362 Pub- 
lic Relations Writing; or English 301 Advanced College 
Writing) 

d. 3 units of beginning accounting 

Study Plan 


The certificate program requires 24 units. The 24 units are dis- 
tributed as follows: 

Art 464 Museum Conservation (3) 

Art 481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Art 483D Exhibition Design (3) 

Art 495 Internship In Art (3) 

Art 501 Curatorship (3) 

Art 503D Exhibition Design (3,3) 

Course In museum education (3) 

For further Information, consult the Department of Art. 


ART COURSES 

101 Introductiorr to Art (3) 

Historical and contemporary art forms of painting, sculpture, 
architecture and design. Field trips required. Not open to art 
majors for credit except by permission of Art Department. 

(3 hours lecture) 



103 Two-dimensional Design (3) 

Art concepts, aesthetic elements and materials of two-dimen- 
sional design and visual organization. (6 hours activity) (CAN 
ART 14) 



104 Three-dimensional Design (3) 

Art concepts, aesthetic elements and materials of three- 
dimensional design and spatial organization. (6 hours activity) 
(CAN ART 16) 


106A Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Form as related to ceramic materials, tools, processes. Kiln load- 
ing and firing, hand building, wheel throwing and raku. Instruc- 
tional fee. (9 hours laboratory) (CAN ART 6) 


106B Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 106A. Form as related to ceramics. Glaze 
batching and its application, and the presentation of ceramic 
technique. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 


/ 107A Beginning Drawing (3) 

Traditional and contemporary use of drawing materials inte- 
grated with visual experiences and art concepts. (6 hours 
activity) (CAN ART 8) 




107B Beginning Painting (3) 

Traditional and contemporary use of painting materials inte- 
grated with visual experiences and art concepts. (6 hours 
activity) 


117 Life Drawing (1 or 3) 

Drawing the live model. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 


167 

Alt 


California State University, Fullerton 


units. Duplicate enrollment of this course within the same 
semester Is permissible. (3 hours activity for each unit) 

123A Descriptive Drawing (3) 

Descriptive drawing, rendering techniques and theories rep- 
resenting forms of nature. (6 hours activity) 

123B Descriptive Drawing (3) 

The use of linear perspective with lights and shadows to cor- 
rectly describe fabricated and mechanical forms. (6 hours 
activity) 

201 A, B Art and Civilization (3.3) 

The ideas, forms and styles of the visual arts as they devel- 
oped in various cultures from prehistoric time to the present. 
(3 hours lecture) (201 A = CAN ART 2, 201 B = CAN ART 4) 

205A Beginning Crafts (3) 

Traditional and contemporary concepts and processes with 
emphasis on design principles in the development of aesthetic 
forms based on function. (9 hours laboratory) 

205B Beginning Crafts (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 205A. Art 104 may be taken 
concurrently. The development of a esthetic forms based on 
function, with emphasis on design principles and the creative 
use of hand tools and power equipment. (9 hours laboratory) 

207A.B Drawing and Painting (Experimental Methods and 
Materials) (3.3) 

Prerequisites: Art 117, 107A,B or equivalents. Traditional and 
contemporary concepts, methods and materials. (6 hours 
activity) 

21 3A Beginning Environmental Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104. Design methodology and com- 
munication skills in the environmental design field. (6 hours 
activity) 

21 3B Beginning Environmental Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104; 213A or equivalent. Design meth- 
odology and communication skills in the environmental design 
field. (6 hours activity) 

216A.B Beginning Sculpture (3.3) 

Prerequisite: Art 104. The creative use of wood and metal, 
power equipment and hand tools. Instructional fee. (9 hours 
laboratory) (216A = CAN ART 12) 

223A Lettering and Typography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103. The history, design and use of letter forms; 
the rendering and use of hand-lettered forms. Instruction fee. 
(6 hours activity) 

223B Lettering and Typography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 223A. The history, design and use of letter forms; 
techniques for rough and comprehensive layouts and introduc- 
tion to computer graphics. Instruction fee. (6 hours activity) 

236 Photo Visual Concepts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103. An Introductory photography course for 
art majors. Course content includes the study of photographic 
vision and design, visual conceptualization and examination 
of the qualities of light through the use of instant and auto- 
matic cameras. 


247 Introduction to Linoleum and Woodcut Prints (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A.B. An exploration of woodcut, linocut 
and monoprint as a medium of personal expression. Instruc- 
tional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Principles, practices and objec- 
tives of writing in the visual arts. Includes descriptive, analyti- 
cal and expressive essays; project and grant proposals; artist's 
statements; resumes; and professional correspondence. Sat- 
isfies the classroom portion of the upper-division writing require- 
ments for art majors. 

301 Ancient Art (3) 

The developments in art from the Paleolithic to late antiquity. 
(3 hours lecture) 

302 Medieval Art (3) 

The developments in art from the late antiquity through the 
Gothic. (3 hours lecture) 

305A.B Advanced Crafts (3.3) 

Prerequisites: 205A and 205B. Advanced concepts and pro- 
cesses in the development of esthetic forms based on func- 
tion. emphasizing individual growth and personal expression. 
(9 hours laboratory) 

306A.B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 106A.B or consent of instructor. 
Forms and the creative use of ceramic concepts and materi- 
als; design, forming, glazing and firing. Instructional fee. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117, 207A.B or equivalents. The 
concepts, materials and activities of drawing and paint- 
ing. emphasizing individual growth, plan and craft. (6 hours 
activity) 

310A.B Watercolor (3.3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B or equivalents. An exploration of 
watercolor media related to varied subject matter and de- 
sign applications. Includes field trip activity. Provides skills and 
concepts useful for school art programs. (6 hours activity) 

311 Foundations of Modern Art (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. The history of painting and 
sculpture from the French Revolution to the end of the 19th 
century. (3 hours lecture) 

312 Modem Art (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. The history of painting, 
graphic arts and sculpture from late 19th century to World War 
II. (3 hours lecture) 

31 3A Environmental Design: Unit Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103. 104 and 213A,B Environmental design 
projects and the study of unit concepts. (6 hours activity) 

313B Environmental Design: Systems Concepts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 313A. Environmental design projects and sys- 
tems concepts. (6 hours activity) 

31 5A.B Jewelry (3.3) 

Prerequisites: Art 205A and 305A. Art 305A may be taken con- 
currently. Design and creation of jewelry. (9 hours lab) 


168 

Art 


California State University, Fullerton 


316A.B Sculpture (3.3) 

Prerequisites: Art 104 and 216A. Sculptural materials and pro- 
cesses. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

317 Life Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: three units lower division life drawing. Drawing, 
painting and sculpture from the live model. (9 hours laboratory) 

317A Drawing and Painting 
317B Drawing and Painting 
317C Sculpting 

31 BA Drawing and Painting the Head and Hands (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B and Art 1 17. Specialized problems In 
construction and anatomy of the human head and hands, 
and their principal use In drawing, painting and illustration. 
(9 hours laboratory) 

3 IBB Portraiture (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B. 3 units of Art 117. Comprehensive 
problems In composition, concept, content and execution of 
portraits. (9 hours laboratory) 

320 History of Architecture Before the Modern Era (3) 

A study of selected monuments from Stonehenge through the 
late Baroque. Interrelationship between patronage, style, func- 
tion. structural principles and technological developments. 
(3 hours lecture) 

323A,B Graphic Design (3.3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103. 223A and 223B or consent of instructor. 
Development and projection of Ideas in relation to the tech- 
nical. aesthetic and psychological aspects of advertising art. 
Intermediate use of computer graphics. Instructional fee. 
(6 hours activity) 

324 Glass Casting (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104 or consent of Instructor. Hot glass 
laboratory equipment and casting techniques. Designing molds 
and handling hot glass. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

326A.B Ceramic Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104. 1 17 or consent of instructor. Devel- 
opment of ceramic technology Into individual sculptural forms 
and techniques. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

327 Mural Painting (1) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A.B or equivalents. A brief history of impor- 
tant moralists, their contributions and methods. Topics Include: 
narrative murals, symbolic murals, ephemeral murals, contem- 
porary graffiti, billboard art. drawing systems and technical In- 
formation. Repeatable once for credit. (3 hours laboratory) 

330 Fibers and Papers (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104. or consent of instructor. The use 
of fibers and papers as an art form. (9 hours laboratory) 

333A Environmental Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 2 1 3A,B. Aesthetics of space and form concepts 
as design determinants. (6 hours laboratory) 

333B Environmental Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 333A. Aesthetics of space and form as design 
determinants; experimental design concepts and methods. 
(6 hours activity) 


336A,B Casting Techniques and Theories of Cast Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 316A. Waxing, molding and metal casting 
techniques. Aluminum and bronze and the lost wax process. 
(9 hours laboratory) 

33BA Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103 or its equivalent. The photographic me- 
dia In personal expression. Historical attitudes and processes; 
new materials and contemporary aesthetic trends. Field trips 
required. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

33BB Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 338A. The photographic medium in personal 
expression. Historical and new processes. Field trips required. 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

339A Photo Illustration (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 338A. The use of specialized photo- 
graphic techniques such as lighting, camera position, color 
and motion for solutions to Illustration problems of narration, 
visual description, juxtaposition and Imagery. Instructional fee. 
(9 hours laboratory) 

339B Photo Illustration (3) 

Prerequisites: 338A and 339A. or consent of instructor. Con- 
cepts and attitudes in the field of photo Illustration. Illustration 
problems using narrative, visual description, juxtaposition and 
imagery. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

347A Printmaking Etching (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A.B, 1 17. and 247. Concept development, 
exploration and materials Involved In printmaking techniques. 
Includes etching, aquatint. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

347B Printmaking Lithography (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A.B. 1 1 7. and 247. Concept development, 
exploration and materials Involved In lithography. Instructional 
fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

34B Artists’ Books (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103. 107 A or 247, or consent of Instructor. 
Personal vision and concepts applied to the book form as 
art; the history and aesthetics of artists' books. (6 hours 
activity) 

355A,B Fibers; Fabric Printing and Dyeing (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103. 107 A or B or consent of Instructor. Design 
concepts and printing and dyeing processes as applied to 
fabrics. (9 hours laboratory) 

357 Woodcuts and Monotypes (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 1 07 A,B or equivalents. The exploration of the wood- 
cut and monotype as a means of personal expression. Emphasis 
on traditional os well os contemporary rrxaterlals and trends. Course 
may be repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

363A,B Illustration (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 107A.B and 117. Story, book, magazine, 
and film Illustration. (6 hours activity) 

364A.B Stained Glass (3,3) 

IThe use of the loom and weaving processes to design and 
create fiber and fabric art forms. (9 hours laboratory) 


169 

Art 


California State University, Fullerton 


380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Art concepts, materials and processes as they relate to child 
development. (6 hours activity) 

401 History of Women Artists (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 201 B. Study of art made by women in the 
context of major art historical developments from the 10th 
century to the present. Analysis of images of women and the 
evolution of gender stereotypes In art. (3 hours lecture) 

413 History of Contemporary Art (3) 

Prerequisites: 3 1 2 and 461 B or consent of instructor. A historical 
perspective of contemporary art beginning with major de- 
velopments in Europe and the United States in the 1950's. 
Emphasis on new materials, new exhibition methods, and in 
particular the major conceptual issues raised by individual 
artists and groups. (3 hours lecture) 

420 History of Modern Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 201 B (art majors) or Art 101 (non-art majors). 
Development of modern architecture. The interrelationship 
among architecture, technology and society, from the indus- 
trial and political revolutions of the 1 8th century to the present. 
Exploration of national differences and various approaches 
to city planning. (3 hours lecture) 

423 Computer Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 313A or 323A or 363 or equivalent. The explo- 
ration of advanced computer application in the creation of 
visual images and concepts through three-dimensional mod- 
eling and animation. Field trips required. Instructional fee. 
(6 hours activity) 

424A,B Glass Forming (3.3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103. 104. 324 or consent of instructor. The 
chemistry, handling and manipulation of glass and Its tools and 
equipment for the ceramic artist. Instructional fee. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

431 Renaissance Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 20 IB (art majors) or Art 101 (non-art majors). 
Painting, sculpture and architecture from the late 13th to 16th 
century in Italy. (3 hours lecture) 

432 Baroque Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture of the 17th century in 
Europe. (3 hours lecture) 

438 A. B Creative Color Photography (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 338A,B. Concepts and techniques in creative 
color photography. Historical attitudes and contemporary 
trends. Personal involvement with the medium. Instructional 
fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

441 A.B Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103. 104. 107A.B. 205A or consent of instruc- 
tor. Exploring the art media used in secondary school art pro- 
grams today. Materials for secondary art curriculum. Two and 
three dimensional media in subject matter applications. 
(6 hours activity) 

448 Special Studies: Artists’ Books and Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 102. 107A, or 347 A/348 or consent of instruc- 
tor. A studio art course for advanced students who want to 
continue to explore the book form as It relates to their per- 
sonal aesthetic goals. (6 hours activity) 


453A,B Exhibition Design (3,3) 

Technical and aesthetic experience In problem-solving exhi- 
bition design concepts, evaluation and design analysis. The 
production of exhibitions In the University Art Gallery, their se- 
lection. design. Installation, lighting and supportive Interpre- 
tive material. (More than 9 hours laboratory) 

460B Pre-Columbian Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 201 A.B or consent of instructor. An introduc- 
tion to the art and architecture of Meso and South America 
from the early formative stage to the Spanish Conquest. 
Emphasis on aesthetic achievement with varying contexts of 
pre-Columbian culture. (3 hours lecture) 

461 American Art: 20th Century (3) 

Painting and sculpture in America during the 20th century. The 
role of the visual arts in helping to define, reflect and chal- 
lenge American values and institutions. (3 hours lecture) 

462 Latin American Art from 1800 to the 1950s (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 31 1 or 312. History of painting, sculpture and 
the graphic arts in Latin America. Emphasis on the changing 
relationship to European Modernism and major principles of 
Latin American cultural and political identity as expressed in 
art. (3 hours lecture) 

464 Museum Conservation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 453A. six units of art history or anthropology. 
The examination of the preservation of objects; the history, role 
and principles of conservation within a museum context. Three 
combined sessions at Conservation Center. LACMA; Hunting- 
ton Library; J. Paul Getty Museum; and Museum of Cultural 
History, UCLA. (3 hours lecture) 

466 Museum Education (3) 

Prerequisite: six units 300-400 Art History or equivalent. History 
of museum education, its philosophy and issues. Relationship 
with other museum departments, outreach programs, new 
technology. Events organization, writing Interpretive materi- 
als. budgets and grants, conducting tours. Lectures, field trips 
and guest speakers. (3 hours lecture) 

470 History and Aesthetics of Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: 201 A.B. Photography from ancient optical obser- 
vations through 19th-century invention to 20th-century accep- 
tance as an art form. Aesthetic movement and influential inno- 
vators. Lectures, slides and class discussion. (3 hours lecture) 

475 Professional Practices in the Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art major with junior or above standing. Practices 
unique to the visual arts, including an overview of changing 
concepts in the art market, traditional roles In cultural con- 
text. portfolio development, strategies for protecting ideas and 
avoiding abuses, and long term professional development. 

(3 hours lecture) 

480T Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 201 A or B and consent of instructor Detailed 
study of the work of individual artists, patronage in particular 
places, specific pictorial, sculptural and architectural programs 
or art history periods. Topics will be listed In the class schedule. 
Repeatable if topic Is different. (3 hours lecture) 

481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: six units upper-division art history or equivalent. 


170 

Art 


California State University. Fullerton 


Study and evaluation in one area of art history and apprecia- 
tion. May be repeated up to a maximum of 6 units. 

483 Special Studies in Design (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-division units in area em- 
phasis or equivalent. Maximum of 12 units, but no more than 3 
units in any one area in a single semester. 

483A Graphic Design Advanced use of computer graphics 
Instructional fee. (6 hours activity) 

483B Environmental Design instructional fee. (6 hours activity) 
483C Illustration (6 hours activity) 

483D Exhibition Design (More than 9 hours laboratory) 

483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 313A or Art 323A or Art 363A and consent 
of instructor. Theory and practice of design using the com- 
puter. Students will explore the numerous applications of 
the computer through lecture demonstration, studio/labo- 
ratory experience, guest speakers and field trips. Maximum 
of 12 units, but no more than three units in a single semester. 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

484 Special Studies in Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-division units in ceramics. 
Maximum of 12 units, but no more than three units in any one 
area In a single semester. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

484A Ceramics 
484B Glass Forming 
484C Glass Casting 

485 Special Studies in Crafts (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-division units in designated 
area or consent of instructor. Maximum of 12 units, but no more 
than three units in any one area in a single semester. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

485A Jewelry 

485B General Crafts 

48SC Metalsmithing 

485D Fibers-Weaving 

485E Fibers-Fabric Printing and Dyeing 

485F Fibers and Fabrics 

486 Special Studies in Sculpture (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 316A,B and consent of instructor. Maximum 
of 12 units but no more than three units in a single semes- 
ter. (9 hours laboratory) 

486A Modeling and Fabrication. Instructional fee. 

486B Casting 

487 Special Studies in Drawing and Painting and PiintriKiking (3) 

Prerequisites: a minimum of six upper-division units In drawing 
and painting, or consent of instructor. Maximum of 12 units, but 
no more than three units In any one area in a single semester. 
487A Painting (6 hours activity) 

487B Life Studies: Drawing and/or Painting (9 hours laboratory) 
487C Drawing (6 hours activity) 

487D Printmaking Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

489 Special Studies in Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-division units in photog- 
raphy courses or equivalent. Photography as personal expres- 
sion. Maximum of 12 units but no more than three units In a 
single semester. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 


491 Professional Seminar (3) 

Guest speakers from professions In the visual arts. A lecture/ 
discussion seminar relevant to current issues and concepts in 
making and experiencing art. Topics will differ each semester. 
For the senior and graduate art major. May be repeated up 
to a maximum of 6 units. 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing as a declared BFA in Art major. 
Work In a specific art field in business or industry. 

499 Independent Research (1-3) 

Open to advanced students in art with consent of depart- 
ment chair and written consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

500A Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Prerequisite: classified standing. Problems and issues in art. 
Intellectual clarification and verbal articulation of individual 
intent as an artist. Oral and written material in support of 
the master's project, (with SOOB meets graduate level writing 
requirement) 

500B Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 500A. Directed research in the area of 
major emphasis. Oral and written material on historical 
backgrounds and developments In art as they relate to in- 
dividual intent as an artist (stated In Art 500A) and in sup- 
port of the master's project, (with 600A meets graduate 
level writing requirement) 

501 Curatorship (3) 

Prerequisites: B.A. in art, anthropology or other major by spe- 
cial permission, and Art 481 and 466. The curator collects, cares 
for and studies objects. 

503 Graduate Problems in Design (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, development and 
evaluation of individual projects listed below. Maximum of 12 
units in each area, but no more than three units in any one 
area in a single semester. 

503A Graphic Design (6 hours activity) 

503B Environmental Design (6 hours activity) 

503C Illustration (6 hours activity) 

503D Exhibition Design (More than 9 hours laboratory) 

504 Graduate Problems in Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, development and 
evaluation of individual projects in ceramics, glass forming and 
glass casting. Maximum of 12 units in each area but no more 
than three units in a single semester. Instructional fee. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

504A Ceramics 
504B Glass Forming 
504C Glass Casting 

505 Graduate Problems in Crafts (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, development and 
evaluation of Individual projects listed below. Maximum of 1 2 
units in each area but no more than three units in a single 
semester. (9 hours laboratory) 

505A Jewelry 

505B (^neral Crafts 

505D Fibers Weaving, Fibers and Fabrics 


171 

Art 


California State University, Fullerton 


506A.B Graduate Problems in Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, development and 
evaluation of Individual projects In sculpture. Maximum of 12 
units in each area but no more than three units In a single 
semester. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

507 (^oduote Problems In Drawing. Painting and Printmaking (3) 

Prerequisite: 12 units of upper-division drawing and painting. 
Planning, development and evaluation of individual projects 
listed below. Maximum of 12 units In each area but no more 
than three units In a single semester. 

507A Painting (6 hours activity) 

507B Life Drawing (9 hours laboratory) 

507C Drawing (6 hours activity) 

507D Printmaking Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

506A.B Graduate Problems in Creative Photography (3.3) 

Prerequisite: consent of Instructor. Planning, development and 
evaluation of Individual projects In photography. Maximum of 
12 units In each area, but no more than three units In a single 
semester. (9 hours laboratory) 

51 1 Seminar on the Content & Method of Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 481 or consent of instructor. Methods of re- 
search. analysis and theories of art historical scholarship. May 
be repeated up to a maximum of 6 units. 

512 Seminar on Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisites: appropriate upper-division Art course approved 
by Instructor and Art 51 1. Analysis and evaluation of specific 
works and their historical significance including cultural, social 
and economic circumstances. May be repeated up to a 
maximum of 6 units. 

597 Project (3 or 6) 

Prerequisites: Art 500A.B. written consent of instructor and rec- 
ommendation of the student's graduate committee. Art 500B 


may be taken concurrently with Art 597 on approval of Instruc- 
tor. Development and presentation of a creative project In 
the concentration beyond regularly offered coursework. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Prerequisites: Art 511, 512, written consent of instructor and 
recommendation of the student's graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students In art with consent of department 
chair and written consent of Instructor. May be repeated for 
credit. 

Art Education Courses 

442 Teaching Art in the Secondary School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher education. Objectives, 
methods and practices for teaching art In secondary schools. 
Required before student teaching of majors In art for the single 
subject teaching credential. 

449E Externship in Secondary Teaching (3) 

For candidates who have declared for the Ryan Act creden- 
tial. See description and prerequisites under Division of Teacher 
Education. Offered every fall semester. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 

For candidates who have declared for the Ryan Act creden- 
tial. See description and prerequisites under Division of Teacher 
Education. Concurrent enrollment in Art Education 449S re- 
quired. Offered every spring semester. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 

Seminar for student teachers in art. The practical aspects of 
art instruction in secondary schools. Concurrent enrollment In 
Art Education 4491 required. Offered every spring semester. 


172 


Department 
of Music 



Department Chair: Gordon Paine 
Vice Chair: Marc Dickey 
Department Office: Performing Arts 262 

Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Music 

Liberal Arts 

Music Education 

Music History and Theory 

Bachelor of Music 

Commercial Music 

Composition 

Instrumental 

Keyboard 

Voice 

Accompanying 

Minor in Music 

Master of Arts in Music 

Music History and Literature 
Music Education 

Master of Music 

Performance 

Theory-Composition 

Single Subject (Secondary) Credential 

Faculty 

John Alexander, Martha Baker, Marc Dickey, Mitchell Fennell, 
Mark Goodrich, David Grimes, Suzanne Harmon, Carole 
Harrison, Burton Karson, Leo Kreter, Gary Maas, Todd Miller, 
Gordon Paine, Lloyd Rodgers, Ernest Salem, Preston Stedman, 
Robert Stewart, Laurance Timm, Rodger Vaughan, Robert 
Watson, Vance Wolverton 


INTRODUCTION 


Music is one of the most rewarding of all human endeavors, 
and the faculty and students in the Department of Music share 
a deep love for their art and a common desire to achieve 
excellence in it. The department offers a wide spectrum of 
degree programs and options with an overall emphasis In the 
area of performance. The curriculum provides basic prepara- 
tion for careers in music or further graduate study, and is de- 
signed to provide a balanced education in the many facets 
of musical experience. Artist-teachers offer instruction in all 
areas of performance, while practicing composers and theo- 


173 

Music 



California State University, Fullerton 


rists teach courses in theory, and active musicoiogists provide 
instruction in history and literature. It Is the goal of the depart- 
ment to develop each student's musical and intellectual po- 
tential to the highest level of individual capability. The Depart- 
ment of Music is fully accredited by the National Association of 
Schools of Music, In addition to the overall university accredita- 
tion by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges. 

Credential Information 

The Department of Music offers course work leading to a CSUF 
Single Subject Preparation Program in Music for the Ryan Single 
Subject Teaching Credential. For details, contact the Office 
of Admission to Teacher Education and the coordinator of 
music education. 

The Department of Music offers supplementary authorizations 
for the Ryan Single Subject Teaching Credential in Instrumen- 
tal Music and in Vocal Music. A supplementary authorization 
In music Is offered for the Ryan Multiple Subject Teaching Cre- 
dential. For details contact the Office of Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

The requirements for the Single Subject Preparation Program 
(formerly "Waiver" Program) will change effective Septem- 
ber 1, 1996. Please contact the Music Department after 
January 1 , 1996 for Information. 

Advisement 

All music majors are required to obtain advisement each se- 
mester. Area coordinators serve as advisers, and students are 
assigned according to their area of concentration. 

Requirements of the Music Department 

1 . Ail entering music majors are enrolled in the Bachelor of 
Arts degree program for at least the first semester of resi- 
dence. Students may request a change in their degree 
elective to the Bachelor of Music upon completion of at 
least one semester of course work at the university, success- 
ful completion of a jury examination, and recommenda- 
tion of the faculty in the appropriate area of concentra- 
tion. Enrollment In the Bachelor of Music program Is limited. 

2. Upon entering the university as a new music major or upon 
officially changing to a major in music, each student will 
present an audition in the appropriate principal perfor- 
mance area (instrument or voice) and a placement audi- 
tion for class piano. 

3. All students must pass proficiency examinations In tradi- 
tional harmony (sight-singing, dictation, keyboard, and 
paperwork) and piano before being approved for gradua- 
tion. Transfer students will fulfill the theory requirement by 
passing the entrance examination In theory; first-time stu- 
dents and transfers with insufficient preparation at entrance 
will normally take the examination in Music 211. The piano- 
proficiency requirement may be met by completion of Music 
282B with a grade of "C" or better. Students whose princi- 
pal performance area Is piano satisfy the piano proficiency 
requirement upon reaching 300 level In performance. 


4. Each music major must declare a single principal perfor- 
mance area, which must be approved by the faculty of 
that area upon completion of the entrance audition. In 
order to be approved for graduation, each student must 
achieve at least the 300 level of proficiency In the princi- 
pal performance area. B.A. Liberal Arts-option students 
who elect project alternative 2 (Music 497: Project) need 
reach only the 200 level. 

5. Each music major Is required to present one or more recitals 
or a project appropriate to the degree program before 
being approved for graduation. The project option is avail- 
able only in the Liberal Arts and Music History and Theory 
options of the Bachelor of Arts degree. Recitals at the 300 
level of performance are designated Music 398; recitals 
at the 400 level of performance are designated Music 498. 
See the sections below on the Liberal Arts and Music 
History and Theory options for recital/project informa- 
tion applicable to those degrees. 

6. Undergraduate music majors are required to participate 
In a major performance ensemble (Music 361) and com- 
plete it with a grade of "C" or better each semester of 
residence as follows: 

a. Students who declare a wind instrument or percussion 
as the principal performance area must register for 
band; students who declare a string instrument as the 
principal performance area must register for orchestra; 
students who declare voice as the principal perfor- 
mance area must register for chorus. A student whose 
principal performance area Is keyboard or classical 
guitar must register for one of the above major perfor- 
mance ensembles, according to the student's qualifi- 
cations and subject to audition. 

b. A music major admitted into the Bachelor of Music pro- 
gram, whose senior recital instrument Is keyboard or clas- 
sical guitar and who has parficiiDated In a major perfor- 
mance ensemble for at least five semesters (a minimum 
of two semesters at California State University Fullerton), 
may thereafter substitute chamber music and/or small 
performance ensembles (Music 362, 363, 386) to satisfy 
the departmental major performance ensemble (Mu- 
sic 361) requirement. 

c. The educational purpose of the requirement that all 
music majors participate In an appropriate major per- 
formance ensemble during each semester of residence 
is to permit each student to experience the highest level 
of ensemble music-making commensurate with the 
student's skill. To this end. the CSUF band and choir pro- 
grams are of the traditional graded structure. University 
Singers (36 IE) and Wind Ensemble (361 F) are for the 
more advanced students; Men's Chorus (361 M), Sym- 
phonic Band (361C) and Women's Choir (361 W) are for 
students of less skill or experience. Racement in bands, 
orchestra, and choirs will be based on student ability as 
determined by the directors of those ensembles. Music 
majors will be assigned to the ensemble for which they 
are best qualified. A student does not have the option 
of satisfying the requirements for participation In a ma- 
jor performance ensemble by enrolling in an ensemble 
Intended for those of less ability or experience. 


174 

Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


d. A student v/ho has completed state-funded lessons, who 
is not taking lessons at oil, or who is taking fewer than six 
units of music must still be in on appropriate major per- 
formance ensemble. 

7. Applied-music study in the principal performance area is 
required as stipulated under the requirements for each de- 
gree program. The following conditions apply: 

a. If a student pursuing the Bachelor of Arts degree or the 
Bachelor of Music degree reaches the 300 level in the 
principal performance area before the required units 
in applied music are completed. Music Department 
electives may be substituted for the remaining applied- 
music units. 

b. In addition to the six units of applied music required in 
the principal performance area. Bachelor of Music stu- 
dents in the Composition concentration must complete 
six units of applied composition (including the 498 re- 
cital) after taking Music 422. The 498 recital will consist 
of a presentation of the student's own compositions. 

c. Students pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree in any 
option except composition must achieve the 3CX) level 
in performance before giving the 398 recital and 400 
level In performance before giving the 498 recital. 
Recital approval will be given only to students who 
are currently studying with CSUF applied-music faculty. 
Specific information on jury-level criteria Is available from 
the Music Department office. 

d. In order to qualify for state-funded applied music, an 
undergraduate student (with the exception of a student 
who is within six units of completing all degree require- 
ments) must be currently enrolled for a minimum of six 
units of music classes (including applied music), at least 
two units of which must be in an academic area of mu- 
sic (any course other than performing ensembles and 
applied music). In addition, the student must earn a 
grade of 'C' or better in all music courses, be making 
satisfactory progress toward a degree, and be currently 
enrolled in the appropriate major performance en- 
semble, as stipulated In section 6 above. If the student 
fails to complete with a grade of “C" or better either 
the required six units of music classes or the major per- 
formance ensemble, applied lessons will be withheld in 
the subsequent semester. Students are eligible for a 
maximum of three semesters of state-funded applied- 
music lessons at a given level of performance. 

e. Students In the B.A. program are eligible for a maximum 
of eight units of state-funded applied-music (398 and 
497 Included). B.M. students are eligible for a maximum 
of 14 units (398 and 498 Included). 

8. Senior transfer students or graduate students in music en- 
tering to complete the Single Subject Preparation Program 
are expected to complete a minimum of one semester of 
upper-division course work In music with a GPA of at least 
3.0 before they may be approved for admittance to 
teacher education. Required courses and competencies 
must be satisfied before the faculty committee will con- 
sider endorsing the student's acceptance into the creden- 
tial program. 


9. To be approved for graduation, a music major must 
maintain a 2.5 GPA in all music coursework that is to be 
used to meet degree requirements. In addition, a stu- 
dent must earn a grade of “C" or better In all music 
courses required for the Bachelor of Arts in Music or 
Bachelor of Music degree. 

10. All requests for exceptions to departmental or curricular 
requirements must be directed by petition to the depart- 
ment chair. 

MUSIC DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The Department of Music offers a variety of courses that 
lead to baccalaureate and graduate degrees In teaching 
and the professions. The baccalaureate degree may be 
earned in either of two degree programs (Bachelor of Arts 
or Bachelor of Music). Within these programs, a student will 
pursue a concentration In liberal arts, music history and 
theory, music education, performance, composition, or 
accompanying. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC 

The Bachelor of Arts in Music shall consist of no fewer than 50 
units of music, of which at least 29 shall be upper division (300 
level and above). All Bachelor of Arts students must complete 
the basic requirements listed immediately below and must 
select and complete the requirements listed In one of three 
concentrations: Liberal Arts, Music History and Theory, or 
Music Education. 

Core Requirements (34 units) 

Music theory (Music 111, lllL, 112, 112L, 211, 21 IL, 319, 
320A) (14 units) 

Music history and literature (Music 251; 351 A,B,C) (12 units) 
Principal performance area (Applied Music) (4 units) 
Major performance ensemble* (Music 361 A,C,E,F,M,R,W) 
(4 units) 


•Required for all music majors every semester of residence. 
(See "Introduction," item 6.) 

Liberal Arts Concentration (50 units) 

This concentration allows a student to take an academic major 
in music without being involved in a program of professional 
preparation. The degree emphasis is historically the oldest such 
study plan in music in higher education and represents a lib- 
eral-arts response to the highly professional program of the 
Bachelor of Music degree. 

Core requirements for B.A. degree (34 units) 

Music theory (Music 316 or 418, 323 or 422) (4 units) 
Conducting (Music 382A or 383A) (2 units) 

Senior project (Music 398 or 497) (1 unit) 

Music literature (from Music 453A through 459A Inclusive) 
(2 units) 

Electives (7 units) 

Minimum of 6 upper division; no more than 2 units of 
Music 193-493) 


175 

Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


Senior Project 

Two alternatives are available to the student, each with a dif- 
ferent focus and prerequisite: 

Alternative 1 (Music 398: Recital): Prerequisite is achievement 
of 300 applied-music level In the area of principal performance 
one semester before the semester in which the student plans 
to present the recital. The student will present a brief recital in 
a regular recital time or In the appropriate workshop (at fac- 
ulty discretion). 

Alternative 2 (Music 497: Project): Prerequisite is achievement 
of 200 applied-music level two semesters before the semester 
in which the student plans to present the project. The student 
will prepare a special project In the senior year that will culmi- 
nate in a lecture, lecture-recital, or other form of public pre- 
sentation. To the greatest extent possible, this project should 
be an independent Investigation Into an area of special Inter- 
est and should involve minimal faculty guidance. The public 
presentation will be evaluated by a faculty committee, as is 
the case with senior recitals, and must be approved by that 
committee prior to graduation. 

In the case of both alternatives, the recital or project will be 
Included when calculating the student's quota of state-funded 
applied-music lessons. 

Music History and Theory Concentration (50 units) 

This concentration Is designed as a balanced program in mu- 
sic history and theory and provides suitable preparation for 
advanced degrees in theory, literature, or musicology. It also 
provides basic preparation for advanced study in other fields, 
such as musical acoustics, music therapy, ethnomusicology, 
library science in music, and music In industry and recreation. 

Students seeking the concentration in Music History and Theory 
must submit a paper to the music history or theory coordinator 
not later than the beginning of their junior year. Acceptance 
Into the degree program is contingent on the submission of a 
satisfactory paper. 

Allied requirements for the Music History and Theory con- 
centration: 

1. Twenty units in a secondary academic area (not music, 
but related to the student's project or useful to prepare 
the student for future graduate work In music). The choice 
of a secondary academic area must be approved in writ- 
ing by the coordinators of music history and theory. Sug- 
gested areas: art, English, theatre, history, physics (acous- 
tics), anthropology, languages, or computer science. 

2. Foreign language proficiency, preferably German, to be 
satisfied by one of the following: 

a. Four years of study at the secondary school level, 

b. Passing an examination given by the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures, or 

c. Completing with a passing grade the second semes- 
ter of the beginning university sequence of a foreign 
language. 


Core requirements for the Bachelor of Arts (34 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 419) (4 units) 

CorKtuctlng or composition (Music 382A or 383A or 422) (2 units) 
Project-proposal preparation (Music 499) (1 unit) 

Music history or theory project (Music 497) (1 unit) 

Electives in music (8 units) 

Music Education Concentration 

Piano Pedagogy Emphasis (62 units) 

The emphasis In piano pedagogy Is designed to provide In- 
depth preparation for Individual and group piano instruction 
and will not lead to teaching in the California public schools. 

Core requirements for Bachelor of Arts (34 units) 

Keyboard Ensemble (363K) (1 unit) 

Applied Plano (393) (3 units) 

Conducting (382A or 383A) (2 units) 

Recital (398) (1 unit) 

Piano Literature and Interpretation (464 A, B) (4 units) 

Plano Pedagogy/Practicum (467A,B,C; 477) (9 units) 

Rano Pedagogy Observation and Internship (466) (3 units) 
Advanced MIDI or Harpsichord or organ (327 or 372 or 373) 
(2 units) 

Functional Skills for Keyboard Majors (385K) (2 units) 

Piano- Vocal Collaboration (386) (1 unit) 

Instrumentai, Vocal-ChoraL Generai Music Emphases: 

The emphases In instrumental, vocal-choral and general mu- 
sic are designed to provide in-depth preparation for teaching 
in the California public schools under the provisions of the 
Teacher Preparation and Licensing Law of 1970 (Ryan Act). 

Instrumental Emphasis (50 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Arts (34 units) 
Orchestral instruments (Music 281B,P,S,W) (4 units) 

Music theory (Music 323) (2 units) 

Cornductlng (Music 382A,B) (4 units) 

Chamber Music (363) (4 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Electives (1 unit) 

Vocal-Choral Emphasis (50 units) 

Core requirement for the Bachelor of Arts (34 units) 

Orchestral Instruments (Music 281B,P,S,W) (4 units) 
Conducting (Music 383A,B) (4 units) 

Literature and Pedagogy (Music 354 and 468) (4 units) 
Chamber Music (Music 363) (2 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Electives (1 unit) 

General Music Emphasis (50 units) 

Core requirements for Bachelor of Arts (34 units) 

Orchestral Instruments (Music 281B,P,S,W) (4 units) 
Conducting (Music 383A,B) (4 units) 

Music and Child Development (Music 333) (3 units) 


176 

Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


Public School Choral Materials (Music 364) (2 units) 

Vocal Chamber Ensemble (Music 363V) (1 unit) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Electives in music (1 unit) 

Credential Information 

Students desiring a California teaching credential In music must 
complete the following courses prior to enrolling in the profes- 
sional education program as required by the Department of 
Secondary Education. 

Instrumental Emphasis (13 units) 

Music Education 295 (1); 394A,B (2,2); 395A (1); Music 283 
(1); 363 (2); 383 A (2); 444 (2) 

Vocal-Choral Emphasis (12 units) 

Music Education 295 (1), 394B (2), 395B (1), 404 (3), Music 
380A (1), 463A or B (2), 382A (2) 

General Music Emphasis (10 units) 

Music Education 295 (1). 394B (2), 395B (1). 404 (3), Music 
380A (1). 468 (2) 

Students who wish to earn a single subject credential in Music 
in addition to a Bachelor of Arts with a Music Education con- 
centration must complete the following 24 units: 

Music Education 442 (3), Music Education 449E (3), and pro- 
fessional education courses Secondary Education 440F and 
440S (12 units). Music Education 4491 (Student teaching), and 
Music Education 449S (12 units) 

Prior to admission to teacher education, the student must 
reach 300 level in the principal performance area and pass 
functional examinations in keyboard and voice. The functional 
examination requirements may also be met by completing 
Music 282B (piano) and Music 283 (voice) with minimum grade 
of B. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC 

This degree program is designed to provide training for highly 
gifted students who show promise and capability of becom- 
ing professional performers and composers. 

The degree consists of 132 semester units. A minimum of 70 
semester units in music are required, at least 32 of which must 
be upper division. 

Core Requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music Theory (Music 111, 11 IL, 112, 1 121,211,21 IL, 319, 320A) 
(14 units) 

Music History and Literature (Music 251; 351 A,B,C) (12 units) 
Principal Performance Area (Applied Music) (6 units) 

Major Performance Ensemble (Music 361)* (4 units) 

Recital (Music 498) (1 unit) 

Composition Concentration (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 318, 320B, 323, 419, 422) (12 units) 


Conducting (Music 382A or 383A) (2 units) 

Applied composition (5 units) 

Electives In music (14 units) 

•Required of all music majors every semester of residence. (See 
"Introduction,'' Item 6.) 

Instrumental Concentration 

Orchestral Instruments Emphasis (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 323, 422) (6 units) 

Principal performance area (Applied Music) (6 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Conducting (Music 382A,B) (4 units) 

Chamber music (Music 362 and 363) (6 units) 

Electives In music (10 units) 

Classical Guitar Emphasis (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 323, 422) (6 units) 

Principal performance area (Applied Music) (6 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Conducting (Music 382A) (2 units) 

Chamber music (Music 363G) (6 units) 

Fingerboard skills (Music 385G) (2 units) 

Guitar history and literature (Music 459A) (2 units) 

Guitar pedagogy (Music 469B) (2 units) 

Electives in music (6 units) 

Keyboard Concentration (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 418, 320B, 422) (4 units) 

Music literature (Music 454A,B) (4 units) 

Conducting (Music 382A or 383A) (2 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Principal performance area (Applied Music) (6 units) 
Chamber music (Music 362 or 363) (3 units) 

Plano- Vocal Collaboration (Music 386) (1 unit) 

Pedagogy (Music 467A,B,C) (6 units) 

Harpsichord or Organ class (Music 372 or 373) (1 unit) 
Electives in music (5 units) 

Voice Concentration (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 422) (4 units) 

Music literature (Music 456; 457A,B) (7 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Principal performance area (Applied Music) (6 units) 

Opera Theatre (Music 36 ID) (2 units) 

Diction (Music 380A,B,C) (3 units) 

Conducting (Music 383A) (2 units) 

Pedagogy (Music 468) (2 units) 

Electives in music (6 units) 

Allied requirement for voice concentration: 

Proficiency in two foreign languages (to be chosen from 
French, German, and Italian), each to be satisfied by one of 
the following: 


177 

Music 


California State University. Fullerton 


a. Four years' study of foreign language at the secondary 
school level, or 

b. Passing an examination given by the Department of For- 
eign Languages and Literatures, or 

c. Completing the second semester of the beginning univer- 
sity sequence of a foreign language. 

Accompanying Concentration (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 318, 422) (6 units) 

Music literature (Music 457A) (2 units) 

Principal performance area (Applied Music) (6 units) 
Chamber music (Music 363) (2 units) 

Harpsichord class (Music 372) (1 unit) 

Organ class (Music 373) (1 unit) 

Functional Skills (Music 385K) (2 units) 

Accompanying (Music 386) (2 units) 

Conducting (Music 383A) (2 units) 

Diction (Music 380A,B,C) (3 units) 

Recitals (Music 398, 498*) (2 units) 

Electives In music (5 units) 

*A total of two 498 recitals Is required. The other is listed under 
“Core Requirements." 

Commercial Music Concentration 

Instrumental Emphasis (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music Theory (Music 312) (2 units) 

Principal Performance Area (Applied Music) (6 units) 
Improvisation (Music 265A,B,C) (3 units) 

Major Performance Ensemble (Music 361) (4 units) 

Recital (398) (1 unit) 

Lab Band or Stage Band (Music 362L or 362S) (4 units) 
Electives in Music (13 units) 

Composition-Arranging Emphasis (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music Theory (Music 312; Music 314A,B; Music 323) (9 units) 
Applied Composition/Arranging (5 units) 

Improvisation (Music 265A) (1 unit) 

Major Performance Ensemble (Music 361) (4 units) 

Lab Band or Stage Band (Music 362L or 362S) (4 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Electives in Music (9 units) 

MINOR IN MUSIC 

The minor in music may be used by persons whose majors are 
in other fields. A maximum of 14 lower-division units may be 
Included in work counted toward the music minor. The minor 
requires a minimum preparation of 20 units (at least five In resi- 
dence at CSUF) as follows: 

Theory of music (selected from Music 101 , 1 1 1 , 1 1 IL, 1 12, 1 12L, 
21 1 , 2 1 1 L, or any 300- or 400-level theory classes for which the 
student is qualified) (6 units) 


Music history and literature (Music 100; 261; 302; 303; 304; 306; 
360; 362, 366; or 361 A,B,C; or courses at the 400 level for which 
the student is qualified) (6-6 units) 

Applied techniques (selected from Music 183, 184A,B; 
28 1 B,P,S,W; 283 or any course In ensemble, conducting, piano, 
voice, or orchestral Instruments at the 300 or 400 level for which 
the student is qualified) (8-9 units) 

MASTER OF MUSIC AND MASTER OF ARTS 
IN MUSIC 

Two graduate degrees In music are offered In the Department 
of Music: the Master of Music and the Master of Arts. Each 
degree seeks to serve a special group of graduate students. 
For those who Intend to pursue advanced degrees beyond 
the master's level, the Master of Music normally leads to the 
D.M.A. degree, and the Master of Arts to the Ph.D. or the Ed.D. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 

Conditionaily Ciassified 

All applicants admitted into the music program enter in con- 
ditlonally classified graduate standing. University requirements 
include: 

(a) baccalaureate from an accredited Institution; 

(b) a grade-point average of at least 2.6 in the last 60 semes- 
ter units attempted; 

(c) good standing at the last college attended; and 

(d) for foreign students, a minimum TOEFL score of 660. 

Each applicant must also present a satisfactory audition, sub- 
mit an acceptable written essay in the area of specialization, 
and pass entrance exams In music theory, music history, and 
writing. A student whose audition is unsatisfactory or who fails 
to meet satisfactorily the entrance exam requirements shall 
be removed from “conditionally classified" status. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A graduate student may apply for classified graduate stand- 
ing upon attainment of the following prerequisites: (a) comple- 
tion of all requirements for conditionally classified standing os 
described above; (b) a major in music (or the equivalent of a 
major; l.e., 29 upper-division units in music) with a minimum 
grade-point average of 3.0 in the major; and (c) satisfactory 
completion of Music 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in 
Music. One objective of Music 600 is the preparation of a study 
plan listing all courses required for completion of the degree. 
This study plan must receive the approval of the coordinator of 
the student's area of specialization, the Music Department 
graduate program adviser and the Dean of Graduate Studies. 
Opportunity is given the student to remove any deficiencies in 
undergraduate-level preparation. Courses taken to satisfy de- 
ficiencies usually will not be Included on the student's study plan 
and thus will not count toward the master's degree. 

Students who do not pass one or more of the entrance ex- 
aminations shall take and complete specified coursework 
with a grade of A or B. Music 460 satisfies the entrance ex- 
amination requirement In music history and Music 4 1 1 meets 
the requirement In music theory. Students may elect to by- 


178 

Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


pass the history and theory entrance exams and take the 
appropriate class(es) instead. 

Writing skills will be assessed at entrance using the student's 
entrance essay and the essay portion of the Music History ex- 
amination. Those who do not initially possess the expected 
proficiency will be required to achieve it before taking Music 
500. This may include taking appropriate coursework stipu- 
lated by the Music Department. Writing proficiency will be 
assessed further In Music 500. Students whose writing is inad- 
equate in Music 500 will have to Independently improve their 
skill to a satisfactory level before classification. Completion of 
Music 500 with a minimum grade of '“B" satsifies the writing 
proficiency requirement. The writing proficiency requirement 
must be met before a student may take Music 500, and the 
music history requirement must be satisfied before a student 
may take any 500-level music history seminar. 

MASTER OF MUSIC 

The Master of Music provides an avenue of graduate study for 
the highly creative composer or for the superior performer in a 
program tailored to each student's demonstrated talent and 
to each student's professional development. Applicants must 
hove completed either a Bachelor of Music degree in perfor- 
mance or composition or show evidence of equivalent rigor- 
ous training. For the entrance audition, applicants In perfor- 
mance must demonstrate proficiency equivalent to the 400 
level, the level expected of a performance major In the Bach- 
elor of Music program at the time of the senior recital, while 
composition applicants must submit a portfolio of scores for 
examination by the theory-composition faculty. For admission 
to the programs in choral or instrumental conducting, appli- 
cants must show evidence of substantial conducting course 
work at the undergraduate level plus practical experience. 
Further, to audition for entrance into the program, each choral 
applicant must demonstrate conducting proficiency with a 
mixed chorus and each instrumental applicant must demon- 
strate conducting proficiency with a band or orchestra. Under 
exceptional circumstances, a tape may be substituted for the 
live audition. 

study Plan 

The Master of Music degree program requires a minimum of 
30 units of graduate study in music, at least half of which must 
be in 500- level courses. Music 500, Introduction to Graduate 
Study in Music, must be taken within the first nine units. At 
least one recital is required, in addition to a corollary written 
essay. Under certain circumstances, and with departmental 
approval, a thesis may be substituted for the recital and writ- 
ten project. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSIC 

Two options are offered in this degree program; Option I in 
music history and literature, and Option II in music educa- 
tion. Both options provide for breadth of advanced study 
as well as an area of specialization. The degree Is for stu- 
dents preparing for college teaching careers In music his- 
tory or music education, or for teachers and supervisors of 
music at the elementary or secondary level. For the en- 


trance audition in history and literature, applicants must 
submit an example of a previously written research paper 
on a musical subject, while applicants to the program In music 
education must submit a 30-mlnute tape demonstrating their 
teaching technique in a classroom situation. Admission to the 
Music Education program may be restricted. Please contact 
the Music Department for current Information. 

study Plan 

The Master of Arts degree program requires a minimum of 30 
units of graduate study, no more than nine of which may be 
outside the field of music and at least half of which must be in 
500-level courses in the major. 

Option I in history and literature requires (a) reading ability 
in a foreign language, preferably German or French, prior 
to advancement to candidacy, (b) a thesis, and (c) at least 
six units of study in a non-music field supportive of the ma- 
jor. Students in Option II, music education, shall complete 
a thesis, project, or comprehensive examination. Students 
selecting the comprehensive examination (0 units) shall 
complete three additional units in the concentration. Eight 
semester units are common to both options (Music 500, 3 
units; Music 361-363, 2 units; and Music 552-555, 3 units). 
Music 500, Introduction to Graduate Study In Music, must 
be included within the first nine units taken as a graduate 
student under both options. 

For further details or advisement, consult the Department of 
Music graduate program advisor. 

MUSIC COURSES 

100 Introduction to Music (3) 

Musical enjoyment and understanding through a general sur- 
vey of musical literature representative of a variety of styles 
and performance media. Music will be related to other arts 
through lectures, recordings, and concerts. For non-music 
majors. 

101 Music Theory for Non -Music Majors (3) 

Basic theory and practical applications to improve music per- 
formance and listening skills. Includes sightsinging and rela- 
tionship to keyboard and simple melodic Instruments. For non- 
music majors. 

103 History of Rock (3) 

Rock music around the world; its origins and the development 
of national styles. Emphasis on listening. For non-music majors. 

108 Introduction to Music Studies (2) 

An introduction to music study at the university level. The course 
concentrates on basic listening skills/terminology and build- 
ing a basic repertoire of musical masterpieces, but it also 
presents information about the concert world, sister arts, 
and career options in music. For music majors and minors 
only. 

1 10 Foundation of Music (2) 

Prerequisite: ability to read music. Intensive study of the ele- 
ments of music; notation, rhythm, meter, melody, scales, key 
signatures. Intervals, and chord structure. Exercises In writing 
music, technical analysis. Open to all qualified students, though 
directed toward the music major or minor. 


179 

Music 


California State University, Fulierton 


111,112 Diatonic Harmony (2) (Formerly 1 1 1A,1 1 1B) 

Includes scales and intervals, triads and their inversions, har- 
monizations, non-harmonic tones, modulation, and seventh 
chords. Co-enrollment in the corresponding section of Music 
1 1 1 L or 1 1 2L is required for music majors and is recommended 
for others. 

1 1 1 L, 1 1 2L Diatonic Harmony Laboratory (1,1) (Formerly 1 1 1 AL. 
111BL) 

Application of materials In Music 1 1 1 and 1 12. Activity to in- 
clude sightsinging, dictation, and keyboard exercises. (2 hours 
activity) 

182 Piano Class for Music Majors (2) 

Prerequisite: Music majors only. Keyboard skills for students 
\A/hose major performance instrument is not piano. (3 hours 
activity) 

183 Voice Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Beginning and elementary techniques in singing for the non- 
music major. May be repeated for credit. (2 hours activity) 

184A Piano Ciass for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Beginning and elementary piano skills for the non-music 
major. (2 hours activity) 

184B Piano Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Prerequisite: Music 184A or consent of instructor. Continuation 
of 184A. 

185A Guitar Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Beginning and elementary classical guitar techniques for the 
non-music major. May be repeated for credit. (2 hours activity) 

185B Guitar Ciass for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Prerequisite: Music 185A or consent of the Instructor. Elemen- 
tary classical guitar techniques for the non-music major. Con- 
tinuation of Music 185A. May be repeated for credit. (2 hours 
activity) 

193, 293, 393, 493 Individual Instruction (1-2) 

Prerequisite: jury recommendation. Individual study with ap- 
proved instructor. Emphasis on technique and repertoire. Mu- 
sic majors must register for a minimum of one unit per semes- 
ter. Performance majors approved by jury recommendation 
should register for two units per semester. Jury examination 
required. Instructional fee required. May be repeated for credit. 

196 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

Prerequisites: a 3.0 or higher grade-point average and/or con- 
sent of instructor and simultaneous enrollment in the course or 
previous enrollment in a similar course or Its equivalent. Con- 
sult "University Curricula" in this catalog for a more complete 
course description. 

21 1 Chromatic Harmony (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 112. Continuation of Music 111, 112. The 
chromatic practice of the 19th century. Secondary dominants; 
ninth, eleventh and thirteenth chords; sequence; Neapolitan 
and augmented sixth chords. Co-enrollment In Music 21 IL Is 
required for music majors and is recommended for others. 

21 IL Chromatic Harmony Laboratory (1) 

Application of materials in Music 211. Activity to include 


sightsinging, dictation, and keyboard exercises. (2 hours ac- 
tivity) 

251 Survey of Musical Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Literature of music in West- 
ern civilization. Students should be able to read music in order 
to analyze form and style. (3 hours lecture) 

265A Jazz Improvisation 1(1) 

Prerequisites: Music 111. 112. ability on a standard jazz instru- 
ment, or consent of instructor. Application of scales and their 
relationship to chords. Includes modes, jazz rhythmic phras- 
ing, blues progressions, and cycle of dominant seventh chords. 
Basic jazz keyboard drills and ear training are involved. 

265B Jazz Improvisation II (1) 

Prerequisites: Music 265A and 211, or consent of instructor. 
Continuation of modal patterns and jazz rhythms for Improvi- 
sation. Explores melodic construction In Improvisation. Emphasis 
on playing ll-V-l progressions in major and minor keys. Includes 
jazz keyboard drills and ear training. 

265C Jazz Improvisation III (1) 

Prerequisite: Jazz Improvisation I and II or consent of instructor. 
Continuation of Jazz improvisational pedagogy and tech- 
niques with an emphasis on performance application. Includes 
form, stylistic analysis, and ear training. 

281B,P,S,W Orchestral Instruments (1,1, 1,1) 

Techniques and materials for teaching orchestral instruments. 
Required for music education emphasis. Instructional fee. (3 
hours activity) 

28 IB Brass Instruments (1) 

28 IP Percussion Instruments (1) 

281$ String Instruments (1) 

28 IW Woodwind instruments (1) 

282A,B Piano Class for Music Majors (2.2) 

Keyboard skills for students whose major performance field Is 
not piano. 

A. Prerequisites: Music major only. Music 182 or placement 
by instructor. 

B. Prerequisites: Music major only. Music 282A or placement 
by instructor. Meets minimum piano proficiency require- 
ments for degree. (3 hours activity) 

283 Voice Class for Instrumentalists (1) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential candidate or consent of 
instructor. Vocal skills for students whose major performance 
field Is not voice. Prepares music education students to work 
with young singers in group settings by understanding their own 
vocal problems and the solutions in a variety of vocal styles. 
Satisfies voice proficiency requirement for music credential 
candidates. 

301 Techniques of Song Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: Music 101 or consent of instructor. Melody writing 
and setting of text to music. Includes consideration of melodic 
construction, harmonic progression, and metrical values of text. 
For non-music majors. 

302 History of Jazz (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 100 or 101 or consent of instructor. Histori- 
cal study of jazz music In America; chronological development 


180 

Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


and stylistic evolution with consideration of peripheral trends. 
Emphasis on listening. Intended primarily for non-music ma- 
jors; may be used as a music-major elective. 

303 Ethnic Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 100 or consent of instructor. Survey of music 
from Europe, Asia, Africa. Australia, Oceania, the Caribbean, 
and Indigenous Indian music from North and South America. 
Emphasis on musical styles and forms, and religious and ritual- 
istic functions of music in various cultural frameworks. Intended 
primarily for non-music majors; may be used as a music-major 
elective. 

304 Music of Mexico (3) 

Survey of the art, folk, and traditional music of Mexico from 
pre-Cortesian aboriginal music to 20th-century style, including 
neo-Hispanic, folk (corrido. etc.), mestizo, mariachi, national- 
istic. jazz, and modern art music. Interrelationship between 
traditional (folk) and serious (art) music; effects of Mexico's 
history on its music. No credit toward the music major. 

305 Women in Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 100 or consent of instructor. A study of the 
contributions women have made as composers and perform- 
ers as well as the historical limitations to which women musi- 
cians have been subject. Recitals by guest lecturers and pre- 
sentation of a culminating study on selected topics by stu- 
dents. No credit toward the music major. 

306 Business of Music (3) 

Prerequisites: Music 100 or consent of Instructor. This course is 
designed as a comprehensive survey of the business aspects 
of song writing, publishing, copyright, legal affairs, the record 
industry, music In broadcast and film, and career planning and 
development. Intended primarily for non-music majors; may 
be used as a music-major elective. 

312 Commercial Arranging (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 211. Harmonic practices in commercial 
music; stage band and jazz writing techniques. (May be 
repeated once for credit.) 

314A Special Projects in Commercial Music (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 312B or consent of instructor. Three- and 
four-part voice accompaniment; planning and executing the 
multi-chorus small-group arrangement. 

314B Special Projects in Commercial Music (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 314A or consent of instructor. Introduction 
to harmonic substitutions; planning and executing arrange- 
ments for larger groups of instruments. 

316 16th*Century Counterpoint (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 21 1 or consent of instructor. Sixteenth-cen- 
tury counterpoint In two. three and four parts, covering motet, 
canon, double counterpoint. 

319 Form and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 21 1 or consent of instructor. Analysis of struc- 
tural elements of music such as motive phrase and period: 
binary, ternary, rondo, sonata allegro, and larger musical forms 
in representative musical works. 

320A.B 20th-Century Techniques (2,2) 

Prerequisite: Music 211. Compositional practices of the 20th 
century; emphasis on written examples In the various styles. 


Includes sightsinging, keyboard practice, and dictation. 
A - Compositional techniques from 1890 to 1945. B - Composi- 
tional techniques since 1945. to include the synthesis of sound. 
(1 hour lecture. 2 hours activity) 

323 Orchestration (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 319. 320 or consent of Instructor. Writing and 
analysis of orchestral music. 

324 Scoring for the Band (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 323 or consent of instructor. Devices, tech- 
niques, and skills required to produce complete transcriptions 
for the contemporary public school wind band. 

326 Introduction to MIDI (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 211. Introduction to the theory and use of 
MIDI instruments, including synthesizers, sequencers, computer 
software, drum machines, and effects units. Demonstrations 
and assignments dealing with techniques of creating music 
for live performance recording and film scoring. 

327 Application of MIDI (1) 

Prerequisite: Music 326. Continuing supervised laboratory ex- 
perimentation with equipment, concepts, and techniques 
encountered in Music 326. Students pursue Individual assign- 
ments based on experience, ability, and interest. Topics are 
unique to each student. They may range from the production 
of original compositions to reorchestrating a symphonic move- 
ment of MIDI instruments. May be repeated for credit. 

333 Music and Child Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent, junior or senior standing. 
The relationship of music to child growth and development 
for the child from 5 to 12. Survey of age-appropriate music 
materials. 

350 Music in Our Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 100 or consent of instructor. Music in its re- 
lationship to general culture. A sociological approach: musi- 
cal criticism and journalism, concert life, audience psychol- 
ogy. and the political/religious/business aspects of the Ameri- 
can musical scene. No credit toward the music major. 

351 A History and Literature of Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 21 1 and 251 or consent of instructor. A study 
of the history and literature of music from early Greek begin- 
nings through the Renaissance area. 

35 IB History and Literature of Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351 A. A study of the history and literature 
of music of the Baroque and Classic eras. A grade of X" or 
higher fulfills the course requirement of the university upper- 
division baccalaureate writing requirement for music majors. 

35 1C History and Literature of Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351 B. A study of the history and literature of 
music from the Romantic era to the present. 

352 Symphonic Music in Western and Eastern Cultures (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 100 or 101 or consent of Instructor. Survey 
of symphonic music in Western and Eastern cultures from Ba- 
roque through Modern periods. Intended primarily for non- 
music majors; may be used as a music-major elective. 

353 Public-School Instrumental-Music Materials (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 382A or concurrent enrollment. The study 


181 

Music 


California State University, Fuiierton 


of instrumental-music materials, repertoire, programming, and 
curriculum for public-school Instrumental-music ensembles. 
Topics will include solo, chamber, and large-ensemble rep- 
ertoire. 

354 Sunrey of Public School Choral Music Materials (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 383A. Examination and analysis of choral 
repertoire suitable for junior and senior high choruses. 

355 Film Music (3) 

Prerequisites: Music 100 and an ability to read music or Music 
101 . An historical survey of motion picture musical scores. Analy- 
sis, listening, and examination of motion picture scores. In- 
tended primarily for non-music majors; may be used as a mu- 
sic-major elective. 

361 A- W Major Performance Ensemble (1) 

Study and performance of standard and contemporary mu- 
sic literature. Public concerts on campus and In the commu- 
nity each semester. A concert tour may be included by some 
groups. Required of music majors every semester of residence. 
(More than 3 hours major production) May be repeated for 
credit. 

361 A Symphony Orchestra (1) 

Prerequisite: audition or consent of Instructor. Instructional 
fee. 

3610 Symphonic Band (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of Instructor. Instructional fee. 

36 ID Opera Theatre (1) 

Roles and representative excerpts from standard and con- 
temporary operas and the musical, dramatic, and lan- 
guage techniques of the musical theatre. Performance of 
operatic excerpts and complete operas. Also open to non- 
vocal majors. 

36 IE University Singers (1) 

Prerequisite: audition. 

36 IF University Wind Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisite: advanced wind and percussion students ac- 
cepted by audition. Instructional fee. 

361M Men's Chorus (1) 

Prerequisite: audition. This course enables students to learn 
and perform a wide variety of high-quality choral literature 
written especially for men's voices. Students also gain im- 
proved competence in sightsinging, musicianship, and vocal 
skills. Open to both music majors and non-music majors. Course 
may be repeated for credit. 

361 R Pacific Symphony Institute Orchestra (1) 

Prerequisite: audition. A symphony orchestra consisting of both 
CSUF students and other outstanding young players. Full re- 
hearsals will be augmented by sectionals and master classes 
conducted by coaches from the Pacific Symphony Orchestra. 
Courses may be repeated for credit. 

361 W Women’s Choir (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Performance of choral lit- 
erature. 


362A Chamber Orchestra (1) 

Prerequisite: audition. Study and performance of representa- 
tive chamber- orchestra literature. Open to university students 
and qualified adults in the community. Major performance 
ensemble credit for CSUF string players. Course may be re- 
peated for credit. 

362B Varsity Band (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of Instructor. The Varsity Band provides 
music for basketball games, and other related activities. May 
be repeated for credit. Instructional fee. 

362D Percussion Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study and performance of 
music written for the percussion ensemble. May be repeated 
for credit. (2 hours activity) 

362E Brass Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study and performance of 
music written for large brass choir/ensemble. May be repeated 
for credit. Instructional fee. (2 hours activity) 

362L Jazz Ensemble I (1) 

OfDen by audition and consent of instructor. Numerous public 
performances on campus and In the community. Open to non- 
music majors. May be reiDeated for credit. Instructional fee. 

362M Horn Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study and performance of 
music written for French horn ensemble with emphasis on the 
solution of various problems relating to multiple horn literature. 

362S Jazz Ensemble II (1) 

Prerequisite: Open by audition and consent of instructor. (For 
those who do not qualify by audition for 362L.) Jazz and jazz- 
rock ensemble; public performance each semester. Open to 
non-music majors by audition. May be repeated for credit. 
Instructional fee. 

362X Beginning Opera Techniques (1) 

Prerequisite: recommendation of voice faculty. Arias for the 
beginning opera student and fundamentals of stage move- 
ment. May be repeated for credit. 

362Y Diverse Instrument Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisite: audition. An ensemble of diverse instruments and 
voices. Performs a wide range of repertoire for indeterminate 
instrumentation, as well as arrangements and transcriptions of 
music from the Middle Ages to the present. Open to all per- 
formance areas. Including electric as well as acoustical in- 
struments. Course may be repeated for credit. 

363B-X Chamber Music Ensembles (1) 

Open to all qualified wind, string, or keyboard students. En- 
sembles will study, read and perform representative chamber 
literature of all periods. May be repeated for credit. Instructional 
fee (except in 363K and optional in 363J). (2 hours activity) 
363B Brass 
363G Guitar 
363J Jazz Combo 
363K Keyboard 
363S Strings 
363W Woodwind 
363X Saxophone 


182 

Music 


California State University. Fullerton 


363V Vocal Chamber Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisites: Music 361B, E, or W, and consent of instructor. 
Singers and student directors will study, read, and perform rep- 
resentative choral chamber literature of all periods. May be 
repeated for credit. (2 hours activity) 

365G Guitar Performance Workshop (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Weekly workshop perfor- 
mances by students, faculty, and guests. Recommended for 
guitar majors each semester. May be repeated for credit. 

365K Keyboard Workshop (1) 

Weekly workshop performances by students, faculty, and 
guests. Recommended for keyboard majors each semester. 
May be repeated for credit. 

365V Vocal Workshop (1) 

Application of vocal technique to performance practices 
through lecture-demonstration, master classes, and ancillary 
recitals. Recommended for vocal majors each semester. May 
be repeated for credit. 

372 Harpsichord Class for Music Majors (1) 

Prerequisite: 300 jury level In piano or organ, or consent of in- 
structor. The harpsichord as an instrument, the application of 
Baroque stylistic characteristics, and training in the rudiments 
of continuo playing in ensemble with voices and instruments. 
(2 hours activity) 

373 Organ Class for Music Majors (1) 

Prerequisite: 300 jury level In piano or consent of Instructor. The 
organ as an instrument, the playing techniques, and reper- 
toire. The differences between piano and organ techniques. 
(2 hours activity) 

3d0A,B,C Diction for Singers (1,1,1) 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing or consent of instructor. 
Proper singing diction. Examples from standard vocal litera- 
ture explained through the use of the International Phonetic 
Alphabet.Not a substitute for formal foreign-language study. 
A - English and Italian , B - German, C - French. 

362A.B Instrumental Conducting (2,2) 

Prerequisite: two courses from 281 BP,S,W or cor»sent of Instructor. 
A - Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting orches- 
tral and band groups. Required of all music education majors. 
Instructional fee. (4 hours activity) B - Continuation of 382 A, 
Including laboratory experience in conducting Instrumental 
groups, using standard instrumental literature. Instructional fee. 
(4 hours activity) 

383A,B Choral Conducting (2,2) 

Prerequisite: one semester of voice class or consent of instructor. 

A - Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting cho- 
ral groups. Required of all music education majors. (4 hours 
activity) B - Continuation of 383A including laboratory work 
with class and vocal ensembles, using standard choral reper- 
toire. (4 hours activity) 

365G Guitar Fingerboard Skills (2) 

Prerequisite: upper-division guitar standing or consent of the 
instructor. Development of comprehensive understanding of 
the guitar fingerboard, with emphasis on scales. Intervals, chord 
formation, harmonic progressions, and sight-reading. 


385K Functional Skills for Keyboard Majors (2) 

Development of the ability to sight-read, harmonize, transpose, 
and improvise. (4 hours activity) 

366 Piano-Vocal Collaboration (1) 

Prerequisite: 300 level in performance or consent of instructor. 
Coaching and collaborative skills for pianists and vocalists. 
(Classroom performances, rehearsals outside of class, and lis- 
tening and recital attendance required). May be repeated 
for credit. (2 hours activity) 

395 Internship; Professional Experience (1-3) 

Fieldwork In music under supervision of resident faculty and 
professionals in the field. Requires minimum six hours fieldwork 
per week for each unit credit. May be repeated for credit to a 
maximum of six units. Open to all music students by consent of 
instructor. 

396 Recital (1) 

Prerequisites: 300 jury level in the principal performance area 
and consent of instructor. Corequisite: Enrollment in Music 365K 
or V. Preparation and presentation of representative works In 
the principal performance area. In the semester of recital pre- 
sentation, Music 398 will substitute for one unit of 393. Instruc- 
tional fee. 

41 1 Survey of Music Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of all lower-division theory require- 
ments, and at least senior standing or equivalent. An exami- 
nation of the theoretical basis of music from 1 500 to the present 
through analysis, readings, and discussion. Intended primarily 
for graduate and postbaccalaureate students. Fulfills gradu- 
ate entrance examination requirement in music theory. May 
not be applied to a graduate study plan. 

416 16th-Century Counterpoint (2) (Formerly 316) 

Prerequisite: Music 211 or consent of instructor. Eighteenth- 
century counterpoint in two, three, and four parts, covering 
invention, canon, double and triple counterpoint, and fugue. 

419 Advanced Form and Analysis (2) 

Continuation of Music 319; larger musical works. 

422 Composition (2) 

Prerequisites: Music 316, 319, and 320A or consent of instruc- 
tor. Composition of smaller forms In various contemporary styles. 

424 Practicum: Electronic Music Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: Music 320B, 493 level in applied music composi- 
tion, and consent of instructor. Individual and group instruc- 
tion in electronic music composition. May be repeated for 
credit. (3 hours laboratory) 

433 Music in Early Childhood (3) 

Prerequisite: junior, senior, post-baccalaureate, or graduate 
standing. Songs, creative activities, and materials for teach- 
ing music in early childhood education. Teaching-learning 
strategies. 

444 Survey of Marching Bands (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Techniques, materials, ad- 
ministration for marching band. Charting for field shows and 
parade activities. 


183 

Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


450 History of Musical Style (3) 

Prerequisites: Music 351 A,B,C. or equivalent, or consent of in- 
structor. Intensive review of the principal musical styles in West- 
ern music. Intended primarily for graduate and post-bacca- 
laureate students. Fulfills graduate entrance examination re- 
quirement in music history. May not be applied to a graduate 
study plan. 

451 Writing About Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 361 B or equivalent. Writing about music and 
related topics. Students will write and revise numerous brief 
papers and will analyze and critique the work of fellow stu- 
dents. Emphasis will also be placed on improving organiza- 
tional, language, and research skills. 

453A,B Choral Literature and Interpretation (2,2) 

A - Prerequisites: Music 383A or equivalent and 361 A,B. Cho- 
ral literature from Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras 
analyzed in historical perspective. Appropriate performance 
practices. B - Prerequisites: Music 383A or equivalent and 36 1C. 
Continuation of A with examples from the Classic, Romantic, 
and Contemporary eras. 

454 A, B Piano Literature and Interpretation (2,2) 

Prerequisites: Music 351 A,B and upper-division piano standing 
or consent of instructor. Performance of representative styles 
and schools of piano literature; solo and ensemble repertoire. 
A - contrapuntal forms, sonatas, and variations. B - Charac- 
ter pieces, fantasies, suites, and etudes. 

456 Opera Literature and Interpretation (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351A,B,C or consent of Instructor. All peri- 
ods and nationalities, including stylistic and historical consid- 
erations. 

457A Song Literature and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 319, 380B. or consent of instructor. Study 
and performance of German Lieder with representative ex- 
amples of periods and styles. 

457B Song Literature and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 380C or consent of instructor. Study and 
performance of French art songs with representative examples 
of periods and styles. 

459A Guitar History and Literature (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 261, 21 1 or equivalent. Upper-division gui- 
tar standing or consent of the instructor. Historical survey of 
the literature for classical guitar. Important works for lute, 
vihuela, and Baroque guitar, plus the comp>ositlons and tran- 
scriptions for modern guitar. 

459B Guitar Pedagogy (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 251 , 21 1 , or equivalent. Upper-division gui- 
tar standing or consent of the Instructor. Fundamentals of 
teaching and coaching classical guitar. Materials arxj methods 
for individual and group instruction. 

460 Afro-American Music Appreciation (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 460) 

463 Seminar in Black Music (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 463) 


466 Pedagogy Observation and Internship (1) 

Prerequisite: junior-level piano standing or consent of instruc- 
tor. Coenrollment In 467 A,B or C required. Observation of and 
supervised internship in piano teaching. Teaching techniques, 
and development of lesson plans and materials will be in- 
cluded. 

467A,B,C Piano Pedagogy (2,2,2) 

Prerequisite: upper-division piano standing or consent of in- 
structor. A -Materials and methods for beginning and elemen- 
tary students. Coenrollment in Music 466 recommended. B - 
Materials and methods for intermediate and early advanced 
students. Coenrollment in Music 466 recommended. C - Ma- 
terials and methods for class piano. Coenrollment In Music 466 
recommended. 

468 Vocal Pedagogy (2) 

Physiology, anatomy, and acoustics as they apply to singing; 
fundamentals of vocal pedagogy for studio and public school 
teaching; application of these fundamentals through semi- 
nar discussion and actual studio teaching; diagnosis and cure 
of specific vocal problems. 

477 Piano Pedagogy Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: Music 467 A, B, and C. Supervised piano teach- 
ing in Individual and group learning environments. The follow- 
ing elements will be emphasized: keyboard technique, litera- 
ture, communication skills, lesson plans, and piano curriculum. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

Prerequisites: a 3.0 or greater grade-point average and/or 
consent of instructor and simultaneous enrollment in the course 
or previous enrollment in a similar course or its equivalent. Con- 
sult “Student-to-Student Tutorials" In this catalog for more com- 
plete course description. 

497 Senior Project (1) 

Independent investigation of an area of special Interest In 
music, culminating In a research paper, public performance, 
lecture, or lecture-recital. Instructional fee. 

498 Recital (1) 

Prerequisites: 400 jury level in the principal performance area 
(400 jury level In composition for com[X>sition majors) and con- 
sent of instructor. Corequisite: Coenrollment In Music 366IX, or 
V. Preparation and presentation of representative works in the 
prlncl|Dal (performance area. In the semester of recital presen- 
tation, Music 498 will substitute for one unit of Music 493. In- 
structional fee. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

A special topic In music selected in consultation with and 
supervised by the instructor. May be reipeated for credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Music (3) 

Required of all music graduate students within the first nine 
study-plan units. Basic bibliography, literature, and research 
techniques, and materials useful in graduate study. 

524 Seminar in Music Theory (3) 

Theoretical subjects (form/style analysis, history of music 
theory, etc.) to be chosen by Instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 


184 

Music 


California State University. Fullerton 


552 Seminar in Music of the Renaissance (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351A,B,C; Music 5(X); or equivalent. The 
forms, styles, and characteristics of music between 1400 and 
1 600. Analysis of works by representative composers and theo- 
retical writers. 

553 Seminar in Music of the Baroque Period (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351A,B,C; Music 500; or equivalent. Musi- 
cal forms, styles, and performance practices of the Baroque 
period. Analysis of representative works. 

554 Seminar in Music of the Classic Period (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351 A,B,C; Music 500; or equivalent. The his- 
tory and literature of music from approximately 1730 to 1826. 
Analysis of representative works. 

555 Seminar In Music of the Romantic Period (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 352A.B,C; Music 500; or equivalent. The struc- 
ture and development of music in the 19th century. Analysis 
of representative works. 

567 Seminar In Piano Pedagogy (3) 

Graduate-level study of advanced learning theories, musical 
issues, and pedagogical methods involved In teaching piano 
through lectures, discussions, and student presentations. Prac- 
tice teaching required. 

569 Seminar in Piano Concert! (3) 

Advanced study of piano concert! with performance and 
analysis by class members and lectures by the instructor. 
Requirements can be met by performance and/or analysis. 

570G Seminar in Guitar Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 500 or consent of the instructor. Advanced 
study of guitar literature, with performances and analysis by 
class members and lectures by the instructor. Requirements 
can be met by performance and/or analysis. Topics include 
guitar sonatas, guitar concertos, and solo guitar works of Heitor 
Villa-Lobos. May be repeated for credit. 

570P Seminar in Piano Literature (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 500 or consent of Instructor. Advanced study 
of piano literature, with performances and analyses by class 
members and lectures by the instructor. Requirements can be 
met by performance and/or analysis. May be repeated for 
credit. 

562 Seminar in Advanced Instrumental Conducting and 
Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisites: Music 382B, keyboard facility for score reading, 
and consent of instructor. Conducting techniques. Interpre- 
tive problems of each period covered in lectures. May be re- 
peated for credit. 

563 Seminar in Advanced Choral Conducting and 
Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisites: Music 383B, conducting experience, or consent 
of instructor. Choral conducting techniques. Lab work with stu- 
dent groups and concert conducting. May be repeated for 
credit. 

593 Individual Instruction (1-2) 

Prerequisite: jury recommendation. Individual instruction 


with approved instructor. Emphasis on performance tech- 
niques and repertoire. May be repeated for credit. Instruc- 
tional fee. 

597 Project (3) 

The culminating experience of M.M. students as well as M.A. 
students In Music education who do not elect to write a thesis 
or take a comprehensive exam. M.M. Project: A public recital 
(sometimes 2) accompanied by written program notes and a 
related paper. M.A. (Music Education) Project: A significant, 
written research study. Students must submit an enrollment re- 
quest form by week one of the preceding semester. Instruc- 
tional fee. 

596 Thesis (3) 

Individual Investigations of specific problems In the area of 
concentration by candidates for the M.A. degree. Students 
must submit an enrollment request form by week one of the 
preceding semester. Instructional fee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1 -3) 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in music and consent of in- 
structor. Research and study projects in areas of specializa- 
tion beyond regularly offered coursework. Oral and written 
reports required. Students must submit an enrollment request 
form by week one of the preceding semester. 

MUSIC EDUCATION COURSES 

295 Clinical Practice in Instrumental/Choral Techniques (1) 

Clinical practice and field applications of instrumental/choral 
techniques classes, as in public and private schools. 
Coenrollment in Music 383B or 382B recommended. (3 hours 
weekly to be arranged in nearby school) 

394A Practicum in School Materials and Techniques (2) 

Prerequisite: Music Education 295. For music education ma- 
jors. Experience In sequential pedagogy, classroom delivery 
skills, and concurrent development of management skills, au- 
ral discrimination skills, and aural and visual diagnostic skills. 

3946 Practicum in Skills for Teaching Music (2) 

Prerequisite: Music Education 394A. Corequisite: Music Edu- 
cation 395A or 395B. For music education majors. Observa- 
tion and application of musical concepts and materials, 
sequential pedagogy, nonverbal teaching strategies, and 
classroom delivery and management skill Is. Continued 
development of aural and visual diagnostic skills and aural 
discrimination skills. 

395A Clinical Practice in Instrumental Conducting (1) 

Prerequisite: Music Education 295. Clinical practice and field 
applications of concepts, materials, and procedures as ap- 
plied to field situations, as In public and private schools. Co- 
enrollment in Music Education 394B. 

395B Clinical Practice in Choral Conducting (1) 

Prerequisite: Music Education 295. Clinical practice and field 
applications of concepts, materials, and procedures as ap- 
plied to field situations, as in public and private schools. 
Co-enrollment in Music Education 394B. 

404 Microcomputers and MIDI for School Music Classrooms (3) 

Prerequisite: Music Education 295 or equivalent. Pre-service 
and in-service music teachers will learn how to use microcom- 


185 

Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


puters and musical Instrument digital Interface (MIDI) for class- 
room management and pedagogical purposes. Students will 
gain experience with software for word processing, database, 
spreadsheet, music notation, music pedagogy, and MIDI. 

442 Principles and Methods of Teaching Music in the Public 
Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher education. History, principles 
of public education, grades K-12, with emphasis on music. Phi- 
losophy, methods, materials, and procedures for organizing 
and teaching music in elementary and secondary schools. 
Must be taken concurrently with Secondary Education 440F 
and 440S. 

449E Externship In Secondary Teaching (3) 

Must be taken concurrently with Music Education 442. For 
candidates who have declared for the single subject creden- 
tial In music. See description and prerequisite under Depart- 
ment of Secondary Education. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 

For candidates who have declared for the single subject cre- 
dential In music. See description and prerequisite under De- 
partment of Secondary Education. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 

Must be taken concurrently with Music Education 4491. For 
candidates who have declared for the single subject creden- 


tial in music. See description and prerequisites under Depart- 
ment of Secondary Education. 

501 Contemporary Music Education (3) 

Recent innovations and overview of the history, philosophy, 
and methodology of the art of teaching music. Trends and 
applications of educational theory in relation to the teaching 
of music. 

529 Advanced Pedagogy in Music Education (3) 

Advanced pedagogical strategies for music teaching and 
learning, including world approaches to music education (e.g., 
Kodaly, Suzuki, Orff), current music learning theory, and appli- 
cations from cognitive and developmental psychology. Im- 
plications and applications for school music classes and cur- 
riculum development. 

531 Foundations of Music Education (3) 

Ftiilosophical, historical, psychological, and aesthetic bases 
of music education. Contemporary trends and future direc- 
tions of music education. 

533 Psychology of Music (3) 

Contemporary topics merging research and practice in the 
fields of music teaching and learning theory. Topics Include: 
musical behavior, psychoacoustical parameters of music, 
perception, affective response, musical memory, learning 
theory, musical cognition. 


186 

Music 


Department of Theatre 
and Dance 



Department Chair: Sallle Mitchell 
Department Office: Performing Arts 157 
Production Office: Performing Arts 126 

Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Theatre Arts 

History and Theory 
Production/Performance 
Acting 
Directing 
Musical Theatre 
Playwriting 

Technical Production /Design 
Teaching 

Bachelor of Arts in Dance 
Master of Arts in Theatre Arts 

Master of Fine Arts in Theatre Arts 

Acting 

Directing 

Technical Theatre and Design 

Secondary Teaching Credential 
Faculty 

Barbara Arms, Joseph Arnold, Don Finn, John Fisher, Susan 
Hallman, Dean Hess, Lawrence Jasper, Robin Johnson, 
Gretchen Kanne, Gladys Kares, Dan Kern, Arthur Lessee (Dis- 
tinguished Visiting Professor), Alex MacKenzie, William Meyer, 
Sallie Mitchell, S. Todd Muffatti, Jose Quintero (Distinguished 
Visiting Professor), Lara Teeter, James Volz, Ron Wood, Abel 
Zeballos 


INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Theatre and Dance undergraduate and 
graduate programs Include the fields of acting, dance, direct- 
ing, musical theatre, playwriting, technical production and 
design, theatre for young audiences, theatre history and 
theory. Specifically, the course work and theatrical and dance 
production activities are arranged to provide opportunities for 
students (1) to develop an appreciation for theatre arts and 
dance; (2) to become aware, as audience or participants, of 
the shaping force of theatre arts and dance in society; (3) to 
improve the knowledge and skills necessary for work In the 
theatrical arts profession and careers in dance; (4) to pursue 
graduate studies; and (5) to prepare for teaching theatre. 


187 

Theater and Dance 


California State University. Fullerton 


Public performance is at the center of the department's pro- 
grams. Therefore, continuing stage and dance production 
activities are essential for all students at California State Uni- 
versity, Fullerton, including the undergraduate and gradu- 
ate theoretical student as well as the undergraduate pre- 
professional and graduate conservatory student. In conjunc- 
tion with on-campus dance productions the Department of 
Theatre and Dance offers dancers and choreographers ad- 
ditional experience in its adjunct company: Dance Reper- 
tory Theatre. The company is made up of carefully selected 
California State University, Fullerton graduates and advanced 
students, chosen on the basis of demonstrated excellence 
in their work at the University. Dance Repertory Theatre pre- 
sents lecture/ demonstrations and performs locally, as well 
as scheduled tours throughout the year. 

General Major Requirements 

The concentration in History and Theory in theatre is for those 
who wish to study theatre as a cultural contribution or who 
wish to pursue graduate degrees in theatre with emphasis in 
theatre history and theory. It is strongly recommended that 
students electing this plan support the major with approved 
electives from art, music, foreign languages, literature, phi- 
losophy or speech. 

The concentration in Production/Performance in theatre is 
designed to develop competency for pursuing the theatrical 
arts as a profession, or for pursuing graduate degrees In the- 
atre with an emphasis in an area of concentration other than 
history of the theatre. Areas of emphasis are: acting, direct- 
ing, musical theatre, oral interpretation, playwriting, technical 
design and television. 

The concentration in Teaching in theatre meets the require- 
ments of the teaching credential with specialization In sec- 
ondary teaching . 

The Bachelor of Arts in Dance is designed to develop compe- 
tency for pursuing careers in dance or for pursuing a gradu- 
ate degree in dance. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, stu- 
dents must meet the other university requirements for a bach- 
elor of arts degree. Students pursuing a concentration In Teach- 
ing must meet all specific requirements for the desired teach- 
ing credential. See description of secondary school teaching 
credential program under Department of Secondary Educa- 
tion. In addition, students pursuing the teaching concentra- 
tion should see the department's secondary education ad- 
viser regarding course sequence required for the single sub- 
ject waiver In English. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree with a major in theatre 
or dance, students must have a C or better in all theatre or 
dance courses required for the degree. In addition to course 
requirements, all theatre and dance majors will enroll for two 
units of Theatre 478B each semester of residency up to a maxi- 
mum of eight semesters. 

Theatre 477B with a grade of C or better fulfills the upper-divi- 
sion writing requirement for theatre majors. Dance 325 with a 
grade of C or better fulfills the upper-division writing require- 
ment for dance majors. 


Theatre 200. or its equivalent is a prerequisite for all upper- 
division theatre courses with the exception of Theatre 478A.B. 
Transfer students may take Theatre 200 concurrently with their 
first semester of upper-division courses. Prior to entering their 
junior year, or upon transferring to Cal State Fullerton, all stu- 
dents electing an Acting or Musical Theatre emphasis under 
the Production/Performance concentration or the major in 
Dance will be evaluated and advised as to potential for ad- 
vancement in the emphasis or major. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN THEATRE ARTS 

Theatre History and Theory Concentration 

Lower Division (15 units required) 

Theatre 1 10 Oral Communication of Literature (3)* 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 263A Beginning Acting Majors (3) 

Theatre 276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) 

Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Upper Division (42 units required) 

Theatre 310 Oral Interpretation of Shakespeare (3) 

Theatre 364 Seminar in Playwriting (3) 

Theatre 370A Fundamentals of Directing (3) 

Theatre 377 Stage Costuming (3) 

Theatre 386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 388 Historical Styles for Scene Design (3) 

Theatre 475A,B,C, and E World Theatre (12) 

Theatre 477A,B Seminar In Critical Techniques (6) 

Electives in Theatre (6) 

Production/Performance Concentration 
Acting Emphasis 

Lower Division (24 units required) 

Theatre 1 10 Oral Communication of Literature (3)* 

Theatre 141 A,B Voice/Movement for Stage (6) 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 263A,B Beginning Acting Majors (6) 

Six units selected from: 

Theatre 276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) 

Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Upper Division (36 units required) 

Theatre 310 Oral Interpretation of Shakespeare (3) 

Theatre 363A,B Intermediate Acting (6) 

Theatre 370A Fundamentals of Directing (3) 

Theatre 463 A, B Advanced Acting (6) 

Theatre 475A.B,C World Theatre (9) 

Theatre 477B Seminar in Critical Writing Techniques (3) 
Theatre 482A,B Camera Techniques for Actor and Director 
(3,3) 

Directing Emphasis 

Lower Division (27 units required) 

Theatre 141 A,B Voice/Movement for Stage (6) 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 250 Theatre Management (3) 


188 

Theater and Dance 


California State University. Fullerton 


Theatre 263 A, B Beginning Acting - Majors (6) 
Theatre 276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) 
Theatre 277 Costurme Fundamentals (3) or 
Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Theatre 288 Design for the Theatre (3) 


Theatre 263A Beginning Acting - Majors (3) 
Theatre 276A,B Beginning Stagecraft/Drafting (6) 
Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Theatre 288 Design for the Theatre (3) 


Upper Division (32 units required) 

Theatre 350 Stage Management (2) 

Theatre 370A,B Fundamentals of Directing (6) 

Theatre 386 Beginning Lighting (3) 

Theatre 470A,B Advanced Directing (6) 

Theatre 475A,B,C and E World Theatre (12) 

Theatre 477B Seminar in Writing Critical Techniques (3) 

All theatre majors with an emphasis in directing must assistant 
stage manage a mainstage production either prior to or con- 
currently with Theatre 470A, Advanced Directing, and must 
stage manage a mainstage production prior to graduation. 

Musical Theatre Emphasis 

Lower Division (25 units required) 

Theatre 141 A. B Voice/Movement for Stage (6) 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 263A.B Beginning Acting - Majors (6) 

Dance 142 Beginning Tap Dance (2) 

Dance 212 Intermediate Classical Ballet (2) 

Dance 232 Intermediate Jazz Dance (2) 

Music 1 1 1 A Diatonic Harmony (2) 

Music 1 1 1 AL Diatonic Harmony Lab (1) 

Music 184A Piano Class (1) or equivalent 

Upper Division (33 units required) 

Theatre 363 A. B Intermediate Acting (6) 

Theatre 370A Fundamentals of Directing (3) 

Theatre 436A.B Musical Theatre Workshop (6) 

Theatre 475A.B.C World Theatre (9) 

Theatre 475E World Theatre (3) 

Theatre 477B Seminar in Writing Critical Techniques (3) 
Dance 336 Dance for Musical Theatre (3) 

All theatre majors with an emphasis In Musical Theatre must 
prove competency in piano. 

Playwriting Emphasis 

Lower Division (15 units required) 

Theatre 1 10 Oral Communication of Literature (3)* 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 263A Beginning Acting - Majors (3) 

Theatre 276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) or 
Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 288 Design for the Theatre (3) 

Upper Division (41 units required) 

Theatre 350 Stage Management (2) 

Theatre 364 Seminar in Raywriting (3.3) 

Theatre 370A.B Fundamentals of Directing (6) 

Theatre 386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 470A.B Advanced Directing (6) 

Theatre 475A.B.C, and E World Theatre (12) 

Theatre 477 A. B Seminar In Critical Techniques (6) 

Technical Production/Design Emphasis 

Lower Division (21 units required) 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 


Upper Division (30 units required) 

Theatre 370A Fundamentals of Directing (3) 

Theatre 379 Rendering for the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 387 Audio Techniques (3) 

Theatre 377 Stage Costuming (3) or 
Theatre 388 Historical Styles for Scene Design (3) 
Theatre 475A.B.C World Theatre (9) 

Theatre 477B Seminar In Writing Critical Techniques (3) 
Theatre 488 Advanced Design and Technology (3) 


Adviser- Approved Electives (6 or 7 units) chosen from: 
Theatre 350 Stage Management (2) 

Theatre 385 Advanced Makeup (3) 

Theatre 476 Stage Mechanics/Rigging (3) 

Theatre 486 Advanced Lighting (3) 

Theatre 487 Advanced Audio (3) 

Theatre 488 Advanced Design and Technology (3) 


Teaching Concentration (Single Subject) 


Lower Division (27 units required) 

Theatre 141 A.B Voice/Movement for the Stage (6) 
Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 263A.B Beginning Acting - Majors (6) 
Theatre 276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) 

Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Theatre 288 Design for the Theatre (3) 


Upper Division (29 units required) 

Theatre 350 Stage Management (2) 

Theatre 370A.B Fundamentals of Directing (6) 

Theatre 386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 402B Dramatic Activities for Children (3) 

Theatre 470A Advanced Directing (3) 

Theatre 475A.C.E World Theatre (9) 

Theatre 477B Seminar in Writing Critical Techniques (3) or 
English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

Theatre Education majors are required to complete the Waiver 
Program in English. 

•Meets General Education requirement in oral communica- 
tion for theatre and dance majors. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DANCE 

Lower Division (16 Units Required) 

Dance 1 12 Beginning Classical Ballet (2) 
Dance 122 Beginning Modern Dance (2) 
Dance 126 Dance Improvization (2) 

Dance 132 Beginning Jazz Dance (2) or 
Dance 142 Beginning Tap Dance (2) 
Dance 212 Intermediate Classical Ballet (2) 
Dance 222 Intermediate Modern Dance (3) 
Dance 226 Rhythmic Analysis (3) 


189 

Theater and Dance 


California State University. Fullerton 


Upper Division (31 Units Required) 

Dance 312 Advanced Classical Ballet (3) 

Dance 323A,B Dance Composition (3, 3) 

Dance 324 Forces and Figures in Dance (3) 

Dance 325 Dance Theory and Criticism (3) 

Dance 372 Dance Kinesiology (3) 

Dance 422 Advanced Modern Dance (3) 

Dance 423 Advanced Dance Composition (3) 

Dance 424 Fundamentals of Dance Instruction (3) or 
Dance 471 Creative Dance for Children (3) 

Dance 425 Dance Repertory (3) 

Dance 497 Senior Projects In Dance (1) 

Electives (10 Units Required) 

Minimum of two units from: Dance 232, 242 
Minimum of three units from: Dance 301 , 332, 336, 412, 424, 
or 471 

Minimum of three units from: Theatre 277, 386, or 387 


Intend to take the written examination. Students will be per- 
mitted to take the written examination twice. 

Required Courses (18 units) 

Theatre 477A Seminar in Critical Techniques (3) 

Theatre 500 Introduction to Graduate Studies (3) 

Theatre 501 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Theatre Theory (3) 
Theatre 573 Seminar In Dramatic Literature (3) 

Theatre 575 Seminar in Theatre History (3) 

Theatre 583 Graduate Seminar: Acting (3) 

Electives (9 units) 

As part of their electives, students may select a maximum of 
six units of adviser-approved supporting courses In related 
fields from courses outside the Department of Theatre and 
Dance. 


MASTER OF ARTS IN THEATRE ARTS 

The Master of Arts in Theatre Arts provides a program of coor- 
dinated graduate studies built on undergraduate preparation; 
incentive for intellectual growth reflected in teaching and pro- 
fessional recognition; and a sound basis for continued gradu- 
ate study in theatre. The student is expected to demonstrate 
a high degree of Intellectual and creative competence. 

Admission to Graduate Standing; 

Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a baccalaureate from an ac- 
credited Institution and a grade-point average of at least 2.5 
in the last 60 semester units attempted (see section of this cata- 
log on admission of graduates for complete statement and 
procedures). 

Graduate Standing; Classified 

A student who meets the admission requirements and the fol- 
lowing requirements may be granted classified graduate 
standing upon the development of an approved study plan: 
an appropriate undergraduate major In theatre, with a grade- 
point average of 3.0 In all upper-division work in the major, or 
at least 24 units of appropriate upper-division work In theatre, 
with a GPA of 3.0; satisfactory completion of the Graduate 
Writing Requirement; and an oral Interview. Upon recommen- 
dation of the student's graduate committee, additional pre- 
requisites may be required prior to classification and the ap- 
proval of the area of emphasis. 

Study Plan 

The study plan will include at least 30 units of adviser-approved 
graduate studies, 15 units of which must be 500-level courses. 
Study plan course work must be completed with an overall 
minimum 3.0 grade-point. Each program will consist of 24 units 
in theatre Including a thesis. All students must also pass oral 
and written examinations. Written comprehensive examina- 
tions will be given during the seventh and eighth weeks of the 
spring semester. Students must apply to the graduate coor- 
dinator prior to the beginning of the semester in which they 


Thesis (3 units) 

Theatre 598 Thesis (3) 

For further information, consult the Department of Theatre and 
Dance. 

MASTER OF FINE ARTS IN THEATRE ARTS 
(TECHNICAL THEATRE/DESIGN, ACTING 
AND DIRECTING) 

This degree is for students who wish professionally oriented 
education and training in design/technical theatre, acting, 
and directing. It is the objective of the department to edu- 
cate and train highly skilled, motivated Individuals for careers 
in professional theatre (including television and film) or for 
careers as artist-teachers in college or university theatre. Only 
those who demonstrate an exceptional talent, a high degree 
of motivation, and a deep commitment to their education 
and training will be admitted Into the program. The highest 
academic and creative standards will be demanded through- 
out the program. A positive attitude and a rigid sense of the- 
atre discipline are essential for success in the program. 

The degree requires 60 units of approved course work. Based 
on a student's previous undergraduate or professional experi- 
ence. substitutions or revisions In the study plan might be ap- 
propriate. Average length of time to complete the program Is 
three years. 

Admission to Graduate Standing; Classified 

Prerequisites for admission to the program and granting of clas- 
sified standing are: 

1 . B.A., B.F.A. or M.A. from an accredited college or univer- 
sity with a major in theatre; or a degree in a related field 
and extensive work in technical theatre, acting, or directing. 

2. Completion of an oral interview and satisfactory review of 
the student's portfolio or audition. 

3. Acceptance by the faculty. 


190 

Theater and Dance 


California State University. Fullerton 


4. Minimum GPA of 3.0 in all upper-division undergraduate 
work in theatre. A minimum GPA of 2.75 for the last half of 
the undergraduate program is also required. 

5. Completion of any additional prerequisites which may be 
required by the student's Individual committee prior to clas- 
sification. 

6. Selection of a graduate adviser and committee. Total com- 
mittee membership should be three or four faculty mem- 
bers. including the adviser. 

7. Submission of a formal M.F.A. study program approved by 
the individual commitfee, the department graduate ad- 
viser and the dean of graduate studies. 

8. Must meet the Graduate Writing Requirement. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: 

Conditionally Classified 

Students who do not meet certain prerequisites may be con- 
sidered for admission in conditionally classified graduate stand- 
ing. Consult the graduate program adviser. 

Study Plan - Acting 

Course Requirements (60 units) 

Theatre 443 Audition and Rehearsal Processes (3) 

Theatre 500 Intro to Graduate Studies (3) 

Theatre 541 Voice and Movement for the Actor (8) 

Theatre 543 The Performer and the Professional Theatre (3) 
Theatre 563 Acting Studio (16) 

Theatre 565 Dramatic Textual Analysis (3) 

Theatre 570A.B Styles of Directing/Performance (6) 

Theatre 582A.B Camera Techniques for the Actor and Di- 
rector (3.3) 

Theatre 583 Graduate Seminar: Acting (3) 

Theatre 597 Projects (Two) (3.3) 

Adviser-Approved Elective (3) 

M.F.A. Projects in Acting 

The M.F.A. In Acting requires the completion of two creative 
projects which, by their nature, are of sufficient challenge and 
complexity to be accepted as worthy completion of the pe- 
riod of study. These projects, which shall be performances in 
major departmental productions, shall be approved by the 
Individual's committee. In addition, the program will culminate 
in a project book submitted by the M.F.A. candidate to the 
individual's committee. The project book will clearly and ob- 
jectively articulate the development of the candidate's pro- 
cess as an actor based on the various experiences in and 
materials discovered through both classroom and perfor- 
mance. Before the degree is granted, each student will pass 
an oral examination over the project book. 

Study Plan - Directing 

Course Requirements (60 units) 

Theatre 470A Advanced Directing (3) 

Theatre 470B Advanced Directing (3) 


Theatre 500 Introduction to Graduate Studies (3) 

Theatre 541 Voice and Body Movement (2) 

Theatre 563 Acting Studio (4) 

Theatre 565 Dramatic Textual Analysis (3) 

Theatre 570A.B Styles of Directing/Performance (12) 
Theatre 575 Seminar: Theatre History (3) 

Theatre 582A.B Camera Techniques for Actor/Director (6) 
Theatre 583 Seminar: Acting (3) 

Theatre 597 Graduate Project (3.3) 

Adviser-approved electives (includes 6 units technical 
coursework) (12 units) 

M.F.A. Projects in Directing 

The M.F.A. in Directing Program requires the completion of three 
creative projects, which have been approved by the 
individual's committee and which by their nature, are of suffi- 
cient challenge and complexity to be accepted as worthy 
completion of the period of study. These projects shall be 
mounted and presented by the Department of Theatre and 
Dance as a portion of its production program. The program 
shall culminate in a project book submitted by the M.F.A. can- 
didate to the Individual's committee. The project book will 
clearly and objectively articulate the process of formulating 
the final mainstage project from Initial concept to critical re- 
action. utilizing experiences and material discovered through 
both classroom participation and the development of the pro- 
duction. Before the degree is granted, each student will pass 
an oral examination over the project book. 

Study Plan - Technical Theatre/Design 

Students should concentrate their activities in two of the fol- 
lowing four technical theatre areas during their two year course 
of study: scene design, costume design-makeup, lighting- 
sound. and technical production. 

Course Requirements (60 units) 

All of the following (9 units): 

Theatre 5CX) Introduction to Graduate Study (3) 

Theatre 565 Dramatic Textual Analysis (3) 

Theatre 575 Seminar in Theatre History (3) 

Three from the following (9 units): 

Theatre 566 Graduate Seminar: Technical Production (3) 
Theatre 577 Graduate Seminar: Costuming (3) 

Theatre 578 Graduate Seminar: Scene Design (3) 

Theatre 586 Graduate Seminar: Lighting (3) 

Four enrollments in the following (24 units): 

Theatre 588A.B Design and Tech Theatre (3/3. 3/3, 3/3. 3/3) 

Adviser-approved units from technical courses in theatre, art 
or engineering (12 units) 

Creative project in two of the four technical areas: Theatre 
597 Project (3) (6 units) 

M.F.A. Projects in Design 

The M.F.A. Program in Technical Theatre/Design shall be cul- 


191 

Theater and Dance 


California State University, Fullerton 


mlnated by two creative projects which, by their nature, are 
of sufficient challenge and complexity to be accepted as 
worthy completion of the period of study. These projects are 
determined by the individual committee and shall be design 
assignments for major productions. Each project shall be re- 
viewed by the individual committee within two weeks after 
completion. If accepted, the student shall submit a project 
book within a specified time. Before the degree is granted, 
each student will pass an oral examination over the project 
book. 

DANCE COURSES 

101 Introduction to Dance (3) 

Historical and contemporary dance forms. Experiences in vari- 
ous dance forms such as ballet, modern, jazz, folk, Afro, mime. 
Recommended for non-majors. 

1 12 Beginning Classical Ballet (2) 

The fundamental structure and technique of classical ballet. 
May be repeated once for credit. (4 hours activity) 

122 Beginning Modern Dance (2) 

Exploration and manipulation of the Instrument and materials 
of dance; development of aesthetic judgment. May be re- 
peated once for credit. (4 hours activity) 

126 Dance Improvisation (2) 

Theory and practice of Improvisation in movement. Practical 
use of improvisation in expressing imagery, developing cho- 
reographic concepts, and enhancing performance. (4 hours 
activity) 

132 Beginning Jazz Dance (2) 

Modern jazz dance techniques and basic jazz choreography. 
(4 hours activity) 

142 Beginning Tap Dance (2) 

Structure and technique of tap dance and tap choreogra- 
phy. (4 hours activity) 

212 Intermediate Classical Ballet (2) 

Prerequisites: Dance 1 12 and audition. Intermediate level tech- 
nique of classical ballet. May be repeated once for credit. (4 
hours activity) 

222 Intermediate Modern Dance (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 122 and audition. Intermediate modern 
dance and movement vocabulary In terms of composition 
and communication. May be repeated for credit. (6 hours 
activity) 

226 Rhythmic Analysis (3) 

Musical form and structure; musically notating dance rhythms 
and percussion accompaniment. 

232 Intermediate Jazz Dance (2) 

Prerequisites: Dance 132 and consent of instructor. Intermedi- 
ate level skills in jazz technique and choreography. (4 hours 
activity) 

242 intermediate Tap Dance (2) 

Prerequisite: Dance 142 or consent of instructor. Intermediate 
skills in tap technique and choreography. (4 hours activity) 


301 Dance and Cultural Diversity (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 101 or consent of instructor. Impxact of 
various dance forms, from primitive time to modern, on diverse 
cultures. Contributions of Immigrants, minorities and women 
to dance as a personal, social and cultural expression. 

312 Advanced Classical Ballet (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 212 and audition. Stylization and perfor- 
mance of classical ballet. May be repeated once for credit. 
(6 hours activity) 

323A,B Dance Composition (3,3) 

A - Prerequisites: Dance 122, 126, or equivalents. Study of basic 
elements and forms of dance composition. 

B - Prerequisite: Dance 323A or consent of Instructor. Problem 
solving studies in space, time, and energy, using choreographic 
devices In solo and group situations. Final project required. (6 
hours activity) 

324 Forces and Figures in Dance (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A history of dance from primi- 
tive times to the present. 

325 Dance Theory and Criticism (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 101,1 22 A or consent of Instructor. Theory 
and criticism of dance. Comparison and relationship of dance 
principles and criticism among major dance genres. In addi- 
tion to other art forms. Fulfills the course requirement for the 
university upper-division baccalaureate writing requirement for 
dance majors. 

332 Advanced Jazz Dance (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 232 and consent of Instructor. Advanced 
jazz techniques and choreography through grade three of 
professional jazz dance. The relation of jazz to other forms of 
dance. (6 hours activity) 

336 Dance for Musical Theatre (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 112, 132, and audition, or consent of In- 
structor. Dance utilized in musical theatre. Ensemble and indi- 
vidual approaches to the style. May be repeated for credit. (6 
hours activity) 

372 Dance Kinesiology (3) 

Structural aspects of the human body and factors that affect 
movement in dance. 

412 Classical Pointe (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 312 and consent of instructor. Techniques 
for performance of classical pointe. May be repeated once 
for credit. (6 hours activity) 

422 Advanced Modern Dance (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 222 and audition. Advanced level skills in 
modern dance. Emphasis on individual techniques. May be 
repeated for credit. (6 hours activity) 

423 Advanced Dance Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: Dance 323A,B or equivalent. Elements and forms 
in dance composition. The choreographing of dances of con- 
cert quality. (6 hours activity) 

424 Fundamentals of Dance Instruction (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 1 12, 222, 226, 323A, 372, and consent of 


192 

Theater and Dance 


California State University, Fullerton 


instructor. Philosophies, techniques and methods for develop- 
ing progressions in dance instruction. 

471 Creative Dance for Children (3) 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing. Methods and materials 
for teaching creative dance to children. (6 hours activity) 

478A Production and Performance (2) 

(Same as Theatre 478A) 

497 Production and Performance Projects in Dance (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper division standing and consent of instruc- 
tor; application form with appropriate signatures must be on 
file in department office prior to registration. Projects which 
culminate in production or performance. May be repeated 
for credit. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper division standing and consent of instructor; 
application form with appropriate signatures must be on file 
in department office prior to registration. Undergraduate 
research projects. May be repeated for credit. 

THEATRE COURSES 

100 Introduction to the Theatre (3) 

For the general student leading to an appreciation and un- 
derstanding of the theatre as an entertainment medium and 
as an art form. Recommended for non-majors. 

1 10 Oral Communication of Literature (3) 

The analysis and performance of literary works through the 
medium of oral interpretation. An emphasis upon understand- 
ing the content of communication in literature as well as the 
form. An exploration of the techniques involved in the discov- 
ery, critical evaluation and performance of various literary 
speakers. Meets the General Education requirement in Oral 
Communication for Theatre/Dance majors. 

141 A, B Voice/Movement for Stage (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 141 A is a prerequisite to 141 B. Intensive 
training in the integral use of the voice and body for the ac- 
tor; developing skills for vocal and physical relaxation, flexibil- 
ity, and strength. May be repeated once for credit. 

163 Acting for Non-Majors (3) 

The form and content of acting: improvisation, action, moti- 
vation, and behavior. Recommended for non-majors. (6 hours 
activity) 

200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre as an art form. Involving the interrelated processes of 
playwriting, directing, acting, design and theatre manage- 
ment. Study of plays, films and television with emphasis on dra- 
matic analysis and cultural significance. Required of all the- 
atre majors. 

250 Theatre Management (3) (Formerly 450) 

An overview of theatre producing, audience development, 
fund raising, business management; arts management prin- 
ciples and organization. Participation in School of the Arts 
management work required. (6 hours activity) 

263A.B Beginning Acting - Majors (3.3) 

Prerequisite for 263B: Theatre 200, 141A,B and 263A. Improvi- 


sations, exercises, and techniques of acting for the stage. 
Motivation and behavior in characterization. (6 hours activity) 

276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) 

Planning and construction of stage and television scenery. Use 
of tools and stage equipment. Work in the scene shop for de- 
partment productions is required. May be repeated for credit. 
(6 hours activity) 

276B Drafting (3) 

Prerequisite: 276A. Drafting and reading of technical draw- 
ings. Work in the scene shop for department productions is 
required. May be repeated for credit. (6 hours activity) 

277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Costuming theatrical and television productions. Construction 
techniques, organization and duties of the costume crew. (6 
hours activity) 

285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Makeup for stage and television. Individual skill in character 
analysis, application in pigment, plastic, hair, makeup, and 
selection and use of makeup equipment. (6 hours activity) 

288 Design for the Theatre (3) 

Scene design, including script analysis, formation of visual con- 
cepts, floor plan development and model building for stage 
and television. (6 hours activity) 

310 Oral Interpretation of Shakespeare (3) 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing; Theatre 1 10 or consent 
of instructor. Development of techniques for oral interpreta- 
tion of Shakespeare with special emphasis on the problems of 
verse. 

315 Chicano/Latino Theatre (3) 

(Same as Chicano Studies 316) 

350 Stage Management (2) 

Corequisite: Theatre 370A. Backstage management, includ- 
ing interrelationships of production personnel for stage and 
television. 

363A,B Intermediate Acting (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 200, 141 A,B, 263A,B and audition. Char- 
acterization; roles, special problems, and application of act- 
ing techniques through exercises and two-character scenes 
from the contemporary theatre. (6 hours activity) 

364 Seminar in Playwriting (3) 

Prerequisites: evidence of interest In creative writing and con- 
sent of instructor. Study of superior models, development of 
style, and group criticism and evaluation of independent work, 
as it relates to playwriting. May be repeated for credit. 

370A.B Fundamentals of Directing (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 263A, or consent of instructor. 370A is 
prerequisite to B. Prerehearsal problems and procedures, struc- 
tural analysis of plays, composition, picturization, pantomimic 
dramatization, movement and rhythm on stage and in televi- 
sion. Practice in directing scenes. (6 hours activity) 

377 Stage Costuming (3) 

Fashions and textiles of major historical periods, methods of 


193 

Theater and Dance 


California State University, Fullerton 


research; iriterpretation and communication of historical dress 
for theatrical statement. 

379 Rendering for the Theatre (3) 

Scenic and costume sketching and rendering for communi- 
cation between production director and designers. Full scale 
costume and scenic painting required. Theoretical and ac- 
tual production idea presentation and execution. (6 hours 
activity) 

385 Advanced Theatre Makeup (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 285. Problems In makeup including spe- 
cial techniques and materials: prosthetics, hairpieces, and 
masks for stage and television productions. (6 hours activ- 
ity) 

386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theories of lighting for stage and camera productions. Work 
on departmental productions is required. (6 hours activity) 

387 Audio Techniques (3) 

Practice necessary to integrate live and recorded sound Into 
performing arts productions. Recording, reproduction and stu- 
dio techniques. (6 hours activity) 

388 Historical Styles for Scene Design (3) 

Visual survey through lecture and slides of architecture. Inte- 
rior design and furniture from ancient to modern times. Pro- 
vides necessary basis for advanced design course. 

402 A, B Dramatic Activities for Children (3,3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. Creative dramatics as a 
tool for building and developing creative and socialized pro- 
cesses in children. 

A - Sense memory, movement/mime, dialogue, characteriza- 
tion, dramatization. B - Teaching techniques Including con- 
centration. imagination, dramatization, and improvisation for 
adolescents. (6 hours activity) 

403 A, B Theatre for Young Audiences (3,3) 

Prerequisite: 403A prerequisite for 403B or consent of Instruc- 
tor. Theatrical production for an audience of children. A - Phi- 
losophy. theory and practice; B - Application of production 
principles. (6 hours activity) 

41 1 Oral Interpretation of Children’s Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. Oral presentation of 
children's literature In classroom, recreation and home situa- 
tions including individual and group performance of fiction, 
non-fiction, fantasy and poetry. 

436A,B Musical Theatre Workshop (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 363B. Dance 336, and audition. Theatre 
436A prerequisite to B. Roles and excerpts from musical the- 
atre: the musical, dramatic, language and dance techniques. 
Scenes and musical numbers in workshop. A - Large group 
and solo work. B - Small group and audition material prepara- 
tion. (6 hours activity) 

443 Audition and Rehearsal Processes (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 363A.B. Auditioning and rehearsal pro- 
cesses for professional work in theatre, television and film. In- 
cludes techniques for selecting material and performance 
preparation. (6 hours activity) 


463A,B Advanced Acting (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 310, Theatre 363A,B and audition. His- 
torical theories and techniques of styles of acting. A - Greek 
through renaissance periods. B - The neoclassic periods to 
contemporary styles. (6 hours activity) 

470A,B Advanced Directing (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 288, 350, and 370A,B. or consent of In- 
structor. Readings in theory, analysis of scripts and practice in 
directing plays for their oral and visual value as theatre. A - 
Each student directs a one-act play. B - Each student directs 
two one-act plays or equivalent. (6 hours activity) 

475A,B,C,E World Theatre (3,3,3,3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 200 and junior standing. An historical ex- 
amination of significant developments In World Theatre and 
drama from the origins to the present. A - Origins to 1650; B - 
1650-1900; C - 1900 to the present; E - Historical background 
and contemporary view of the musical theatre. 

476 Design of Stage Mechanics and Rigging (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 276A.B, Theatre 288 and consent of In- 
structor. Evolution, theory and Implementation of mechanics 
and rigging for the stage. Emphasis on current practices and 
future implications. 

477A Seminar in Critical Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 200. Major critical theories in theatre. 

477B Seminar in Writing Critical Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 200. Practical criticism as applied to lo- 
cal dramatic productions. Fulfills the university upper-division 
baccalaureate writing requirement for theatre arts majors. 

478A,B Production and Performance (2,2) 

A - Performing in stage or camera productions. B - Technical 
crew work on stage or camera performances. One section of 
478B per semester required of all theatre and dance majors 
as well as non-majors cast in theatre and dance department 
productions. (More than 6 hours activity) (Same as Dance 
478A) 

482A,B Camera Techniques for Actor and Director (3,3) 

FYerequisItes: Theatre 363A,B or Theatre 370 A,B. Theatre 482A 
is a prerequisite to 482B. The adaptation of stage acting/di- 
recting techniques for the camera, audition, rehearsal and 
final performance project, utilizing studio equipment. A - De- 
velopment of camera acting/directing techniques; B - Pro- 
duction of varied dramatic presentation for broadcast. (6 hours 
activity) 

483 Advanced Acting Workshop (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 463A,B and audition. Extensive scene 
study, based on particular needs and problem areas of the 
advanced acting student. (6 hours activity) 

486 Advanced Lighting (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 386 or consent of instructor. Design and 
technology of lighting for the stage and television. (6 hours 
activity) May be repeated for credit. 

487 Advanced Audio Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 387 or consent of Instructor. Advanced 
problems in the design and technology of live and recorded 
sound used in the performing arts. (6 hours activity) 


194 

Theater and Dance 


California State University, Fullerton 


488 Advanced Design and Technology (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 276A,B, 277, 288 and consent of instruc* 
tor. Advanced design, coordination of scenery and/or cos- 
tume design projects for various types of theatres and televi- 
sion. May be repeated for credit. 

495 Theatre Internship (3) 

Consent of appropriate faculty supervisor. Supervised work 
experience in all areas of theatre to expand the dimensions 
of the classroom by integrating the formal academic training 
with direct application. Periodic seminar meetings to discuss 
work. 

497 Production and Performance Projects in Theatre (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper division standing and consent of instruc- 
tor; application form with appropriate signatures must be on 
file In department office prior to registration. Projects which 
culminate in production or performance. May be repeated 
for credit. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper division standing and consent of instruc- 
tor; application form with appropriate signatures must be on 
file In department office prior to registration. Undergraduate 
research projects. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Theatre (3) 

Methodological problems in graduate research. Location of 
source materials, including library and original data; interpre- 
tation of research and practice in scholarly writing. Must be 
taken the first semester after admission to graduate study. 

501 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Theatre Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 500. Directed research; the relationship 
between historical backgrounds and developments in the the- 
atre and the student's area of concentration. 

541 Voice and Movement for the Actor (2) 

Prerequisite: audition. Corequisite: Theatre 563. Develop- 
ment and conditioning of the actor's voice and body, with 
an emphasis upon understanding and transforming the actor's 
use of his/her vocal and physical instrument. Required of first 
and second year M.F.A. students. May be repeated for credit. 

543 The Performer and the Professional Theatre (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 443 and audition. Continues techniques 
and strategies used by the performer in accessing the profes- 
sional environments of live theatre, film, and television, includ- 
ing the selection, preparation and performance of dramatic 
material for a professional acting showcase. 

563 Acting Studio (4) 

Prerequisite: audition. Re-creation and interpretation of roles 
utilizing period and contemporary dramatic literature, inter- 
relating voice, movement, characterization and period style 
acting. Enrollment limited to M.F.A. students. May be repeated 
for credit. 

565 Dramatic Textual Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. The process of translating a 
dramatic text to theatrical production, with an emphasis upon 
the techniques of perception, imagination, and Integration 
used by the theatrical artist in developing a concept and 
determining specific performance choices. 


566 Seminar in Technical Production (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Advanced theories in the 
preparation and installation of scenery for theatrical produc- 
tion; engineering drawings, exploration of materials, and re- 
search into new methods of theatre technology. May be re- 
peated for credit up to six units. 

570A,B Styles of Directing/Performance (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 470A,B or consent of instructor. Research 
in the theories of directing and acting styles and practice In 
directing and performance of period plays. A - Staging and 
acting problems from Greek tragedy through the Restoration. 
B - Staging and acting problems from recent classical work 
(Ibsen, Strinberg, Chekhov) to present. May be repeated once 
for credit. 

573 Seminar in Dramatic Literature (3) 

Directed research and criticism in the examination of contri- 
butions of major dramatists or dramatic genres. Emphasis on 
dramatic analysis. 

575 Seminar in Theatre History (3) 

Directed research and criticism in the examination of signifi- 
cant historical periods or movements In theatre history. May 
be repeated for credit. 

577 Graduate Seminar: Costuming (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Costume production prob- 
lems and their solutions. Examination of specific designers, past 
and present. Research In practical methods of Interpreting the 
designer's sketch. May be repeated for credit up to six units. 

578 Graduate Seminar: Scene Design (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Scenic design projects in- 
volving in-depth production style and scheme development. 
May be repeated for credit up to six units. 

582A,B Camera Techniques for the Actor and Director (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 541 and 563. Theatre 582 A is prerequisite 
to 582B. An in-depth study of the process and performance of 
camera techniques utilized by actor and director. Includes cam- 
era compatibility, rehearsal, acting and directing methods. A - 
Development of screen acting and directing techniques. B - 
Production of varied dramatic presentations for broadcast. 

583 Graduate Seminar: Acting (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 463A,B. Investigation and delineation of 
current acting methods as techniques for solving problems 
presented by popular dramatic literature. Development of a 
personal acting philosophy and methodology. May be re- 
peated once for credit. 

586 Graduate Seminar: Lighting Design (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Advance theoretical light- 
ing design projects. Production problems and their solutions. 
Examination of specific designers, past and present. May be 
repeated for credit up to six units. 

588A.B Graduate Projects in Design and Technical Theatre (3,3) 

Theoretical projects and designs for productions prior to final 
projects. Faculty and student critiques. Tailored to Individual 
student needs. Enrollment limited to M.F.A. students. 

597 Project (1-3) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor, student's graduate com- 


195 

Theater and Dance 


California State University, Fullerton 


mittee and department executive committee. Deveiopment 
and presentation of a creative project beyond reguiarly of- 
fered coursework. May be repeated for credit up to six units. 
Student must complete course application form by the end 
of the seventh week of the semester preceding that in which 
the work is to be done. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: consent of student's graduate committee; ap- 
plication form with appropriate signatures must be on file in 
department office prior to registration. Development and pre- 
sentation of a thesis in the student's area of concentration. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: consent of student's graduate committee and 
instructor; application form with appropriate signatures must 
be on file in department office prior to registration. Research 
in theatre. May be repeated for credit. 


THEATRE EDUCATION COURSES 

442 Teaching Theatre in the Secondary School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher education. Objectives, 
methods and materials for teaching In the secondary school. 

449E Externship in Secondary Teaching (3) 

See description under Department of Secondary Education. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 

See description under Department of Secondary Education. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 

See description under Department of Secondary Education. 


196 

Theater and Dance 


School of Business Administration 
& Economics 



Dean: Ephraim P. Smith 

Associate Deans: 

Dorothy Heide, Undergraduate Programs 
Richard Stolz, Graduate Studies 

Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentrations in: 

Accounting 
Business Economics 
Finance 
Management 

Management Information Systems 
Management Science 
Marketing 

Bachelor of Arts in Economics 

Bachelor of Arts In International Business 

Concentrations In: 

French 

German 

Japanese 

Portuguese 

Spanish 

Minor in Business Administration 
Minor in Economics 

Minor in Management Information Systems 
Master of Science in Accountancy 

Master of Business Administration 

Concentrations in: 

Accounting 
Business Economics 
Finance 

International Business 
Management 

Management Science/Information Systems 
Marketing 


197 

School of Business Administration & Economics 



California State University. Fullerton 


Master of Arts in Economics 

Master of Science in Management Science 

Concentrations In: 

Management Information Systems 
Operations Research 
Statistics 

Master of Science in Taxation 
INTRODUCTION 

Programs of study In the School of Business Administration and 
Economics equip men and women with the intellectual and 
professional tools needed to assume responsible positions In 
business, industry, education, government, and social service. 
The school offers a broad exposure to business administration 
and economics. Behavioral and quantitative sciences are stud- 
ied in both theoretical and applied contexts. Mathematics is 
used as a key tool in the analysis of complex problems and in 
the interpretation of data. Emphasis Is placed on effective oral 
and written communication. Students are made aware of the 
need for imaginative, innovative solutions to business prob- 
lems that encompass human needs and ethical objectives. 

The school provides the opportunity to develop technical ex- 
pertise In a chosen discipline at a beginning professional level 
acceptable to prospective employers. Seven concentrations 
are offered within the business administration major as well as 
an economics major, an international business major and a 
business education credential program. 

The School of Business Administration and Economics offers 
the only undergraduate and graduate programs in Orange 
County accredited by the American Assembly of Collegiate 
Schools of Business. Accreditation assures a rigorous course of 
study covering the full spectrum of business administration. It 
also indicates a well-qualified faculty, high standards for stu- 
dents. access to computing and an extensive library system. 

Mission Statement 

The Mission of the School of Business Administration and Eco- 
nomics. California State University. Fullerton Is to serve the 
educational needs of the region and state through under- 
graduate. graduate, and outreach programs. Specifically, the 
School will provide high-quality, affordable business educa- 
tion to a large and diverse group of undergraduates. For the 
working adults who form the core of the graduate student 
population, the School will provide high-quality, well-focused 
professional business education. The School will reach out to 
the community through workshops, certificates, in-house train- 
ing. consulting and other forms of non-traditional education; 
community-based research and other research services are 
a part of this effort. The School will support research that con- 
tributes to the intellectual capital of the School's faculty, the 
University and society. This Mission, taken as a whole, should 
be seen as having interrelated parts that work together and 
support the entire educational enterprise. 

Mission: Undergraduate Education 

Undergraduate business education is the School's major fo- 
cus. Undergraduate programs must prepare students to think 


critically and provide them with the range of skills required to 
meet the challenges of a changing world environment. To 
achieve this mission, the School will 

• Provide an integrated . competency-based undergraduate 
education that develops contemporary, applied comput- 
ing expertise, an understanding of the Interplay of do- 
mestic and international operations on functional areas, 
and the ability to manage ethically In a changing world 
environment; 

• Prepare undergraduate students to pursue entry and mid- 
level positions in the functional areas and specialized pro- 
fessions, entrepreneurship, and graduate education. 

Mission: Graduate Education 

Graduate business education is built on a sound undergradu- 
ate foundation enriched by advanced theoretical knowledge 
and contemporary professional expertise. With this educa- 
tion. graduate students will develop a global managerial per- 
spective. To achieve this mission, the School will 

• Emphasize advanced professional education that strength- 
ens the ability to communicate ideas effectively within an 
Increasingly complex environment, to manage ethically 
in a changing social milieu using contemporary manage- 
ment practices, and to develop attitudes that foster global 
competitiveness; 

• Prepare graduate students to assume leadership roles of 
increasing responsibility In business, government and not- 
for-profit organizations. 

Mission: Community Outreach 

Community outreach supports and complements the School's 
education functions and links the School to Its environment. It 
is the School's and faculty's opportunity to offer distinctive 
services to special clientele; individuals, businesses, goverrv 
ment, etc. This mission encompasses the School's efforts to 
weave lasting relationships with local government, industry and 
professional organizations and to retain and build on Its diver- 
sity through recruitment of underrepresented faculty and stu- 
dents. To fulfill this mission, the School will 

• Create client-focused educational opportunities and pro- 
vide research services through the School's Centers and 
Institutes; 

• Disseminate relevant research produced through the efforts 
of the faculty and the School's Centers and Institutes 
throughout the region in public forums and the media; 

• Support faculty working collaboratively with local govern- 
ment agencies, businesses and professional organizations; 
and 

• Ensure both a diverse student body and a diverse faculty 
through targeted recruitment, retention and development 
efforts. 

Mission: Enhanced Intellectual Capital 

The School's Intellectual capital is the foundation on which 
the education mission rests. Therefore, faculty must be nur- 


198 

School of Business Administration & Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 


tured \n their efforts to continuously build on their existing re- 
search and teaching strengths. To achieve a higher level of 
faculty development, the School will 

• Support and encourage the theoretical and applied re- 
search activities of the faculty whether accomplished 
individually or as a collaborative endeavor, either within 
a discipline or as an Interdisciplinary activity; 

• Encourage applied research as it affects Orange County 
and/or supports and enhances the educational mission of 
the University; 

• Aid and nurture faculty research efforts through various 
types of intramural grants and assist in their efforts for 
extramural grants; 

• Support and encourage faculty seeking leadership roles 
within professional and academic organizations at all 
levels; 

• Create an environment that supports teaching excellence, 
educational innovation and curriculum development; and 

• Promote an atmosphere that encourages a free Intellec- 
tual exchange of ideas in an environment of academic 
freedom. 

Preparation for Undergraduate Degree Programs 

Algebra and geometry are necessary for many required busi- 
ness courses. The equivalent of three years of high school 
mathematics, including a second course in algebra, is the pre- 
requisite for the required Math 135 Business Calculus. Students 
without the necessary background should enroll in Math 1 15 
College Algebra. 

Proficiency In written English is essential to all college courses. 
Students should plan to take the written English component of 
General Education as soon as possible and take the English 
Writing Proficiency (EWP) examination while juniors. 

Business students are encouraged to take courses In sociol- 
ogy, psychology, anthropology, speech communication, 
political science, history, philosophy, geography and foreign 
languages. Many courses in these fields may be used to meet 
general education requirements. For the International business 
degree, intermediate level competency in a foreign language, 
equivalent to Foreign Language 204 courses, is prerequisite to 
the required concentration courses. It is strongly recom- 
mended that students planning to major in international busi- 
ness complete a minimum of three years of foreign language 
study while In high school. 

Business Advising Center 
Langsdorf Hall, Room 700 

Undergraduate Program Advising 

The Business Advising Center serves business administration, 
economics and international business majors. Information is 
available on admissions, curriculum and graduation require- 
ments, as well as on registration and grading procedures, resi- 


dence and similar academic matters. Transfer students should 
see on adviser immediately regarding transfer credit. For 
information on general education, consult the Academic 
Advisement Center. 

Graduate Program Advising 

The graduate adviser (in the Business Advising Center) provides 
academic advising for the graduate programs in accoun- 
tancy, business administration, management science and 
taxation. Information Is available on admissions, curriculum and 
graduation requirements, as well as on registration procedures, 
residence and similar academic matters. For information on 
admission, curriculum and graduation requirements for the 
M.A. In Economics, see the graduate program coordinator in 
the Economics Department. Students should also consult the 
faculty coordinators for the programs in accountancy, 
management science and taxation. 

Transfer Credit for Business and Economics Courses 

Students should see an adviser Immediately regarding trans- 
fer credit. College level courses successfully completed at 
another college or university may be applied towards the re- 
quirements of the SBAE subject to the approval of the appro- 
priate department chair. Lower division courses completed at 
an appropriately accredited institution with a grade of X" or 
better that are equivalent in content and level may be con- 
sidered. Upper division transfer courses will be considered if 
the course Is (a) equivalent in content and level, (b) completed 
with a grade of X" or better, and (c) taught in an American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business accredited pro- 
gram. Exceptions require thorough documentation evidenc- 
ing the above standards. Lists of approved equivalent courses 
from local community colleges are available in the Business 
Advising Center. All other courses are subject to approval by 
the department chair concerned. In these cases, the student 
must supply catalog descriptions, course outlines and textbook 
titles. Courses taken in the extension division of another uni- 
versity, or by correspondence, are generally not acceptable. 

Internships and Cooperative Education 

Students may earn academic credit, first-hand work experi- 
ence and financial remuneration as well. Opportunities exist 
in accounting and auditing; cost-benefit analysis and econo- 
metrics; finance and real estate; insurance and banking; man- 
agement and industrial relations; marketing, sales and adver- 
tising; and business data systems. For more information, con- 
sult the Internship adviser in your department or In the Center 
for Internships and Cooperative Education. 

student Organizations 

Chapters of the following national honor societies have been 
established on campus with membership open to qualified 
students: Beta Alpha PsI (accounting). Beta Gamma Sigma 
(business). Delta Sigma Pi (business). Financial Management 
Association Honor Society (finance), Omicron Delta Epsilon 
(economics). Phi Kappa Phi (all-campus). Pi Sigma Epsilon 
(marketing). In addition there are the following clubs which 
students are encouraged to join: Accounting Society, AIESEC, 
APICS (American Production and Inventory Control Society), 


199 

School of Business Administration & Economics 


California State University. Fullerton 


Black Business Students, Data Processing Management 
Association, Economics Association, Finance Association. 
American Marketing Association, Personnel and Industrial 
Relations Association. Personnel Management Association of 
Aztian. Rho Epsilon, Securities and Investment Association, and 
The Institute of Management Science. 

Prizes in Business Administration and Economics 

Stephen J. Barres Leadership Award 

Theodore H. Smith Outstanding Graduate Student Award 

Executive Council Outstanding Student Award 

Executive Council Outstanding Faculty Award 

See also awards listed under each department. 

For additional Information on awards and scholarships avail- 
able to business students, contact the office of the Dean, 
Langsdorf Hall 700. 

Computer Facilities 

The CSUF Computer Center in McCarthy Hall and the SBAE 
Satellite Computer Laboratory in Langsdorf Hall are available 
for student use. Facilities include terminals (which access the 
campus' main computers), microcomputers, and printers. 
Computer facilities are generally available evenings and week- 
ends during the school year. 


Information on the Degree Requirements 

Accountancy, Master of Science 
See '‘Department of Accounting ' 

Business Administration, Bachelor of Arts 

Business Administration, Master of Business Administration 

Business Administration, Minor 

Management Information Systems. Minor 
See '‘Business Administration Degrees" 

Economics, Bachelor of Arts 

Economics. Master of Arts 

Economics. Minor 
See “Department of Economics" 

International Business, Bachelor of Arts 
See “International Business Program " 

Management Science, Master of Science 
See “Department of Management Science/Information 
Systems" 

Taxation, Master of Science 
See “Department of Accounting " 


200 

School of Business Administration & Economics 


Department of 
Accounting 


Chair: Gerald B. Noth 

Department Office: Langsdorf Hall 630 

Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentration in Accounting 

Master of Science in Accountancy 

Master of Business Administration 

Concentration in Accounting 

Master of Science in Taxation 

Faculty 

Jan Andrus, Mary Fleming, Paul Foote, Clyde Hardman, 
Mahamood Hassan, A. Jay Hirsch, Gerald Noth, KJ. Kim, Keith 
W. Lantz, Andrew Luzi, Don Marshall, Robert McCabe, Robert 
Miller, Christopher Petruzzi, Shlrish Seth, Ephraim Smith, Randy 
Swad, Kimberly Tarantino 

Advisers 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 7CX), provides infor- 
mation on admissions, curriculum and graduation requirements; 
registration and grading procedures; residence and similar aca- 
demic matters. In addition, the Accounting Department Chair 
provides advising on curriculum content and career opportu- 
nities In Accounting, the CPA Examination, and Taxation. 

INTRODUCTION 

Accounting is often referred to as “the language of business." 
Very generally, the accounting process Is concerned with re- 
cording, classifying, reporting and interpreting the economic 
data of an organization. These data are Important to users, 
who may include managers. Investors and other interested 
groups. Accounting helps in decision-making processes by 
showing how money has been spent and where commitments 
have been made, by judging performance and by showing 
the implications of following different courses of action. Reli- 
able Information in a dynamic business environment is neces- 
sary for sound decisions concerning the allocation of scarce 
resources. Thus accounting plays a very significant part In our 
social and economic systems. 

Programs in accounting are designed for students who are 
interested In careers In public accounting, industry, govern- 
ment, or service organizations, and for students who Intend to 
work for advanced degrees in accounting in preparation for 
teaching and research. 



201 

Accounting 



California State University, Fullerton 


Credential Information 

The Department of Accounting offers courses which may be 
included in the Single Subject Waiver Program in Business. 
Further information on the requirements for teaching creden- 
tials Is contained in the Teacher Credential Programs section 
of this catalog. 

Awards in Accounting 

Accounting Focus Group Awards: 

GPA Award 

Communications Award 
Community Service Award 
Outstanding Student Award 
Beta Alpha Psi Award 
Accounting Society Award 

American Society of Women Accountants, Orange County 
Chapter 

Amy Vanasse Memorial Award 

Association of Government Accountants Award 

Awards from various CPS review firms 

California Society of CPAs 

Cynthia A. Brown Memorial Scholarship 

Institute of Internal Auditors Award 

Institute of Management Accountants Award 

Wiley CPA Review Materials Award 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See "Business Administration Degrees, Accounting Concen- 
tration. ' 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ACCOUNTANCY 

The Master of Science in Accountancy program provides the 
conceptual understanding and technical competence for a 
career in professional accounting. Employment opportunities 
include public accounting, industrial accounting and govern- 
ment. The program encompasses both a theoretical founda- 
tion and technical skills. Emphasis Is placed on the develop- 
ment of a professional attitude and the capacity to deal with 
issues of accounting policy and ethics. Graduates should be 
prepared for entry-level positions, and for potential advance- 
ment in the profession. 

The M.S. In Accountancy program is scheduled especially for 
students who are employed full time. Courses are offered dur- 
ing the late afternoon and evening. Most students enroll on a 
part-time basis, taking two courses (6 units) per semester. 

The curriculum is designed for students with an undergradu- 
ate degree in business administration with a concentration in 
accounting. In addition to seven required accounting courses, 
there are two electives and a terminal, research-project 
course. Students not holding an undergraduate degree In 
accounting or business may apply; qualified candidates will 
be admitted to postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing or 
conditionally classified standing as explained In the Admissions 
section below. 

Cal State Fullerton is the only university in Orange County ac- 
credited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of 
Business at both the undergraduate and graduate level. This 


assures a rigorous program, a well qualified faculty, high stan- 
dards for students, and access to an extensive library system. 
The qualifications of the M.S. In Accountancy faculty include 
advanced degrees in accounting, taxation, and law; practi- 
cal experience; and professional standing as CPAs, CMAs. and 
attorneys. 

Most graduate courses In the School of Business Administra- 
tion and Economics require "classified SBAE status* and are 
open only to students with classified standing in the M.B.A., 
M.S. In Accountancy. M.S. In Taxation, M.S. In Management 
Science, or M.A. in Economics programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following requirements will be admitted 
to postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing. 

1 . Acceptable bachelor's degree from an Institution accred- 
ited by a regional accrediting association, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted and In good standing at the last college 
attended. 

Note: Postbaccalaureate-unclassified students may enroll In 
undergraduate courses (100 through 400 level) but generally 
are Ineligible for graduate business courses (500 level). Such 
students may wish to take undergraduate courses which are 
necessary to meet the requirements for classified standing (see 
below). Upon completing the requirements, the student may 
file an "Application for Postbaccalaureate/Graduate Change 
of Academic Objective* requesting admission to the M.S. in 
Accountancy program. Admission to the university as a 
postbaccalaureate-unclassifled student does not constitute 
admission to the M.S. In Accountancy program, does not confer 
priority, nor does it guarantee future admission. Students plan- 
ning to apply for admission to the M.S. in Accountancy pro- 
gram should confer with the graduate adviser in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics. 

Students meeting the following departmental requirements 
may be admitted to the M.S. in Accountancy program with 
conditionally classified standing: 

3. Combination of GPA and score on the Graduate Manage- 
ment Admission Test (GM AT) sufficient to yield a score of at 
least 1000 according to one of the following formulas. Due 
to limited facilities and resources In the School of Business 
Administration and Economics, a higher score may be re- 
quired of all applicants. 

A. If overall undergraduate GPA Is at least 2.7 and GMAT 
Is at least 450, then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 

B. If overall undergraduate GPA is below 2.7 or GMAT is 
below 450, then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT - 50. 

Conditionally classified students may take a limited number 
of graduate courses (5(X) level) subject to the approval of the 
graduate adviser of the School of Business Administration and 
Economics. Students may take whatever courses are neces- 
sary to fulfill requirement 4 (below) while enrolled as condi- 
tionally classified students. In addition, a maximum of 9 units 


202 

Accounting 


California State University, Fullerton 


(three courses) from the M.S. in Accountancy curriculum may 
be taken while In conditionally classified standing. 

Students meeting the following additional requirements will be 
advanced to classified standing. Such students are eligible to 
take graduate courses for which they qualify. 

4. A bachelor's degree with a major in business administra- 
tion and a concentration in accounting which meets the 
requirements stated in this catalog for such degrees. The 
degree must include calculus and computer information 
systems equivalent to passing Mathematics 135, Business 
Calculus (3 units) and Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction 
to Computing and Programming Concepts (3 units), with 
grades of at least C. Courses In the major are to be no 
more than seven years old, and courses In the accounting 
concentration no more than five years old. Courses In the 
major (including the accounting concentration) must have 
at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; courses with grades lower than C 
must be repeated with at least a C grade. Any deficien- 
cies must be made up by taking additional coursework. 
Applicants with a bachelor's degree in a field other than 
Business Administration may meet this requirement by com- 
pleting the courses In calculus and computer information 
systems (above) with grades of at least C, courses in the 
accounting concentration, and also the Foundation 
Courses within the curriculum of the Master of Business 
Administration (27 units, including Accounting 510; Business 
Admin 590; Economics 5 15; Finance 51 7; Management 515, 
516, 518; Management Sci/Info Systems 513, and Market- 
ing 519). Both the accounting concentration courses and 
the MBA Foundation Courses must have at least a 3.0 (B) 
GPA; accounting concentration courses and Foundation 
Courses with grades lower than C must be repeated with 
at least a C grade. 

5. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units of course work be- 
yond the baccalaureate degree. At least 24 of the 30 units 
required for the degree must be at the graduate level. A 3.0 
GPA (B) is required in study plan courses and over-all appli- 
cable coursework. Any study plan course with a grade lower 
than C must be repeated with at least a C grade. 

Required Courses (21 units) 

Accounting 502 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 
Accounting 503 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting 
Problems (3) 

Accounting 505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Accounting 506 Seminar In Professional Accounting 
Communications (3) 

Accounting 507 Seminar in Accounting Information 
Systems (3) 

Accounting 521 Seminar In Administrative Accounting (3) 
Accounting 572 Seminar in Taxation of Corporations and 
Shareholders (3) 

Electives in Accounting or Related Business Fields 

Two courses (6 units) at the 400 or 500 level, to be selected in 


consultation with, and approved by, the program coordina- 
tor. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Accounting 597 Project (3) 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See '^Business Administration Degrees, Accounting Concen- 
tration. ' 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TAXATION 

The Master of Science in Taxation program provides the con- 
ceptual understanding and technical competence for a 
career in taxation. Employment opportunities Include the tax 
dep>artments of CPA and law firms, as well as corporations and 
government tax agencies. For those already employed In this 
field, the M.S. In Taxation program should meet the continuing 
education requirements of professional associations and licens- 
ing boards. 

The M.S. In Taxation program is scheduled especially for stu- 
dents who are employed full time. Courses are offered during 
the late afternoon and evening. Most students enroll on a part- 
time basis, taking two courses (6 units) per semester. 

The curriculum is designed for students with an undergraduate 
degree in business administration or accounting. In addition 
to six required courses in the field of taxation, there are three 
electives and a terminal, research-project course. Students not 
holding an undergraduate degree in accounting or business 
may apply; qualified candidates will be admitted to post- 
baccalaureate-unclassified standing or conditionally classified 
standing as explained in the Admissions section, below. 

Cal State Fullerton Is the only university in Orange County 
accredited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools 
of Business at both the undergraduate and graduate level. 
This assures a rigorous program, a well qualified faculty, high 
standards for students, and access to an extensive library 
system. The qualifications of the M.S. In Taxation faculty In- 
clude advanced degrees in taxation, accounting, and law; 
practical tax experience; and professional standing as CPAs 
and attorneys. 

Most graduate courses In the School of Business Administra- 
tion and Economics require "classified SBAE status" and are 
open only to students with classified standing in the M.B.A., 
M.S. in Accountancy, M.S. in Taxation, M.S. in Management 
Science, or M.A. In Economics programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following requirements will be admitted 
to postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing: 

1 . Acceptable bachelor's degree from an institution accred- 
ited by a regional accrediting association, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted and in good standing at the last college 
attended. 


203 

Accounting 


California State University, Fuilerton 


Note: Postbaccalaureate unclassified students may enroll in 
undergraduate courses (ICX) thru 400 level) but are generally 
ineligible for graduate business courses (500 level). Such stu- 
dents may wish to take undergraduate courses which are 
necessary to meet the requirements for classified standing (see 
below). Upon completing the requirements, the student may 
file an “Application for Postbaccalaureate/Graduate Change 
of Academic Objective" requesting admission to the M.S. in 
Taxation program. Admission to the university as a 
postbaccalaureate-unclassified student does not constitute 
admission to the M.S. in Taxation program, does not confer 
priority, nor does it guarantee future admission. Students plan- 
ning to apply for admission to the M.S. in Taxation program 
should confer with the graduate adviser In the School of Busi- 
ness Administration and Economics. 

Students meeting the following departmental requirements will 
be admitted to the M.S. in Taxation program with condition- 
ally classified standing: 

3. Combination of GPA and score on the Graduate Manage- 
ment Admission Test (GM AT) sufficient to yield a score of at 
least 1 000 according to one of the following formulas. Due 
to limited facilities and resources In the School of Business 
Administration and Economics, a higher score may be re- 
quired of all applicants. 

A. If overall undergraduate GPA Is at least 2.7 and GMAT 
is at least 450. then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 

B. If overall undergraduate GPA Is below 2.7 or GMAT is 
below 450. then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT - 50. 

Conditionally classified students may take a limited number 
of graduate courses (500 level) subject to the approval of the 
graduate adviser of the School of Business Administration and 
Economics. Students may take whatever courses are neces- 
sary to fulfill requirement 4 (below) while enrolled as condi- 
tionally classified students. In addition, a maximum of 9 units 
(three courses) from the M.S. in Taxation curriculum may be 
taken while in conditionally classified standing. 

Students meeting the following additional requirements will be 
advanced to classified standing. Such students are eligible to 
take graduate courses for which they qualify. 

4. A bachelor's degree with a major in business administra- 
tion which meets the requirements stated in this catalog 
for such degrees, and Accounting 308, Concepts of Fed- 
eral Income Tax Accounting (or an equivalent course or 
work experience). The degree must include calculus and 
computer information systems equivalent to passing Math- 
ematics 135. Business Calculus (3 units) and Manag Sci/ 
Info Sys 265, Introduction to Computing and Programming 
Concepts (3 units), with grades of at least C. Courses in 
the major are to be no more than seven years old and 
must have at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; courses with grades lower 
than C must be repeated with at least a C grade. Appli- 
cants with a bachelor's degree in a field other than Busi- 
ness Administration may meet this requirement by com- 
pleting the courses in calculus and computer information 
systems (above) with grades of at least C, Accounting 308 
with a grade of at least C. and also the Foundation Courses 
within the curriculum of the Master of Business Administra- 


tion (27 units. Including Accounting 510; Business Admin 
590; Economics 515; Finance 517; Management 515, 516. 
518; Manag Sci/Info Sys 513, and Marketing 519). The MBA 
Foundation Courses must have at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; Foun- 
dation Courses with grades lower than C must be repeated 
with at least a C grade. 

5. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units of course work be- 
yond the baccalaureate degree. At least 21 of the 30 units 
required for the degree must be at the graduate level. A 3.0 
GPA (B) Is required in study plan courses and over-all appli- 
cable coursework. Any study plan course with a grade lower 
than C must be repeated with at least a C grade. 

Required Tax Course 

Accounting 470 Tax Research. Practice and Procedures (3) 

Electives in Taxation and Related Fields 

Five courses (15 units) to be selected In consultation with, and 
approved by. the student's program coordinator. 

Available courses include but are not limited to: 

Accounting 408 Problems In Taxation (3) 

Accounting 508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 

Accounting 572 Seminar In Taxation of Corporations and 
Shareholders (3) 

Accounting 573 Seminar in Taxation of Property 
Transactions (3) 

Accounting 574 Seminar In Taxation of International Business 
Operations (3) 

Accounting 575 Seminar In Estate. Gift, Inheritance Taxes 
and Estate Ranning (3) 

Accounting 576 Seminar in State and Local Taxation (3) 
Accounting 577 Seminar In Taxation of Employee 
Compensation (3) 

Accounting 578 Seminar in Taxation of Partnerships (3) 

other Electives 

Courses are to be selected in consultation with, and approved 
by. the student's adviser. 

One course (3 units) in either economics or px)litlcal science 
and two courses (6 units) In either business or non-business fields. 

Note: recommended courses in economics and political sci- 
ence include Econ 517. Poll Sci 421. 519, 528. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Accounting 597 Roject (3) 

ACCOUNTING COURSES 

201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: None. Accounting concepts and techniques 
essential to the administration of a business enterprise: ana- 


204 

Accounting 


California State University, Fullerton 


lyzing arid recording financial transactions; accounting valu- 
ation and allocation practices; preparation, analysis and in- 
terpretation of financial statements; international accounting 
issues. (Not open to freshmen) 

20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A. Introduction to managerial 
accounting; product costing; budgetary control and respon- 
sibility accounting; analysis and techniques for aiding man- 
agement planning and control decisions; basic Income tax 
concepts for planning business transactions. (Not open to fresh- 
men) 

301 A, B Intermediate Accounting (3.3) 

Prerequisites for 301 A: Accounting 201 B. a passing score on 
the accounting qualifying examination, and completion of all 
lower division business administration core courses with grades 
of at least C in each course. Prerequisite for 301 B: A grade of 
C or better in Accounting 301 A. Accounting theory; prepara- 
tion of income statements, balance sheets and statements of 
changes in financial position; present value and amount 
concepts; assets, liabilities and stockholders equity; price-level 
accounting; pensions; leases; earnings per share; financial 
statement analysis; accounting changes and error analysis. 

302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201 B, a passing score on the ac- 
counting qualifying examination, and completion of all lower 
division business administration core courses with grades of 
at least C in each course, or a grade of C or better In 301 A. 
Accounting Information for management of manufacturing 
enterprises; cost records; cost behavior and allocation; prod- 
uct costing and inventory valuation; flexible budgeting; stan- 
dard costs; responsibility accounting; cost planning and con- 
trol; and operating decision analysis. 

308 Concepts of Federal Income Tax Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201 B, a passing score on the ac- 
counting qualifying examination, and completion of all lower 
division business administration core courses with grades of at 
least C in each course, or a grade of C or better in 301 A. Pro- 
visions. legislative history and implications of the federal Income 
tax. 

358 Principles of Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A or instructor permission. The fed- 
eral tax system, federal Income taxation relating to federal 
tax system, federal Income taxation relating to individuals, 
corporations, partnerships, and fiduciaries. Federal estate and 
gift taxes. Not open to accounting majors. 

401 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 301 B with a grade of C or better. Busi- 
ness combinations; meaning, usefulness and methodology of 
consolidated financial statements; investments in non-subsid- 
iary affiliates and corporate joint ventures; consolidated finan- 
cial statements for overseas units of U.S.-based multinational 
companies; translations of foreign currencies. 

402 Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301 B and 302 with grades of C or 
better. The auditing standards and procedures used by finan- 
cial and operational auditors. Management information and 
computer systems, internal control, audit evidence, profes- 


sional responsibilities and legal liabilities, standards of report- 
ing financial information. 

403 Accounting for Governmental & Nonprofit Entities (3) 
(Formerly 303) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB and 302 with grades of C or 
better. Fund accounting as applied to governmental and 
nonprofit entitles; state and federal governments, municipali- 
ties. hospitals and universities. Budgets, tax levies, revenues and 
appropriations, expenditures and encumbrances, various 
types of funds, and accounting statements. 

407 Accounting Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301 A and 302 with grades of C or 
better and Manage Sci/Info Sys 265 or equivalent. Alternative 
accounting systems used for the collection, organization and 
presentation of Information. Theory and practice of informa- 
tion processing: organizational, behavioral and mechanical. 

408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 308 with a grade of C or better. Fed- 
eral income tax as it applies to corporations, partnerships, 
fiduciaries, and federal estate and gift taxes as they apply to 
taxable transfers. 

470 Tax Research. Practice and Procedures (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 308 with a grade of C or better. The 
methodology of tax research including case studies; the man- 
agement of a tax practice; administration procedures gov- 
erning tax controversies; rights and obligations of taxpayers 
and tax practitioners. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB (may be taken concurrently). 
Accounting 302. a concentration In accounting, consent of 
the department internship adviser, and at least junior stand- 
ing. 2.5 GPA and one semester in residence at the university. 
Planned and supervised work experience. May be repeated 
for credit up to a total of six units. Credit/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1 -3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval of department 
chair. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to 
pursue directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for 
credit. Not open to students on academic probation. 

502 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301 B, classified SBAE status and con- 
sent of instructor. The effects of professional, governmental, 
business, and social forces on the evolution of accounting 
theory. 

503 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: classified M.S. in Accounting status or consent of 
instructor. Current issues in financial reporting Including pro- 
nouncements by the Financial Accounting Standards Board 
and the Securities and Exchange Commission. Coverage of 
topics will change as new issues In accounting emerge. 

505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 402 and classified SBAE status. Au- 
diting theory and practices; professional ethics; auditing stan- 
dards; Securities and Exchange Commission and stock ex- 
change regulations; auditor's legal liability; statement trends 
and techniques. 


205 

Accounting 


California State University, Fullerton 


506 Seminar in Professional Accounting Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: classified M.S. in Accounting status or consent of 
instructor. Compilation and composition of accounting reports 
and client presentations relating to accountants' working 
papers, client engagement letters, management advisory re- 
ports and prospectuses. 

507 Seminar in Accounting Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 407, or equivalent with consent of 
Instructor. Case studies of computer based accounting systenrrs 
used by organizations such as universities, banks. Industrial 
corporations and CPA firms. Emphasis on accounting informa- 
tion, reports and internal controls. 

508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status, or 
consent of Instructor. Substantive provisions of federal law; tax 
planning from a corporate viewpoint; case studies of the 
effect of federal tax law on business decisions. 

510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. Accumulation, organization, 
and Interpretation of financial and quantitative data relevant 
to the activities of corporate business enterprise. 

51 1 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201 B or 510, and classified SBAE status. 
Accounting information for management decisions; elements 
of manufacturing, distribution and service costs; cost systems; 
standard costs; cost reports; cost analysis. 

518 Seminar in International Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201 B or 51 1 and classified SBAE status. 
Comparative analysis of accounting principles and practices 
outside the United States; International financial accounting 
standards; current problems of international financial reporting, 
accounting planning and control for international operations; 
multinational companies. 

521 Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 302 or 51 1; classified SBAE status. In- 
tegrative aspects of accounting, financial, and quantitative 
data for managerial decision-making; long-term, short-term 
profit planning; budgetary control; cost analysis; financial 
analysis and planning; taxation; and transfer pricing. 

572 Seminar in Taxation of Corporations and Shareholders (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status, or 


consent of Instructor. Federal taxation relating to cor|X)ratlons; 
organizing, distributions, liquidations and reorganizations. 

573 Seminar in Taxation of Property Transactions (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status, or 
consent of Instructor. Federal taxation relating to sales, ex- 
changes and other transfers. 

574 Seminar in Taxation of International Business 
Operations (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status, or 
consent of instructor. Federal taxation relating to U.S. citizens 
and corporations with foreign source Income and of foreign 
persons with U.S. source Income; planning for foreign opera- 
tions. 

575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, Inheritance Taxes and Estate 
Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status, or 
consent of Instructor. Federal and California death taxes and 
the planning of personal estates. 

576 Seminar in State and Local Taxation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status, or 
consent of instructor. Application of interstate income alloca- 
tions; multi-state tax compact; separate v. apportionment 
accounting; foreign country sourced income. Also, California 
taxes as applied to businesses and individuals. 

577 Seminar in Taxation of Employee Compensation (3) 
Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status, or 
consent of instructor. Federal taxation relating to employee 
compensation including pensions and profit sharing, stock 
options, ESOPs, IRAs, Keoghs, maximum tax 5-year averaging, 
death benefits, group term life, etc. 

578 Seminar in Taxation of Partnerships (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status, or 
consent of Instructor. Federal taxation relating to partnerships, 
estates, trusts and other special entitles. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. Directed Independent In- 
quiry. Not open to students on academic probation. 

599 independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, consent of Instructor and 
approval of department chair and Associate Dean of 
Graduate Studies. May be repeated for credit. Not open to 
students on academic probation. 


206 

Accounting 


Business Administration 
Degrees 



INTRODUCTION 

This major prepares students for entry level positions in business 
and administration in both the private and public sectors. 
Career opportunities range from accounting, cost analysis, 
marketing research and statistical forecasting to real estate, 
personnel, sales and Information systems. This curriculum also 
provides a foundation for advanced study. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Admission to the Business Administration Major 

Admission to the Business Administration major involves two 
steps. Students who apply to the major are Initially classified 
as Pre-business. After completing the lower-division core re- 
quirements with grades of at least C, students may apply to 
the Business Administration major. Pre-business students may 
take lower-division business courses, but most upper-division 
courses are not open to Pre-business students. 

All of the following requirements must be met for the degree. 
Students must earn a grade of at least C in each course listed 
below. A C average Is acceptable In some concentrations. 
For assistance in interpreting these requirements contact the 
Business Advising Center. 

Required Lower- Division Core Courses 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Accounting 20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 201 Business Writing (3) 
or Business Admin 201 W Business Writing Workshop (3) 
Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and 
Programming Concepts (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 
or Math 130 Short Course In Calculus (4) 
or Math 150A Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 


Required Upper-Division Core Courses 

The following are required: 


Econ 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 
or Econ 315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 
or Econ 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 
Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 


207 

Business Administration 



California State University, Fullerton 


Management 339 Principles of Management & 

Operations (3) 

Management 340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: 
Probability and Statistics (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 B Quantitative Business Analysis: 

Statistics and Management Science (3) 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Required Capstone Core Course 

After completing all lower and upper-division core courses, 
take: 

Management 449 Seminar in Strategic Management (3) 

Required Concentration Courses 

A minimum of 18 units of course work is required in one con- 
centration. See listing of concentration requirements below. 

Collateral Requirement 

3-unit introductory social science course other than Econom- 
ics, chosen from General Education section III.C.l. 

other Requirements, Grades and Residence 

Global Awareness Requirement. Complete one course, of at 
least 3 units, in the area of Global Awareness. The course must 
be selected from the list of Approved Global Awareness 
Courses, which is available from the Business Advising Center. 

Other subjects. Complete at least 50 percent of the coursework 
for the degree in subjects other than business administration 
or economics. Complete all university requirements for the 
bachelor's degree. 

Grade-Point Average (GPA). Maintain at least a 2.0 GPA (C 
average) In all university courses. Earn at least a C grade In 
each core course and the concentration courses In Account- 
ing and Marketing. A 2.0 GPA is required for all concentrations. 

Grade option. Take all required core courses and all required 
concentration courses In the School of Business Administration 
and Economics for a letter grade (A,B,C,D,F). The Credit/No 
Credit grading option may not be used for these courses, and 
a grade of CR (credit) will not satisfy the requirements for the 
degree. Exception: Courses in calculus may be taken under 
the Credit/No Credit grading option; however, if it is also taken 
to meet general education requirements then It must be taken 
for a letter grade. 

Residence. At least nine units of courses In the area of con- 
centration and at least 15 of the last 24 units of courses must 
be taken in residence at the School of Business Administration 
and Economics. Students also must fulfill university residence 
requirements. 

Concentrations for the B.A. in Business 
Administration 

Business administration majors must complete the requirements 
of one concentration in addition to the degree requirements 
shown above. 


Accounting Concentration (21 units) 

All students with an accounting concentration are required 
to take the courses shown below. Before taking these courses, 
students must first complete all of the required lower division 
core courses with a grade of at least C In each course and 
must receive a passing score on the Accounting Qualifying 
Exam. Passing the test must occur no earlier than one year 
prior to enrollment in the first upper-division accounting course. 

Accounting 301 A,B Intermediate Accounting (3,3) 
Accounting 302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Accounting 308 Concepts of Federal Income Tax 
Accounting (3) 

Accounting 402 Auditing (3) 

Accounting 407 Accounting Information Systems (3) 

and one of the following courses: 

Accounting 401 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Accounting 403 Accounting for Governmental and 
Nonprofit Entities (3) 

Accounting 408 Problems In Taxation (3) 

Accounting 470 Tax Research, Practice and Procedures (3) 

Business Economics Concentration (18 units) 

All students with an economics concentration are required to 
take Econ 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) or 
Econ 315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) as part of 
their business administration core requirements. In addition, the 
concentration requires Econ 320 Intermediate Macroeco- 
nomic Analysis (3) and Econ 410 Government and Business (3) 
and 12 units of upper-division economics electives, 3 units of 
which must be at the 400-level. 

Students interested In economics also should consider the 
Bachelor of Arts in Economics. 

Finance Concentration (18 units) 

All students with a finance concentration must choose one of 
the following emphases: 

Financial Institutions Emphasis OB units) 

Finance 331 Financial Management and Computer 
Applications (3)* 

Finance 332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

Finance 425 Commercial Bank and Financial Institution 
Management (3) 

Finance 440 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

and 3 units of upper division finance electives (other than 

Finance 310) 

Financial Management Emphasis (18 units) 

Finance 331 Financial Management and Computer 
Applications (3)* 

Finance 332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 
and two of the following courses: 


208 

Business Administration 


California State University, Fullerton 


Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 

Finance 432 Financial Forecasting and Budgeting (3) 
Finance 433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 
and 3 units of upper division finance electives (other than 
Finance 310) 

Investments and Financial Planning Emphasis ( 1 8 units) 

Finance 331 Financial Management and Computer 
Applications (3)* 

Finance 332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 
and three of the following courses: 

Finance 360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Finance 410 Theory and Practice of Personal Financial 
Ranning (3) 

Finance 41 1 Retirement and Estate Planning (3) 

Finance 442 Advanced Investment Analysis (3) 

Finance 444 Options and Futures (3) 

Finance 455 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 

Note: To be eligible to sit for the Certified Financial Planner 
Examination, students must take all of the following: Finance 
340, 360, 410, 41 1 , 455, and Accounting 358. 

Real Estate Emphasis (18 units) 

Finance 331 Financial Management and Computer 
Applications (3)* 

Finance 332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 

Finance 351 Real Estate and Urban Land Analysis (3) 

Finance 452 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Finance 453 Real Estate Valuation (3) 
and one of the following courses: 

Finance 451 Real Estate/Land Use Law - Case Studies (3) 
Finance 454 Real Estate and Urban Development (3) 
Finance 455 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 

Finance 456 Property Development and Real Estate Policy 
Analysis (3) 

Note: To be eligible to sit for the Real Estate Broker License 
Examination, students must have completed eight courses in 
addition to the experience/educational requirements. These 
eight courses include the following five: Finance 45 1 , 452 , 453 , 
454 and Accounting 201 A/B. Three courses are to be selected 
from the following: Finance 450,551 , 454, 455,456, Managment 
246 or Accounting 201A.B if either was not used as a require- 
ment. 


•Finance 33 IL Financial Management Lab (1) is optional and 
is highly recommended for students enrolled in Finance 331 . 


Management Concentration (18 units) 

Students in the management concentration must choose one 
of the following emphases. 

Entrepreneurial Management OQ units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
or Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 345 Small Business Management (3) 


or Management 448 Seminar in Small Business 
Consulting (3) 

Management 347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality Management (3) 
and 6 units of elective course work from the following to be 
chosen in consultation with a departmental adviser: 


Management 349 
Management 435 
Management 440 
Management 441 
Management 443 
Management 444 


Law for Small Business (3) 

Service Organizations and Operations (3) 
Emerging Issues in Management (3) 
Labor-Management Relations (3) 

Group Dynamics (3) 

Project Management (3) 


General Management ( 1 8 units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
or Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality Management (3) 
Management 440 Emerging Issues in Management (3) 

and 6 units of elective course work from the following to be 
chosen in consultation with a departmental adviser: 

Management 345 Small Business Management (3) 
or Management 448 Seminar in Small Business (Consulting (3) 
Management 348 Business Law (3) 

Management 349 Law for Small Business (3) 

Management 421 Operations Systems Design (3) 
Management 431 Women in Management (3) 

Management 433 Advanced Topics in Human Resource 
Management (3) 

Management 435 Service Organizations and Operations (3) 
Management 441 Labor-Management Relations (3) 
Management 444 Project Management (3) 

Human Resources Management/Orgonlzation 
Behavior units) 


Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 

Management 347 Current Legal lssues(3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality Management (3) 
Management 433 Advanced Topics in Human Resource 
Management (3) 

Management 441 Labor Management Relations (3) 
Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Operations Management OB units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
or Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 347 Current Legal Issues in Management (3) 
Management 421 Operations Systems Design (3) 
Management 422 Production and Inventory Control (3) 
Management 425 Productivity and Quality Managment (3) 
and one elective from the following chosen in consultation 
with a departmental adviser: 


Management 345 Small Business Management (3) 
or Management 448 Seminar in Small Business Consulting (3) 
Manag Scl/Info Sys 410 Information Resources 
Management (3) 

Management 435 Service Organizations and Operations (3) 
Management 440 Emerging Issues In Management (3) 
Management 444 Project Management (3) 


209 

Business Administration 


California State University. Fullerton 


Management Information Systems Concentration 
(21 units) 


Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing Strategies (3) 
Marketing 465 Managing Services Marketing (3) 
Marketing 475 Export Marketing Strategies (3) 


All students with a Management Information Systems concen- 
tration are required to take: 


Marketing Concentration Capstone Course (3 units) 


Manag Sci/Info Sys 270 File Concepts and COBOL 
Programming (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 309 Elements of Information Systems (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 310 System Development & 
Programming (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 370 Advanced COBOL Programming (3) 
or Manag Sci/Info Sys 41 1 Microcomputer Business 
Application Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 408 Data Base Management Systems (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 409 Business Telecommunications for 
Information System Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 454 Seminar In Systems Analysis and 
Design (3) 

Management Science Concentration (18 units) 

All students with a management science concentration are 
required to take: 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 440 Intermediate Management Science 
Models (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 441 Intermediate Statistical Methods (3) 
and at least 1 2 units of upper-division management science 
electives chosen from the following: 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 422 Surveys and Sampling Design and 
Applications (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 448 Computer Simulation in Business and 
Economics (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 461 Statistical Theory for Management 
Science (4) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 465 Linear Programming in 
Management Science (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 467 Statistical Quality Control (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 472 Design of Experiments (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 473 Applied Statistical Forecasting (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 475 Multivariate Analysis (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 490 Queuing and Stochastic Models in 
Management Science (3) 

Marketing Concentration (18 units) 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Marketing 353 Marketing Analysis (3) 

Marketing 370 Buyer Behavior (3) 

Marketing 379 Marketing Research Methods (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Choose two from the following: 


Marketing 489 Developing Marketing Strategies (3) 

MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The minor provides a basic understanding of the role of busi- 
ness in society and the methods used by business. This cur- 
riculum also provides a basis for advanced study. A working 
knowledge of algebra is necessary for several of the required 
courses. 

Business administration minors shall not enroll In any required 
upper-division course (in the minor) until they have completed 
all of the required lower-division courses (in the minor) with a 
grade of at least C in each course. Students must earn a grade 
of at least C in each course required for the minor. 

Required Lower- Division Courses 

Accounting 201 A.B Financial and Managerial 
Accounting (3,3) 

Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and 
Programming Concepts (3) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Special Notice: Enrollment in these courses requires the 
completion of all lower-division minor requirements with a 
grade of C or better in each course. 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management & 

Operations (3) 

or Management 340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Economics Majors Minoring In Business Administration: Eco- 
nomics Majors can complete a minor in business administra- 
tion by taking Accounting 201 B. Management 246, Finance 
320, Management 339 or 340 and Marketing 351. All other 
required courses for the minor are required for the major in 
Economics. 

MINOR IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS* 

This minor surveys modern computer methods and the devel- 
opment of Information-systems. Emphasis is placed on systems 
which aid management decision-making. Students must earn 
a grade of at least C in each course listed below. 


Marketing 401 
Marketing 405 
Marketing 415 
Marketing 425 
Marketing 435 


Professional Selling (3) 

Managing Advertising (3) 

Managing the Sales Force (3) 

Retail Marketing Strategy (3) 

Business Marketing Management (3) 


Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction toComputing and 
Programming Concepts (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 270 File Concepts and COBOL 
Programming (3) 


210 

Business Administration 


California State University, Fullerton 


Manag Sci/Info Sys 309 Elements of Information Systems (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 408 Data Base Management Systems (3) 
Upper division elective approved by the adviser (3) 

Note: Manag Sci/Info Sys 265, 270 and/or 408 may be waived 
for students who have taken these courses, or their equiva- 
lents, as part of their major. However, students must complete 
a minimum of 12 units for the minor, so that if all three courses 
are waived, 3 units of approved electives must be added. 
Recommended electives include Manag Scl/Info Sys 310, 370, 
409, 41 1,415 and 418. 


•Students with a major in business administration may not mi- 
nor in management information systems. Such students should 
consult the Business Administration curriculum for concentra- 
tion In management Information systems. 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 

The M.B.A. degree program is accredited by the American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. This assures a rigor- 
ous, in-depth program, covering the full spectrum of business 
administration. Accreditation also Indicates a well-qualified 
faculty, high standards for students, access to computing and 
an extensive library system. 

Programs of Study 

The School of Business Administration and Economics offers 
two plans for the M.B.A. degree. 

The M.B.A. Generalist Ran is designed for students with little or 
no course work In business administration. The curriculum 
surveys the entire field of business administration, preparing 
students for general management responsibilities. 

The M.B.A. Specialist Plan Is designed for students with recent 
course work (or an undergraduate degree) In business admin- 
istration or for those who wish to include a specialized area of 
concentration in their curriculum. Some courses may be 
waived on the basis of equivalent undergraduate course work. 
The areas of concentration are accounting, business econom- 
ics, finance. International business, management, manage- 
ment science/information systems and marketing. 

The M.B.A. program is scheduled especially for students who 
are employed full time. Courses are offered during the late 
afternoon and evening. Most students enroll on a part-time 
basis, taking two courses (6 units) per semester. 

Most graduate courses in the School of Business Administra- 
tion and Economics require “classified SBAE status" and are 
open only to students with classified standing in the M.B.A., 
M.S. in Accountancy, M.S. In Management Science, M.S. In 
Taxation or M.A. In Economics programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following requirements will be admitted 
to postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing: 

1. Acceptable bachelor's degree from an appropriately 
accredited institution, or equivalent. 


2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted and in good standing at last college at- 
tended. 

Note: Postbaccalaureate-unclassified students may enroll In 
undergraduate courses (100 thru 400 level) but are generally 
ineligible for graduate business courses (500 level). Such stu- 
dents may wish to take undergraduate courses which are 
necessary to meet the requirements for classified standing (see 
below). Upon completing the requirements, the student may 
file an “Application for Change * Academic Objective- 
Graduate" requesting admission to the M.B.A. program. Ad- 
mission to the university as a postbaccaiaureate-unclassified 
student does not constitute admission to the M.B.A. program, 
does not confer priority, nor does it guarantee future admis- 
sion. Students planning to apply for admission to the M.B.A. 
program should confer with the graduate adviser in the School 
of Business Administration and Economics. 

Students meeting the following school-specific requirements 
will be admitted to the M.B.A. program with conditionally clas- 
sified standing: 

3. Admission into the M.B.A. program Is based upon an analy- 
sis of the following quantitative and qualitative consider- 
ations: 

A. A combination of GPA and Graduate Management 
Admission Test (GMAT) score, sufficient to yield a mini- 
mum score of 1000 according to one of the following 
formulas. Due to limited space, a higher minimum score 
may be required of all applicants. 

1. If overall undergraduate GPA is at least 2.5 and 
GMAT Is at least 450, then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 

2. If overall undergraduate GPA is below 2.5 or GMAT 
is below 450, then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT - 50. 

B. A score in the top three-fourth 's of both the Verbal and 
Quantitative areas of the GMAT. 

C. A minimum TOEFL score of 570 (international students 
only). 

D. Review by the M.B.A. admissions committee of the fol- 
lowing: 

1 . Academic preparation for graduate study 

2. Any prior work experience 

3. Two letters of reference 

4. A"Statement of Purpose" in pursuing the M.B.A., to 
be submitted by applicant 

Note: Conditionally classified students may take a limited num- 
ber of graduate courses (500 level), subject to the approval 
of the graduate adviser of the School of Business Administra- 
tion and Economics. Students are expected to advance 
promptly to classified standing. In particular, any deficiencies 
In calculus or computer programming must be removed dur- 
ing the first 1 2 months of study. Students who do not do so will 
not be allowed to continue in the program. 


211 

Business Administration 


California State University, Fullerton 


Students meeting the following additional requirements will be 
advanced to classified standing. Such students are eligible to 
take graduate courses for which they are qualified. 

4. Proficiency In calculus and computer programming 
equivalent to passing Mathematics 135 Business Calcu- 
lus (3 units), and Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to 
Computing and Programming Concepts (3 units), with 
grades of at least C. Students with work experience In 
these fields may deiponstrate proficiency by passing a 
challenge examination and should consult the chair of 
the Management Science/Information Systems Depart- 
ment for details. 

5. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum - M.B.A./Generalist Plan 

The M.B.A./Generalist curriculum includes 14-17 courses 
(42-51 units). 

Any deficiencies in calculus or computer programming must 
be removed within one year. A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study 
plan courses and over all applicable course work. Any study 
plan course with a grade lower than C must be repeated with 
at least a C grade, regardless of the overall GPA of the stu- 
dent. 

Up to nine units of foundation courses may be waived on the 
basis of equivalent undergraduate course work providing the 
proposed courses are no more than seven years old and have 
at least a C grade with an overall 3.0 GPA (B). Courses waived 
beyond nine units must be replaced by an advanced course 
in the same discipline. 

Foundation Courses 

Accounting 510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 590 Strategic Management (3) 

Economics 515 The Price System and Resource Allocation (3) 
Finance 517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Management 515 Management of Information in the 
Corporate Environment (3) 

Management 516 Organizational Theory and Management 
of Operations (3) 

Management 518 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 513 Statistical Analysis (3) 

Marketing 519 Marketing Management (3) 

Advanced Courses 

All advanced courses must be at the graduate level. 

Accounting 51 1 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 
Economics 521 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 
Finance 523 Seminar In Corporate Financial Management (3) 
Management 524 Seminar In Organizational Behavior and 
Administration (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 514 Decision Models for Business and 
Economics (3) 

Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

500-level elective chosen from any of the six SBAE depart- 
ments 


Terminal Evaluation 

Business Admin 591 Comprehensive Business 
Management (3) 

Complete the individual written project in Business Admin 591 
with grade of B or better. 

A comprehensive examination may serve as an option to the 
individual written project. 

Curriculum M.B.A./Specialist Plan 

The M.B.A./Specialist curriculum includes a concentration in a 
specialized area and requires from 33 to 60 units of graduate 
course work. Students with a bachelor's degree in business 
administration may be able to complete the program with 
the minimum of 33 units. Students with little or no recent course 
work In business administration may require 60 units. Any 
deficiencies in calculus or computer programming must be 
removed within one year. Any study plan course with a grade 
lower than C must be repeated with at least a C grade, 
regardless of the overall GPA of the student. A 3.0 GPA (B) is 
required in study plan courses and over all applicable course 
work. 

Foundation Courses 

Foundation courses may be waived on the basis of equiva- 
lent undergraduate course work, providing that the equiva- 
lent courses are no more than seven years old and have grades 
of at least C with a GPA of at least B. 

Accounting 510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 590 Strategic Management (3) 

Economics 515 The Price System & Resource Allocation (3) 
Finance 517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Management 515 Management of Information in the 
Corporate Environment (3) 

Management 516 Organizational Theory and Management 
of Operations (3) 

Management 518 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 513 Statistical Analysis (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 514 Decision Models for Business and 
Economics (3) 

Marketing 519 Marketing Management (3) 

A list of equivalent undergraduate courses is available from 
the graduate adviser. In many cases, students with a recent 
bachelor's degree in business administration from an accred- 
ited university will be able to waive all foundation courses. 

Advanced Courses 

All courses in this group must be taken at the graduate level. 
The Manag Sci/Info Sys seminar will be waived for students 
who have successfully completed both Manag Sci/Info Sys 
5 1 3 and 5 1 4 (but not for students who have taken Manag Sci/ 
Info Sys 361 A and 36 IB.) Students with a concentration In In- 
ternational business are required to take only five of the fol- 
lowing courses: 

Accounting 51 1 Seminar In Managerial Accounting (3) 

Note: Students who have satisfactorily completed a course In 
cost accounting must substitute Accounting 521 Seminar in 


212 

Business Administration 


California State University, Fullerton 


Administrative Accounting (3). 

Economics 621 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 

Note: Economics 521 Is not open to students with credit In in- 
termediate macroeconomics. 

Finance 523 Seminar In Corporate Financial 
Management (3) 

Management 624 Seminar in Organizational Behavior and 
Administration (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 626 Forecasting, Decision Analysis and 
Experimental Design (3) 

or Manag Scl/Info Sys 550 Special Topics on Information 
Systems Design and Data Communication (3) 
or Manag Scl/Info Sys 660 Advanced Deterministic 
Models (3) 

or Manag Scl/Info Sys 561 Advanced Probabilistic 
Models (3) 

Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

Concentration Courses (except International business) 

12 units in one of the following areas of concentration or if no 
concentration is desired. 12 units in a combination of courses 
from the following: 

Accounting Management 

Business Economics Management Science/Information 

Finance Systems 

Marketing 

At least 6 units of the concentration courses must be taken at 
the 500-level. Concentration courses are to be approved by 
the department chair concerned, or designee within the 
department, and the Associate Dean, Graduate Studies. 
School of Business Administration and Economics. If no 
concentration is desired, the combination must be approved 
by the Associate Dean. Graduate Studies. 

Note: The accounting concentration electives must cover the 
following areas: Financial Accounting and Theory. Account- 
ing Information Systems, Auditing, and Taxation. At least nine 
of these units must be at the graduate level. 

Concentration Courses International Business 

Five of the following courses (16 units) are required. Including 
at least 9 units at the graduate (500) level. (Note: students with 
an international business concentration take only five of the 
courses listed above under Advanced Courses.) 

Accounting 618 Seminar In International Accounting (3) 
Economics 531 International Economics (3) 

Finance 570 Seminar in International Financial 
Management (3) 

Management 547 Comparative Management (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing Strategies (3) 

Elective (3 units) to be approved by the International business 
adviser. Recommended electives include selected courses In 
history, political science, communications, geography and 
Chicano studies. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Business Admin 59 1 Comprehensive Business Management (3) 


Complete the individual project in Business Admin 591 with a 
grade of B or better. A comprehensive examination may serve 
as an option to the individual written project. 

In exceptional cases, a thesis (Business Administration 598, The- 
sis) may also serve as an option. See the graduate adviser for 
details. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES 

201 Business Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent (with a grade of C or 
better). Principles of effective writing in business. Extensive prac- 
tice in various forms of business writing. Case studies. Students 
may not receive credit for both Bus Ad 201 and Bus Ad 201 W. 

201 W Business Writing Workshop (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent (with a grade of C or 
better). Principles of effective writing in business. Extensive prac- 
tice in various forms of business writing. Case studies. Uses word 
processing facilities In computer lab. (2 hours lecture; 2 hours 
activity.) Students may not receive credit for both Bus Ad 201 
and Bus Ad 20 IW. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing, major in Business Administration, 
consent of the instructor. 2.5 GPA and semester in residence 
at the university. Planned and supervised work experience. 
May be repeated to a total of six units of credit. Credit/No 
Credit grading only. 

499 Independent Study (1 -3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Open to qualified students 
desiring to pursue directed independent inquiry. May be re- 
peated for credit. Not open to students on academic pro- 
bation. 

590 Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: classified M.B.A. status, within nine units of com- 
pleting study plan. Focuses on Importance of monitoring 
changes in environment(s) facing business and incorporating 
social, economic, and technological change into corporate 
decision-making process. Emphasizes use of analysis tools from 
other M.B.A. classes with focus on data sources and methods 
for effective environmental scanning; emphasis on business 
ethics and social responsibility, international competitiveness, 
and changes in legal environment. 

591 Comprehensive Business Management (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, within six units of comple- 
tion of study plan and in final semester of program. Studies 
complex business problems and solutions. Builds skills In inte- 
grating knowledge from functional areas and applying them 
In an original and organized form to a range of business prob- 
lems arising from changing technology, competitive market 
conditions, social changes, government actions. Includes ar- 
ticle analysis, case analysis, a research project. Individual and 
group reports and oral and written presentations. The individual 
project or an optional comprehensive exam will fulfill the ter- 
minal degree requirement. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status and consent of associate 
dean. Individual research under supervision. See “Theses and 
Projects* In this catalog for university requirements. 


213 

Business Administration 


Department of 
Economics 



Department Chair: Anil Puri 
Department Office: Langsdorf Hall 702 

Director, Center for Economic Education: 

Morteza Rahmatian 

Center for Economic Education: Langsdorf Hall 530 
Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentration in Business Economics 

Bachelor of Arts in Economics 
Minor in Economics 

Master of Business Administration 

Concentration in Business Economics 

Master of Arts in Economics 

Faculty 

Robert Ayanian, Radha Bhatta Charya, Victor Brojer, Kwang- 
wen Chu. James Dietz, Vincent Dropsy, Andrew Gill. Jane Hall, 
Walter Hettich, Stewart Long. Robert Michaels, Howard Nalsh, 
Anil Puri, Dipankar Purkayastha, Morteza Rahmatian. Eric 
Solberg, Murray Wolfson, David Wong 

Advisers 

The Business Advising Center. Langsdorf Hall 7CX). provides in- 
formation on admission, curriculum and graduation require- 
ments; registration and grading procedures; residence and 
similar academic matters. In addition, all economics majors 
should see a faculty adviser In the Department of Economics 
for information on career opportunities and advanced study. 
Undergraduates should consult the department office for the 
name of their faculty adviser. Graduate students should con- 
sult the graduate adviser. Jane Hall. 

INTRODUCTION 

As a scholarly discipline, economics is over two centuries 
old. dating back to the French physiocrats and Adam Smith 
in the 18th century. The nature of economic analysis has 
been described by John Maynard Keynes as '. . . a method 
rather than a doctrine, an apparatus of the mind, a tech- 
nique of thinking which helps Its possessors to draw correct 
conclusions." 


214 

Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 


Economic methods ore used to study a basic question which 
faces all societies: how should limited resources be used to 
produce goods and how should that production be distrib- 
uted? Not all wants can be satisfied because resources and 
knowledge are limited. Therefore, societies are faced with 
choices. These choices are made in different ways: by cus- 
tom, by command and centralized control, or by a system of 
markets and prices as In our mixed economy. Economists ex- 
amine alternative solutions to the basic economic problem 
by analyzing costs and benefits of changing existing patterns 
of resource use. 

Economists work In many specialties including money and 
banking. International trade and finance, labor, public finance. 
Industrial policy, environment and natural resources, business 
cycles and forecasting. Social Issues and problems such as 
poverty, crime, discrimination. Immigration, aging, energy, 
pollution and education are typical subjects of faculty re- 
search. 

The faculty of the Economics Department participate In pro- 
grams leading to both undergraduate and graduate degrees. 
One undergraduate program leads to a bachelor of arts de- 
gree with a major In economics, which focuses on economics 
as a social science. Another undergraduate program leads 
to a bachelor of arts degree with a major In business adminis- 
tration and a concentration in business economics and requires 
a larger number of business courses. Both programs prepare 
the student for a variety of career opportunities In business and 
government as well as advanced studies In economics, busi- 
ness, public administration and law. Graduate study is offered 
in economics, leading to a master of arts degree. Alternatively, 
students may follow the Master of Business Administration cur- 
riculum, with a concentration In business economics. 

Credential Information 

For students interested in a teaching credential, the Depart- 
ment of Economics offers courses which may be Included in 
Subject Matter Preparation Programs and Supplementary Au- 
thorization Programs for elementary and secondary teaching. 

Further information on the requirements for teaching creden- 
tials Is found in the Teaching Credential Programs section of 
this catalog and is also available from the Department Office 
for Elementary and Bilingual Education and the Department 
Office for Secondary Education. Students Interested In explor- 
ing careers In teaching at the elementary or secondary school 
levels should contact the Office of Admission to Teacher Edu- 
cation, Education Classroom 207. 

Awards in Economics 

The Norman Townshend-Zellner Award 
Wall Street Journal Student Achievement Award 
Outstanding Senior in Economics 
Outstanding Graduate Student In Economics 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

Admission to the Economics major Involves two steps. Students 
who apply to the major are Initially classified as Pre-econom- 
ics. After completing the lower-division core requirements with 


grades of at least C, students may apply to the Economics 
major Pre-economics students may take lower-division busi- 
ness and economics courses, but most upper-division courses 
are not open to Pre-economics students. 

All of the following requirements must be met for the degree. 
Students must earn a grade of at least C in each course listed 
below. However, a C average will be acceptable In the up- 
per division economics electives. For assistance In Interpreting 
these requirements contact the Business Advising Center, 
Langsdorf Hall 700. Students should also contact their faculty 
adviser In the Economics Department prior to or during their 
first semester. 

Required Lower-Division Courses 


Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Bus Administration 201 Business Writing (3) 
or Bus Administration 201 W Business Writing Workshop (3) 
Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Note: Economics 210, Principles of Economics (5), may be 
substituted for Economics 201 and 202. 

Economics 440 Introduction to Econometrics (3) 
or Math 150B Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 
or Accounting 20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and 
Programming Concepts (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 
or Math 130 A Short Course In Calculus (4) 
or Math 150A Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Economics 310 Intermed Microeconomic Analysis (3) 
Economics 320 Intermed Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: 
Probability & Statistics (3) 

and 18 units of upper-division economics electives, 6 units of 
which must be 400 level. No more than 3 units of independent 
study may be used to meet the 400 level electives requirement. 

other Requirements, Grades and Residence 

Other Subjects. Complete at least 50 percent of the coursework 
for the degree outside the School of Business Administration 
and Economics. The department recommends that these 
courses be from the social sciences and mathematics. Stu- 
dents planning to do graduate work In economics are ad- 
vised to take Math 1 50A,B; Economics 440 and Economics 441 . 
Complete all university requirements for the bachelor's degree. 

Grade-Point Average (GPA). Attain at least a 2.0 GPA (C av- 
erage) in all university courses and in the upper division eco- 
nomics electives. Earn at least a C grade In each course re- 
quired for the major (other than the upper division economics 
electives). 

Grade Option. Take all required courses in economics, ac- 
counting and management science/information systems for 
a letter grade (A,B,C,D,F). The credit/no credit grading option 
may not be used for these courses, and a grade of CR (credit) 


215 

Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 


will not satisfy the requirements for the degree. Exception: 
courses in calculus may be taken under the credIt/no credit 
grading option; however. If it is also taken to meet general 
education requirements, then it must be taken for a letter 
grade. 

Residence. At least 15 units of courses must be taken In resi- 
dence at the School of Business Administration and Econom- 
ics at Cal State Fullerton. Also fulfill university residence require- 
ments. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See "Business Administration. Business Economics Concentra- 
tion.' 

MINOR IN ECONOMICS 

The economics minor covers the basics In the discipline of 
economics and gives students the opportunity to explore per- 
sonal Interests through electives. Note that a course in calcu- 
lus (Math 135 or equivalent) Is prerequisite to Economics 310 
and 320. Students must earn a grade of at least C In each 
course listed below. 

Required Lower-Division Courses 

Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Note: Economics 210. Principles of Economics (5). may be sub- 
stituted for Economics 201 and Economics 202. 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Economics 310 Inter Microeconomics Analysis (3) 
or Economics 315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 
Economics 320 Intermediate Macroeconomics Analysis (3) 
and 9 units of upper division economics electives 

Note: Students with a major in business administration and a 
concentration other than economics, who wish to minor in 
economics, must take Economics 201 and 202 (or 210) and 
310 as part of their major. For such students, these requirements 
In the minor will be waived and the minor will consist of Eco- 
nomics 320 and nine units of upper-division economics elec- 
tives. Students with a major in business administration and a 
concentration in business economics may not also minor in 
economics. 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See "Business Administration. Business Economics Concentra- 
tion.' 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

This program provides preparation for professional careers In 
private industry and government and provides a foundation 
for further graduate work at the doctoral level. Full-time and 
part-time students can be accommodated. Most of the 
courses are scheduled in the evening. 


The curriculum Is designed for students with an undergradu- 
ate degree In business administration or economics, and con- 
sists of 10 courses (30 units). Provided that all prerequisites have 
been satisfied, the program may be completed in one year 
(full time) or two and one-half years (part time). 

The required courses progress from economic theory through 
economic model building and estimation to the seminar in 
which the student prepares a thesis applying economic theory 
and econometric methods to a specific area of investigation. 
The curriculum also includes five courses (15 units) of electives. 

Most graduate courses In the School of Business Administra- 
tion and Economics require classified "SBAE status' and are 
open only to students with classified standing In the M.A. in 
Economics. M.B.A.. M.S. in Management Science, or M.S. in 
Taxation programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following requirements will be admitfed 
to postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing: 

1 . Acceptable bachelor's degree from appropriately ac- 
credited institution, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted, and In good standing at last college at- 
tended. 

Postbaccalaureate-unclassifled students may enroll in under- 
graduate courses (100 thru 400 level) but are generally ineli- 
gible for graduate economics courses (500 level). Such stu- 
dents may wish to take undergraduate courses which are 
necessary to meet the requirements for classified standing (see 
below). Upon completing the requirements, the student may 
file an Application for Change of Academic Objective - 
Graduate requesting admission to the M.A. in Economics pro- 
gram. Admission to the university as a postbaccalaureate - 
unclassified student does not constitute admission to the pro- 
gram. does not confer priority, nor does it guarantee future 
admission. Students planning to apply for admission to the 
program should confer with the graduate adviser in the De- 
partment of Economics. 

Students meeting the following departmental requirements will 
be admitted with conditionally classified standing: 

3. Overall undergraduate GPA of at least 2.5. 

4. An average score of 500 on the Graduate Record Examl- 
notlon (G.R.E.). 

Conditionally classified students may take a limited number of 
courses at the graduate level, subject to the approval of the 
graduate adviser of the Department of Economics. Students 
are expected to advance promptly to classified standing. 

Students meeting the following ocycf/f/ono/requirements will be 
advanced to classified standing. Such students are eligible to 
take graduate courses for which they are qualified. 

5. Completion of the following courses at Cal State Fullerton 
(or equivalent courses at other institutions) with a grade- 


216 

Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 


point average of at least 3.0 (B average). The course in 
calculus must have a grade of at least C. 


ing in various market structures; the price system; market per- 
formance and government policy. 


Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 
Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 
Economics 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 
Economics 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 
Economics 420 Money and Banking (3) 
or three units of upper-division electives 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: 

Probability and Statistics (3) 

Mathematics 135 Business Calculus (3) 


6. Approval of study plan. 


Curriculum 

Students are urged to meet as soon as possible with the gradu- 
ate adviser In the Department of Economics to file a study 
plan and advance to classified standing. 


Any study plan course in which a D grade Is received must be 
repeated with at least a C grade, regardless of the overall 
grade-point average of the student. 


202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 201. Principles of macroeconomic 
analysis and policy; unemployment and Inflation; financial 
Institutions; international trade; economic growth; compara- 
tive systems. 

310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 or 210 and Mathematics 135; 
corequisite Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A or equivalent. Rational 
decision-making behavior of consumers and firms and price 
and output determination in markets. Primarily for economics 
majors, but open to all students who qualify. 

315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 or Economics 210 and Mathemat- 
ics 135. Corequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A or equivalent. 
Analysis of business decisions in alternative market structures 
with special emphasis on problem solving In a business con- 
text using economic concepts and methods. Not open to 
economics majors. Students may not receive credit for both 
Economics 310 and 315. 


Required Core Courses (12 units) 


Economics 440 
Economics 441 
Economics 502 
Economics 503 


Introduction to Econometrics (3) 

Introduction to Mathematical Economics (3) 
Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 
Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 


320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 or 210 and Math 135; Corequisite: 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A or equivalent. The determinants of 
the level of national income, employment and prices, and 
monetary and fiscal policies. 


Area & Elective Courses (15 units) 

Area courses require nine units chosen from the student's field 
of interest. Coursework may focus on the following areas: (1) 
environmental and natural resource economics (Economics 
416, 461, 462, 590), (2) international economics and finance 
(Economics 411, 590), and (3) applied economic analysis 
involving course work related to industrial organization and 
labor (Economics 410, 412, 413, 446, 505) or the public sector 
(Economics 416, 417, 420, 421 , 505). 

Among field and elective courses, six units must be taken at 
the 500 level and at least six units must be in economics. The 
remaining units In the student's program can be chosen from 
course offerings In economics or related areas of study. 

Terminal Evaluation (3 units) 


330 Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. Alternative economic 
systems; their theoretical foundations, actual economic Insti- 
tutions, and achievements and failures. Contrast between 
socialist and capitalist systems. 

331 Economics in Transition (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. The transformation 
from centrally-planned to market-oriented economies in 
Russia and Eastern Europe. Focuses on the economic, social 
and political costs and benefits Involved in the restructuring of 
economic systems. 

332 Economies of the Pacific Rim (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. Dimensions of Indus- 
trialization, agriculture, investment, human resources, and 
trade In economies of the Far East (Including Japan and 
China), India, and related nations of the Pacific Rim. 


Economics 598 Thesis Research (3) 

ECONOMICS COURSES 

100 The Economic Environment (3) 

The application of economics to the problems of unemploy- 
ment and inflation, the distribution of Income, competition and 
monopoly, the role of government in the economy, and other 
policy issues. Not open to prebusiness, business administration 
majors or minors, economics majors or minors, or international 
business majors. 

201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Principles of individual consumer and producer decision-mak- 


333 Economic Development; Analysis and Case Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. The processes of 
economic growth with references to developing areas. Capi- 
tal formation, resource allocation, relation to the world 
economy, economic planning and institutional factors, with 
case studies. 

334 Economics of Latin America and the Caribbean (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. Examines regional 
economic problems within an International context: depen- 
dence, Industrialization and the international corporation; 
agriculture; regional cooperation; inflation; trade and debt 
problems. Major economic thinkers will be discussed. 


217 

Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 


335 The International Economy (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. The theory, practice 
and institutions of the international economy. International 
trade and Investment, balance of payments, foreign ex- 
change rates, multi-national enterprise, international eco- 
nomic policy. Current trade issues: European Community, trade 
with developing countries. Eastern Europe, and the states of 
the former Soviet Union; General Agreement on Tariffs and 
Trade (GATT) and other major trade agreements. 

350 American Economic History (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. The development 
of American economic Institutions; economic problems, eco- 
nomic growth and economic welfare. 

351 European Economic History (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. The evolution of 
European economic institutions and their relation to the de- 
velopment of Industry, commerce, transportation and finance 
In the principal European countries. 

361 Urban Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. Theory and analysis 
of the urban economy, urban economic problems and policy. 

362 Environmental Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. or consent of in- 
structor. Economic analysis of environmental problems and 
related Issues: externalities, property rights, social costs and 
benefits, user cost, rent and decision making under uncer- 
tainty. 

363 The Economics of Energy (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 or 210. Economic theory 
applied to energy problems, the impact of energy develop- 
ment on economic structure, and the role of government in 
allocating energy resources and Influencing their use. 

410 Government and Business (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310 or equivalent. Business organiza- 
tion. conduct and performance; the rationale and impact of 
public policy on business and business activities, including the 
regulated industries, sick industries and antitrust policy. 

41 1 International Trade (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. The theory 
of international gains from free trade, effects of tariff and non- 
tariff barriers, and conduct of commercial policy. The balance 
of payments, the theories of exchange rate determination, 
and other international economic Issues. 

412 Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310 or equivalent. Labor supply and 
demand, labor force participation, employment, unemploy- 
ment. human capital, wage differentials, disadvantaged la- 
bor market groups, discrimination and wage-related Income 
transfers. 

413 Law and Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310 or 315. An economic analysis of 
the common law— property, contract, and tort— focusing on 
the use of microeconomic theory to study the economic 
efficiency characteristics and effects of these laws. An em- 
phasis will be placed on the analysis of specific legal cases. 


416 Benefit Cost and Microeconomic Policy Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310 or equivalent. Application of 
microeconomic models and welfare economics to public 
policy. Concepts of economic efficiency, economic surplus 
and equity. Measurement of policy effects. Including benefit- 
cost analysis, with applications to selected policy areas such 
as education and environmental programs. 

417 Public Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310 or equivalent. Government fi- 
nance at the federal, state and local levels; the impact of 
taxation and spending on resource allocation, income distri- 
bution. stabilization and growth. 

420 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 320 or equivalent. The money supply 
process and the impact of monetary policy on economic 
activity. 

421 Monetary and Fiscal Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 320 or equivalent. The techniques of 
monetary and fiscal policy; of their relative roles in promoting 
economic stability and growth. 

431 International Macroeconomics and Growth (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 320. Macroeconomic analysis of the 
open economy: the impact of stabilization policies in a glo- 
bal economy, the role of the balance of payments, the in- 
ternational monetary system and growth in less developed 
countries. 

440 Introduction to Econometrics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 (or 210), Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A 
or equivalent. Economic measurement: specification and 
estimation of econometric models; statistical methods in eco- 
nomic research. 

441 Introduction to Mathematical Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 (or 210) and Math 135 or equiva- 
lent. Economic theory from microeconomics and macro- 
economics. Content varies; constrained optimization prob- 
lems and rational decision-making. 

442 Economics of Conflict and Defense (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 and 320 or equivalent. Economic 
and strategic approaches to domestic and international con- 
flict. public goods, defense, arms competition, and arms con- 
trol. The effects of U.S. defense spending on the U.S. and inter- 
national economy. Game theory and other theories of strate- 
gic behavior. 

446 Managerial Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 or 315. and Manag Scl/Info Sys 
361 A. An application of microeconomic analysis and eco- 
nomic measurement to decision making at the Individual firm 
level. The influence of the macroeconomic environment and 
market structure on the decisions of the firm. Applications and 
case studies. 

450 History of Economic Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310 or 320. Major schools of thought 
and of leading individual economists as they influenced eco- 
nomic thought and policy. 


218 

Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 


461 Ecological Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. The appli- 
cation of economic concepts and methods to understand- 
ing the ways in which human economic behavior contributes 
to environmental and ecosystem degradation; the use of 
economic approaches to evaluate and manage these im- 
pacts; the design of sustainable economic policies. 

462 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. Concepts 
and principles in the application of economics to issues in 
natural resource economics. Issues will include uncertainty and 
risk in investment, depletion over time, cartelization, the role 
of technological innovation and government intervention 
related to fuels, water, land, etc. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Economics major with Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A, 
Economics 310 (or 320) (or the equivalents) or international 
business major with Economics 202 and 335, Manag Sci/Info 
Sys 361 A (or the equivalents); and consent of the department 
internship adviser, at least junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one 
semester in residence at the university. Planned and super- 
vised work experience. May be repeated for a total of six units 
credit. Credit/No Credit grading only. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorial (1-3) 

Prerequisites: economics major or concentration. Economics 
310 and 320, senior standing, 3.0 GPA and consent of depart- 
ment chair. Student learns through teaching (tutoring) other 
students enrolled in principles and intermediate economics 
courses. Consult “Student-to-Student Tutorials' in this catalog 
for more information. May not be used to satisfy the elective 
requirements for the major or concentration in economics. 
Credit/No Credit grading only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: economics major or concentration. Economics 
310 and 320 (or the equivalents), senior standing, and con- 
sent of department chair. Directed independent inquiry. May 
be repeated for credit. Not open to students on academic 
probation. 

502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 and classified SBAE status or 
consent of Instructor. An advanced treatment of rational 
decision-making behavior of consumers and firms, the price 
system, and resource allocation in partial and general 
equilibrium settings. Topics include preference theory, welfare 
economics, gains from trade, monopoly power, external costs 
and benefits, public goods, factor markets, intertemporal 
decisions, risk and uncertainty. 

503 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 320 and classified SBAE status or con- 
sent of instructor. The determination of employment, fluctua- 
tions of real and money Income, and the forces underlying 
economic growth. 

505 Economic Models and Forecasting (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 440 and classified SBAE status or 
consent of the instructor. Statistical methods of econometric 
estimation and forecasting. Practical solutions to problems In 
model specification, estimation by regression, time series 
analysis and forecasting. 


515 The Price System and Resource Allocation (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status and Math 135 or the 
equivalent. Microeconomic analysis and policy under mixed 
capitalism. The economic environment and Institutions, 
markets, consumer choice, production and resource allo- 
cation. Monopoly power and government Intervention. (Not 
open to M.A. Economic candidates.) 

516 Economics and Benefit-Cost Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 201 (or 210) and classified graduate 
status In environmental studies or public administration. 
Economics and benefit-cost analysis of public projects. 
Consumer demand and the estimation of benefits; the nature 
of cost in a market economy; price controls, unemployment 
and inflation; and criteria for choice, for multi-year projects. 
For elective credit In the M.S. Environmental Studies or M.P.A. 

51 7 Economics of Public Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 515 (or 516) and classified graduate 
status in environmental studies, public administration, business 
administration, or taxation. Economics of federal, state and 
local governmental spending, taxation and borrowing. Major 
taxes, their effects on market prices, income distribution, 
employment and inflation, and evaluation of reform proposals. 
(For elective credit In the M.S. Environmental Studies, M.P.A., 
M.B.A., or M.S. Taxation.) 

521 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 or 515 and classified SBAE status. 
Notional income determination and macroeconomic models. 
Inflation and unemployment. Monetary and fiscal policies. In- 
ternational trade and foreign exchange (Not open to M.A. Eco- 
nomics candidates or students with credit for Economics 320.) 

522 Comparative Economics Seminar (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 or 515 and classified SBAE status. 
Analytical and prescriptive approaches to economic problems 
of scarcity, development, fiscal and monetary policy, planning 
and poverty. (Not open to M.A. Economics candidates.) 

531 International Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 or 315 or 515; Economics 320 or 
521. An Introductory analysis of theories and current issues in 
International trade, finance, macroeconomics and growth, 
with an emphasis on business applications. 

590 Topics in Economic Analysis and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 and 320; classified SBAE status or 
consent of instructor. Contemporary research In areas such 
as: resource economics; history of economic thought; inter- 
national monetary systems; forecasting; economics of plan- 
ning; human resource economics. May be repeated for credit. 

595 Current Research in Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: classified graduate status in Economics or Eco- 
nomics 440, a 3.25 or better grade-point average and permis- 
sion of the instructor. Students attend the departmental re- 
search seminar where faculty and outside speakers present 
papers dealing with recent and ongoing research. Students 
read material relevant to presentations and write analytical 
reports covering five seminar meetings. May be repeated once 
for credit. 


219 

Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 


597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent 
inquiry. Not open to students on academic probation. 

598 Thesis Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 502, 503 and classified SBAE status. 
Corequisite: Economics 505. Selection and approval of topic; 
outline; methodology; literature survey; data collection and 
analysis; presentation of results. Award of the grade Is contin- 
gent upon the completion and acceptance of the thesis. 


599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 440. 502 and 503; classified gradu- 
ate status; and consent of instructor and department chair 
(or designee). Directed advanced independent inquiry. May 
be repeated for credit. Not open to students on academic 
probation. 


220 

Economics 


Department of 
Finance 



Department Chair: Dennis J. O'Connor 
Department Office: Langsdorf Hall 556 

Programs Ottered 

Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentration in Finance 


Master of Business Administration 

Concentration in Finance 


Facuity 

Albert Bueso, Su Chan, Carolyn Chang, Donald Crane, John 
Erickson, Albert J. Fredman, Tsong Lai, Daniel Lee, Yuming Li, 
Dennis O'Connor, Richard Stolz, Marco Tonietti, Ko Wang 

Advisers 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 7CX), provides in- 
formation on admissions, curriculum and graduation require- 
ments, registration and grading procedures, residence and 
similar academic matters. In addition, advising on curriculum 
content and career opportunities may be obtained from the 
chair of the Finance Department or from: 


Financial Management 
Personal Financial Planning 
Real Estate 

Securities and Investments 
Financial Institutions 


Marco Tonietti 
Donald Crane 
Ko Wang 
Albert Fredman 
Alberto Bueso 


INTRODUCTION 

Finance is the study of the methods by which a firm provides 
itself with cash to run its dally operations and its long-range 
expansion. 

In choosing their course work students may elect one of four 
areas of emphasis within the finance concentration: financial 
management; financial institutions; investments and financial 
planning; and real estate. A financial management emphasis 
may lead to employment in a bank or savings and loan asso- 
ciation. An investment and financial planning emphasis may 
lead to employment In a brokerage firm or a financial plan- 
ning firm. A real estate emphasis may lead to employment in 
the real estate Industry. 


221 

Finance 


California State University, Fullerton 


Credential Information 

For students Interested in a teaching credential, the 
Department of Finance offers courses which may be included 
in Subject Matter Preparation and Supplementary Author- 
ization Programs for secondary teaching. 

Further information on the requirements for teaching creden- 
tials is found In the Teaching Credential Programs section of 
this catalog and Is also available from the Department 
Office for Secondary Education. Students interested in ex- 
ploring careers in teaching at the elementary or secondary 
school levels should contact the Office of Admission to 
Teacher Education. 

Awards in Finance 

The Wall Street Journal Award 

Edward D'Cunha Finance Award 

Financial Management Association Award 

Investment Trust Award 

Jack Nichols Scholarship Award 

Outstanding Finance Student Award 

Outstanding Service Award 

Peter M. Mlynaryk Outstanding Real Estate Award 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See "Business Administration, Finance Concentration . ' 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See "Business Administration, Finance Concentration . ' 

FINANCE COURSES 

310 Personal Financial Management (3) 

Financial problems of the household in allocating resources 
and planning expenditures. Housing, insurance, installment 
buying, medical care, savings and investments. (May not be 
used to fulfill the concentration requirement in finance.) 

320 Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 B; corequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 
361 A. Financing business enterprises; financial planning and 
control; analysis of alternative sources and uses of combina- 
tions of short-, intermediate- and long-term debt, and equity. 
Cost of capital. Study of capital Investment decisions; capital 
budget analysis and valuation; working capital and capital 
structure management; relative impact on the international 
environment of financial decisions. 

331 Financial Management and Computer Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Analysis of working capital man- 
agement and policy. Use of available software programs 
and financial models In computer-aided analysis of work- 
ing capital management, financial forecasting, financial plan- 
ning, capital budgeting, leasing problems, investments and 
other financial issues. 

33 1L Financial Management Lab (1) 

Corequisite: Finance 331. Laboratory in computer assisted fi- 
nancial analysis. 


332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 331 (may be taken concurrently). Risk 
and return analysis. An Introduction to the capital asset and 
arbitrage pricing models. Analysis of capital budgeting, 
capital structure, dividend policy, leasing, mergers and dives- 
titures. 

340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 331 (may betaken concurrently). Institu- 
tional characteristics of securities markets, security valuation 
and trading methods, fundamental and technical analysis, 
selection and management of securities, introduction to the 
capital asset pricing model, role of options and futures mar- 
kets, portfolio analysis and mutual funds. 

351 Real Estate and Urban Land Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320 or consent of instructor. Real estate 
principles, practices and investment decisions. Equity invest- 
ment, finance, legal aspects, practices, principles, property 
development, real estate administration in the public sector, 
real estate market analysis, valuation. 

360 Principles of insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior status. Life, casualty and liability 
insurance, individual and group insurance programs; meth- 
ods of establishing risks and rates. 

370 International Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320 or consent of Instructor. Financing 
problems of international business. The international financial 
environment, taxation of foreign income, international capi- 
tal and money markets, problems of risk in foreign Investments, 
and financial techniques for the operation of a multinational 
firm. 

410 Theory & Practice of Personal Financial Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Developing, implementing and 
monitoring comprehensive personal financial plans. Includes 
risk management, investments, taxation, retirement and es- 
tate planning, as well as professional practices. 

41 1 Retirement and Estate Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Development of retirement objec- 
tives, needs and financial condition. Forecasting retirement 
income from employer based retirement plans, IRAs, insurance 
policies, social security, investment programs. Medicare, medi- 
cal, group life and health benefits after retirement. Property 
titling, wills and transfers In contemplation of death. 

425 Commercial Bank and Financial Institution 
Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. The solution of financial institution 
problems. Major financial intermediaries and the decision- 
making problems they face. Regulation and Its effect on man- 
agement operations. Group problems and case studies. 

432 Financial Forecasting and Budgeting (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 331. Forecasting In financial manage- 
ment; construction and interpretation of economic forecasts 
for the economy, industry and the firm; construction and in- 
terpretation of financial plans; evaluation of capital acquisi- 
tion decisions under certainty and uncertainty conditions. 

433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 332. Case studies. Group problems of 
estimating funds requirements, long-term financial planning, 
controlling and evaluating cash flows, and financing acquisi- 


222 

Finance 


California State University. Fullerton 


tions and mergers, capital budgeting, and cost of capital. 
Group problems and case studies. 

440 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Capital and money markets in the 
American economy; markets for new corporate and govern- 
ment issues; secondary markets; interrelation of financial insti- 
tutions; factors influencing yields and security prices. 

442 Advanced Investment Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 340 and Manag Scl/Info Sys 361 A. 
Securities markets and company analysis, security valuation 
models the CAPM and the APT option pricing, and portfolio 
models. Practical application of investment theory and recent 
literature will be emphasized. 

444 Options and Futures (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 340. Put and call options, option pricing 
theory and models. Financial futures pricing, hedging strate- 
gies and models. Institutional characteristics of futures trad- 
ing. Options and futures on stock indices. Options on futures, 
theoretical relationship between options and futures. 

451 Real Estate/Land Use Law - Case Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Real estate law. Cases provide 
illustrations of specific legal situations; financial institutions, 
property rights, zoning, land use law and environmental Impact 
requirements. 

452 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 361 . Financial institutions and real estate 
credit. Sources and uses of capital (funds) in financing real 
estate transactions. Money and capital markets and their 
effect on credit availability. Instruments in real estate finance. 
Investment methods and decisions. Group problems and case 
studies. 

453 Real Estate Valuation (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351 . Real property value, historical evo- 
lution of valuation principles, approaches in urban and real 
property appraisals, alternative methods and techniques for 
property valuation. 

454 Real Estate and Urban Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Factors and influences of urban 
growth and development. Economic factors and real estate 
supply and demand. Location theory and urban growth pat- 
terns. Public policy as a factor in real estate development. 
Analysis of real estate markets. 

455 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351 . Alternative analytical techniques in 
evaluating real estate investments. Tax aspects, measurement 
of investment returns, application of computer models to in- 
vestment decisions. Lecture, discussion and case analysis of 
major investment types - raw land, apartment houses, com- 
mercial and industrial uses. 

456 Property Development and Real Estate Policy Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351 . Decision making process in the prop- 
erty development process - from raw land to retail marketing 
of completed product. Policy formulation and implementa- 
tion, project feasibility analysis, financial analysis, computer 
assisted analysis; case studies. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 331 or 332, a concentration in finance. 


consent of department internship adviser, junior standing, 2.6 
GPA and one semester in residence at the university. Also open 
to International business majors. Planned and supervised work 
experience. May be repeated for credit up to a total of six 
units. Credit/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval by department 
chair. Open to undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent Inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 
Not open to students on academic probation. 

517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 510 and classified SBAE status. The 
methodology of financial management. The primary tools for 
financial analysis, long-term investment decisions, valuation 
and working capital management. International applications. 

523 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 and classified SBAE status. The 
analysis of the financial decision-making process through case 
studies and seminar presentations. Current financial theory and 
models. International applications. 

533 Seminar in Financial Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 523 and classified SBAE status. Optimal 
financing and asset administration, advanced techniques of 
capital budgeting; application of analytical methods to the 
administration of the finance function of the business firm. 

540 Seminar in Financial Markets (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified SBAE 
status. Structure and operation of major financial Institutions; 
portfolio composition, price-cost problems, and market be- 
havior; analysis of financial intermediation and interrelation of 
financial Institutions and markets. 

541 Seminar in Investment Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 617 or equivalent and classified SBAE 
status. Problems of investment and portfolio management; 
concepts of risk evaluation and investment criteria; analysis of 
interest rate movements; investment valuation and timing; 
regulation and administrative problems of the industry. 

551 Seminar in Real Estate Investment (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified SBAE 
status. Problems of real estate investment; concepts of evalu- 
ation and investment criteria; analysis of real property values; 
real estate development and financing. Case studies. 

570 Seminar in International Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or consent of Instructor and classi- 
fied SBAE status. The financial problems of the multinational 
firm. International financing instruments, capital investment 
decisions, and constraints on the profitability of muttinational 
businesses. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. Directed independent in- 
quiry. Not open to students on academic probation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1 -3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, consent of instructor and 
approval of department chair and Associate Dean of Gradu- 
ate Studies. May be repeated for credit. Not open to students 
on academic probation. 


223 

Finance 


International Business 
Program 



Program Coordinator: Irene Lange 
Program Office: University Hall 313 

Program Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in International Business 

Program Council 

Peng Chan (Management) 

Linda Andersen (French) 

Dennis O'Connor (Finance) 

Irene Lange (Marketing) 

Curtis Swanson (German) 

Vincent Dropsy (Economics) 

Marcial Prado (Spanish) 


Advisers 

The Business Advising Center Langsdorf Hall 700. provides In- 
formation on admissions, curriculum and graduation require- 
ments. registration and grading procedures, residence and 
similar academic matters. Additional advising on curriculum 
content and career opportunities is available from the Inter- 
national Business Program: 


International Business: 
French: 

German: 

Japanese: 

Portuguese: 

Spanish: 


Irene Lange 
Linda Andersen 
Marjorie Tussing 
KeijI Matsumoto 
Ronald Harmon 
Marcial Prado 


INTRODUCTION 

The international business curriculum covers the fundamen- 
tals of business administration, with an emphasis on interna- 
tional business. Foreign language courses are required and 
stress the use of the applied language. The program also In- 
cludes an internship with an international business. This cur- 
riculum prepares students for entry level positions. Opportuni- 
ties exist In contracts, distribution and sales and may lead to 
general management positions. Since Southern California Is a 
major international business center, there are career opportu- 
nities with internationally oriented firms In this area. Other ca- 
reer opportunities may Involve international travel or overseas 
assignments. 

Language concentrations are offered in French. German. 
Japanese. Portuguese, and Spanish. Other concentrations 
may be developed in the future. The program Is offered jointly 
by the School of Business Administration and Economics and 
the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures. 


224 

International Business 


California State University, Fullerton 


Scholarship In International Business 

The Dennis Rippin-International Marketing Association Schol- 
arship 

Preparation For The Major 

Students who expect to complete this program in the usual 
four-year period should realize that the total requirements, in- 
cluding general education courses and prerequisites, can 
exceed 124 semester units. Intermediate level competency in 
a foreign language, equivalent to courses numbered 204 in 
the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures, is pre- 
requisite to the required concentration courses. It is therefore 
strongly recommended that students complete a minimum 
of three years of foreign language study while in high school. 
Similarly, algebra and geometry are necessary for many 
required business courses. The equivalent of three years of high 
school mathematics, including a second course in algebra, is 
the prerequisite for the required Mathematics 135, Business 
Calculus. Students without the necessary background will need 
to enroll In Mathematics 1 15, College Algebra. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 

Admission to the International Business major involves two steps. 
Students who apply to the major are Initially classified as pre- 
international business. After completing the lower-division core 
requirements with grades of at least C. and demonstrating 
satisfactory progress toward intermediate competency in a 
foreign language, students may apply to the international 
business major. Pre-international business students may take 
lower-division business courses, but most upper-division courses 
are not open to pre-international business students. 

All of the following requirements must be met for the degree. 
Students must earn a grade of at least C In each course in the 
major. For assistance In interpreting these requirements, con- 
tact the Business Advising Center. Langsdorf Hall 700. 

Required Lower-Division Core Courses 

Accounting 201 A,B Accounting (3,3) 

Business Admin 201 Business Writing (3) 
or Business Admin 20 IW Business Writing Workshop (3) 
Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Note: Economics 210, Principles of Economics (5), may be 
substituted for Economics 201 and 202. 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 
Manag Scl/Info Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and 
Programming Concepts (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 
or Math 130 A Short Course In Calculus (4) 
or Math 150A Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 

Intermediate competency in the appropriate foreign lan- 
guage is prerequisite to the required concentration courses. 
To achieve the required competency level, students should 
enroll in French, German, Japanese, Portuguese, or Spanish 
courses in consultation with an adviser In the Department of 


Foreign Languages and Literatures who will determine for what 
courses students are prepared based on prior experience or 
study. 

Required Upper-Division Core Courses 


International business majors shall not enroll in any required 
upper-division core course until they have completed all of 
the required lower-division core courses with a grade of at 
least C in each course. 

Economics 335 International Economy (3) 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management & 

Operations (3) 

Management 340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: 

Probability and Statistics (3) 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing Strategies (3) 

Required Capstone Core Course 

After completing all lower- and upper-division core courses, 
take Management 480 Global Strategic Management (3). 

Required Concentration 

(choose one of the following concentrations) 

Concentration in French: 

French 310 French in the Business World (3) 

French 31 1 French for International Business (3) 

French 315 Origins of Modern France (3) 

French 325 Contemporary French Civilization (3) 


Concentration in German: 


German 310 
German 31 1 
German 315 
German 325 
Peoples (3) 


German In the Business World (3) 

German for International Business (3) 
Introduction to German Civilization (3) 

Current Trends in Culture of German-Speaking 


Concentration in Japanese: 

Japanese 310 Japanese for Business (3) 

Japanese 31 1 Japanese for International Business (3) 
Japanese 315 Introduction to Japanese Civilization (3) 
Japanese 316 Modern Japan (3) 

Concentration in Portuguese: 

Portuguese 310 Portuguese in the Business World (3) 
Portuguese 317 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition (3) 

Portuguese 320 Introduction to Luso-Brazilian Culture and 
Civilization (3) 

Portuguese 325 Contemporary Brazilian Civilization (3) 

One of the following courses may be substituted for Portuguese 
320 or 325: 


225 

International Business 


California State University, Fullerton 


Spanish 310 Spanish in the Business World (3) 

Spanish 31 1 Spanish for International Business (3) 

Concentration in Spanish: 

Spanish 310 Spanish in the Business World (3) 

Spanish 31 1 Spanish for International Business (3) 

Spanish 316 Introduction to Spanish Civilization (3) 

Spanish 316 Introduction to Spanish- American Civilization (3) 

Note: Students may substitute one of the following for Spanish 
316or316: 

Spanish 415 Contemporary Spanish Culture (3) 

Spanish 416 Contemporary Spanish- American Culture (3) 

Collateral Requirement (3 units) 

Complete at least one approved collateral elective. It is rec- 
ommended that students take up to 12 units of electives, if 
possible. The list of approved courses is available in the Busi- 
ness Advising Center. Langsdorf Hall 700 or the International 
Business Program Office, University Hall 313. 

Internship Requirement 

Internships outside the United States: Students who success- 
fully arrange an internship in a country where the language of 
their concentration is used, will enroll for three units in a ian- 
guage internship and for three units in a business internship. 
During this experience, students are expected to spend a mini- 
mum of four months in full-time employment with a faculty- 
approved firm. Simultaneous enrollment in the two internships 
is expected and students normally will not engage In any other 
academic activity. 

Internships in the United States: Students who complete intern- 
ships locally, must arrange a business internship that involves 
international operations. In addition, these students must com- 
plete an additional pre-approved three-unit upper-division 
foreign language course. The course must increase students' 
understanding of the language and culture of their concen- 


tration. If students are expected to use their foreign language 
on a daily basis as part of their business internship work activ- 
ity. students may complete a foreign language internship 
rather than the course. Approval for this option must be ob- 
tained prior to enrollment in the business internship and writ- 
ten evidence of language use must be provided at the 
completian of the language internship. 

Internship Courses 

Accounting 495 Internship (3) 

Foreign Languages 496 Internship (3) 

Economics 495 Internship (3) 

Finance 495 Internship (3) 

Management 495 Internship (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 495 Internship (3) 

Marketing 495 Internship (3) 

other Requirements 

Other Subjects: Complete at least 50 percent of the coursework 
for the degree in subjects other than business administration 
or economics. Complete all university requirements for the 
bachelor's degree. 

Grade Point Average (GPA): Attain at least a 2.0 GPA (C aver- 
age) in all university courses and in the cancentration courses. 
Earn at least a C grade in each course required for the major 
(other than concentration courses). 

Grade Options: Take all required core and concentration 
courses for a letter grade (A.B.C.D.F). The credit/no credit grad- 
ing option may not be used for these courses, and a grade of 
CR (credit) will not satisfy the requirements of the degree. Ex- 
ceptions: Calculus (Math 130,135 or 150A) and Internship may 
be taken under the credit/no credit option, although courses 
taken to meet general education requirements must be taken 
for a letter grade. 

Residence: At least 1 2 units of upper-division core courses, 6 
units of upper-division concentration courses and 6 units of 
internships must be taken in residence at CSUF. 


226 

International Business 


Department of 
Management 



Department Chair: Farouk H. Abdelwahed 
Department Office: Langsdorf Hall 640 

Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentration In Management 

Master of Business Administration 

Concentration In Management 

Faculty 

Farouk Abdelwahed, Michael Ames, Thomas Apke, Mel Liang 
Bickner, Peng Chan, Ellen Dumond, Carolyn Erdener, Gamini 
Gunawardane, Dorothy Helde, Richard Houston, Thomas 
Johnson, Eonsoo Kim, Brian Kleiner, Elliot Kushell, Gus 
Manoochehrl, Thomas Mayes, Tal Oh, Goli Sadri, Hamid 
Tavakolian, Gustavo Vargas 

Advisers 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides In- 
formation on admissions, curriculum and graduation require- 
ments; registration and grading procedures; residence and 
similar academic matters. In addition, the Management De- 
partment provides advising on career opportunities and on 
the emphases within the Management Concentration: 

Entrepreneurial Manag Michael Ames 

General Manag Eonsoo Kim 

Organization Behavior/Human 
Resource Manag Elliot Kushell 

Operations Manag Ellen Dumond 

INTRODUCTION 

Managers are needed In a wide variety of different types of 
organizations - business and nonbusiness, large and small, for- 
eign and domestic. In all of these organizations, managers 
need technical, human and conceptual skills to help achieve 
organizational goals. 

Management courses are designed to teach the fundamen- 
tal principles underlying organizations, to emphasize educa- 
tion which will improve students' thought processes, to pro- 
vide familiarity with the analytical tools of management, and 
to develop In the student an ability to use the techniques in- 
volved In analyzing and evaluating managerial problems and 
making sound decisions. 


227 

Management 



California State University, Fullerton 


Students may pursue a wide variety of academic and career 
Interests through four different emphases. These emphases In- 
clude: (1) entrepreneurial management, (2) general manage- 
ment, (3) organization behavior/human resources manage- 
ment, and (4) operations management. 

Credential Information 

For students interested in a teaching credential, the Manage- 
ment Department offers courses which may be included in 
the Subject Matter Preparation and Supplementary Authori- 
catlon Programs for secondary teaching. 

Further Information on the requirements for teaching creden- 
tials is found In the Teaching Credential Programs section of 
this catalog and Is also available from the Department of Sec- 
ondary Education. Students interested In exploring careers in 
teaching at the elementary or secondary school levels should 
contact the Office of Admission to Teacher Education. 

Awards in Management 

The Gus Berger Award/Operations Management 
The H. Peter GuertIn/APICS Orange County Chapter 
Scholarship 

The Orange County Industrial Relations Research Association 
(OCIRRA) 

The PERMA Scholarship 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See '"Business Administration, Management Concentration . ' 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See '"Business Administration, Management Concentration . ' 

MANAGEMENT COURSES 

246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 

Examines laws and regulations affecting the business environ- 
ment and managerial decisions including the legal system and 
methods of dispute resolution. Topics include torts, crimes, 
contracts, product liability, business organization, employment, 
antitrust, environmental protection; incorporates ethical con- 
siderations and International perspectives. Uses case studies. 

339 Principles of Management and Operations (3) 

Prerequisites: all lower-division business core courses or 
instructor's consent. Corequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A. 
Administrative processes in utility-creating business operations: 
decision-making; planning; controlling; supporting business 
information systems; measuring and improving effectiveness; 
production processes, production operations and Institutions 
in American and worldwide business. Uses the Production Lab. 

340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Prerequisites: general education In social sciences. 
Corequisite: Manag Scl/Info Sys 361 A. Social and cultural en- 
vironments of business. Business ethics. Communication, lead- 
ership, motivation, perception, personality development, 
group dynamics and group growth. Human behavior and or- 


ganizational design and management practice In American 
and world wide business. 

343 Personnel Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 340 or equivalent. The personnel 
function, its activities, and Its opportunities. Management's 
responsibilities for selection, development and effective utili- 
zation of personnel. Open to non-business majors. 

345 Small Business Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201 B. Management 339, Marketing 
351. Practical applications of business administration tech- 
niques to the planning and operation of small businesses. Case- 
work. research, and field work with selected, local small busi- 
nesses. 

347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 246 or equivalent. Work and law; 
the development of employment law; agency; responsibili- 
ties of managing officers; the hiring process; discrimination; 
wages; hours and benefits; termination. The work environment. 
OSHA. worker's compensation. International and ethical Im- 
plications of employment law. Patents, copyrights and trade- 
marks. Product/service liability; environmental law. 

348 Business Law (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 246 or equivalent. The philosophy, 
institutions and role of law in commercial and personal trans- 
actions: case studies in personal property, bailments, com- 
mercial paper, secured transactions, real property, mortgages, 
trusts, community property, wills, estate administration and In- 
surance. 

349 Law for Small Business (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 246. The philosophy, institutions, and 
role of law and their practical applications in the areas of In- 
terest to the small businessperson. Product liability, consumer 
rights, worker's compensation and other topics. 

421 Operations Systems Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 B. Managerial problems 
associated with designing an operations system, including 
product and process design, facilities planning, capacity 
choice, job design, automation, quality management and 
maintenance. 

422 Production and Inventory Control (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Scl/Info Sys 36 IB. Planning and control- 
ling of production activities and Inventory levels. Identifica- 
tion of key problem areas. Presentation of applicable tech- 
niques and systems, and organizational and managerial con- 
cepts. Utilization of computer decision models. 

425 Productivity and Quality Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 339 and Manag Scl/Info Sys 361 A 
or equivalent. Definition, discussion and measurement of pro- 
ductivity and quality and their strategic role. Development of 
a comprehensive approach to managing and improving 
productivity and quality, including strategic, organizational, 
operational and technological aspects. Case studies on pro- 
ductivity and quality in service and manufacturing operations. 

431 Women in Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 340. (For men and women.) Increas- 


228 

Management 


California State University, Fullerton 


ing participation in the management of organizations. Employ- 
ment and earnings, affirmative action, understanding male- 
female and female-female work relationships, dual careers, 
and learning how to increase one's effectiveness in organiza- 
tions. 

433 Advanced Topics in Human Resource Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 343. Contemporary concepts and 
procedures in compensation and staffing. Current topics and 
controversial issues in human resource management are also 
covered. 

435 Service Organizations and Operations (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 339. Analysis and applications of 
general management and operations management con- 
cepts to service organizations, and interactions among vari- 
ous functional areas. Case analyses of banks, airlines, health 
care, food service and others. Includes field trips and use of 
computer labs and models. 

440 Emerging Issues in Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 339 and 340 or consent of instruc- 
tor. For upper-division and graduate students. Business and 
management in America. The Interrelationships of technologi- 
cal, economic, political and social forces with the business 
enterprises and their ethical obligations to owners, employees, 
consumers and society at large. Open to nonbusiness majors. 

441 Labor- Management Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 340. Impact of labor-management 
relations upon labor, management, and the public. Proper 
grievance procedure, collective bargaining and settlement 
of disputes. 

442 Grievance Handling and Arbitration (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 441 or equivalent. In-depth study 
of grievance procedures and the arbitration process and pro- 
cedure In the private sector. Topics Include discipline, con- 
tract interpretation, arbitrable issues, management right issues, 
such as subcontracting and employee rights. Uses cases and 
simulations. 

443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 339 and 340 or equivalent. 
Managerial skills In group dynamics as they relate to team 
IDerformance. Cultural diversity Including value differences and 
perception. Leadership: problem solving, idea generation, 
communications and conflict management. Organization 
change and designs that enhance team effectiveness. 

444 Project Management (3) 

Prerequisites: management and management science/infor- 
mation systems core and other 300 level management courses 
in student's concentration. Technology for managing business 
and other enterprises as cybernetic systems. The design and 
control of systems appropriate for product, project and pro- 
gram levels of analysis. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) Uses 
Production Lab. 

448 Seminar in Small Business Consulting (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 339, Marketing 351 and senior 
standing. A seminar. Planning and working in a consulting re- 
lationship with small local businesses. Lectures, research and 
field work. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours field work) 


449 Seminar in Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: all other School of Business Administration and 
Economics core courses and departmental approval. Integra- 
tive cases from top management viewpoint. Administrative 
processes, ethical-legal-economic implications of business 
decisions, international applications; organization theory and 
policy formulation. Individual and team efforts. 

480 Global Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of all other International Business core 
courses and departmental approval. This course deals primarily 
with the conceptualization, formulation, and implementation 
of successful global business strategies. Other topics include 
managing cultural differences, strategic alliances, and 
strategies for the Pacific Rim and Europe. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: six units of upper division management courses. 
Including Management 339, concentration in management 
or international business, consent of department internship 
adviser and at least junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one semes- 
ter in residence at the university. Planned and supervised work 
experience. May be repeated for credit up to a total of six 
units. Credit/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval by department 
chair. Open to qualified students desiring to pursue directed 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. Not open 
to students on academic probation. 

515 Management of information in the Corporate 
Environment (3) (Formerly Manag Sci 515) 

Prerequisite: Classified SBAE status. Review and application of 
management information systems In business. System planning, 
system design and analysis, use of files, decision support 
systems, expert systems, and implementation of management 
information systems. 

516 Organizational Theory and Management of 
Operations (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, Manag Sci/Info Sys 514 
(may be taken concurrently). Accounting 510, Economics 51 5. 
Modern organization theory and application in utility-creat- 
ing operations. Interpersonal behavior, planning, control, or- 
ganizing, directing, communication, production and information 
systems, and measures of effectiveness. International applica- 
tions. Business ethics and relationships to society and politics. 
Graduate discussion and research reports. 

518 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. Law applicable to business 
institutions and inherent in business decisions with consideration 
of the ethical, social and political influences as they affect 
business organizations and operations both here and abroad; 
nature and sources of law, the judicial system and case studies 
in areas of enforceable agreements, products liability, employ- 
ment, business organizations and trade regulation. 

524 Seminar in Organizational Behavior & Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status. Management 516 and 518 
or equivalent. Human behavior in organizations, studies In or- 
ganizational theories, and administrative action. 


229 

Management 


California State University. Fullerton 


535 Production/Operations Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 516 and Manag Sci/Info Sys 614. 
An in-depth study of selected POM topics. Discussions of the 
operations function role and Its importance, identification of 
the problem areas, and reviewing of the related concepts and 
techniques. Including computer applications. Emphasizing the 
current POM topics of interest to top management. 

537 Management of Technology (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 616. This course focuses on the role 
of technology in the competitive position of the organization. 
Covers technology forecasting, evaluation, selection and 
implementation as well as issues in technological risk manage- 
ment, technology transfer and research and development 
management. 

542 Seminar in Labor- Management Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status. Management 516 and 518. 
A seminar that focuses on various aspects of the labor-man- 
agement relationship, issues in collective bargaining, the laws 
governing the relationship, contract administration, grievance 


handling, dispute settlement and arbitration. Negotiation simu- 
lation and case analyses. 

543 Seminar in Personnel Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status. Management 616 and 618, 
or equivalent. Cases, problems and significant personnel 
administration literature in personnel administration and 
human relations. 

547 Comparative Management (3) 

Management practices and processes in five geographical 
areas; market-structures and management characteristics dif- 
ferent from those In the United States. Constraints which vary 
between countries because of cultural, legal, economic and/ 
or political differences. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, consent of Instructor, 
consent of department chair and Associate Dean of Graduate 
Studies. May be repeated for credit. Not open to students on 
academic probation. 


230 

Management 


Department of Management 
Science/Information Systems 



Department Chair: Zvi Drezner 
Department Office: Langsdorf Hall 540 

Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentration in Management Information Systems 
Concentration in Management Science 

Minor in Management Information Systems 

Master of Business Administration 

Concentration In Management Science/Information Systems 

Master of Science in Management Science 

Concentration in Management Information Systems 
Concentration in Operations Research 
Concentration in Statistics 

Faculty 

Shu- Jen Chen, Roger Dear, Zvi Drezner, Ben Edmondson, Nicho- 
las Farnum, Zvi Goldstein, S. Hanizavareh, William Heitzman, 
James Hightower, Bhushan Kapoor, Mabel Kung, Bharat 
Lakhanpal, William Lau, John Lawrence, George Marcoulides, 
Do Le Minh, Barry Pasternack, Sorel Reisman, Herbert Rutemiller, 
Joseph Sherif, Sohan Sihota, Ram Singhania, La Verne Stanton, 
Ronald Sulch 

Advisers 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides in- 
formation on admissions, curriculum and graduation require- 
ments; registration and grading procedures; residence and 
similar academic matters. In addition, the Management Sci- 
ence Department provides advising about curriculum content 
and career opportunities; 

Graduate Program: Zvi Drezner, John Lawrence 
Information Systems: Mabel Kung, Bharat Lakhanpal, William 
Lau, Sorel Reisman, Ram Singhania 
Operations Research: Roger Dear, Zvi Drezner, John Lawrence, 
Barry Pasternack 

Statistics. George Marcoulides, Sohan Sihota, LaVerne Stanton, 
Ronald Suich 

Credential Information 

For students interested in a teaching credential, the Depart- 
ment of Management Science/Information Systems offers 
courses which may be included in the Subject Matter Prepa- 
ration Program for the Single Subject Teaching Credential. 


231 


Management Science/ Information Systems 


California State University, Fullerton 


Further information on the requirements for teaching creden- 
tials is found in the Teaching Credential Programs section of 
this catalog and Is also available from the Department of Sec- 
ondary Education. Students interested in exploring careers In 
teaching at the elementary or secondary school levels should 
contact the Office of Admission to Teacher Education. Edu- 
cation Classroom 207. 

Awards in Management Science/lnformation 
Systems 

David S. Stoller Outstanding Management Science 
Undergraduate Award 

Outstanding Management Information Systems 
Undergraduate Award 

Outstanding Management Science Graduate Student 
Award 

TRW Scholarships 

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 
CONCENTRATION 


solutions using computers. Operations research uses math- 
ematical and simulation models to provide decision-makers 
with quantitative information pertaining to complex business 
situations. Sfof/sf/cs assists decision-makers by using techniques 
designed to draw Inferences from experimental and sampling 
data. 

Situations that require operations research techniques arise In 
all areas of business: accounting, finance, production, mar- 
keting. and research and development. Among the problems 
addressed by operations research techniques are the deter- 
mination of Inventory strategies, the allocation of scarce re- 
sources and the design of service systems. Others Include bid- 
ding In competitive environments, selection of equipment re- 
placement strategies and scheduling the completion of large 
projects. 

The statistician is often involved In activities such as sales fore- 
casting. quality control and financial analysis. Statistics Is also 
concerned with model building and the design of experiments 
dealing with product testing, surveys and sampling. 


Management information systems are computer based infor- 
mation systems. These systems aid management in making 
decisions and assist in implementing and controlling manage- 
ment policies. Management information systems are used In 
business, industry and government operations. Applications 
Include airline reservations, banking transactions, crime pre- 
vention networks, election returns, real estate assessment, tax 
records, newspaper databases, sports statistics and computer 
assisted learning. 

Management Information systems incorporate the use of data 
processing equipment, such as computers and their 
peripherals. Computer software is used to create, maintain 
and retrieve information. Techniques Include mathematical 
modeling and statistics. Integrated with modern computer 
technology. These methods are applied to systems 
management, programming design, analysis of information 
flow, decision support, database organization, small business 
problems, data communication networking and distributed 
processing. 

Management Information Systems Concentration 
Requirements (21 units) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 270 File Concepts and COBOL 
Programming (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 309 Elements of Information Systems (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 310 Systems Development and 
Programming (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 370 Advanced COBOL Programming (3) 
or Manag Sci/Info Sys 41 1 Microcomputer Business 
Application Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 408 Data Base Management Systems (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 409 Business Telecommunications for 
Information Systems Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 464 Seminar In Systems Analysis and 
Design (3) 

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE CONCENTRATION 

Management Science is the application of the scientific 
method to decision-making In business and government. In 
practice, nearly all management science problems Involve 


Management Science Concentration 
Requrements (18 units) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 440 Intermediate Management Science 
Models (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 441 Intermediate Statistical Methods (3) 

and at lease 12 units chosen from the following: 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 422 Surveys and Sampling Design and 
Applications (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 448 Computer Simulation in Business and 
Economics (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 461 Statistical Theory for Management 
Science (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 465 Linear Programming In 
Management Science (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 467 Statistical Quality Control (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 472 Design of Experiments (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 473 Applied Statistical Forecasting (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 475 Multivariate Analysis (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 490 Queuing and Stochastic Processes 
in Business and Economics (3) 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See "Business Administration, Management Information 
Systems Concentration . ' 

See "Business Administration, Management Science 
Concentration . ' 

MINOR IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

See "Business Administration, Minor in Management 
Information Systems. * 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See "Business Administration, Management Science/ 
Information Systems Concentration' 


232 

Management Science/ Information Systems 


California State University, Fullerton 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MANAGEMENT SCIENCE 

The Master of Science in Management Science program 
provides the conceptual understanding and technical 
competence for a career in management science. Emphasis 
is placed on the use of scientific method to allocate resources 
so as to maximize profit or minimize cost. Specializations include 
operations research, management Information systems and 
statistics. These techniques are widely used in both private 
business and public enterprise. Employment opportunities 
Include positions such as management analyst, data pro- 
cessing manager, statistician and forecaster. 

The M.S. in Management Science program is scheduled 
especially for students who are employed full time. Courses 
are offered during the late afternoon and evening. 

The curriculum should appeal to students with undergraduate 
degrees in business administration, computer science, mathe- 
matics, engineering or science. For students with an under- 
graduate degree in business administration, the 10-course (30- 
unit) curriculum may be completed In 21/2 years (part time). 
In addition to a three-course survey of management science 
methods, the curriculum includes management science 
applications, electives, and a terminal research project. 
Students with a bachelor's degree In a field other than business 
administration must first complete the M.B.A. Foundation 
Courses (27 units) or equivalent undergraduate courses. 

Cal State Fullerton is the only university in Orange County ac- 
credited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of 
Business at both the undergraduate and graduate level. This 
assures a rigorous program, a well-qualified faculty, high stan- 
dards for students, and access to an extensive library system. 
The qualifications of the M.S. In Management Science faculty 
include advanced degrees in operations research, statistics 
and applied mathematics; extensive computer experience; 
and practical experience In business, industry and government. 
Cal ^ate Fullerton is the only campus within The California State 
University offering an M.S. in Management Science. 

Most graduate courses In the School of Business Administra- 
tion and Economics require “classified SBAE status" and are 
open only to students with classified standing in the M.S. In 
Management Science, M.S. in Taxation, M.A. in Economics, 
M.B.A. or M.S. in Accountancy programs. 

Students meeting the following requirements will be admitted 
to postbaccalaureafe-unclassified standing: 

1 . Acceptable bachelor's degree from an institution accred- 
ited by a regional accrediting association, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2 5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted and in good standing at last college at- 
tended. 

Postbaccalaureate-unclassified students may enroll in 
undergraduate courses (100 through 400 level) but are 
generally ineligible for graduate business courses (500 level). 
Such students may wish to take undergraduate courses which 
are necessary to meet the requirements for classified standing 
(see below). Upon completing the requirements, the student 
may file an “Application for Postbaccalaureate/Graduate 


Change of Academic Objective" requesting admission to the 
M.S. In Management Science program. Admission to the 
university as a postbaccalaureate-unclassifled student does 
not constitute admission to the M.S. in Management Science 
program, does not confer priority, nor does it guarantee future 
admission. Students planning to apply for admission to the M.S. 
In Management Science program should confer with the 
graduate adviser in the School of Business Administration and 
Economics. 

Students meeting the following departmental requirements will 
be admitted to the M.S. in Management Science program 
with conditionally classified standing: 

3. Combination of grade-point average and score on the 
Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) sufficient 
to yield a score of at least 950 according to one of the 
following formulas. Due to limited facilities and resources 
In the School of Business Administration and Economics, a 
higher score may be required of all applicants. 

A. If overall undergraduate GPA is at least 2.5 and GMAT 
is at least 450, then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 

B. If overall undergraduate GPA is below 2.5 or GMAT is 
below 450, then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT -50. 

Conditionally classified students may take a limited number 
of graduate courses (500 level) subject to the approval of the 
graduate adviser of the School of Business Administration and 
Economics. Students may take whatever courses are neces- 
sary to fulfill requirement 4 (below) while enrolled as condition- 
ally classified students. In addition, a maximum of 9 units (three 
courses) from the M.S. in Management Science curriculum may 
be taken while in conditionally classified standing. 

Students meeting the following additional requirements will be 
advanced to classified standing. Such students are eligible to 
take graduate courses for which they are qualified. 

4. A bachelor's degree with a major in business administra- 
tion which meets the requirements stated in this catalog 
for such degrees. The degree must Include calculus and 
computer programming equivalent to passing Mathemat- 
ics 135, Business Calculus (3 units), and Manag Sci/Info Sys 
265 Computing and Programming Concepts (3 units), with 
grades of at least C. Courses in the major are to be no 
more than seven years old, and must have at least a 3.0 
GPA. Courses with grades lower than C must be repeated 
with at least a C grade. Applicants with a bachelor's de- 
gree in a field other than Business Administration may meet 
this requirement by passing the courses in calculus and 
computer programming (above) with grades of at least 

C. and also the Foundation Courses within the curriculum 
of the Master of Business Administration (27 units, including 
Accounting 510; Business Admin 590; Economics 515; Fi- 
nance 517; Management 515, 516, 518; Manag Scl/Info 
Sys 513, and Marketing 519). The MBA Foundation Courses 
must have at least a 3.0 GPA; Foundation Courses with 
grades lower than a C must be repeated with at least a C 
grade. 

5. Approval of study plan. 


233 

Management Science/ Information Systems 


California State University, Fullerton 


Curriculum 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units of course work be- 
yond the baccalaureate degree. At least 18 of the 30 units 
required for the degree must be at the graduate level. A 3.0 
GPA (B) is required in study plan courses and all applicable 
course work. Any study plan course with a grade lower than C 
must be repeated with at least a C grade. 

The requirement for a concentration is to satisfactorily com- 
plete at least 15 units of courses (required and/or elective) in 
a specified field: Management Information Systems, Opera- 
tions Research or Statistics. A concentration is not required for 
the degree. 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 526 Forecasting, Decision, Analysis and 
Experimental Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 550 Special Topics on Information 
Systems Design and Data Communication (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 560 Advanced Deterministic Models (3) 
or Manag Sci/Info Sys 561 Advanced Probabilistic Models (3) 

Applications in Business and Economics (3 units) 

Courses to be selected In consultation with, and approved 
by, the student's adviser from the following: 

Accounting 51 1 Seminar In Managerial Accounting (3) 

Note: Students with credit for cost accounting may substitute 
Accounting 521 . Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 
Accounting 51 1 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 
Economics 502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 
Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 
Management 444 Project Management (3) 
or Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

Electives in Management Information Systems, 
Operations Research and Statistics (15 units) 

Courses may be chosen from one or more of the following 
fields: 

Management Information Systems: 

Computer methods for collecting, analyzing and reporting 
data to aid In management decision making. 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 408 Data Base Management Systems (3) 
or Manag Sci/Info Sys 555 Data Structures and Data Base 
Management (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 409 Business Telecommunications for 
Information System Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 41 1 Microcomputer Business and 
Application Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 415 Decision Support and Expert 
Systems (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 418 Privacy and Security (3) 

Operations Research: 

A general approach to decision-making based on scientific 
method. 


Manag Sci/Info Sys 465 Linear Programming In 
Management Science (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 490 Queuing and Stochastic Models In 
Management Science (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 560 Advanced Deterministic Models (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 561 Advanced Probabilistic Models (3) 

Statistics: 

Collecting, analyzing, and Interpreting data. 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 422 Surveys and Sampling Design and 
Applications (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 461 Statistical Theory for Management 
Science (4) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 467 Statistical Quality Control (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 472 Design of Experiments (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 473 Applied Statistical Forecasting (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 475 Multivariate Analysis (3) 

Variable Topic: 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 590 Seminar in Management Science (3) 

Terminal Evaluation 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 576 Business Modeling and Simulation (3) 
Comprehensive Exam 

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE/INFORMATION SYSTEMS 
COURSES 

265 Introduction to Computing and Programming 
Concepts (3) 

Introduction to computer concepts, computer organization, 
operation, hardware, systems and application software; 
business problem-solving and computer programming; appli- 
cations to business. Micro-computer applications and hands- 
on exercises In the business arena. 

270 File Concepts and COBOL Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 265. Structured COBOL; 
multiple-level table handling, subscripting and Indexing; file 
organization documentation; report generation; sequential file 
updating. 

309 Elements of Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 or equivalent. Introduces 
the student to the basic data, files and operating systems' 
related concepts needed for business Information system 
design. Introduces concepts of data organization, storage 
medb characteristics and linear and non-linear data structures. 
Covers the use of these concepts In data management within 
a business organization and the opportunities and limitations 
presented by the overall operating systems/environments. 

310 Systems Development and Programming (3) (Formerly 365) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 265. Analyzing, designing and 
programming in an Information system using a high level, ad- 
vanced programming development system such as Visual 
BASIC; methodologies, planning analysis, general system de- 
sign; evaluation & selection, designing Input, process, and 
ouput; designing controls, networks and software; Interface 
design. 


234 

Management Science/ Information Systems 


California State University, Fullerton 


361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: Probability & 

Statistics (3) (Formerly 361) 

Prerequisites: Math 135 and Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 or equiva- 
lents. Probability concepts; expectations; descriptive statistics; 
discrete and continuous random variables; sampling; estima- 
tion; hypothesis testing; simple and multiple regression; non- 
parametric statistics. 

36 IB Quantitative Busness Analysis; Statistics & Management 
Science (3) (Formerly 362) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A. Quantitative methods 
and their application to business and economic problems. 
Multiple regression, forecasting, ANOVA, quality control, math- 
ematical modeling, optimization, PERT/CPM, inventory. 

370 Advanced COBOL Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 270 or equivalent. Advanced 
COBOL features: Indexed and direct file processing, report 
writer, sort feature, declarative and linkage sections, segmen- 
tation. Overlay structure, survey of Job control language, li- 
braries. Direct access. Hardware devices. 

408 Data Base Management Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 309. Provides essential 
concepts, principles and methods for analysis, design and 
Implementation of data base systems; builds upon the file- 
oriented approaches covered in other management 
Information system courses; contrasts the database approach 
with the file-oriented approach; covers theory and practice; 
examines issues and problems associated with developing 
single-user and multiple-user database systems. 

409 Business Telecommunications for Information System 
Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 309. Communications design, 
concepts and hardware, telecommunications protocol, net- 
work architectures and configurations, LANs security and con- 
trol, communication services, voice and electronic mail. 

410 information Resources Management (3) (Formerly 
Manag 410) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 408 or 409. This course recog- 
nizes the expanding role of information systems in the overall 
strategy and management of organizations. The management 
of the organization information resources includes personnel, 
planning and control, technological trends, management 
Implications, managing the MIS department. 

41 1 Microcomputer Business Application Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 310. This course focuses on 
contemporary Issues In the design and development of inte- 
grated, graphical user interface-based business applications. 

415 Decision Support and Expert Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 309. Principles and procedures 
related to the design and use of expert systems and decision 
supfDort systems principles in management decision making; 
development of exp>ert systems using shells. 

418 Privacy and Security (3) 

Corequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 309. Security and privacy prob- 
lems associated with the use of computer systems; ways to 
minimize risks and losses. 


422 Surveys and Sampling Design and Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A. Principles for designing 
business and economic surveys. Applications in accounting, 
marketing research, economic statistics and the social sciences. 
Sampling; simple random, stratified and multistage design; 
construction of sampling frames; detecting and controlling non- 
sampling errors. 

440 Intermediate Management Science Models (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 B. Intermediate manage- 
ment science modeling and solution techniques, including 
topics in linear and non-linear programming, integer program- 
ming, dynamic programming, Markov processes, queuing 
theory, and inventory models. 

441 Intermediate Statistical Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 36 IB. Intermediate linear re- 
gression and topics in experimental design, quality control, time 
series analysis, forecasting, and statistical decision theory. 

448 Computer Simulation in Business and Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A and Manag Sci/Info Sys 
361 B. Computer generation of discrete and continuous 
random variables, their use in computer simulation. Appli- 
cations include queuing, communications, computer systems, 
economics, gaming, inventory, scheduling and other manage- 
ment science topics. 

454 Seminar in Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

(Formerly Manag 454) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 408, 409, and either 370 or 
411. Integrates information systems development concepts 
of analysis, design and implementation. Students will develop 
an Information system from concept to completion. Individual 
and team effort. 

461 Statistical Theory for Management Science (4) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A. Review of mathemati- 
cal topics needed for statistical theory. Distribution, theory, 
moment generating functions, central limit theorem. Estima- 
tion theory, maximum likelihood, least squares estimation. Hy- 
pothesis testing, Neyman-Pearson Lemma. Likelihood ratio 
tests. Use of statistical software packages. 

465 Linear Programming In Management Science (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 36 IB or Mathematics 250B. 
Mathematical and theoretical foundations for linear program- 
ming; geometric and linear algebraic approaches and proofs; 
simplex method, duality, sensitivity and parametric analyses, 
extensions to specialized algorithms, and large scale models; 
practical and computer based applications will be discussed. 

467 Statistical Quality Control (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A. Control charts for vari- 
ables, percent defective and defects. Tolerances, process 
capacity; special control charts, acceptance sampling and 
batch processing problems. Bayesian aspects of process con- 
trol. 

472 Design of Experiments (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 441 or equivalent. Experimen- 
tal design. Analysis of variance, factorial experiments, nested 
designs, confounding and factorial replications. 


235 

Management Science/ Information Systems 


California State University, Fullerton 


473 Applied Statistical Forecasting (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 441 or equivalent. Statistical 
methods applied to problems In business and Industry; practi- 
cal multiple regression models with computer solutions; basic 
techniques In time-series analysis of trend, cyclical and sea- 
sonal components; correlation of time-series and forecasting 
with the computer. 

475 Multivariate Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite; Manag Sci/Info Sys 441 or equivalent. The least 
squares principle; estimation and hypothesis testing in linear 
regression; multiple and curvilinear regression models; discrimi- 
nant analysis; principle components analysis; application of 
multivariate analysis In business and industry. 

490 Queuing and Stochastic Models in Management 
Science (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 36 IB or Mathematics 335. 
Probabilistic models in management science; theoretical foun- 
dation and model development for Poisson process models, 
birth-death models. Markovian and general queuing situations, 
and Markov chains; renewal theory and/or reliability models; 
practical business applications. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A and 361 B. and concen- 
tration in management science, or Manag Sci/Info Sys 309 and 
concentration in management Information systems or a ma- 
jor in international business, consent of department Internship 
adviser, and at least junior standing. 2.6 GPA and one semes- 
ter in residence at the university. Planned and supervised work 
experience. May be repeated for credit up to a total of six 
units. Credit/No Credit grading only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A and 361 B. senior stand- 
ing. and approval by the department chair. Open to quali- 
fied students desiring to pursue directed independent inquiry. 
May be repeated for credit. Not open to students on aca- 
demic probation. 

513 Statistical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites; Math 1 35. Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 (or equivalents) 
and classified SBAE status. Basic probability and descriptive 
statistics; sampling techniques; estimation and hypothesis test- 
ing; simple and multiple regression, correlation analysis; com- 
puter packages and other optional topics. 

514 Decision Models for Business and Economics (3) 

Prerequisites; Manag Sci/Info Sys 513 and classified SBAE sta- 
tus. Linear programming; Inventory; PERT-CPM; queuing; simu- 
lation. computer application, forecasting; time series, and 
other optional topics. 

526 Forecasting, Decision Analysis, and Experimental 
Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 514 and classified SBAE sta- 
tus. Time series analysis. Trend, cyclical and seasonal compo- 
nents. Statistical decision theory. Fundamental principles of 
experimental design; interaction. Software packages. 


550 Special Topics on Information Systems Design and Data 
Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 514 and classified SBAE stand- 
ing. Information storage requirements; disk timing consider- 
ations; file organization and processing characteristics; data 
structures; modern data communication systems; computer 
networks. 

555 Data Structures and Data Base Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 550 and classified SBAE stand- 
ing. File structures. Multiple-key retrieval file organizations; Data 
Description Language (DDL) and Data Manipulation Lan- 
guage (DML); data independence; hlerarchial. network and 
relational data bases. Students may not receive credit for both 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 408 and 555. 

560 Advanced Deterministic Models (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 514 and classified SBAE stand- 
ing. Advanced linear programming, dynamic programming. 
Integer programming, non-linear programming, business ap- 
plications. Software packages and computer utilization. 

561 Advanced Probabilistic Models (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 514 and classified SBAE 
standing. Stochastic processes. Markov processes, advanced 
queuing and Inventory models. Reliability. Software packages 
and computer utilization. 

576 Business Modeling and Simulation (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 513 or equivalent. Theory and 
application of modeling and simulation methodology. Proba- 
bilistic concepts In simulation; arrival pattern and service times; 
simulation languages and programming techniques; analysis 
of output; business applications. 

590 Seminar in Management Science (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/Info Sys 526 and 560 and classified 
SBAE status. Selected advanced topics and/or case studies In 
operations research, statistics, and/or management informa- 
tion systems, varying from semester to semester. May be re- 
peated for credit with consent of instructor. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite; classified SBAE status. Directed independent in- 
quiry. Not open to students on academic probation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, consent of department 
chair and Associate Dean of Graduate Studies. May be re- 
peated for credit. Not open to students on academic proba- 
tion. 


236 


Management Science/ Information Systems 


Department of 
Marketing 



Department Chair: Irene Lange 
Department Office: University Hall 313 

Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentration in Marketing 

Master of Business Administration 

Concentration in Marketing 

Faculty 

Catherine Atwong, Robert Barath, Grady Bruce, Scott Greene, 
Katrin Harich, Paul Hugstad, Robert Jones, Chiranjeev Kohli, 
Douglas LaBahn, Irene Lange, Lance Leuthesser, James Tay- 
lor, Robert Zimmer 

Advisers 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides in- 
formation on admissions, curriculum and graduation require- 
ments, registration and grading procedures, residence and 
similar academic matters. In addition, the Marketing Depart- 
ment provides advising on curriculum content and career op- 
portunities. 

INTRODUCTION 

Marketing is a basic business function covering a wide range 
of activities. It includes studying markets, planning products, 
pricing them, promoting them, selling them, and then deliver- 
ing these products to customers. People in wholesaling, retail- 
ing, advertising agencies, research firms and transportation 
companies are all working in the marketing area. Any firm 
which is reviewing its product policies needs marketers to iden- 
tify the market, choose the products, find where they can be 
sold and decide on a price for them. 

Credential Information 

For students interested in a teaching credential, the Depart- 
ment of Marketing offers courses which may be included In 
the Subject Matter Preparation Program for secondary teach- 
ing. 

Further information on the requirements for teaching creden- 
tials is found In the Teaching Programs section of the catalog 
and is also available from the Department of Secondary Edu- 
cation. Students interested In exploring careers in teaching at 
the elementary or secondary school levels should contact the 
Office of Admission to Teacher Education. 


237 

Marketing 


California State University, Fullerton 


Scholarships and Awards in Marketing 

The Michael T. Ashton Memorial Scholarship for Outstanding 
Leadership 

The Gordon S. Fyfe Memorial Award for Outstanding 
Academic Achievement 
Outstanding Marketing Student Award 
The Robert M. Olsen Scholarship Award 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See "Business Administration, Marketing Concentration . ' 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 

See "Business Administration, Marketing Concentration . ' 

MARKETING COURSES 

351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 202 or 210; corequisite: Manag Scl/ 
Info Sys 361 A. Analyzes how managers of business enterprises 
can effectively market goods and services domestically and 
internationally to target customers. Covers marketing research, 
new product development, brand management, pricing, pro- 
motion. and distribution channels. The role of marketing is criti- 
cally examined from the consumer, economics, legal, politi- 
cal and ethical/social responsibility perspectives. 

353 Marketing Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A; corequisite: Marketing 
351. Examination of information sources and applications for 
the marketer. Emphasis on transforming data Into business 
plans. Topics include use of computerized data bases, sales 
forecasting. Interpretation of survey data and the creation of 
marketing presentations. Extensive computer applications. 

370 Buyer Behavior (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 and 353 with a grade of “C* or 
better. Consumer buying patterns, motivation and search 
behavior. The consumer decision-making process. Inter- 
disciplinary concepts from economics, sociology, psychology, 
cultural anthropology and mass communicatlor>s. Cose analyses 
and research projects. 

379 Marketing Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 . 353 with a grade of *C' or better 
and Manag Scl/Info Sys 361 A. Marketing research process: 
problem formulation, identifying sources, selecting data 
collection, analysis techniques, preparing research reports. 
Selecting marketing problems for research. 

401 Professional Selling (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 . 353. 370 and 379 with a grade of 
‘C' or better. Salesmanship as an interpersonal influence 
process. Selling using principles of human behavior. Selling skills 
and techniques. 

405 Managing Advertising (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 , 353. 370 and 379 with a grade of 
“C" or better. Examines the management of the advertising 
function within the overall marketing task. Emphasis Is given to 
managing distribution, managing the budget and managing 


creativity. Advertiser, advertising agency and media relation- 
ships are considered. International advertising is reviewed. 

415 Managing the Sales Force (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 , 353. 370 and 379 with a grade of 
“C" or better. The sales manager's role in the organization; 
recruiting and selecting sales people; sales training; formulat- 
ing compensation and expense plans; supervising and stimu- 
lating sales activities; morale; sales planning; evaluating sales 
people; and distribution cost analysis. 

425 Retail Marketing Strategy (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 , 353. 370 and 379 with a grade of 
'C" or better. Examines the retailer's role in the marketing sys- 
tem from a management perspective; developing integrated 
marketing and financial strategies; positioning the retail offer 
to convey meaning to target customers; merchandise man- 
agement and control; and addressing changing market con- 
ditions— domestic and international. 

435 Business Marketing Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 , 353. 370 and 379 with a grade of 
“C* or better. Examines the decision making implications in 
the business and organizational market as they apply to mar- 
ket segmentation, marketing planning and overall strategy 
formulation. The substrategies of product, price, promotion and 
distribution are discussed. International implications are con- 
sidered. 

445 Multinational Marketing Strategies (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing Majors: Marketing 351. 353, 370 and 
379 with a grade of "C or better. International Business Majors: 
Marketing 351 with a grade of "C" or better. Economics 335 
and Finance 370. Theories of international trade and role of 
marketing decisions across national boundaries and markets. 
Focuses on concepts and principles of marketing strategies in 
multinational organizations from market assessments, entry 
alternatives, positions of global lnterdep>endence. marketing 
problerr^ and ethical implications. Integrative cases, individual 
and team efforts emphasized. 

465 Managing Services Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 . 353, 370 and 379 with a grade of 
*C' or better. Explores the differences between marketing 
services and marketing products. Also examines organizational 
requirements of firms that market services In contrast with 
marketing products. Considers the implications of marketing 
services Internationally. 

475 Export Marketing Strategies (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing. Increases the student's aware- 
ness of international trading trends, the importance of trade 
worldwide. Emphasis is on entrepreneurial aspects and orga- 
nizational structure to appraise markets, evaluate alternative 
export strategies and understand planning process. Includes 
documentation, financial considerations, government regu- 
lations. 

459 Developing Marketing Strategies (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 . 353, 370, 379 and one 400-level 
marketing course, all with "C grade or better and senior stand- 
ing. Focuses on analysis of a wide variety of business situa- 
tions. Analysis is followed by the development of a variety of 
possible marketing strategies. Extensive International orienta- 
tion. Relies heavily on case studies and group interaction. 


238 

Marketing 


California State University, Fullerton 


495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: six units of upper division marketing courses, 
including Marketing 351 , concentration in marketing or in inter- 
national business, consent of department internship adviser, 
and at least junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one semester in 
residence at Cal State Fullerton. Ranned and supervised work 
experience. May be repeated for credit up to a total of six 
units. Credit/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval by the department 
chair. Open to undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent Inquiry. May be repeated for credit. Not 
open to students on academic probation. 

519 Marketing Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 510, Economics 515, Manag Sci/Info 
Sys 513, 514, Management 516, 518 (may be taken con- 
currently) and classified SBAE status. Concepts, principles and 
techniques used in the administration of the marketing 
variables. The role of marketing within the context of society 
and the business firm, social responsibility of business and Inter- 
national marketing. 

525 Seminar In Marketing Problems (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 519 and classified SBAE status. Utilizes 


major marketing concepts: product development, market 
analysis, demand determination, pricing decisions, promotion 
activities, distribution channels and organizational require- 
ments. Students develop analytical skills by working with 
marketing and business problems from domestic and global 
perspectives. Lecture and case method. 

555 Marketing Strategy and Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. Analysis of business situations 
and development of marketing strategy to gain competitive 
advantage. Uses strategy development tools such as experi- 
ence curves, PLC, BCG grid, GE business policy directional 
matrix among others. Extensive use of case analysis and 
decision making. 

596 Contemporary Topics in Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 519 or equivalent; classified SBAE sta- 
tus. Topics in areas such as marketing of services, public policy 
and consumer issues and strategic planning. May be repeated 
for credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, consent of instructor and 
approval by department chair and Associate Dean, Gradu- 
ate Studies. May be repeated for credit. Not open to students 
on academic probation. 


239 

Marketing 




^^:;■'■^13^H ,;•. v>/T}-;)0'^.*^' -'^ ::.V ■ V '■ r:> 'v'' • . . •>':: :;u- 

' ’ ■•;: ••! , V \.yA'}^ sJ".. -^'r.' -X- ; iUtV'C ‘ ' 

Vi- ;■ ». ;Ci^ v-ccov/ >->iv -r /• 

‘ ■’>.■. V •■ , '■ .f ’;:V:liv^•■' . , . ••:' ■Ji.,ut(^ 

■ ■ '> ■' .'•cliSrof .''"lolcjexf v^::' r.^r, •;5;)^K-'n 

<-..A:':'vu r-: ,«'u ••;>.; - .v# 3 

V . .J .*r •.>9tVi>. . -. - -jicjII! Lu 'v:..^ . ' •; •>^/;>]0'! - 

0 ^ /*: ,fC* r-'lfO* 

VK /•■> . OU: ■ <*‘'r • . •'iOV^ ij OTi..’.;c>. ^ PV^C 

- ■• ■ ■■■^ : ,,,/i?. ■ 

^ .,* Gi yttj-v.itrT! '.K 

;•-' . : - ..•' :G ;Vi^»v><-f .?ii' c ' 

■ .'■■■- . . :. ■' ■ ''■.■■■•r<' ‘ i?2c s'.c. oj.- ■ '> i.- 

^ ' "5- ' ' ' ^^' ■' >'k v.y’ . .t:.; ^ i t.ir. 

,ih,.,>V, sr 

■«-'l::> ■• ;i .O*}; : ?/'■. •• (ft ponne. tip: 

. . v< i ,;1 . : .V.. Ij V • : vV .trCji^in V 'nxCh:\y 

‘ r.. ' * 1 'N; Vc?M^ c.-.t- . ■ 


. . ii,. • > .tpv 

) ’o::> ''^♦no. ; 

1 to ’er/ior. .?dO Keu«.1 Jc^nolt? 

^ iirfii-^ivou iolhki|JT^ai^.;ro: t- 

j ■ '*fcv«'' ^^^ u*r^ .•ti'- ;-• . n; •%i!a? 

I m -’Otc T r. 07 

J ^ ‘ •«'. ■;: . o ^ (Vi ;* ?qN 

- - 9* 

V . I M •;. ;c’’/c » •■ -^r gi sjbootB lOiTi^ ^ -3 

] '>'r ck.'uciQ^i^br -’ r»eqO .ilor 

J ■•^' " ••■■ ' ,■■■ 'T' ' •i-.-^- . ;■:■ . :P<: 

I rTV 'r^*^'- -1 ^6;.!- •^.•' t^d ’• -^:. ^ 

! . vu V;. . -'.J •d-’ipc', bpp (v'i'nt>m 

^.PN^Ti’ir r v; • ir vfO.t: '.;poc 3' ' '.v aeociiK'X. 

I »'3‘"Cv ‘' 'ir>' - : v .;..)•’ odV 

^ ^ ^ ' '■''’4i::.t';»p: qc:-::.iV jo? vr ::^'^?»he9cfe«Vtf 

I • ■ ■ ^ . ' - -’>v 'C 

1 ' ■' /A •4^■<^f:7'^’ rrri6fliimlK& 53 

1 : <' •Pk- i.-i P'vT' V/ 

■ ' ■ ■ ■^.- ■•' '• ■' ' ■ ■■ : . v'ov'-x. . y - : .. 



^ '. ■ ' ■ • ^ /'i; c-Lx<m* :->k : /3iri 

r : '. ■ -ri- ■ t'CO’" :•' ' : • 

• ' ^';.'>.V ! •'O'':' ' 


■ ' '■ ‘r f;: ' 

. ' - 3v /;'.-'':-:i-':t^. O’ 

■: '• k-i:.: 

^ OCCi^O ‘4 - -"■ 


: , ■ 050 Jo . 

.. ■ O--;:;--^: - : ’ '-i; 

■ ' ^r^y- ;oo-'' 

-•■ 'O ; ';0'(\ ■ ‘ 

■.30' ^ .’, . '■.■• ' . 0*kf- Oj 






Dean: Elizabeth W. Mechling 
Associate Dean: Rick D. Pullen 


Programs offered 


Bachelor of Arts In Communications 

Concentrations in: 

Advertising 

Journalism 

Photocommunications 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 


Bachelor of Arts in Communicative Disorders 


Bachelor of Arts in Speech Communication 


Master of Arts in Communications 

Concentrations in: 

Advertising 
Journalism 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 


Master of Arts in Communicative Disorders 

Clinical Rehabilitative Services Credential (CRSC) with 
Special Class Authorization (SCA). 


Master of Arts in Speech Communication 


Minor in Speech Communication 


The School of Communications is committed to advancing a 
democratic society by preparing students to function in a wide 
variety of communication professions. With a strong tradition 
in the liberal arts and sockai sciences, the academic programs 
of the School share a common theoretical base which identi- 
fies the elements of human communication and the principles 
governing their use In all communicative processes essential 
to contemporary society, namely, the spoken and written word 
and visual Images. Specialized programs in advertising, com- 
munication theory and process, intercultural, interpersonal, 
organizational communication, communication studies, 
communicative disc^ders, journalism, photocommunications, 
public relations, and television-film make up the basic curricula 
of the School. These programs of study lead to traditional aca- 
demic degrees for undergraduates and graduates, to state 
credentials CH^d licenses, to professional certification, and to 
entry Into graduate and professional degree programs. 


School of 
Communications 


241 

School of Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 


Academic programs ir^ the School of Communications pre- 
pare students to function as communication professionals in 
the fields of business, education, government, and the health- 
related professions. Undergraduate and graduate degrees are 
offered in Communications, Communicative Disorders, and 
Speech Communication. Ancillary education experiences are 
available through the campus dally newspaper, television 
facilities, forensics program (debate), speech and hearing 
clinic, and internships in professional settings. 

The School also serves as a locus for the surrounding profes- 
sional community In which leaders In the communication pro- 
fessions provide and receive advice and counsel on matters 
related to public Interest, curricular development, career 
interests, and opportunities for service to the greater good of 
the community as a whole. 

The School is dedicated to the principles of academic excel- 
lence and sees Its fundamental mission as preparing citizens 
to function as effective communicators who practice their 
disciplines in accordance with the highest ethical codes of 
professional and personal conduct. 

Advisement 

Undergraduate students may call their department office for 
the name of their adviser, who will assist in developing a pro- 
gram of study. University policy requires students to see an 
adviser each of their first two semesters and every year there- 
after. Three critical times for advising are before registering for 
the first semester, when selecting electives for the study plan, 
and two semesters before graduation for a graduation check. 

Graduate students should make contact with their department 
graduate adviser to arrange for advising prior to entry into the 
master's degree programs. 

Student Organizations 

The School of Communications supports a large number of 
student organizations and activities which provide a wide 
variety of pre-professional opportunities for academic 
advancement. They include: the Advertising Club; National 
Student Speech-Language-Hearing Association; Association 
of Speech Communication Students; Broadcast Production 
Association; Communications Week: Daily Titan: Debate 


(forensics); International Association of Business Commun- 
icators; Latino Communications Society; National Press 
Photographers Association; Photography Club; Public Relations 
Student Society of America; Society of Professional Journalists; 
and Women In Communication. Inc. 

Accreditation 

The Department of Communications is accredited by the 
Accrediting Council on Education In Journalism and Mass 
Communications. The Communicative Disorders program in 
the Department of Speech Communication is accredited by 
the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. 

Internships 

A wide variety of student internships are available throughout 
Southern California. In the Department of Communications, 
students are required to complete an internship, unless 
specifically waived from doing so. normally as the culminating 
undergraduate experience. The Speech Communications 
internship is normally taken sometime in the junior or senior 
year. 

Scholarships and Awards 

Some $30,000 in scholarships and awards Is presented annu- 
ally to students in the School of Communications. Among the 
sponsors of scholarships are the Advertising Club of Orange 
County, the Business/Professional Advertising Association of 
Orange County, the Hearst Foundation, the Orange County 
chapter of the Public Relations Society of America. Awards 
annually are presented to students who excel in academic 
and pre-professional activities In the two departments. 

Facilities 

The School of Communications Is equipped with modern 
laboratory facilities including a sophisticated speech and 
hearing clinic; large and comprehensive photography 
darkroom and studio facility; two 20-station computerized 
writing laboratories; a Macintosh-based graphics laboratory; 
a television studio, control room, and video editing bays; a 
film editing laboratory; and a daily newspaper newsroom and 
production area. 


242 

School of Communications 


Department of 
Communications 




Department Chair: Robert G. Picard 
Department Office: Humanities 230 
Daily Titan Newsroom: Humanities 213 
Daily Titan Business Manager: Humanities 21 1 

Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Communications 

Cor^centrations: 

Advertising 

Journalism 

Photocommunications 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 

Master of Arts In Communications 

Concentrations: 

Advertising 
Journalism 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 

Faculty 

Jeff Brody, Carl Burrowes, Ava Capossela, Wendell Crow, David 
DeVries, Ronald Dyas, Tony Fellow, Edward Fink, Carolyn 
Johnson, Paul Lester, George Manross, George Mastroianni, 
Norman Nager, Coral OhI, Wayne Overbeck, Robert Picard, 
David Rncus, Rick Pullen, Tony RImmer, Shay Sayre, Edgar Trotter, 
Larry Ward, Fred Zandpour 

Advisers 

Undergraduate: All faculty serve as undergraduate advisers. 
Students may find their assigned concentration adviser posted 
on the bulletin board outside Humanities 230. 

Graduate: Tony Rimmer, Humanities 324B 

Additional advising services are available in the School of 
Communications Advising Center, Humanities 225A. 

INTRODUCTION 

Effective ethical communications are essential for the well- 
being of a democratic society. Thus, there is a need for per- 
sons trained in the theory and practice of Informing, instruct- 
ing, and persuading through communications media. The 
educational objectives of the programs leading to the Bach- 
elor of Arts in Communications are: (1) to ensure that all ma- 
jors receive a broad liberal education; (2) to provide majors 
with a clear understanding of the role of communications 
media In society; and (3) to prepare majors desiring commu- 


243 

Communications 


California State University. Fullerton 


riications-related careers in the mass media, business, govern- 
ment and education by educating them in-depth in one of 
the specialized sequences within the department. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATIONS 


Speech Comm 320, Speech Comm 325, Speech Comm 333. 
Additionally, other courses have been approved for each 
concentration. A complete list of all the collateral classes for 
each concentration is available In the Department of Com- 
munications office. Humanities 230. 


A communications major is required to take 12 units of core 
requirements in addition to 24 units in a chosen concentra- 
tion. The department offers five concentrations: advertising, 
journalism, photocommunications, public relations, and tele- 
vision-film. Students may substitute a broadcast journalism pro- 
gram shared between the journalism and television-film con- 
centrations. The major totals 36 units. All prerequisite courses 
must be completed with a grade of C or better. 

Collateral requirements: Twelve units of upper-division course 
work in other departments approved by the student's con- 
centration adviser are also required. Collateral courses are 
listed on advising materials available in Humanities 230. 

Every major must take a minimum of 84 units outside commu- 
nications out of the 124 units required for graduation. Of this 
84 units, 65 must be in the traditional liberal arts, humanities & 
sciences. Students should consult their concentration adviser 
and the School of Communications Advisement Center early 
In their course work to be sure they meet these requirements. 

Communications Core 


Communications Concentrations 

Every communications major must select and complete 24 
units of course work in a major concentration. 


Advertising 

The objective of the advertising concentration is to prepare 
students for entry-level positions in one or more of the four basic 
advertising activities: creative (copy, layout design), media 
planning and buying, research, and management. Students 
are provided with knowledge and skills needed for work with 
an advertiser, advertising agency, the print and broadcast 
media, or support service Industry. 


Comm 350 
Comm 351 
Comm 352 
Comm 353 
Comm 439 
Comm 451 


Principles of Advertising (3) 

Writing for the Advertising Industry (3) 
Advertising Media (3) 

Advertising Creative Strategy & Execution I (3) 
Mass Media Internship (3) 

National Advertising Campaigns (3) 


The communications core provides background and perspec- 
tive appropriate to all the departmental concentrations and 
an understanding of the role of communicators and their con- 
tributions to the development of high standards of profession- 
alism. 

Nine units of required course work: 

Comm 233 Mass Comm in Modern Society (3) 

Comm 407 Communications Law (3) 

Comm 425 History and Philosophy of American Mass 
Communication (3) 


P/us three units selected from the following: 


Comm 300 
Comm 410 
Comm 422 
Comm 426 
Comm 427 
Comm 428 
Comm 480 
Comm 482 


Visual Communication (3) 

Principles of Comm Research (3) 
Communication Technologies (3) 

World Communication Systems (3) 
Current Issues in Mass Comm (3) 
Communications and Social Change (3) 
Persuasive Communications (3) 

Media Economics and Policy (3) 


Collateral Requirement 

All Communications majors must complete 12 collateral units 
of upper-dvision coursework outside of Communications. Stu- 
dents may minor or double major In another department, and 
courses taken in that department may meet the collateral 
requirement. The following collateral courses have been ap- 
proved by a// the concentrations: Afro 335, American Studies 
300, American Studies 301 , Philosophy 312, Poll Sci 300, Poli Scl 
448, Psychology 351. Religious Studies 390, Sociology 345. 


P/us s/x Communications units In Creative Emphasis or Account 
Ranning Emphasis 


Journalism 

The principal objective of the journalism concentration Is to 
provide the skills and practice necessary for careers in the print 
media. Specifically, the concentration objectives are: (1) to 
provide experience in writing various types of news stories, and 
to develop skills In reporting and news gathering techniques; 
(2) to develop critical acumen necessary to check news sto- 
ries for accuracy and correctness; (3) to develop skills in graph- 
ics or photography that complement the journalistic writing 
skills; (4) to provide actual on-the-job experience by working 
on the campus newspaper and through an Internship, and 
(5) to add breadth and depth to the professional's special- 
ized skills through collateral courses. 


Comm 101 
Comm 201 
Comm 332 
Comm 335 
Comm 338 
Comm 439 


Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 
Copy Editing and Makeup (3) 
Public Affairs Reporting (3) 
Newspaper Production (3) 

Mass Media Internship (3) 


P/us three units from: Communications 21 7 or Comm 358 (with 
adviser's consent). 


And three units from: Communications 334, 430. 435, 436. 

Students who want to pursue broadcast journalism may sub- 
stitute the above concentration requirements with the follow- 
ing courses: Communications 101 . 202, 279, 335, 371 . 372. 382, 
and 439. 


244 

Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 


Photocommunications 


The photocommunications concentration provides a compre- 
hensive study of the aesthetics, theories, and practices of con- 
temporary photography for professional careers in magazine 
and newspaper photojournalism, and advertising/commercial 
photography. 


Comm 101 
Comm 217 
Comm 319 
Comm 321 
Comm 439 


Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Introduction to Photography (3) 
Photojournalism (3) 

Advanced Color Photography (3) 
Mass Media Internship (3) 


Plus six units selected from the following: 


Comm 311. 326. 338. 340. 358. 409. 460. 


Plus one of the following classes: 
Comm 301 . 334, 362. 


Public Relations 

This concentration provides preparation in both theory and 
practice of two-way communication and management coun- 
sel for prospective professional public relations careers In busi- 
ness. industry, agency, government, and nonprofit sectors of 
society. 


Comm 101 
Comm 361 
Comm 362 
Comm 439 
Comm 464 


Writing for Mass Media (3) 
Principles of Public Relations (3) 
Public Relations Writing (3) 

Mass Media Internship (3) 

Public Relations Management (3) 


Plus one writing course from among the following: 


and 439 as well as the collateral course requirements listed 
under the journalism concentration. 

Writing Requirements 

All communications majors must satisfy both departmental and 
university writing requirements. A grade of C or better In En- 
glish 101 or an equivalent course Is a prerequisite for all Com- 
munications writing courses. Students who complete an 
equivalent to CSUF's English 101 at a community college or 
another four-year college/university must bring a copy of the 
relevant transcript to the department office. Humanities 230. 

University Writing Requirement: The course work portion of the 
university's upper-division baccalaureate writing requirement 
for communications majors may be met by satisfactory 
completion of any one of Communications 301 . 334. 335. 338. 
351 . 362, 371 . 402. and 435. Students must earn a C or better In 
the course which Is used to fulfill the university's upper-division 
writing requirement. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATIONS 

The degree is designed to provide advanced study in com- 
munications theory and research plus some concentration In 
one of the department's sequences: advertising, journalism, 
public relations, or television-film. 

The program prepares the graduate to apply advanced com- 
munications concepts, research and development skills, and 
theories relevant to the use of communications media for a 
wide variety of purposes. Such study may serve those whose 
careers Involve the use of print, broadcast and film media of 
communications to inform. Instruct and persuade. Communi- 
cations skills are highly applicable to a wide range of careers 
In business, industry, government, education and the mass 
media. 


Comm 301 . 334. or 338 

Plus six units selected from the following: 


Students completing the Master of Arts in Communications are 
eligible for journalism teaching positions in community colleges. 


Comm 217, 350. 358. 363. 410. 467. 468. 497 


Admission to Graduate Standing: 
Conditionally Classified 


Television-Film 


Courses In this concentration are designed for an understand- 
ing of the history, theory and practice of television and film. 
Students are prepared for entry level positions In business, edu- 
cation. and the broadcasting, cable and film Industries. 


Comm 279 
Comm 301 
Comm 382 
Comm 402 
Comm 439 


Introduction to Video Production (3) 

Writing for Broadcasting and Film (3) 
Broadcasting in America (3) 

Advanced Writing for Television and Film (3) 
Mass Media Internship (3) 


Plus nine units selected from the following: 

Comm 278. 31 1 . 345. 375. 379. 383. 411. 476. 477. 478, 484, 488 


Students who want to pursue broadcast journalism may sub- 
stitute the above concentration requirements with the follow- 
ing courses: Communications 101 . 202, 279. 335. 371 . 372. 382. 


Normally, an applicant must meet grade-point average re- 
quirements of 3.0 in the undergraduate major and 2.75 In the 
last 60 semester units of undergraduate course work, meet the 
university requirements, and satisfactorily complete the Gradu- 
ate Record Examination General Test prior to admission. Stu- 
dents must also submit three letters of recommendation and 
an essay (approximately 1000 words) outlining reasons for pur- 
suing the master's degree. Consult department graduate pro- 
gram adviser for details regarding additional admission require- 
ments. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A Student admitted in conditionally classified standing may 
be granted classified standing upon the development of an 
approved study plan and satisfactory completion of prereq- 
uisite course work. Satisfactory coursework or Its equivalent in 
the following may be taken concurrently with degree require- 
ments if not completed prior to classification: 


245 

Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 


(a) communications writing (Comm 20 1 , 30 1 , 35 1 , or 362) 

(b) an introductory course in the area of specialization 
(Comm 332,350.361 or 382) 

(c) Comm 4 1 0 Principles of Communication Research 

study Plan 

The student Is required to complete 30 units of opproved stud- 
ies with a minimum grade-point average of 3.0 Including 15 
units in 50Olevel communications courses. Six of the 1 5 units of 
500-level courses may be in thesis, three units may be in a 
project. The remaining units will be comprised of upper divi- 
sion or 500-level courses appropriate to the communications 
sequence. 

The candidate must develop a program of study in consulta- 
tion with a concentration adviser and the graduate adviser of 
the Department of Communications. The candidate must plan 
the thesis or project topic with a committee. The committee 
will include at least two faculty members from the Department 
of Communications. 

Study plan requirements include the following: 

Core Courses (6 units) 

Comm 500 Theory and Literature of Communications (3) 
Comm 508 Humanistic Research In Communications (3) 
or Comm 509 Social Science Research In Communications 
(3) 

Sequence-Related Courses (18 units) 

Comm 515T Professional Problems in Related Fields (3) 
or approved 500-level alternate 
Comm 520A. B or C Communications Practicum (3) 
or approved alternate 

Consult the Communications Department Master's Program 
bulletin for additional sequence requirements. 

Electives (0-6 units) 

Project/Thesis/Exam (0-6 units) 

Comm 597 Project (3) 
or Comm 598 Thesis (6) 
or Comprehensive Exam 

For further information and advisement, please consult the 
graduate program adviser. 

COMMUNICATIONS COURSES 

101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; typing ability. Principles and practices of writing for 
major types of mass communications media. Content, orga- 
nization. conciseness and clarity. 

201 Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; Communications 101 or equivalent; typing ability. 


Development of expertise in the use of news reporting tech- 
niques combined with development of ability to compose 
complex journalistic writing forms for possible publication. 

202 Writing Broadcast News (3) (Formerly 302) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; Comm 101 or equivalent; typing ability. Intensive jour- 
nalistic writing and reporting for radio and television. Empha- 
sis on writing assignments for both audio and video tape. Lec- 
ture/discussion of Issues and responsibilities facing broadcast 
journalists. 

21 7 Introduction to Photography (3) 

Cameras, accessories, materials, exposure. Image, process- 
ing. printing, finishing, composition, filters, flash, studio tech- 
niques. and special subject treatments and applications. (2 
hours lecture. 2 hours activity) 

233 Mass Communication in Modern Society (3) 

Newspapers, magazines, films, radio and television; their sig- 
nificance as social instruments and economic entitles in mod- 
ern society. (CAN JOUR 4) 

278 Introduction to Audio Production (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications majors only. Audio production 
as It pertains to radio broadcasting, commercial production, 
and recording, television and film audio. (2 hours lecture. 3 
hours laboratory) 

279 Introduction to Video Production (3) 

Production of programs for broadcast stations and other video 
materials for cable, business, industrial, and instructional ap- 
plications. (2 hours lecture. 3 hours laboratory) 

300 Visual Communication (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 233. A social and cultural analysis of the 
meaning, production and consumption of visual Information 
In a modern media society. Still, moving, television, graphic 
design, cartoon, and computer images will be analyzed In 
terms of technical, commercial, and cultural considerations. 

301 Writing for Broadcasting and Film (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; typing ability. Theory and principles of writing in the 
broadcast and film media. 

31 1 Introduction to Motion Picture Production (3) 

Theory and practice of motion picture photography and film 
production. (2 hours lecture. 3 hours laboratory) 

319 Photojournalism (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 21 7 or equivalent. Photography for publi- 
cation in print media. News, advertising, feature, sports, lifestyle, 
photo essay and documentary applications. (2 hours lecture. 
3 hours laboratory) 

321 Advanced Color Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 319 or consent of In- 
structor. Positive and negative color film processing, sensitom- 
etry. and color printing. Creative and effective use of color In 
publications photography. (2 hours lecture. 3 hours laboratory) 

326 Communications Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 321. or consent of 
instructor. Photographs and photographic communications 


246 

Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 


produced with the large format camera for the mass media, 
business, education, government, industry and science. 
(2 hours lecture. 3 hours laboratory) 

332 Copy Editing and Makeup (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; and Comm 201 or equivalent. Principles and practice 
of newspaper editing: copy Improvement, headline writing, 
news photos and cutlines, wire services, typography, copy 
schedules and control, page design and layout, law and eth- 
ics. (2 hours lecture. 3 hours laboratory) 

334 Feature Article Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; and Comm 101 or equivalent. Nonfiction writing for 
newspapers and magazines; sources, methods and markets. 

335 Public Affairs Reporting (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; Comm 101 and 201 . or consent of instructor; and junior 
standing. Comm 407 recommended. Reporting public inter- 
est news such as courts, education, finance, government, 
police and urban problems. 

336 Newspaper Production (3) 

Prerequisites; English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; Comm 201 or equivalent or consent of Instructor. Mem- 
bers of the class constitute the editorial staff of the university 
newspaper. Meets four hours per week for critiques in news 
reporting, writing, editing and makeup, followed by produc- 
tion. May be repeated for a maximum of six units of credit. 
(More than 9 hours laboratory) 

340 Photography in Advertising and Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 326 or consent of in- 
structor. Advertising and public relations photography. Mate- 
rials and techniques for producing photographs with visual 
impact suitable for photo reproduction. Students will prepare 
a portfolio of photographs. (2 hours lecture. 3 hours activity) 

345 The Language of Film and Television (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 233 or consent of instructor. Critical and 
theoretical analysis of film and television as communication. 
Examines the manner In which an organized sequence of im- 
ages and sounds communicates meaning using literature in 
semiology and visual communications. 

350 Principles of Advertising (3) 

Advertising In America. The language and art of advertising 
and its role In marketing. 

351 Writing for the Advertising Industry (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; Comm 350. This course will focus on the theoretical and 
practical elements of professional and creative writing for 
advertising. Emphasis will be placed on polishing English lan- 
guage skills that will be used In writing formal proposals, as 
well as in communicating strategic and creative ideas. 

352 Advertising Media (3) 

Prerequisites; Comm 350 and junior standing. Planning, execu- 
tion and control of advertising media programs. Basic data 
and characteristics of the media. Buying and selling process, 
techniques, and methods In media planning process. Audi- 
ence measurement and media analysis. 


353 Advertising Creative Strategy and Execution I (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; Comm 350, 351 or consent of Instructor; and junior 
standing. Writing of copy and layout of advertisements, based 
on study of sales appeals, attention factors and Illustrations. (2 
hours lecture. 2 hours activity) 

358 Graphics Communications (3) 

Prerequisite; junior standing. Printing processes, publication 
formats, copy preparation, copy-fitting techniques, layout prin- 
ciples, paper selection and distribution methods. (2 hours lec- 
ture, 2 hours activity) 

361 Principles of Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. The social, behavioral, psycho- 
logical, ethical, economic and political foundations of public 
relations, and the theories of public relations as a communi- 
cations discipline. 

362 Public Relations Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; Comm 101 or consent of Instructor; typing ability; junior 
standing. Communications analysis, writing for business. Industry 
and nonprofit organizations. Creating effective forms of pub- 
lic relations communication. (2 hours lecture. 2 hours activity) 

363 Desktop Publishing (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 361 and six units of communications writ- 
ing or consent of instructor; and junior standing. Editing func- 
tions and techniques Involved in creative development of 
publications for business. Industry and nonprofit organizations 
and institutions. Magazines, newspapers, newsletters and bro- 
chures. 

371 Radio-Television News and Public Affairs (3) 

Prerequisites; English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; Comm 101. 279, 202 and 382; typing ability required. 
Covering news events and public affairs for radio and televi- 
sion. (2 hours lecture. 3 hours lab) 

372 Advanced TV News Production (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 371 or consent of instructor. Writing, pro- 
duction and evaluation of television newscasts for local cable 
TV distribution. Lecture-discussion sessions on advanced report- 
ing techniques and special problems in broadcast journalism. 
(2 hours lecture. 3 hours laboratory) 

375 Documentary Film and Television (3) 

A study of documentary form in film and television, its devel- 
opment, purpose, and current trends. The class will also survey 
the requirements necessary to write and produce non-fiction 
films for television, business, education and government. 

379 Electronic Field Production (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 279. Production of programs for broad- 
cast. cable, business. Industrial and Instructional use. Empha- 
sis on location shooting and post production including elec- 
tronic editing. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

362 Broadcasting in America (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications major or consent of instructor. 
The foundation course of the telecommunications sequence. 
Radio and television from a professional perspective. Eco- 
nomic. historical, regulatory aspects and the social effects of 
these media. 


247 

Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 


383 World Cinema (3) 

Prerequisites: History 1 lOB and English 103. The study of the 
motion picture as a global influence in mass communications 
and entertainment. An examination of various directors, film 
movements, national cinemas, and of the increasing interna- 
tionalization of the world film industry. Film screenings on and 
off campus. 

402 Advanced Writing for Television and Film (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; Comm 301 , and junior standing. An advanced writing 
class concentrating on the long form of broadcast and film 
writing, including documentaries, features, special news, com- 
mentaries. and analysis. 

407 Communications Law (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. The Anglo-Ameri- 
can concept of freedom of speech and press; statutes and 
administrative regulations affecting freedom of information 
and publishing, advertising, and telecommunication. Libel and 
slander, rights in news and advertising, contempt, copyright, 
and invasion of privacy. 

409 Advanced Photojournalism (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 321 and junior standing or instructor's 
consent. Advanced press photography. Extensive use of cam- 
eras for photographic reporting; evaluation and preparation 
of pictures for publication. Field/laboratory experience in black 
and white and color. (2 hours lecture. 3 hours laboratory) 

410 Principles of Communication Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. Research meth- 
ods used to assess the effects of print, broadcast, and film 
communications on audience attitudes, opinions, knowledge, 
and behavior. Research design and data analysis In commu- 
nications research. 

41 1 Advanced Motion Picture Production (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 301 , 31 1 . or consent of instructor. Theory, 
procedures and practice In film production: motion picture 
(silent and sound), scriptwriting, transfer and mixes, produc- 
tion. distribution and financing. (2 hours lecture. 3 hours lab) 

422 Communications Technologies (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 233. Issues surrounding communications 
technologies. Covered are recent developments in technol- 
ogy. Impact of government, industry and economic factors, 
historical overview, and implications for social change. Expo- 
sure to technological developments. Applications to all ar- 
eas of mass communications. 

425 History and Philosophy of American Mass 
Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. American mass 
communication; newspapers and periodicals through radio 
and television; ideological, political, social and economic as- 
pects. 

426 World Communication Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. Major mass com- 
munication systems, both democratic and totalitarian, and 
the means by which news and propaganda are conveyed 
internationally. 


427 Current Issues in Mass Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233, 407 and 425 and junior standing. Ex- 
ploration of current issues which cross depxartment sequences. 
Controversial and changing concepts of the function and role 
of the mass media. 

428 Communications and Social Change (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. How innovations, 
ideas, products, and practices perceived as new are com- 
municated to members of a social system. The roles of adopt- 
ers, opinion leaders, change agents and communications in 
the diffusion of Innovations and consequent changes in social 
systems. 

430 Newspaper Management (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of Instructor and junior standing. Organi- 
zation, operation and administration of a newspaper's depart- 
mental activities: advertising, business, circulation, mechani- 
cal. news-editorial and promotion. (3 hours lecture, field trips, 
detailed study of one selected newspaper department) 

435 Editorial and Critical Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better; upper-division writing course and junior standing. Edi- 
torial and critical writer and opinion columnist roles. Techniques 
of editorial \A/riting and aspects of critical thinking. (2 hours lec- 
ture; 2 hours lab and fieldwork) 

439 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing, communications major and con- 
sent of instructor. Supervised internship, according to se- 
quence. with newspaper, magazine, radio or television sta- 
tion, press association, public relations firm or advertising 
agency. Application must be made through department co- 
ordinator one semester prior to entering program. (Credit/No 
Credit only) 

450 Advertising Communications Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 350 and 352 and junior standing. Theory 
and techniques for planning, directing and evaluating adver- 
tising programs with emphasis on media-message strategies. 
Managerial approach with case studies to the solution of ad- 
vertising communications problems. 

451 Notional Advertising Campaigns (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 350. 352 and 353 and junior standing. 
Advertising campaigns and utilization of mass media, such as 
television, newspapers and magazines, in national advertis- 
ing programs. Design of complete campaigns from idea to 
production readiness. 

453 Advertising Creative Strategy and Execution 11 (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or 
better. Comm 350, Comm 353. Comm 358. junior standing. 
Advanced advertising projects involving application and ex- 
ecution of creative advertising strategies for mass rr^edia, in- 
cluding theory and practice of writing copy, and preparing 
comprehensive layouts and completed scripts. Group discus- 
sions. labs, and Individual conferences. 

464 Public Relations Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 361 and 362 and junior standing. Analysis 
of systems and strategies for planning public relations cam- 
paigns and solving/preventing problems. Individual, team case 


248 

Communications 


California State University. Fullerton 


studies. In corporate development of proposals; actual use of 
tools In addition to role playing presentations to management. 

467 Public Relations Agency Seminar (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101 , 361 and junior standing. Seminar fo- 
cuses on psychology and functions of client counseling, pro- 
posal writing, new business development, agency manage- 
ment, servicing clients, evaluation of methods, reporting re- 
sults, and legal and ethical concerns. 

468 Corporate and Nonprofit Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101 , Comm 361 . This seminar focuses on 
the public relations strategies and tactics used in today's in- 
creasingly sophisticated and maturing corporate and nonprofit 
marketplaces. This advanced course, which relies heavily on 
professional guest speakers and in-class simulations/exercises, 
encompasses a host of specific topics, such as fund raising, 
corporate and social responsibility, media relations, and tech- 
nology and ethical issues. 

476 Children's Television (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233, Comm 382 or equivalent. Overview 
of literature on effects of television on children. Includes ad- 
vertising, violence, sexual stereotyping and programming. 
Stages of child development will be explored and correlated 
to the different effects that the media may have on children. 

477 Radio and TV Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 382. The study of the purposes, philoso- 
phies, and methods of obtaining, developing, launching, 
scheduling, and evaluating programming for the various elec- 
tronic media Including commercial radio and television net- 
works, commercial radio and television stations, cable televi- 
sion, and public radio and television. 

478 Management in the Broadcasting & Film Industries (3) 

Prerequisite: advanced standing. Comm 382 or consent of in- 
structor. The study of management of the broadcasting, cable- 
TV and film industries with attention to financial structures, pro- 
gramming and government regulation. 

480 Persuasive Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. Persuasive com- 
munications applied to mass communication. The communi- 
cator, audience, message content and structure, and social 
context in influencing attitudes, beliefs and opinions. 

482 Media Economics and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 233 and one of the 
following: Comm 350, 361, 382, or 430. Explores structure, 
behavior and performance of media industries and publich 
policy forces that define and direct media. Provides basis for 
analyzing media industries and for managerial decision mak- 
ing within industries. Covers all mass media industries. 

484 Documentary Production (3) 

Prerequisites: B average in Comm 279 and 379 or 488 and 
consent of instructor. A lecture/laboratory course in which stu- 
dents write and produce radio, television and film documen- 
taries. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

488 Production Workshop for Cable Television (3) 

Prerequisites: B average in Comm 279 and 379 or consent of 
instructor. Students produce informational and sport programs 


for cable TV systems and radio stations. May be repeated once 
for credit; only three units may apply to major. (9 hours labora- 
tory) 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorial (1-3) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor and previous superior per- 
formance in a similar or equivalent course. Under faculty su- 
pervision, student provides tutorial assistance in a communi- 
cations course. May Involve small group demonstrations and 
discussions, individual tutoring and evaluation of student per- 
formance as appropriate. May be repeated to a maximum 
of four units either separately or In combination with Comm 
499. 

497 Seminar in Public Communications Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 464, junior standing and consent of instruc- 
tor. Operationalizing public relations management principles. 
Role of public relations in contemporary society. Ethics, social 
responsibilities and trends in the emerging profession. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department chair. Individually super- 
vised mass media projects and research on campus and in 
the community. May Involve newspaper and magazine pub- 
lishers, radio and television stations and public relations agen- 
cies. May be repeated up to a maximum of four units either 
separately or in combination with Comm 496. 

500 Theory and Literature of Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: conditional classified status. Theories and research 
on communication processes and effects; source, media, 
message, audience and content variables. Types, sources and 
uses of communication literature. Graduate seminar. 

508 Humanistic Research in Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 410, 500 or concurrent enrollment and 
classified status. Humanistic methods of study in communica- 
tions: historical research and critical analysis applied to prob- 
lems, issues and creative works in communication. Graduate 
seminar. 

509 Social Science Research in Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 410, 500 and classified status, ^cial-scl- 
entlflc research design and analysis and the study of commu- 
nication processes and effects. Graduate seminar. 

515T Professional Problems in Specialized Fields (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. Selected topics and issues in the field 
of mass communications. Subjects vary each semester. May 
be repeated for a maximum of six units. 

517 Ethical Problems of the Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. This course will study criticisms of 
specific functions of the mass media and public relations. 
The course will consist of three sections: the history of criti- 
cism; problem areas of the media; and practitioner re- 
sponse to criticism. 

519 Communications and Governance in America (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500 or consent of instructor. The course 
will study relationships between systems of communications, 
particularly new communication technologies, and govern- 
mental institutions and processes within the American setting. 
It will explore how technological change relates to patterns 
of decision-making, management, and the content and flow 
of information among public officials. 


249 

Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 


520A,B,C Communications Practicum (3,3,3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 500 and six units of study-plan courses In 
area of specialization; Comm 518 Is an additional prerequisite 
for C. Under supervision of a faculty member, students plan, 
design, conduct and evaluate a team project In their field of 
specialization: A - News-Editorial. B - Television-Film. C - Public 
Relations. 

525 Advanced Communications Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. The course Is designed to provide the 
student with an up-to-date assessment of general manage- 
ment and communications management techniques, and to 
help equip the student for management positions In advertis- 
ing. Journalism, public relations and broadcasting. 

550 Advertising in Modern Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500 . Assessing the Impact of advertising 


on society, the culture and economy. Philosophical rather than 
technical examinations of critical issues and problems such as 
economic and social effects of advertising, effects of value 
and life styles, ethics and regulation. 

597 Project (3) 

Completion of creative project In a sequence beyond regu- 
larly offered course work. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Completion of a thesis in a sequence beyond regularly offered 
course work. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department chair. Individually super- 
vised mass media projects or research for graduate students. 
May be repeated. 


250 

Communications 


Department of Speech 
Communication 



Department Chair: Robert Emry 
Department Office: Education Classroom 199 
Speech & Hearing Clinic: Education Classroom 190 

Programs Offered 

Bachelor of Arts in Communicative Disorders 

Master of Arts in Communicative Disorders 

Clinical Rehabilitative Services Credential (CRSC) with Spe- 
cial Class Authorization (SCA) 

Bachelor of Arts In Speech Communication 

Minor In Speech Communication 

Master of Arts in Speech Communication 

Faculty 

K. Jeanine Congalton, Daniel Crary, Michael Davis, Robert 
Emry, Joyce Flocken, Robert Gass, William Gudykunst, Mary 
Blake Huer, Lucy Keele, Kurt Kitselman, Edith Li, Norman Page, 
John Reinard, Terry Saenz, Robert L. Strain, Stella Ting-Toomey, 
Arden Thorum, Richard Wiseman, Toya Wyatt. 

Advisers 

Undergraduate: Norman Page, Speech Communication 
Graduate: Joyce Flocken, Speech Communication 
Michael Davis, Communicative Disorders 


INTRODUCTION 


Majors in the Department of Speech Communication study 
human communication as part of a liberal arts and social sci- 
ences education, and in preparation for a variety of career 
choices. Students with communication background studies 
and training are: prepared to understand the roles communi- 
cation plays In human Interaction; skilled in facilitating and 
analyzing individual, small group, and public communication 
processes; experienced in planning and managing programs 
that improve the quality of communication; sensitized to cul- 
tural and pathological differences that Influence communi- 
cation effectiveness; and equipped to apply scientific meth- 
ods and technical procedures to the study of communication 
improvement and competencies. 

The Department of Speech Communication offers two under- 
graduate and two graduate degree programs in communi- 
cative disorders and In speech communication. 


251 

Speech Communication 


California State University, Fullerton 


Instruction in Communicative Disordershas four specific gools; 
to discover relationships among human communication and 
other human behaviors; to provide students with an under- 
standing of the communication process so they can evaluate 
normal and abnormal deviations; to provide theoretical un- 
derstanding and functional skills which enable the clinician- 
In-trainlng to diagnose and treat disorders of speech, voice, 
language and hearing; and to develop graduate professional 
practitioners of speech pathology capable of serving in clin- 
ics. community centers, hospitals, private practice and school 
settings. 

Instruction In Speech Communication has four specific goals: 
to discover relationships among human communication and 
other human behaviors; to provide students with an under- 
standing of the communication process enabling them to 
evaluate and affect their communication environments; to 
improve the quality of human communication; and to facili- 
tate intellectual, social and political maturity by applying prin- 
ciples of communication. Students are prepared for careers 
as communication sp>eciallsts in business, public relations, edu- 
cation and other professions requiring a high level of commu- 
nication competencies such as the law and the ministry, and 
for doctoral level studies in speech communication. 

PROFESSIONAL INFORMATION 

Accreditation 

The Communicative Disorders program is fully accredited by 
the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA). 
Graduate study in this program leads to certification in speech- 
language pathology with ASHA (CCC-SLP). 

The CCC-SLP is awarded by the American Speech-Language- 
Hearing Association to persons who (a) complete the M.A. 
Degree In speech-language pathology, (b) complete the re- 
quired clinical practicum by taking prescribed combinations 
of clinical practicum courses listed In Appendix 4. (c) pass the 
National Teacher Examination (NTE) in Speech-Language Pa- 
thology. (d) successfully complete a Clinical Fellowship Year, 
(e) submit the appropriate application materials to the Ameri- 
can Speech-Language-Hearing Association. All students 
should be familiar with the requirements for the CCC-SLP. All 
students should obtain a copy of the latest ASHA Membership 
and Certification Handbook during the last year of their gradu- 
ate studies, and they should read all materials carefully. Their 
advisors are not responsible for Informing students of ASHA re- 
quirements beyond those that are related directly to selec- 
tion of classes and clinical practicum courses. Copies of the 
Handbook are available from the Graduate Assistant in the 
CSUF Speech and Hearing Clinics or directly from ASHA at the 
following address and telephone number: 

American Speech-Language-Hearing Association 

Membership and Certification Section 

10801 Rockville Pike 

Rockville. Maryland 20852 

Telephone (301) 897-5700 

Licensure 

The sp>eech-language pathology license is required to work 
as a speech-language pathologist in all settings In California 


except for the public school and in certain exempt federal 
employment settings. The license Is awarded by the Speech- 
Language Pathology and Audiology Examining Committee 
(SPAEC) of the Medical Board of California to those who (a) 
complete the M.A. Degree or equivalent in speech-language 
pathology, (b) complete the required clinical practicum by 
selecting from among the clinical practicum courses listed in 
Appendix 4. (c) pass the National Examination in Speech-Lan- 
guage Pathology, (d) successfully complete a Required Pro- 
fessional Experience (RPE). and (e) submit the appropriate 
application materials to SPAEC. 

Although students will have met or exceeded the academic 
and clinical practicum requirements for licensure in California 
by the time they complete their M.A. Degree and the last of 
the clinical practicum courses that are required for the Certifi- 
cate of Clinical Competence in Speech-Language Pathology 
(ASHA), they should still become familiar with the specific re- 
quirements for licensure during their last year of graduate stud- 
ies. Their advisors are not responsible for informing students of 
requirements for licensure beyond those that are related di- 
rectly to selection of classes and clinical practicum courses. A 
copy of the "Student Manual for Licensure In Speech Pathol- 
ogy and Audiology" may be obtained from the Graduate 
Assistant In the CSUF Speech and Hearing Clinics or directly 
from SPAEC at the following address and telephone number: 

Speech Pathology & Audiology Examining Committee 
1434 Howe Avenue. Suite 86 
Sacramento. CA 95825-3240 
Telephone (916) 920-6388 

Credential Information 

As an addition to the degree In Communicative Disorders, the 
Speech Communication Department offers credential pro- 
grams in Clinical Rehabilitative Services and in Clinical Reha- 
bilitative Services with a Special Class Authorization seal ap- 
proved by the Commission for Teacher Credentlaling (CTC). 

Awards in the Department of Speech 
Communication 

The following awards were established by family, friends and 
colleagues of the designees In memory of their commitment 
and contributions to students engaged In the study of human 
communication. 

These awards provide re